Skip to main content

Full text of "Mycologia."

See other formats 


MYCOLOGIA 



Volume V, 1913 



Published by 'the aid of the 
David Lydig Fund 
Bequeathed by Charles P. Daly 



MYCOLOGIA 

IN CONTINUATION OF THE JOURNAL OF MYCOLOGY 
Founded by W. A. Kellerman, J. B. Ellis, and B. M. Everhart in 1885 



EDITOR 

WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL 



Volume V, 1913 



With 33 Plates and i Figure 




LIRRAPY 
WEw Y, ;^K 

botanical 

QAkUfcN. 



JOSEPH C. ARTHUR 
HOWARD J. BANKER 
GIACOMO BRESADOLA 
FREDERIC E. CLEMENTS 
JOHN DEARNESS 



ASSOCIATE EDITORS 

FRANKLIN S. EARLE 
BRUCE FINK 
ROBERT A. HARPER 
THOMAS H. MACBRIDE 
PAUL MAGNUS 



GEORGE MASSEE 
NARCISSE PATOUILLARD 
LARS ROMELL 
FRED J. SEAVER 
CORNELIUS L. SHEAR 



PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY FOR 
THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN 
By THE NEW ERA PRINTING COMPANY 
LANCASTER, PA. 



l/o/. 6^ 

/ 9/3 



PRESS OF 

THE New era printing company 

LANCASTER. PA. 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 



No. I. January Page 

Illustrations of Fungi — XIII, by William A. Murrill i 

The Genus Keithia, by Elias J. Durand 6 

Type Studies in the Hydnaceae — III. The Genus Sarcodon, by Howard 

J. Banker 12 

The Agaricaceae of Tropical North America — VI, by William A. Murrill. 18 

News and Notes 37 

Index to American Mycological Literature 41 

No. 2. March 

Studies in North American Hyphomycetes — -II, by David Ross Sumstine. 43 
Type Studies in the Hydnaceae — IV. The Genus Phellodon, by Howard 

J. Banker 63 

New Species of Fungi, by Chas. H. Peck 67 

The Amanitas of Eastern North America, by William A. Murrill 72 

News and Notes 87 

Index to American Mycologieal Literature 91 

No. 3. May 

Illustrations of Fungi — XIV, by William A. Murrill 93 

The Nature and Classification of Lichens — II. The Lichen and Its Algal 

Host, by Bruce Fink 97 

The Probable Identity of Stropharia epimyces (Peck) Atk. with Pilosace 

algeriensis Fries, by Edward T. Harper 167 

News, Notes, and Reviews 170 

Index to American Mycological Literature 182 

No. 4. July 

Some Tropical Cup-Fungi, by Fred J. Seaver 185 

Type Studies in the Hydnaceae — V. The Genus Hydnellum, by Howard 

J. Banker 194 

The Agaricaceae of the Pacific Coast — IV. New Species of Clitocybe and 

Melanoleuca, by William A. Murrill 206 

Toxicological Studies on the Mushrooms Clitocybe illudens and Inocybe 

infida, by Ernest D. Clark and Clayton S. Smith 224 

Further Cultures of Heteroecious Rusts, by W. P. Fraser 233 

Uredinales on Carex in North America, by J. C. Arthur 240 

Notes on New Species of Fungi from Various Localities, by Charles 

E. Fairman 24s 

News and Notes 249 

Index to American Mycological Literature 251 



V 



vi Table of Contents 

No. 5. September Face 

Illustrations of Fungi — XV, by William A. Murkill 257 

The Identity of Cantharellus brevipes and Cantharellus clavatus, by 

Edward T. Harper 261 

The Structure of Siinblum sphaerocephalum, by Henry S. Conard 264 

A Method of Determining in Analytic Work Whether Colonies of the 
Chestnut Blight Fungus Originate from Pycnospores or Ascospores, 

by F. D. Heald 274 

News and Notes 278 

Index to American Mycological Literature 284 

No. 6. November 

Illustrations of Fungi — XVI, by William A. Murrill 287 

Type Studies in the Hydnaceae — VI. The Genera Creolophus, Echino- 

dontium, Gloiodon, and Hydnodon, by Howard J. Banker 293 

The Genus Pseudoplectania, by F. J. Seaver 299 

Internal Aecia, by Frederick A. Wolf 303 

The Lactarieae of the Pacific Coast, by Gertrude S. Burlincham 305 

News and Notes 312 

Index to American Mycological Literature 317 

Index to Volume V 320 



MYCOLOGIA 

IN CONTINUATION OF THE JOURNAL OF MYCOLOGY 
Founded by W. A. Kellerman, J. B. Ellii,and B. M. Everhart in 1885 



EDITOR 

WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL 



Vol. V— JANUARY, 1913— No. i 




JOSEPH C. ARTHUR 
HOWARD J. BANKER 
GIACOKO BRESADOLA 
FREDERIC E. CLEMENTS 
JOHN DEARNESS 



ASSOCIATE EDITORS 

FRANKLIN S. EARLE 
BRUCE FINK 
ROBERT A. HARPER 
THOMAS H. MACBRIDE 
PAUL MAGNUS 



GEORGE MASSES 
NARCISSE PATOUILLARD 
LARS ROMELL 
FRED J. SEAVER 
CORNELIUS L. SHEAR ' 



PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY FOR 
THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN 
By THE NEW ERA PRINTING COMPANY 
LANCASTER, PA. 



CONTENTS 



PAGB 



Illustrations of Fungi — XIII - William A. Murrill i 

The Genus Keithia - - - - Elias J. Durand 6 

Type Studies in the Hydnaceae — III. The Genus Sar- 
codon ----- Howard J. Banker 12 

The Agaricaceae of Tropical North America — VI 

William A. Murrill 18 

News and Notes 37 

Index to American Mycological Literature - - -41 



The New Era Printing Company makes the following charges to authors for 
articles reprinted from Mycologia, if ordered with proof; 



Without Cover — 


4 PP- 


8 pp. 


12 pp. 


16 pp. 


20 pp. 


24 pp. 


28 pp. 


32 pp. 


25-50 Copies — 


l>-37 


I1.87 


^2.12 


32.50 


33- SO 


34. 05 


34- 82 


35.20 


too “ 


i-SS 


2. IS 


2.65 


3»S 


4.05 


5.00 


6. 10 


6.50 


200 “ 


2.00 


305 


4.00 


4-30 


5.60 


6.90 


8.30 


8.90 



Covers — First 50 — $ 1 . 00 . Additional, ic each. 
Plates — 40c per too. 



Mycologia. 



Plate LXXX 




ILI.USTRATIONS OF FUNGI. 



MYCOLOGIA 

VoL. V January, 1913 No. i 



ILLUSTRATIONS OF FUNGI— XIII 



William A. Murrill 

The accompanying plate illustrates several species of boletes 
collected either near Bronx Park, New York City, or in the vicin- 
ity of Stockbridge, Massachusetts. These are fleshy fungi with 
tubes instead of gills, usually occurring on the ground in woods 
during late summer and autumn. They are difiicult to distin- 
guish, even in the fresh state, and when the large amount of water 
they contain is eliminated the dried specimens bear little resem- 
blance to the originals. 

Many of the best edible fungi in temperate regions belong to 
this group, and the dangers of being poisoned are relatively small. 
Species with bitter or otherwise objectionable taste should be 
avoided, and especially all plants having red or reddish tube- 
mouths. The sensitive bolete, which promptly turns blue when 
touched or broken, has also caused mild poisoning in some cases. 
Many species have not been thoroughly tested, however ; hence 
it is wise to eat sparingly of all such plants until well known. 

For a complete treatment of the Boletaceae known to occur in 
this country, the student is referred to North American Flora, 
volume 9, part 3, where the species are fully described and arranged 
under eleven genera with specific keys. 

Gyroporus castaneus (Bull.) Quel. 

Chestnut-colored Gyroporus 

Plate 80. Figure i. X i 

T Pileus convex to subexpanded, slightly depressed, gregarious, 

[Mycologia for November, 1912 (4: 289-349) was issued November 23, 1912] 
^ 1 



limkary 
NEW YORK 
BOTANICAL 

aAKi>BN< 



< 



2 



Mycologia 



3-7 cm. broad ; surface smooth, dry, minutely but densely tomen- 
tose, orange-brown, fulvous, or reddish-brown ; margin thin, usu- 
ally paler ; context white, firm, nutty in flavor, unchanging when 
wounded ; tubes depressed, sinuate, short, watery-white becom- 
ing light-yellow to dark-cremeous, mouths angular, small, stuffed 
when young, edges thin, entire ; spores ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline 
to pale-yellowish, 8-9 X 4-5-5-S ; stipe subattenuate above and 
below, cylindric or somewhat flattened, tomentose, bright-brown, 
lighter at the apex, brittle, loosely stuffed, with a small cylindric 
cavity at the center, 4-5 cm. long, 6-10 mm. thick. 

This species is common in Europe and the United States in 
sandy soil at the edges of woods. It is rather small, and varies 
in color from orange-brown to chestnut; the flesh is white, un- 
changing, of mild flavor, and edible. 

Ceriomyces auriporus (Peck) Murrill 
Golden-pored Ceriomyces 

Plate 80. Figure 2. X i 

Pileus circular, plano-convex, 2-4 cm. broad, 0.5-1 cm. thick; 
surface reddish-brown or yellowish-brown, rarely grayish-brown, 
sometimes brown with a reddish-yellow tint or reddish-brown in 
the center and olivaceous toward the margin, glabrous or minutely 
tomentose, slightly areolate at times with age, the interstices ap- 
pearing yellow, usually dry, but somewhat viscid in wet weather ; 
margin even, thin, somewhat obtuse, slightly inflexed on drying, 
concolorous ; context firm, fleshy, 3-5 mm. thick, white, unchange- 
able, tinged with red under the cuticle, at first mild, then un- 
pleasant to the taste, the cuticle decidedly acid; tubes plane or 
convex, adnate or nearly free, with a broad shallow depression 
about the stipe, 3-5 mm. long, bright golden-yellow, unchanging, 
even after years in the herbarium, mouths concolorous, variable 
in size, small and circular when young, medium or large and 
irregularly polygonal when old, edges thin, entire ; spores oblong- 
ellipsoid, curved at one end, lemon-yellow, 8-10 X 4-5 /^; stipe 
central, short, slender, curved, tapering upward, nearly glabrous, 
pulverulent under a lens, slimy in wet weather, concolorous or 
paler, slightly striate above from the decurrent edges of the tubes, 
solid, white or discolored-yellowish tinged with red within, 2-4 
cm. long, 4-8 mm. thick. 

Common in thin, dry woods and on shaded roadsides from New 
England to Alabama, and readily distinguished by its beautiful 



Murrill; Illustrations of Fungi 



3 



golden tubes, which remain for years after drying without chang- 
ing color. 

Rostkovites granulatus (L.) P. Karst. 

Granulated Rostkovites 

Plate 8o. Figures 3, 4. X 1 

Pileus subhemispheric to nearly plane, gregarious, rarely cespi- 
tose or solitary, 4-10 cm. broad, 1-1.5 cm. thick; surface very 
viscid, with easily separable cuticle, very variable in color, usually 
pinkish-gray to reddish-brown fading to yellowish, often obscurely 
spotted, especially at the center; margin sterile, projecting, in- 
curved and somewhat appendiculate when young; context thick, 
compact, elastic, pale-yellow next to the tubes, white above, un- 
changing when wounded, taste mild, somewhat mucilaginous; 
tubes short, less than 5 mm., adnate, subdecurrent, plane in mass, 
pale-yellow to dirty-yellowish, unchanging when wounded, mouths 
simple, subcircular, irregular, edges rather thick, flecked with 
pinkish-brown glandules; spores fusiform, pale-yellowish-brown, 
7-5“9-5 X 2. 5-3. 5 /u.; stipe short, thick, subequal or enlarged below, 
white or pale-yellow, dotted with pinkish-brown droplets which 
become darker on drying, solid, white within, 2.5-5 
1-1.5 cm. thick. 

Common in Europe and temperate North America, usually in 
open woods near coniferous trees. The figures show the more 
usual reddish-brown form, as well as the albino form, of this ex- 
cellent edible species. 

Rostkovites subaureus (Peck) Murrill 
Boletus americanus Peck 
Golden Rostkovites. American Boletus 

Plate 80. Figure 5. X i 

Pileus thin, convex to expanded, sometimes umbonate, 5-10 
cm. broad ; surface very viscid, yellow, often dotted or streaked 
with bright-red, dingy with age, sometimes spotted from the dry- 
ing of the gluten ; margin slightly tomentose or appendiculate 
when young; context comparatively thick, fleshy-tough, pale- 
yellow, pinkish-gray when wounded, taste mild; tubes adnate, 
scarcely decurrent, plane in mass, bright-yellow to dull-ochraceous 
flecked with yellowish, exuding drops which blacken with age, 
mouths rather large, angular, edges obtuse ; spores oblong-ellip- 



4 



Mycologia 



soid, smooth, ochraceous-ferruginous, 8.5-11 X4-5j«-; stipe slen- 
der, tapering upward, yellow, darker toward the base, covered 
with numerous brownish or reddish-brown glandular dots which 
blacken with age, solid, yellow within, 4-7 cm. long, 4-8 mm. 
thick. 

This species resembles the preceding and occurs in similar 
localities, but is confined to eastern North America. The speci- 
mens figured did not show the incarnate dots or streaks which 
often appear on the cap, affording a good distinguishing char- 
acter. Boletus flavidus Fries, of Europe, is closely related. 

Ceriomyces subglabripes (Peck) Murrill 
Scurfy-stemmed Ceriomyces 

Plate 80. Figure 6. X i 

Pileus circular, rather thin, subconic or convex to nearly plane, 
occasionally cespitose, 3-10 cm. broad ; surface glabrous, sub- 
viscid when moist, rugose at times, usually so when dry, reddish, 
pale-chestnut, grayish-brown, golden-brown, or rarely darker- 
brown, margin regular, concolorous ; context white or whitish, 
unchangeable, of mild flavor; tubes plane or convex, adnate or 
depressed, lemon-yellow, becoming greenish-yellow or darker 
from the maturing spores, mouths circular to angular, regular, 
rather small, edges entire; spores oblong-fusiform, greenish- 
brown when fresh, soon changing to ochraceous-brown, 12-15 
X 4-5 Ai; stipe central, cylindric, equal or slightly tapering upward, 
light-yellow without and within, sometimes tinged with red near 
the middle or lower down, striate but not reticulate, ornamented 
with small, pallid, scurfy particles, which sometimes partially dis- 
appear with age, 5-7 cm. long, 8-15 mm. thick. 

On the ground in rather thick deciduous woods from Nova 
Scotia to New York. It was impossible to reprdduce in the illus- 
tration the small scurfy particles on the stem which suggested the 
specific name. The section shows the usual smooth form of the 
cap, while the other figure represents the exceptional rugose form. 

Ceriomyces bicolor (Peck) Murrill 
Two-colored Ceriomyces 

Plate 80. Figure 7- X i 

Pileuis somewhat irregular, firm, convex, 5-10 cm. broad; sur' 
face dry, glabrous or finely tomentose or squamulose, at times 



Murrill: Illustrations of Fungi 



5 



rimose-areolate with age, apple-red or purplish-red, often fading 
or becoming stained with yellow when old, margin irregular, 
sometimes upturned ; context flavous, changing slowly to blue at 
times when wounded, then back to flavous, taste mild ; tubes 
short, adnate, nearly plane, flavous when young, becoming ochra- 
ceous with age, changing slowly to blue or greenish-blue when 
wounded, mouths angular, of medium size, 2-3 to a mm. ; spores 
fusiform, smooth, pale-ochraceous-brown, 10-12 X 4~5 5 stipe 
nearly equal, firm, solid, yellow or red, sometimes slightly reticu- 
late at the top, changing to greenish-blue when bruised, smooth, 
nearly glabrous, showing dark dots under a lens, solid, flavous 
within, changing slowly to blue, 4-10 cm. long, 0.7-1. 5 cm. thick. 

This very beautiful species may be looked for in open deciduous 
woods from New England to North Carolina and west to Ohio 
and Kentucky. The pileus is red or purple, lacking the bloom 
found in C. Peckii, the tubes are yellow, soon changing, and the 
stipe is yellow or red, without the distinct reticulations found 
both in C. Peckii and C. speciosus. The larger plant figured rep- 
resents the stage in which the bright colors found in young speci- 
mens have somewhat faded. 

New York Botanical Garden 



THE GENUS KEITHIA 



Elias J. Durand 

(With Plate 8i, Containing ii Figures) 

Dr. J. J. Davis has been good enough to place in my hands for 
study material of a discomycetous fungus parasitic on Thuja, 
which was collected by him in Wisconsin. It was first found July 
14, 1908, at Mellen, Ashland Co., about twenty-five miles from 
Lake Superior, where, at two points along Bad River, Thuja was 
found bearing the fungus but not very abundantly. In July, 1909, 
the fungus was again met with in Oconto Co., in the Green Bay 
district, where it was very abundant on the same host. It seems 
probable, therefore, that the parasite is rather widely distributed 
in the northern part of Wisconsin. 

Examination of the fungus showed its affinities to be with the 
genus Keithia Sacc., and it was named provisionally K. thujina 
Durand.^ At that time I had not seen specimens of K. tetraspora, 
a European form, the typical and only described species of the 
genus. More recently, however, authentic material of that and 
of another allied species has become available which enables me 
to present the following account of this little-known parasitic 
group. 

The genus Keithia was established by Saccardo^ to include the 
single species described as Phacidiiim tetrasporum Phil. & Keith,® 
a parasite of Itiniperus, in Scotland. The genus was referred to 
the Phacidiaceae, from the other members of which it differed in 
its 4-spored asci, and its colored spores divided by a single septum 
into two unequal cells. Authentic specimens of Phacidium tetra- 
sporum collected at Forres, Scotland, June, 1880, by Rev. J. 
Keith, now in the New York State Museum of Natural History, 
at Albany, have been examined. A related species parasitic on 
Tsuga, in New Hampshire, was described by Dr. Farlow, in 1883, 

* Trans. Wise. Acad. Sci. Arts Let. 16; 756. 1909. 

“Syll. Fung. 10: 49. 1892. 

“Gardeners’ Chronicle, N. S. 14: 308. 1880. 

6 



Durand: The Genus Keithia 



7 



under the name Stictis Tsugae.* Examination of authentic ma- 
terial has shown it to belong in Keithia rather than in either 
Stictis or Propolidiiim, to which it was referred by Saccardo. 
The genus Keithia, therefore, is known to possess three species, 
all of which are parasitic on the leaves of conifers. One is on 
Junipertis, in Europe, the others on Tsiiga and Thuja, respec- 
tively, in America. 

Phillips and others have referred the parasite of juniper to the 
Phacidiaceae on account of its dark color, and its supposed lacin- 
iate method of dehiscence. Maire and Saccardo in describing the 
genus Didymascella (later regarded by Maire as a synonym of 
Keithia) remarked that it certainly belongs nearest to the Pha- 
cidiaceae. So long as knowledge of the genus was confined to 
the originally described species such a reference seems not at all 
remarkable. Eurther study of the group, especially of the two 
American representatives, throws a somewhat different light on 
its affinities, and seems to indicate that it might better be referred 
to the Stictidiaceae. Maire has pointed out, with good reason, 
that in the case of K. tetraspora the fungus itself does not split 
in a laciniate manner, but that the lobes are really formed of the 
epidermis of the host, which is ruptured by the expanding ascoma 
beneath. 

There seems little room for doubt that the three species here 
included in Keithia are congeneric. The habit, all being parasites 
of coniferous leaves; the erumpent ascomata bursting the epi- 
dermis only; the uniformity of structure of the poorly developed 
excipulum ; the small number and peculiar septation and color of 
the spores, all indicate that we are dealing with a very compact 
group. Comparison of these three species shows that in the case 
of K. thujina and K. Tsugae the color is much brighter than in 
K. tetraspora, and the covering epidermis is thrown off as a scale 
rather than splitting stellately. When completely moist the ascoma 
becomes somewhat elevated and cushion-like. The general re- 
semblance of these plants to Propolis faginea is so great that it 
seems that they must be associated in the same family. Sections 
show that in all species of Keithia the excipulum and hypothecium 
are very poorly developed, but certainly are not lacking as stated 



‘Appalachia 3; 245. 1883. 



8 



Mycologia 



in the description of Didymascella. The substance of the ascoma 
is soft and waxy when fresh. On the basis of these characters 
I believe that the affinities of Keithia are not with the Phacidia- 
ceae, with which European authors have associated it, but with 
the Stictidiaceae, to which the parasite on Tsuga was originally 
referred by Dr. Farlow. If this disposition is the correct one 
we have in Keithia a genus of strictly parasitic fungi in a family 
otherwise almost exclusively saprophytic. 

The genus may be characterized as follows : 

A genus of the Stictidiaceae parasitic on leaves of conifers. 
Ascomata erumpent, rupturing the epidermis either laciniately or 
in the form of a scale, bright-colored to dark. Spores 2 or 4, 
becoming olive-brown, divided into two unequal cells by a septum 
near one end. 



Synopsis of Species 

Spores 4 in each ascus. 

Epidermis ruptured laciniately, on Jnniperus. 
Epidermis ruptured in the form of a scale, on Tsuga. 
Spores 2 in each ascus, epidermis rupturing by a scale, 
epispore punctate, on Thuja. 



1. K. tetraspora. 
3. K. Tsugae. 

2. K. thujina. 



I. Keithia tetraspora (Ph. & Keith) Sacc. Syll. 10: 49. 1892 

Phacidium tetrasporum P. & K. Card. Chron. N. S. 14: 308. 
1880. 

Didymascella Oxycedri Maire & Sacc. Ann. Myc. i : 418. 1903 

(fide Maire, Bull. Soc. Myc. Fr. 21: 140. 1905). 

Hypophyllous, erumpent, ascomata at first buried beneath the 
epidermis, then breaking through and rupturing the epidermis by 
3-4 laciniae, seated in the midst of a small, circular, yellowish- 
brown spot; the pustule elliptical, .75-1 mm. long, .5 mm. wide; 
disk brownish-black. Asci clavate, 175 X 16-18 /x, apex rounded, 
not blue with iodine. Spores 4, uniseriate, at first hyaline, later 
becoming olive-brown, ellipsoid to piriform-ellipsoid, the smaller 
end occasionally prolonged to form a short beak-like projection, 
divided by a septum close to one end into two very unequal cells, 
the smaller being as often distal as proximal, 21-24 X 
Paraphyses cylindric, hyaline below, septate, 2-3 /x thick, the apex 
clavate, olive-yellow, 8-9 /x thick. 

On living leaves of juniper (/. communis, probably), Forres, 
Scotland, 1880, Rev. J. Keith. 



Durand: The Genus Keithia 



9 



Phillips described the fungus as occurring on the upper side of 
the leaf, but in the twenty-five or more infected leaves examined 
it is hypophyllous without exception. I have seen no reference 
to other collections of this species before 1903. In that year a 
parasite of Juniperus 0 .vycedrus, from Corsica, was described 
under the name Didymascella Oxycedri, by Maire and Saccardo. 
I have not seen specimens of this fungus, but Maire, following 
the suggestion of Patouillard, later came to the conclusion that 
it does not differ from Keithia tetraspora. 

The erumpent ascomata remind one strongly of the pustules 
of some Puccinia. Sometimes as many as three ascomata may 
appear on a single leaf of the host. The spores are quite similar 
to those of K. thiijina, but there are four in each ascus, the septum 
is not quite so close to one end, and the walls are not pitted. The 
laciniate rupturing of the epidermis is distinctive, as well as the 
dark color of the hymenium. 

2. Keithia thujina sp. nov. 

Ascomata epiphyllia, erumpentia, orbicularia vel elliptica, pul- 
vinata, olivacea vel brunneo-olivacea, 1-1.25 mm. longa, .5 mm. 
lata ; epidermis supra integra non laciniatim decidens. Asci cla- 
vati, 80-100 X 18-20 /X. Sporae duae, brunneo-olivascentes, ellip- 
tico-piriformes, septo ad apicem anteriorem inaequaliter divisae, 
punctatae, 22-25 X Paraphyses furcatae, septatae, cla- 

vato-incrassatae, olivaceae. 

Ascomata epiphyllous, erumpent, at first buried beneath the 
epidermis which is lifted up, breaks around the margin, and finally 
falls away as an entire flap or scale, exposing the ascoma in the 
form of a cushion-like elevation. Ascomata circular to elongate- 
elliptic in outline, straight or curved, convex above, having the 
form of depressed cushions which are raised slightly above the 
surface of the substratum, .5 mm. broad, up to 1.25 mm. long; 
disk olive to olive-brown. Asci clavate, stout, 80-100 X 18-20 /x, 
opening by a pore, not blue with iodine. Spores 2, placed end to 
end, at first hyaline, finally becoming olive-brown, broadly ellip- 
soid or piriform-ellipsoid, the smaller end uppermost, at first con- 
tinuous, finally divided by a single transverse wall close to the 
distal end into two very unequal cells, epispore with minute pits 
over its whole surface, 22-25 X 15-16/x. Paraphyses branched 
below, septate, strongly clavate-thickened in the distal third, coher- 
ing, somewhat longer than the asci, 2-3 /x thick below, 5-8 /x thick 
above, olive. 



10 



Mycologia 



On living leaves of Thuja occidentalis, Mellen, Wise., 14 July, 
1908 (Durand no. 6259, type) ; Oconto Co., July, 1909 (Durand 
no. 6910), Dr. J. J. Davis. 

This species differs from K. tetraspora in the 2-spored asci, 
pitted spores, olive h}'menium and the method of rupturing the 
covering epidermis. The fungus attacks the )’oung, living foliage 
so that the scale-like leaves turn brown and die. In old speci- 
mens the ascomata fall out, leaving a hole extending nearly 
through the leaf. The septum in the spore is not always evident 
with low or medium powers of the microscope, but comes out 
best under an oil immersion objective. The same is true of 
the markings of the epispore, which consist of minute pits ex- 
tending about half way through the wall. Such pit-like markings 
are quite unique in either the Phacidiaceae or Stictidiaceae. 

The parasite does not seem to have any visible effect on the 
vigor of the tree, according to Dr. Davis’s observations, since it 
destroys only a limited amount of leaf-tissue. Experience with 
other fungous diseases, however, leads one to suspect that under 
favorable conditions, or in certain seasons, it might become 
serious. 

3. Keithia Tsugae Farlow 

Stictis Tsugae Farlow, Appalachia 3: 245. 1883. 

Propolidium Tsugae (Farlow) Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 668. 1889. 

Hypophyllous, numerous, scattered ; ascomata minute, at first 
buried beneath the epidermis which is finally ruptured and turned 
to one side as a scale, becoming more or less elevated and cushion- 
like, dark brown, orbicular to elliptic, .3-5 mm. in diameter. 
Asci oblong-clavate, apex rounded, not blue with iodine, 58-65 
X 13-16 ju. Spores 4, uniseriate, at first hyaline, finally becoming 
greenish brown, ellipsoid-ovoid, divided by one septum into two 
unequal cells of which the proximal is smaller, constricted at the 
septum, 13-16X6-8 /A, smooth. Paraphyses cylindric, septate, 
hyaline below, the tips clavate, olive-brown, 4-5 fi thick. 

On living and dead leaves of Tsuga eanadensis. New Hamp- 
shire: Shelburne and Lake Sunapee, July-Sept., Dr. W. G. Far- 
low; Wisconsin: Price Co., 13 Sept., 1911, Dr. J. J. Davis. 

I have examined a portion of the type of this species kindly 
placed at my disposal by Dr. Farlow, as well as other specimens 
from his collection in the herbarium of the New York Botanical 



Mycologia 



Plate LXXXI 




1 - 5 - 

6 - 8 . 



9 - 1 1 . 



Keithia thujina Durand 

Keithia tetraspora (Ph. & Keith) Sacc. 

Keithia Tsucae Farlow 



Durand: The Genus Keithia 



11 



Garden. The material from Lake Sunapee is more mature than 
the rest, and shows spores conspicuously colored. This charac- 
ter, as well as the tetrasporous asci and the spores divided into 
two very unequal cells, indicates its close relationship to K. tetra- 
spora and K. thujina. The covering epidermis falls as a scale as 
in the last named species. 

Dr. Davis’s recent collections are also mature and agree in all 
respects with those from New Hampshire. 

Dr. Farlow informs me that since he first found it, in 1882-3, 
he has secured more mature material in several localities, which 
has quite modified his original view regarding this species. In 
the type the spores are immature and hyaline, and through an 
error were described as 8-spored instead of 4-spored. Compari- 
son with authentic Keithia tetraspora, in Europe, convinced him 
that his Stictis Tsugae is congeneric, and should be called, there- 
fore, Keithia Tsugae. 

The same writer speaks of the parasitism of this species as fol- 
lows : “ The fungus appears only on the under side of the leaves, 
which turn brown and quickly fall. It was first noticed in Au- 
gust, 1882, on a tree affected with Peridermimn Peckii. In Sep- 
tember, 1883, it was found on a large number of trees, and had 
nearly destroyed the foliage. It may be considered a disease 
which does considerable harm.” 

On the basis of observations recently made upon this species in 
Wisconsin, Dr. Davis entertains some doubts about its parasitic 
nature. He has found no instances in which it appeared on 
undoubtedly living leaves, and he is convinced that it is not so 
certainly parasitic as is K. thujina. 

University of Missouri, 

Columbia, Mo. 



Explanation of Plate LXXXI 

Keithia thujina. Fig. i. Portion of branch of Thuja showing four asco- 
mata. X 6. Fig. 2. Single ascoma much enlarged showing the epidermal scale 
falling away. Fig. 3. Asci, paraphyses and spores. Figs. 4-5. Asci, paraphyses 
and spores drawn with the oil immersion objective. 

Keithia tetraspora. Fig. 6. Portion of leaf of Juniperus showing two asco- 
mata exposed by the stellate splitting of the epidermis. Fig. 7. Three asci, 
paraphyses and spores. Fig. 8. Three spores more highly magnified. 

Keithia Tsugae. Fig. 9. Leaf of Tsuga showing nine ascomata, much 
enlarged. Fig. 10. Single ascoma greatly enlarged exposed by falling epidermal 
scale. Fig. ii. Asci, paraphysis and spores. 



TYPE STUDIES IN THE HYDNACEAE^ 
III. THE GENUS SARCODON 



Howard J. Banker 

The name Sarcodon was first proposed by Quelet in Cooke and 
QueletjClav. Syn. Hym. Eur. 195. 1878, but as no binomials were 
formed the name was not established as a genus until later taken 
up by Karsten. Whether we follow Quelet or Karsten in our 
conception of the genus, the type species is Hydnum imbricatum L. 

Sarcodon reticulatus Banker, Mem. Torrey Club 12 : 139. 1906 

Hydnum fragile Fries, Nya Svamp. in Ofvers. af Kongl. Vetensk. 

Ak. Forhandl. 1851: 53. 1852; not H. fragile Persoon, Syn. 

Meth. Fung. 561. 1801. 

The type of this species is “ Copp 3716” deposited in the New 
York Botanical Garden herbarium. The specimen was collected 
in Iona, New Jersey, and is a part of the only collection of the 
species made in this country. Specimens of the plant sent to 
M. C. Cooke were referred by him to Hydnum fragile Fr. The 
Friesian name is untenable as it is preoccupied by H. fragile Pers. 
applied to a resupinate form. No type of H. fragile Fr. was 
found at Upsala, but European plants apparently identical with 
the American form are uniformly referred there to H. fragile Fr. 
At Kew specimens were found, collected in England, identical in 
every respect with the New Jersey plants even to the adherence 
of pine needles to the pileus indicating a similar habitat. At 
Upsala there was found a specimen collected at Mustiala, Fin- 
land, by P. A. Karsten, that had all the characters of our type 
except that it had a long somewhat fusiform stem, 2X8 cm., 
raising the pileus well up from the earth. This feature has not 
been observed in any other specimens. 

^ Investigation prosecuted with the aid of a grant from the Esther Herrman 
Research Fund of tb" New York Academy of Science. 

12 



Banker: Type Studies in the Hydnaceae 



13 



Sarcodon acre Quelet, Ench. Fung. i88. 1886 

Hydnuni acre Quelet, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 24: 324. pi. 6. f. i. 

1877- 

Hydnum cristatum Bres. Atkinson, Jour. Myc. 8: 119. 1902. 

The type of H. acre Quel, has not been seen. A specimen, how- 
ever, has been received from G. Bresadola which that eminent 
mycologist had compared with Quelet’s type and regards as an 
authentic representative of the species. This specimen does not 
appear to me to differ in any respect from authentic specimens of 
Hydnum cristatum Bres., received from Professor George F. 
Atkinson, which are a part of the type collection. The acrid taste 
noted in both the European and the American plants confirms the 
diagnosis of their identity, as this character is not common in the 
Sarcodons. A specimen at Kew contributed by Quelet has all the 
characters of our American forms. There seems to be no good 
reason to maintain H. cristatum Bres. as a distinct species. 

The plant appears to be most abundant in Connecticut and 
Long Island. 



Sarcodon radicatus sp. nov. 

Sarcodon fuligineo-violaceus Banker, Mem. Torrey Club 12 ; 142. 

1906; not Sarcodon fuligineo-violaceus (Kalch.) Quel. Ench. 

Fung. 189. 1886. 

Hymenophore terrestrial, mesopodous, gregarious, small, 3-4 
cm. high, brownish; pileus subconvex, uneven, somewhat irregu- 
lar, 4-6 cm. wide ; margin thin, sterile, decurved ; surface subpu- 
bescent to smooth, sometimes with small innate scales, light-brown 
or ochraceous-brown with darker areas ; substance fleshy, some- 
what tough, light-brown, lighter than the surface ; stem sub- 
flexuose, somewhat inclined, excentric to central, solid, subeven, 
abruptly narrowing below to a slender root-like base, 2-2.5 cm. 
long, 1-1.5 cm. wide; teeth fine, terete, tapering, decurrent more 
or less scatteringly to the base, seal-brown to flesh color at the 
tips, when dry a uniform tawny-brown, short teeth scattered about 
among the long, 1.5-2 mm. long, 0.1-0.2 mm. wide, 9-12 to a 
square mm.; spores subglobose, tuberculate, 4-5.5 /a wide, brown; 
hyphae of trama hyaline, smooth, thin-walled, collapsing when 
dried, recovering slightly in KOH, forming an intricate tangle, 
scarcely separable in KOH, septate, without clamp-connections, 
segments irregular, more or less inflated, 9-12 /x wide, 40 /x or more 
long ; taste mild ; odor of slippery elm. 



14 



Mycologia 



On earth in mixed woods, late summer and autumn, Schaghti- 
coke, N. Y. 

The type of the above described species is in the writer’s her- 
tinct from Hydnum fuligineo-violaceum Kalch., although Kalch- 
brenner’s Hydnum fidigineo-violaceum, though not with entire 
confidence. Since then specimens have been received from Abbate 
G. Bresadola which that distinguished mycologist collected in 
Trient and compared with Kalchbrenner’s type. These plants 
are manifestly very different from the American forms described 
above. At Upsala two specimens were observed collected in 
Hungary and contributed by Kalchbrenner himself. These plants 
appeared to have the characters of Bresadola’s specimens, but 
were smaller, approaching in size the American plants. They 
confirmed the diagnosis that the above described species is dis- 
tinct from Hydnum fidigineo-vioJaceum Kalch., although Kalch- 
brenner’s figure^ closely resembles the appearance of our plants. 

Sarcodon laevigatus (Sw.) P. a. Karsten, Rev. Myc. 3*: 20. 

1881 

Hydnum laevigatum Sw. Kongl. Vetensk. Acad. Handl. 1810: 
243. 1810. 

Hydnum bubalinum Pers. Myc. Eur. 2: 16.1. 1825. 

There is probably no type of H. laevigatum Sw. in existence. 
At least I have not been able to locate any of Swartz’s specimens. 
In the European herbaria very little material was found referred 
to this species and none that could be regarded as having much 
weight in determining the authentic characters of the species. 
The American plants which we have referred to this species con- 
form well to the few European plants that we have seen and 
appear to have all the characters ascribed to the species. 

Hydnum bubalinum Pers. is represented in Persoon’s herbarium 
at Leyden by a single specimen sent by Chaillet. The plant ap- 
pears to be the same as our specimens of H. laevigatum Swartz. 

Sarcodon imbricatus (L.) P. A. Karsten, Rev. Myc. 3^ : 20. 1881 

Hydnum imbricatum L. Sp. PI. 2: 1178. I753- 

Hydnum cervinum Pers. Obs. Myc. i : 74. I79^- 

“ Kalchbrenner, Icon. Hym. Hung. pi . 32 . f . 2 . 



Banker; Type Studies in the Hydnaceae 



15 



There is of course no type of H. imbricatum L. in existence. 
At Upsala a number of specimens of European plants, mostly 
from Scandinavia and Finland, were found referred to this species 
by Fries, Karsten, and others. These were uniform in character 
and most closely resembled the large coarse-scaled American 
forms as figured by F. E. Clements, Minnesota Mushrooms 104. 
/. dp. 

No type of H. cerviiiuni Pers. was found at Leyden, but from 
the description the species does not appear to be distinct from 
H. imbricatum L. and was so regarded by Persoon himself, see 
Syn. Meth. Fung. 554. 

Sarcodon Murrillii sp. nov. 

Hymenophore terrestrial, mesopodous, medium to large size, 
reddish-brown ; pileus expanded to infundibuliform, subrotund to 
irregular, 5-10 cm. wide, 1-2 mm. thick when dried; surface 
roughened with fine floccose scales, coarsest toward center, 1-2 
mm. wide, ends upturned, about as long as wide, subzonately 
arranged, dark-reddish-brown on scales, lighter between ; margin 
thin, fertile, repand, finely lobed or crenate, pallid; substance 
fleshy, pale-brown to whitish, drying thin, but somewhat tough 
and flexible ; stem subcentral, strongly inclined, tapering gradually 
and then abruptly to the base, reddish-brown above, concolorous 
with pileus, paler below but becoming blackish at the base, sca- 
brous roughened nearly to the base, apparently hollow or stuffed. 
4-6 cm. long, 1-2 cm. wide ; teeth small, slender, terete, tapering, 
acute, crowded, decurrent nearly to the base, reddish-brown, white 
tipped, 1.5 mm. or less long in dried plant, 0.15-0.25 mm. wide, 
9-12 to a square mm.; spores subglobose, tuberculate, tubercles 
not prominent, pale-brownish, 6-7 /i wide; basidia prominent, 
irregular, clavate, 8-10 ju, wide; sterigmata conical, curved, horn- 
shaped, 3-4 long; hyphae of trama hyaline, smooth, thin-walled, 
collapsing when dried, recovering in KOH, subparallel but partly 
separable in KOH, septate, without clamp-connections, segments 
short, stout, constricted at the septa, irregular, 10-28 /x wide by 
20-70 /X long; hyphae of the teeth very slender, tubular, rarely 
septate, 3-4 /x wide. 

The type of the species is Murrill and House jp7, Transylvania, 
North Carolina, deposited at the New York Botanical Garden. 

Many of the specimens distributed in Ellis, N. Am. Fung., 
“ 926 Hydnum imbricatum ” are undoubtedly this species. I 
know that some of them are. 



16 



Mycologia 



Sarcodon fumosus sp. nov. 

Hymenophore terrestrial, inesopodous, small, 3-5 cm. high, 
ash-gray to smoky ; pileus plane to convex, 2-3 cm. wide, 2-3 
mm. thick ; surface even, subpubescent, ash-gray to smoky-oliva- 
ceous-brown when dried ; margin thin, fertile, minutely serrate ; 
substance fleshy-spongy when fresh, somewhat tough, flexible, 
compact, subwaxy toward surface, soft fibrous within, olivaceous, 
when dried ; stem slender, subcentral, inclined or curved, atten- 
uate upward, subpubescent at base to glabrous shining toward the 
cap, 2-4 cm. long, 3-10 mm. wide ; teeth short, slender, terete, 
tapering, acute, uneven, not decurrent, pale t 5 dirty-white, some- 
what crowded, 2-5 mm. long or less, 0.2-0.4 mm. wide, 9-12 to 
a square mm. ; spores dark, coarsely and densely tuberculate, 
ovoid, 7-9 ju, X 9-1 1 ft- wide ; basidia clavate to oblong, narrowing 
abruptly at the base, 7-10 /j, wide by 25-30 long ; sterigmata deli- 
cate, conical, incurved, 3-4 ju. long; hyphae of trama colored, dis- 
solving out freely in KOH, becoming hyaline, slender, smooth, 
thin-walled, collapsing when dried, recovering slightly in KOH, 
forming an intricate tangle but slightly separable in KOH, septate 
without clamp-connections, segments extremely long, somewhat 
irregular, more or less constricted at the septa, 4-6/1 wide; hyphae 
of the teeth very slender, parallel, 3-4/1 wide; taste bitterish. 

The type of the species is Murrill and House Jp4, North Caro- 
lina, deposited at the New York Botanical Garden. 

Sarcodon roseolus sp. nov. 

Hymenophore terrestrial, inesopodous, gregarious, small to 
medium size, 4-6 cm. high, pale-rose-color; pileus plane to con- 
vex, 3-4 cm. wide, 0.5 cm. or less thick) surface pubescent and 
slightly imbricate, scaly, even, whitish tinged with old-rose ; mar- 
gin thin, incurved when dried ; substance fleshy-tough, drying into 
two layers, an inner waxy or gummy, subtranslucent layer, and 
an outer dry, opaque, subfibrous layer; stem slender, subcentral, 
strongly inclined, subeven, slightly radicating, scabrous, 2-3 cm. 
long by 7-10 mm. wide ; teeth very short, terete, tapering, acute, 
uniform, decurrent and abortive on the stem, not crowded, 0.3-0.7 
mm. long by 0.1-0.2 mm. wide, 16-20 to a square mm.; spores 
pale-brown, tuberculate, ovoid, 4-5 X 5-6 /a wide; basidia clavate, 
four-spored, 5-6 /a wide; sterigmata slender, capillary, 3 /a long; 
hyphae of inner portion of pileus clouded, smooth, slender, thin- 
walled, collapsing when dried, recovering in water and KOH, 
forming a somewhat intricate and compact tangle, scarcely sepa- 



Banker: Type Studies in the Hydnaceae 



17 



rable in KOH, septate, without clamp-connections, segments long, 
irregular, subtubular, 4-7 wide, contents granular ; hyphae of 
outer portion of pileus more even, tubular, and coiled. 

The type of this species is Murrill and House 3Q2, North Caro- 
lina, in New York Botanical Garden. No other specimens are 
known. 

De Pauw University, 

Greencastle, Ind. 



THE AGARICACEAE OF TROPICAL NORTH 
AMERICA— VI 



William A. Murrill 

The present article concludes the treatment of species with 
ochraceous or ferruginous spores begun in Mycologia for March, 
1912. A portion of the generic key printed at that time appears 
below in a slightly revised form. 

Volva and annulus absent. 

Pileus centrally stipitate. 

Lamellae adnate or decurrent. 

Pileus dimidiate or resupinate. 

Volva absent, annulus present. 

Stipe glabrous or fibrillose. 

Stipe squarrose-scaly. 



9. Gymnopilus. 

10. Crepidotus. 

11. Pholiota. 

12. Hypodendrum. 



9. Gymnopilus Karst. Hattsv. 400. 1879 

Flammula (Fries) Quel. 1872. Not Flammula DC. 1818. 

A difficult cosmopolitan genus, with fleshy or fibrous stipe, 
adnate or decurrent lamellae, and usually abundant bright-fer- 
ruginous spores. Most of the species occur on decayed wood. 

1. Gymnopilus olivaceus (Pat.) 

Flammula olivacea Pat. in Duss, Enum. Champ. Guad. 55. 1903. 

Known only from type specimens collected by Duss on dead 
wood at Basse-Terre, Martinique. 

2. Gymnopilus vinicolor (Pat.) 

Flammula vinicolor Pat. Jour, de Bot. 3 : 339. 1889. 

Collected by Duss on dead wood at Saint Pierre, Martinique. 
Pileus 1-2 cm. broad, deeply umbilicate, glabrous, red tinted with 
wine-color ; lamellae close, large, scarcely decurrent ; spores ovoid, 
smooth, ochraceous, 6-7 X 

18 



Murrill: Agaricaceae of Tropical North America 19 



3. Gymnopilus lateritius (Pat.) 

Flammida lateritia Pat. Bull. Soc. Myc. Fr. 16: 176. 1900. 

Described from specimens collected by Duss on dead wood at 
Pointe-Noire, Guadeloupe. Also collected twice by Duss on 
Psidium at Calebasse, Martinique. 

4. Gymnopilus parvulus sp. nov. 

Pileus convex to nearly plane, subcespitose, reaching 2-4 cm. 
broad ; surface moist but not viscid, flavous-ochraceous when 
young, becoming somewhat darker with age, decorated with con- 
spicuous, erect, pointed scales or fibrils which are isabelline to 
fulvous in color ; margin striate, undulate, incurved on drying ; 
context thin, pale-ochraceous, slightly bitter; lamellae narrow, 
subcrowded, adnate, sometimes with a decurrent tooth, isabelline 
to ferruginous-fulvous; spores ellipsoid, nearly smooth, ferrugi- 
nous, 6-7 X 4 ; stipe stout, concolorous or darker, slightly black- 
ish toward the base, especially on drying, fibrillose, solid, becoming 
hollow, rather fragile, 2-4 cm. long, 3-5 mm. thick ; veil delicate, 
consisting of yellow fibrils, evanescent. 

Type collected on a dead log at Castleton Gardens, Jamaica, 
October 28, 1902, F. S. Earle 222. Also collected near Port An- 
tonio, Jamaica, December 17, 1908, W. A. Murrill 182, and in 
the Cockpit Country, Jamaica, January 12-14, ^9^9, A. Mur- 
rill & W. Harris p’jp, 952. 

5. Gymnopilus aureobrunneus (Berk. & Curt.) 

Flammula aureobrunnea Berk. & Curt. Tour. Linn. Soc. 10: 280. 

1868. 

Described from Wright’s collections in Cuba. Spores sub- 
globose to broadly ellipsoid, smooth, 5-7 X 3-5-4 m- 

Cuba, Wright 64; Candelaria, Cuba, on a royal palm stump, 
Earle & Wilson 202. 

6. Gymnopilus aureoviridis (Pat.) 

Flammula aureoznridis Pat. in Duss, Enum. Champ. Guad. 55. 

1903. 

Described from specimens collected by Duss on dead wood at 
Camp Jacob, Guadeloupe. 



20 



Mycologia 



7. Gymnopilus helvoliceps (Berk. & Curt.) 

A. (Flammula) helvoliceps Berk. & Curt. Jour. Linn. Soc. 10: 
290. 1868. 

Described from specimens collected by Wright in Cuba on 
rotten logs in woods. Said to be distinguished at once from 
G. chrysopellus by its much larger spores, which are oblong- 
ellipsoid, smooth or slightly punctate, ferruginous, 9-12 X 5 
Duss reports the species from Guadeloupe and Martinique. Speci- 
mens from South Carolina placed in this category at Kew are 
incorrectly determined. 

8. Gymnopilus penetrans (Fries) Murrill, M)’cologia 4: 254. 

1912 

Described from Sweden in 1815, and reported from Cuba and 
Australia. The only tropical specimens I have seen that appear 
to fit the species are those cited below, which indicates that it has 
crossed over from the mainland. 

Troy and Tyre, Cockpit Country, Jamaica, Murrill & Harris 
875, 1035. 



9. Gymnopilus subpenetrans sp. nov. 

Pileus broadly convex to expanded, rather thick, 2-4 cm. broad ; 
surface moist, not viscid, slightly fibrillose, ferruginous-orange, 
margin rather thick, not striate ; context whitish, mild but un- 
pleasant to the taste ; lamellae sinuate with a long-decurrent 
tooth, soon separating from the stipe ; spores ellipsoid, punctate 
or nearly smooth, ferruginous, 8-10 X 4-5 z*; stipe slightly taper- 
ing downward, concolorous, not paler below, somewhat fibrillose, 
solid with spongy interior, about 3 cm. long and 3 mm. thick. 

Type collected on a dead royal palm trunk at INIanagua, Cuba, 
May 25, 1906, C. F. Baker {Earle 526). Also collected on dead 
wood in the Cockpit Country, Jamaica, January 12-14, 1909. 
W. A. Murrill & W. Harris p22. 

10. Gymnopilus depressus sp. nov. 

Pileus convex to deeply depressed, gregarious or cespitose, 
reaching 8-10 cm. broad; surface dry, densely floccose-scaly, be- 
coming subglabrous, dull-yellowish, at length dull-rusty-brown. 



Murrill: Agaricaceae of Tropical North America 21 



margin not striate, strongly inflexed on drying; lamellae short- 
decurrent, subdistant, broad, yellow to ferruginous ; spores ellip- 
soid, minutely punctate, ferruginous, 7 X 4 ; stipe subcylindric, 
slightly enlarged at the apex and base, slightly paler than the 
pileus, yellowish above, minutely scaly-fibrillose throughout, 
fleshy, yellow within, solid when young, becoming flstulose with 
age, 4-8 cm. long, 6-10 mm. thick; veil delicate, consisting of 
yellow fibrils, evanescent. 

Type collected on a dead log in Hope Gardens, Jamaica, No- 
vember 16, 1902, F. S. Earle 4pp. 

II. Gymnopilus chrysotrichus (Berk. & Curt.) 

A. {Flammula) chrysotrichus Berk. & Curt. Jour. Linn. Soc. 10: 

290. 1868. 

Described from specimens collected by Wright in Cuba on dead 
logs in fields. The spores are subglobose to broadly ellipsoid, 
finely echinulate, melleous under a microscope, 5-7 X 4 yw- Duss 
also reports the species from Guadeloupe and Martinique, and his 
specimens at Berlin appear to be correctly determined. 

Cuba, Wright 26, 54; Guadeloupe, Duss 55; Martinique, Duss 
1258. 



12. Gymnopilus chrysotrichoides sp. nov. 

Pileus thick, fleshy, convex to subexpanded, gregarious, reach- 
ing 7 cm. broad ; surface dry or moist, not viscid, glabrous, fer- 
ruginous to fulvous, margin entire, concolorous, slightly sulcate 
with age, inflexed on drying; lamellae adnate with a decurrent 
tooth, broad, close, becoming ferruginous or fulvous ; spores 
ellipsoid, punctate-tuberculate, ferruginous, 8-9 X 5-6 ix ; stipe 
cylindric, equal, usually somewhat curved, pallid, glabrous, longi- 
tudinally furrowed, at least above, 4-6 cm. long, 3-6 mm. thick, 
decorated near the apex with the remains of a rather large mem- 
branous, yellowish, usually permanent veil. 

Type collected on a dead cocoanut log near Managua, Cuba, 
October 2, 1904, F. S. Earle 2J0. Similar to G. chrysotrichus in 
appearance, but considerably larger, with larger spores, and a 
rather large veil which remains as a distinct annulus. The species 
might be assigned to Pholiota if its affinities were not so evidently 
with Gymnopilus. 



22 



Mycologia 



13 - Gyranopilus Earlei sp. nov. 

Pileus rather thick, tough, convex to expanded, cespitose, 3-6 
cm. broad; surface dry, fibrillose and floccose-sciuamose, pale- 
ferruginous ; margin uneven, somewhat fluted, not striate ; context 
mild to the taste, said to be edible when young; lamellae adnate 
or subdecurrent, rather broad, subcrowded, ferruginous, darker 
than the surface of the pileus ; spores ellipsoid, ferruginous, con- 
spicuously punctate, 7-8 X 4-5 IJ - ; stipe cylindric, densely fer- 
ruginous-fibrillose, subconcolorous, solid, tough, horny, nearly 
black within, 4-6 cm. long, 4-8 mm. thick. 

Type collected on cocoanut logs near Port Antonio, Jamaica, 
October 20, 1902, F. S. Earle p. Reported by Earle to be common 
on cocoanut logs and stumps in the vicinity of Port Antonio, and 
said to be edible when young. 

14. Gymnopilus tenuis sp. nov. 

Pileus rather thin, convex to expanded, obtuse, cespitose, 3-10 
cm. broad; surface pale-yellow to ferruginous, dry, fibrillose to 
floccose-scaly, at length subglabrous, margin thin, not striate, often 
uneven and undulate ; lamellae decurrent, crowded, narrow, yellow 
to ferruginous ; spores ellipsoid, ferruginous, minutely punctate, 
7X4 /a; stipe cylindric, slightly fibrillose, ferruginous-brown, 
often whitish at the base, hollow, the rind becoming hard and 
horny on drying, 4-6 cm. long, 3-8 mm. thick ; veil of bright-yellow 
fibers, soon vanishing. 

Type collected on a dead log of Nectandra near Port Antonio, 
Jamaica, November 24, 1902, F. S. Earle 612. Also collected on 
a cocoanut log near Port Antonio, Jamaica, November 23, 1902, 
F. S. Earle ^p4; on dead wood on Cooper’s ranch at the base of 
El Yunque, near Baracoa, Cuba, March, 1903, L. M. Underwood 
& E. S. Earle 1136; and at Soldier’s Road, New Providence, 
Bahamas, September 15, 1904, E. G. Britton 6pp. Broad and 
thin, with narrow, crowded lamellae and minutely punctate spores. 

15. Gymnopilus bryophilus sp. nov. 

Pileus convex, obtuse, gregarious, 2-5 cm. broad ; surface uni- 
formly ferruginous, dry, densely appressed-fibrillose, margin not 
striate; lamellae sinuate with a decurrent tooth, crowded, plane, 
broad, concolorous ; spores subglobose, smooth, pale- ferruginous, 
6X5 /a; stipe cylindric, often eccentric, fibrillose, pale-fuscous, 
fleshy, solid, yellow within, 2-4 cm. long, 3-4 mm. thick. 



Murrill: Agaricaceae of Tropical North America 23 



Type collected on a decayed mossy log near Port Antonio, 
Jamaica, November 24, 1902, F. S. Earle 6ij. Distinguished by 
its densely fibrillose pileus and smooth, subglobose spores. 

16. Gymnopilus chrysopellus (Berk. & Curt.) 

A. (Flamnmla) chrysopellus Berk. & Curt. Jour. Linn. Soc. 10: 

290. 1868. 

Described from Wright’s collections on dead wood in Cuba. 
Spores broadly ellipsoid, often nearly subglobose, smooth, mel- 
leous under a microscope, 6-7 X 4~5 ij- Specimens bearing this 
name at Berlin, collected by Duss at Bains-Jaunes, are too badly 
discolored to be compared accurately. 

17. Gymnopilus Nashii sp. nov. 

Pileus convex, densely cespitose, 2-4 cm. broad ; surface ochra- 
ceous, dry, densely floccose-squamose, margin not striate ; lamellae 
adnate, subcrowded, broad, fuscous-ferruginous ; spores ellipsoid, 
smooth, ferruginous, 7-7.5 X 4~5 h- ; stipe subcylindric, enlarged 
at the apex, concolorous, darker below, fibrillose, firm, fleshy, be- 
coming fistulose, 4-7 long, 3-6 mm. thick ; veil pale-yellowish, 
scanty. 

Type collected on an old log near Port Margot, Haiti, August 
4, 1903, G. V. Nash 7p. Also collected at Consuelo, Santo Do- 
mingo, November 15-17, igog,N. Taylor 777; and at Sierra Nipe, 
Oriente, Cuba, January, 1910, /. A. Shafer 3^61. 

18. Gymnopilus palmicola sp. nov. 

Pileus convex to expanded, at length depressed, cespitose, 2-5 
cm. broad; surface dry, floccose-squamose, pale-ferruginous to 
ochraceous, margin even, not striate ; lamellae adnate, subcrowded, 
broad, at length ventricose, ferruginous at maturity ; spores ellip- 
soid, ferruginous, echinulate-punctate, ioX6/x.; stipe cylindric, 
slightly fibrillose, subconcolorous but paler, solid, fleshy, yellowish 
within, 3-5 cm. long, 3-5 mm. thick ; veil strongly developed, 
pale-yellowish, subannulate. 

Type collected on dead logs of royal palm on Cooper’s ranch 
at the base of El Yunque, near Baracoa, Cuba, March, 1903, 
L. M. Underwood & F. S. Earle 1134. Similar to G. lateritius 
in microscopic characters, but the pileus is much lighter in color. 



24 



Mycologia 



19. Gymnopilus hispidellus sp. nov. 

Pileus thin, convex, scattered or subcespitose, 2-4 cm. broad; 
surface pale-ochraceous, fibrillose, often punctate-squamose with 
erect, ferruginous scales, margin not striate ; context slightly bit- 
ter; lamellae adnate, subcrowded, not uniform in breadth, yellow 
to fuscous-ferruginous ; spores ellipsoid, fuscous-ferruginous, 
strongly punctate, 7 X 5 ; stipe cylindric, subfibrillose, concol- 

orous with darker base, solid, 2-4 cm. long, 2-4 mm. thick ; veil 
yellowish, subannulate. 

Type collected on old logs on Cooper’s ranch at the base of 
El Yunque, near Baracoa, Cuba, March, 1903, L. M. Underwood 
& F. S. Earle 42Q. 

20. Gymnopilus hispidus (Mass.) 

Flammula hispida Mass. Jour. Bot. 30; 161. pi. /. 31-33. 

1892. 

Described from specimens collected by W. R. Elliott on decayed 
trunks at Chateau Belair, St. Vincent, West Indies. The pileus 
is ochraceous-fulvous, and conspicuously adorned with erect, 
acute squamules ; the lamellae are broad, subdecurrent, and 
crowded ; and the spores ellipsoid, smooth, ferruginous, 7 X 5 m- 

21. Gymnopilus areolatus sp. nov. 

Pileus thick, fleshy, convex, cespitose, 6-7 cm. broad ; surface 
dry, imbricate-scaly, dirty-orange-yellow, margin entire; context 
yellowish-white, slightly bitter; lamellae adnate, separating from 
the stipe, subcrowded, broad, ventricose, often notched, yellowish- 
ferruginous ; spores ellipsoid, ferruginous, tuberculate, 9-1 1 
X 6-7 jj . ; stipe cylindric, often curved, concolorous or paler, sub- 
glabrous, solid, 3-5 cm. long, 4-6 mm. thick. 

Type collected on a hardwood stump in a field near Santiago 
de las Vegas, Cuba, May 27, 1904, F. S. Earle 36. Also collected 
on a palm stump at the same time and place, F. S. Earle 37; and on 
the base of a palm post at Herradura, Cuba, September 27, 1907, 
F. S. Earle 577. 

22. Gymnopilus pholiotoides sp. nov. 

Pileus firm, fleshy, convex, scattered, 3 cm. broad ; surface 
ochraceous, cracking into scales, margin thin, not striate ; context 



Murrill: Agaricaceae of Tropical North America 25 



yellowish-white, mild to the taste ; lamellae short-decurrent, 
crowded, of medium width, pale-ochraceous to bright-ferrugi- 
nous ; spores ellipsoid, conspicuously echinulate, ferruginous, 
9X5/*; stipe subcylindric, concolorous or paler, slightly fibrillose, 
solid, 3 cm. long, 5 mm. thick; veil thick, membranous, forming 
an annulus, at least in young sporophores. 

Type collected on a dead royal palm trunk at Managua, Cuba, 
May 25, 1906, C. F. Baker (F. S. Earle 5-?7). The young sporo- 
phores show a well-developed annulus, as in Pholiota. 

23. Gymnopilus carbonarius (Fries) Murrill, Mycologia 4; 256. 

1912 

A terrestrial species common throughout temperate North 
America and Europe. It was found in ashy ground by a burnt 
log, growing in groups or clusters. The elevation of Chester Vale 
is 3,000 ft., just sufficient to insure a subtemperate climate. The 
fondness of this fungus for charcoal is quite remarkable. For a 
description and colored figure of the species, see Mycologia for 
July, 1912. 

Chester Vale, Jamaica, W. A. & Edna L. Murrill 28y. 

24. Gymnopilus jalapensis sp. nov. 

Pileus expanded, at length depressed at the center, reaching 8 
cm. in breadth; surface smooth, moist, glabrous, cremeous at the 
margin, ochraceous near the center and ferruginous-isabelline 
to fulvous at the center, slightly greenish when bruised ; margin 
curved downward and irregular or undulate ; context white, mild, 
5 mm. thick behind ; lamellae adnate, close, ventricose behind, 
arcuate near the margin, stramineous, about 5 mm. broad ; spores 
ellipsoid, smooth, subhyaline but with a distinct ferruginous tint, 
6X3-5/i; cystidia abundant, flask-shaped, 60-75 X 15 mostly 
empty and hyaline, with short stalks and long, slender, septate 
necks filled with yellowish contents ; stipe equal below, slightly en- 
larged at the apex, glabrous, stramineous, with a trace of a slight 
cortina at the middle, reaching 8 cm. long and i cm. thick. 

Type collected on the ground in leaf-mold in a dense virgin 
forest near Jalapa, Mexico, December 12-20, 1909, W- A. & Edna 
L. Murrill 78 {type), 81. The lamellae and spores are paler than 
in other American terrestrial species. 



26 



Mycologia 



25. Gymnopilus hypholomoides sp. nov. 

Pileus convex to expanded, 3-6 cm. broad; surface dry, sub- 
fibrillose, pale-fuscous, ferruginous at the center, margin thin, 
somewhat folded and uneven, not striate ; context thin, yellowish, 
of mawkish flavor ; lamellae inserted, crowded, rather narrow, 
sinuate, tawny-yellow to pale-fuscous; spores ellipsoid, fuscus, 
7 X 4 ; stipe cylindric, curved, concolorous, fibrillose, sol|fl, 
tough, 4-6 cm. long, 2-4 m.m. thick. 

Type collected on the ground, apparently attached to buried 
wood, on Rose Hill, Jamaica, 3,000 ft. elevation, October 24, 1902, 
F. S. Earle 53. The surface of the cap resembles that of Hypho- 
loma sublateritium. 



Doubtful Species 

Agaricus (Flarnmula) peregrinus Fries, Elench. Fung, i: 31. 
1828. Collected by Benzon on trunks in Santa Cruz, West Indies. 
Types not found. 

Agaricus {Flarnmula) ricensis Fries, Nova Acta Soc. Sci. Upsal. 
III. 1 : 24. 1851. Collected by Oersted on the ground in Costa 

Rica. It was not figured, but a number of specimens were pre- 
served, none of which could be found either at Upsala or Copen- 
hagen. It differs from most tropical species of the genus in 
being terrestrial. 

Gymnopilus sapineus (Fries) Murrill, Mycologia 4: 254. 1912. 
So closely related to G. penetrans that Fries combined the two in 
1821, but later separated them again. Wright’s Cuban collections 
referred to this species at Kew show considerable variation, but 
none seem to fit the temperate, pine-loving G. sapineus, which has 
also been reported from Guadeloupe, Venezuela, New Zealand, 
Ceylon, and elsewhere in tropical regions, probably without care- 
ful comparison with typical specimens. 

10. Crepidotus (Fries) QuH. Champ. Jura Vosg. 106. 1872 

This genus contains small, fan-shaped, wood-loving plants with 
ochraceous or ferruginous spores. The pileus is usually pallid or 
yellowish, and may be either glabrous or more or less fibrillose or 
squamulose. 



Murrill: Agaricaceae of Tropical North America 27 



1. Crepidotus cacaophyllus (Berk. & Curt.) Sacc. Syll. Fung. 

5 : 883. 1887 

A. {Crepidotus) cacaophyllus Berk. & Curt. Jour. Linn. Soc. 10: 
291. 1868. 

Described from plants collected by Wright in Cuba. Types 
not found at Kew. Pileus 1.3 cm. broad, yellowish, squamose; 
lamellae adnexed, distant, chocolate-brown ; stipe very short. 

2. Crepidotus musaecola (Berk. & Curt.) Sacc. Syll. Fung. 5: 

883. 1887 

A. {Crepidotus) musaecola Berk. & Curt. Jour. Linn. Soc. 10: 
291. 1868. 

Described from specimens collected by Wright in Cuba on dead 
plantain leaves near the ground. Wright’s Cuban specimens called 
C. alveolus by Berkeley apparently belong here. 

3. Crepidotus Psychotriae Pat. Bull. Soc. ]\Iyc. Fr. 18; 173. 

1902 

Described from specimens collected by Duss in Guadeloupe on 
dead branches of Psychotria glabrata, and also found in Mar- 
tinique. Pileus sessile, convex, orbicular, 0.5-1 cm. broad ; sur- 
face pale-ochraceous, glabrous, smooth, margin entire ; lamellae 
crowded, broad, brownish; spores ovoid, smooth, 8 X 5 /^- 

4. Crepidotus Citri Pat. Bull. Soc. Myc. Fr. 18 : 172. 1902 

Described from specimens collected by Duss at Camp Jacob, 
Guadeloupe, and later found by him in Martinique. Pileus 2-6 
mm. broad, orbicular, thin, soft, glabrous, smooth, brownish- 
white ; lamellae narrow, ochraceous ; spores ovoid, smooth, pale- 
yellow, 7 X 4 M- 



5. Crepidotus parvulus sp. nov. 

Pileus thin, soft, fleshy, resupinate, at first orbicular-reniform, 
becoming conchiform and convex, gregarious, 1-4 mm. broad; 
surface pure-white, dry, densely floccose-pulverulent, margin even ; 
lamellae radiating from an eccentric point, rounded behind, dis- 
tant, thin, broad, white to yellowish-ochraceous ; spores globose 



28 



Mycologia 



or subangular, smooth, pale-ochraceous, 4-5 fx . ; stipe none, point 
of attachment white, strigose. 

Type collected on dead orange branches at Hope Gardens, Ja- 
maica, October 31, 1902, F. S. Earle S3 4- The dried specimens 
much resemble those of C. Dussii, but the pileus is white instead 
of yellow and the spores “only half as large as in that species. 

6. Crepidotus Dussii Pat. Bull. Soc. Myc. Fr. 18: 173. 1902 

Pileus 3-5 mm. broad, orbicular, chrome-yellow, glabrous ; 
lamellae broad, distant, yellowish-brown ; spores ovoid, smooth, 
8-9 X 6/4. T)-pes examined in the herbarium of Patouillard. 

Baines-Jaunes, Guadeloupe, Duss 411; Deux-Choux, Martin- 
ique, Duss 1414. 



7. Crepidotus bicolor sp. nov. 

Pileus thin, rather firm, sessile, dimidiate or flabelli form, usually 
narrowed behind, the base not strigose, convex or applanate above, 
gregarious, 5-8 mm. broad ; surface dry, glabrous or subglabrous, 
testaceous to latericious, margin undulate, somewhat sulcate with 
age or on drying ; lamellae radiating from the point of attachment, 
broad, distant, ventricose, ochraceous-ferruginous ; spores globose 
or subglobose, smooth, ochraceous under a microscope, 6-7 /i. 

Type collected on dead wood in British Honduras in 1906, 
Morton E. Peck. Very similar in form to specimens of Crepi- 
dotus croceosanguineus Mont, collected in Chile by Gay (type) 
and in Ecuador by Lagerheim, but in that species the colors are 
reversed, the surface being yellow and the lamellae dark-red. 

8. Crepidotus pyrrhus (Berk. & Curt.) Sacc. Syll. Fung. 5: 

879. 1887 

A. {Crepidotus) pyrrhus Berk. & Curt. Jour. Linn. Soc. 10; 291. 
1868. 

Described from Wright’s collections on dead wood in Cuba. 
His no. 38 is the type, and this is represented at Kew by two 
sporophores with globose or subglobose, echinulate, ochraceous- 
fulvous spores 4-5.5 /x. Lower down on the same sheet are three 
sporophores of no. 380, which with no. 59 represent Berkeley’s 
var. leiospora, having, according to him, smooth spores. Speci- 



Murrill: Agaricaceae of Tropical North America 29 



mens cited below from Guadeloupe and Jamaica agree with the 
type in spore characters, but the color of the spores is ferruginous- 
fulvous in fresh material. Patouillard has a specimen reaching 
3 cm. or more in breadth. 

Cuba, Wright Guadeloupe, Dtiss mo; Cockpit Country, 
Jamaica, Murrill & Harris pp'5. 

9. Crepidotus laceratus Pat. Bull. Soc. Myc. Fr. 18 : 173. 1902 

Described from specimens collected by Duss in Guadeloupe. 
Types examined. Pileus 1-1.5 cm. broad, deeply lacerate, ochra- 
ceous-red, pulverulent ; lamellae crowded, concolorous ; spores 
ovoid, verrucose, ochraceous, 5-6 X 4-5 a<- Apparently not suffi- 
ciently distinct from C. pyrrhus. 

10. Crepidotus cuneiformis Pat. Bull. Soc. Myc. Fr. 18: 173. 

1902 

Known only from specimens collected by Duss on dead wood 
in Guadeloupe. Pileus about i cm. broad, pale-brown, glabrous, 
striatulate ; lamellae broad, soft, brownish ; spores globose, smooth, 
brown, 6 fi. 



II. Crepidotus subcuneiformis sp. nov. 

Pileus thin, rather firm, fragile on drying, broadly wedge- 
shaped, approaching orbicular, in outline, plane above, tapering 
to a rather broad base which is not strigose, gregarious, reaching 
I cm. broad and becoming somewhat longer ; surface glabrous or 
pulverulent, moist, dull-isabelline to avellaneous-isabelline, margin 
very thin, entire, not striate; lamellae radiating from the sessile 
base, subcrowded, plane, dull-yellowish to umbrinous ; spores 
ovoid, smooth, melleous under a microscope, uniguttulate, 7-8 X 5 m- 

Type collected on a decaying cocoanut husk in Grenada, West 
Indies, September, 1905, W. E. Broadway. Resembling C. cunei- 
formis in gross characters, but quite different under close obser- 
vation. 



12. Crepidotus sulcatus sp. nov. 

Pileus reniform, dimidiate or resupinate, thin, soft, fleshy, gre- 
garious, 1-2 cm. broad ; surface white, becoming ochraceous when 
dry, glabrous, strigose at the base, sulcate-striate on the margin ; 



30 



Mycologia 



lamellae radiating from an eccentric or lateral point, crowded or 
subcrowded, rather broad, dark-ochraceous or pale-cinnamon ; 
spores broadly ellipsoid, smooth, pale-cinnamon, y-8yC6-'^fi; stipe 
none, pileus attached by a tuft of strigose hairs. 

Type collected on dead fallen branches in Cooper’s ranch at 
the base of El Yunque, near Baracoa, Cuba, March, 1903, L. M. 
Underwood S' F. S. Earle y6i. 

13. Crepidotus cinchonensis sp. nov. 

Pileus thin, soft, fleshy, convex to plane above, reniform to 
orbicular, gregarious, attached by a lateral or eccentric point, or 
by the vertex, sometimes strigose at the base, appearing resupi- 
nate when growing on the under side of a trunk, reaching 2 cm. 
in diameter ; surface dull-watery-white, pulverulent to nearly gla- 
brous, striate, margin very thin, pellucid, darker than the rest of 
the surface on drying ; lamellae radiating from a lateral or eccen- 
tric point, crowded, thin, fragile, slightly ventricose, dull-watery- 
white, becoming subfulvous at maturity ; spores ovoid to ellipsoid, 
smooth, pale-melleous under a microscope, i-few-guttulate, 
8^ X 4-5 

Collected on dead branches of broad-leaved trees at Cinchona, 
Jamaica, 5,000 ft. elevation, December 25-January 8, 1908-9, W. 
A. & Edna L. Mnrrill 610 {type), 6^4. Also collected during the 
same period at Morce’s Gap, Jamaica, W- A. & Edna L. Mnrrill 
686. Similar to C. Citri in form and general appearance but very 
much larger. Closely related to C. sidcatus, described from Cuba. 

14. Crepidotus aquosus sp. nov. 

Pileus resupinate, thin, delicate, reniform, expanded at maturity, 
1-2.5 cm. broad ; surface moist, glabrous or subglabrous, watery- 
brown, deeply sulcate on the margin; context soft and watery; 
lamellae subcrowded, rather broad, dark-ochraceous or subful- 
vous ; spores globose, smooth, dark-ochraceous, 6-7 p.. 

Type collected on a decayed log on Rose Hill, Jamaica, 4,000 ft. 
elevation, October 30, 1902, F. S. Earle 293. 

15. Crepidotus calolepidoides sp. nov. 

Pileus rather thick, fleshy, strongly convex above, concave 
below, solitary, narrowly attached behind, 2X3X1 cm. ; surface 
melleous with an ochraceous tint on the umbo, which is decorated 



Murrill: Agaricaceae of Tropical North America 31 



with minute, fulvous, conic elevations ; margin striate, dull- 
brownish in dried specimens, being very distinct in color from 
the remainder of the surface; attachment of pileus white, finely 
pubescent or slightly strigose ; lamellae broad, not crowded, slightly 
arcuate, cremeous to fulvous ; spores ovoid, smooth, dull-melleous, 
8-10 X 5-6^- 

Type collected on a small dead branch of a deciduous shrub on 
the Latimer trail, Cinchona, Jamaica, 5,000 ft. elevation, Decem- 
ber 25-January 8, 1908-9, W. A. & Edna L. Murrill jj6. Re- 
sembling C. calolepis, but with minute conic elevations instead of 
tomentose-scaly. 

16. Crepidotus substipitatus sp. nov. 

Pileus soft, fleshy, thin, very fragile when dry, orbicular-reni- 
form, expanded, gregarious, about i cm. broad ; surface moist, 
subglabrous, dull-ochraceous, not striate at the margin ; lamellae 
adnexed, subcrowded, rather broad, ventricose, ochraceous to 
dull-cinnamon ; spores ovoid or broadly ellipsoid, opaque, dull- 
cinnamon, minutely punctate, 5-6 X 4 stipe eccentric, short, 
curved, cylindric, glabrous, shining, dark-reddish-brown, 4-8 mm. 
long, i mm. thick. 

Type collected on dead twigs on the ground at the base of El 
Yunque, near Baracoa, Cuba, March, 1903, L. M. Underwood & 
F. S. Earle 12^6. When growing on the under side of sticks, the 
stipe curves so that the pileus appears resupinate. 

17. Crepidotus fumosifolius sp. nov. 

Pileus sessile, dimidiate or reniform, thin, firm, fleshy, expanded 
at maturity, scattered, 2-3 cm. broad; surface glabrous or slightly 
pruinose, whitish or with ochraceous tints, margin even; lamellae 
crowded narrow, becoming very dark- fuscous or almost purplish, 
resembling those of species of Hypholoma; spores ellipsoid or 
ovoid, dark-fuscous, 6-7X4j«- 

Type collected on a dead log on Rose Hill, Jamaica, 4,000 ft. 
elevation, October 30, 1902, F. S. Earle 2p2. An anomalous 
species with lamellae much darker than is usual for the genus. 

Doubtful Species 

Crepidotus alveolus (Lasch) Sacc. Syll. Fung. 5: 877. 1887. 

Described in 1829 from specimens collected on beech trunks in 



32 



Mycologia 



Germany. Reported from Wright’s collections in Cuba, which 
apparently represent C. musaecola, and from Duss’ collections 
in Guadeloupe. In assigning the name C. alveolus in 1892 to 
specimens from St. Vincent, West Indies, Massee remarks that 
they are larger and more crisped and lobed than in the European 
form, but that there exists no good specific or even varietal dis- 
tinction between the two forms. 

Crepidotus mollis (Schaeff.) Quel. Champ. Jura Vosg. 106. 
1872. Described from northern Europe, and widely distributed, 
but not seen at Kew from the West Indies. Duss’ specimens 
from Guadeloupe bearing this name were not examined. 

II. Pholiota (Fries) Quel. Champ. Jura Vosg. 91. 1872 

This genus is distinguished by its fleshy stipe and well- 
developed veil, which forms a conspicuous and persistent annulus. 
The lamellae may be adnate or adnexed, and the spores vary in 
color from ferruginous to fulvous. The genus is abundantly 
represented in temperate regions, while the number of species 
reported from the tropics is comparatively small. 

1. Pholiota Broadwayi sp. nov. 

Pileus thin, fleshy, convex to expanded, solitary, reaching 3 cm. 
broad; surface moist or slightly viscid, entirely glabrous, nearly 
white to pale-isabelline, slightly darker at the center ; margin thin, 
concolorous, entire ; lamellae adnate or adnexed, rather narrow 
and crowded, slightly ventricose, pale-fulvous; spores ovoid, 
smooth, not apiculate, pale-yellowish-brown under a microscope, 
12X7-8/X; stipe cylindric, equal, erect, concolorous, glabrous, 
smooth, hollow, 4-7 cm. long, 2-3 mm. thick; annulus superior, 
membranous, rather slight and apt to disappear with age. 

Type collected on the ground in Grenada, West Indies, April 9, 
1905, W. E. Broadway. 

2. Pholiota avellanea sp. nov. 

Pileus nearly plane, solitary, about 3 cm. broad and 3 mm. 
thick; surface smooth, glabrous, dull, pale-avellaneous, slightly 
darker at the center, margin thin, slightly decurved; lamellae 
adnate, avellaneous when looked at perpendicularly, close, rather 
narrow ; spores ellipsoid, smooth, dull, pale-melleous, 9 X 4-4-5 /<■ ; 



Murrill: Agaricaceae of Tropical North America 33 



stipe enlarged below, crooked, white at the apex, hygrophanous 
and longitudinally streaked below, 5 cm. long, 4 mm. thick; 
annulus ample, white, superior, persistent. 

Type collected on the ground at Morce’s Gap, Jamaica, 5,000 
ft. elevation, December 30, 1908, W. A. & Edna L. Murrill 749. 

3. Pholiota bryophila sp. nov. 

Pileus plane or slightly depressed, scattered, 2 cm. broad ; sur- 
face smooth, dry, glabrous, isabelline, margin regular, appearing 
rather obtuse because of the broad gills ; lamellae yellowish to 
brown, broad, adnate, ventricose; spores ovoid, smooth, deep- 
ochraceous, mostly uninucleate, 7-8 X 3-5-4-5 /“• stipe cylindric, 
equal, often curved, smooth, glabrous, subconcolorous, slender and 
rather tough, 2 cm. long, 2 mm. thick ; annulus white, conspicuous, 
persistent, attached slightly above the middle of the stipe. 

Type collected among mosses on a moist limestone cliff at 
Orizaba, Mexico, 4,000 ft. elevation, January 10-14, iQio. A. 
& Edna L. Murrill 806. 

4. Pholiota cinchonensis sp. nov. 

Pileus thin, becoming plane, scattered, 1.5 cm. broad; surface 
ochroleucous to ochraceous, dry, granular-tomentose, striate, 
margin straight, even ; lamellae adnate with a decurrent tooth, 
isabelline, rather narrow ; spores broadly ovoid or ellipsoid, almost 
subglobose at times, obtuse at both ends, smooth, varying in con- 
tent from granular to uninucleate, honey-yellow under the micro- 
scope, ochraceous in mass, 7 X 4-5 m > stipe paler than the pileus, 
cylindric, glabrous or nearly so, attached at the base to a white 
mat of mycelium, 1.5 cm. long, i mm. thick; annulus white, nearly 
central, sometimes ample, the stipe below being smoqth, at other 
times more or less distributed in fibrils along the lower part of the 
stipe. 

Type collected on a dead stick in woods at Cinchona, Jamaica, 
5,000 ft. elevation, December 25, 1908, W. A. & Edna L. Murrill 

432. 

5. Pholiota unicolor (Vahl) Gill. Champ. Fr. i : 436. 1878 

Pileus hemispheric or campanulate, regular, scattered, 3 cm. 
broad ; surface smooth, glabrous, dry, polished, ochroleucous, 
splitting at the margin, which is deflexed, straight, sharp, thin. 



34 



Mycologia 



coticolorous; lamellae sinuate-adnexed with a decurrent tooth, 
broad, close, soon becoming testaceous or latericeous ; spores 
ovoid, pointed at both ends, i-2-nucleate, pale-ochraceous, 
8.5-11 X 3-5-5 /a; stipe equal, cylindric, fibrous, stuffed, the sur- 
face glabrous and lustrous like asbestos, subconcolorous, whitish- 
tomentose at the base, marked at the apex with long gill-traces, 
3-4 cm. long, 2-3.5 mm. thick ; annulus superior, conspicuous, 
white. 

Collected on dead wood in the Tepeite Valley, Mexico, 7,000 ft. 
elevation, December 28, 1909, IV. A. & Edna L. Murrill 464. 
Several temperate species of fungi were found in that locality. 

6. PnoLiOTA MARTiNicENSis Pat. in Duss, Enum. Champ- 
Guad. 54. 1903 

Described from specimens collected by Duss on a dead trunk 
in the forest at the base of Mt. Pelee, Martinique. Pileus about 
I cm. broad, very regular, reddish-brown, covered with minute 
scales ; annulus very distinct, persistent, pallid ; spores ovoid, 
smooth, brown, 6 X 4 /-i- 

7. Pholiota Musae (Earle) 

Pholiotina Musae Earle, Inform. An. Estag. Centr. Agron. Cuba 

1 : 241. 1906. 

Pileus thin, watery, convex to expanded or depressed, cespitose, 
1-4 cm. broad; surface glabrous, bygrophanous, dark-tan, paler 
when dry, margin at length striate ; lamellae adnexed, subcrowded, 
broad, ventricose, subconcolorous to darker ; spores ellipsoid, 
smooth, pale-fuscous, 15-18 X 9-10 /u; stipe subcylindric, glabrous, 
shining, pure-white, hollow, 4-6 cm. long, 3-6 mm. thick ; veil 
white, appendiculate or forming a slight, evanescent annulus. 

Described from specimens collected on dead banana stalks at 
Santiago de las Vegas, Cuba, F. S. Earle jo, 7/, 82. 

8. Pholiota cubensis Earle, Inform. An. Estag. Centr. Agron. 

Cuba 1 : 242. 1906 

Pileus fleshy, firm, expanded, scattered or gregarious, 6-12 cm. 
broad ; surface dry, dark-tan, floccose-scaly on the disk, areolate 
but not striate on the margin ; context yellowish, mild but some- 
what unpleasant ; lamellae sinuate with adnate tooth, crowded, 
broad, dark-cinnamon ; spores ovoid, smooth, melleous under a 



Murrill; Agaricaceae of Tropical North America 35 



microscope, usually i-2-guttulate, 6-7 X 4~5 h- stipe subcylindric, 
slightly enlarged at the base, floccose above, glabrous below, pale- 
yellow, solid, firm, about 5X1 cm. ; veil thick, yellowish, leaving 
an ample, persistent annulus fixed 2 cm. from the apex of the 
stipe. 

Described from specimens collected on the ground under a 
building at Santiago de las Vegas, Cuba, A. Meckleff {Earle 159). 
Also collected later in a nearby field, Earle j/7. 

9. Pholiota Brittoniae sp. nov. 

Pileus large, fleshy, convex to expanded, becoming depressed at 
the center, ceSpitose, reaching 10 cm. broad ; surface dry, im- 
bricate-fibrillose to subglabrous, fulvous, becoming fuliginous or 
blackish with age ; margin entire, concolorous, strongly inflexed 
on drying ; lamellae sinuate, with a decurrent tooth reaching as far 
as the annulus, seceding with age, broad, irregular in shape, sub- 
distant, ferruginous, darker with age ; spores broadly ellipsoid 
to subglobose, conspicuously tuberculate, ferruginous, opaque, 
7-9 IX . ; stipe enlarged below, concolorous, blackening with age, 
longitudinally furrowed, hollow, reaching 10 cm. long and 1-3 cm. 
thick; annulus ample, membranous, ferruginous, persistent, fixed 
near the apex of the stipe ; cystidia none. 

Type collected about the roots of living Eucalyptus trees at 
Cinchona, Jamaica, 5,000 ft. elevation, October, 1908, Elizabeth 
G. Britton ii 32 . Also collected in the same locality at the base of 
a dead standing trunk, December 25, 1908, W. A. & Edna L. 
Murrill 447. Closely related to Gymiiopiltis, but having an ample, 
membranous, persistent annulus. Its nearest relative is probably 
Pholiota ventricosa Earle, described from California, which has 
smaller and more elongate spores. 

12. Hypodendrum Paulet, Icon. 75. 1793 

This genus is distinguished from Pholiota by its densely scaly 
stipe. The pileus may be scaly or smooth. 

Hypodendrum scobifer (Berk. & Curt.) 

A. {Pholiota) scobifer Berk. & Curt. Jour. Linn. Soc. 10: 289. 
1868. 

Described from young specimens collected by Wright about the 
roots of trees in Cuba. About 5 cm. high, pileus 1.2 cm. broad. 



36 



Mycologia 



both it and the stipe conspicuously decorated with slender, conic, 
erect scales ; spores not examined. Specimens so named in the 
herbarium of Patouillard, sent from Guadeloupe by Duss, are 
small, fulvous, very scrobiculate with imbricate scales, and have 
muricate, flavous spores 8-io X 4~5 /a. It is possible that these 
are young stages of a species of Gymnopilus. 

Additional Doubtful Species 

These were unintentionally omitted in the last article of this 
series, when the group had to be divided for lack of space. 

Agaricus (Galera) martianus Berk. & Curt. Jour, Linn. Soc. 
10 : 291. 1868. Described from Wright’s collections on dead 

wood in Cuba and also reported from Guadeloupe. Types not 
seen. The description calls for free lamellae, which would take 
the species out of this genus. 

Agaricus {Galera) macromastes Fries, Nova Acta Soc. Sci. 
Upsal. III. i: 226. 1851. Described from plants collected by 

Krebs in the island of St. Thomas. Types doubtless destroyed. 
The species may belong to Mycena. 

Agaricus (Galera) flocculentiisf Fries, Nova Acta Soc. Sci. 
Upsal. III. i: 24. 1851. Collected and figured by Oersted in 

Costa Rica. There can be little doubt that this is referable to 
Conocybe tener. The species referred to in Epicr. Myc. 209 is 
Galera frustulentus, now placed in Psathyra. 



New Combinations 

For the benefit of those using Saccardo’s nomenclature, the following new 
species in the above article are recombined, as follows : 

Gymnopilus areolatus = Flammula areolata 
Gymnopilus bryophilus = Flammula bryophila 
Gymnopilus chrysotrichoides = Flammula chrysotrichoides 
Gymnopilus depressus = Flammula depressa 
Gymnopilus Earlei = Flammula Earlei 
Gymnopilus hispidellus = Flammula hispidella 
Gymnopilus hypholomoides = Flammula hypholomoides 
Gymnopilus jalapensis == Flammula jalapensis 
Gymnopilus Nashii = Flammula Nashii 
Gymnopilus palmicola = Flammula palmicola 
Gymnopilus parvulus = Flammula parvula 
Gymnopilus pholiotoides = Flammula pholiotoides 
Gymnopilus subpenetrans = Flammula subpenetrans 
Gymnopilus tenuis = Flammula tenuis 
New York Botanical Garden 



NEWS AND NOTES 



Dr. Neil E. Stevens has been appointed forest pathologist in 
the Kansas Experiment Station. 



The Simmons Bill, a national law regulating the importation of 
nursery stock, became effective October i, 1912. 



Miss A. E. Jenkins has been appointed scientific assistant in 
the pathological herbarium of the Bureau of Plant Industry at 
Washington. 

A series of articles on “ Edible Toadstools ” is being contributed 
by Mr. McCubbin, of Guelph, to the Ontario Natural Science 
Bulletin. 



Several new species of bacteria causing diseases of orchids were 
recently described by G. L. Pavarino (Atti R. Accad. Lincei V. 
20:233-237. 1911). 

A course in city forestry is being offered by the New York 
State College of Forestry at Syracuse University, including a 
thorough course in forest pathology. 



Mr. J. S. Cooley, assistant in plant pathology at the Virginia 
Agricultural Experiment Station, has a fellowship at the Missouri 
Botanical Garden this year. 



Dr. Harry B. Humphrey, for three years professor of plant 
pathology in the State College of Washington, has been advanced 
to the position of head of the department of botany. 



The Japanese chestnut has been found by A. Prunet, at Lindois, 
to be highly resistant, if not immune, to the black canker or root 
disease so fatal to the European chestnut. 

37 



38 



Mycologia 



The classification of the fungi according to their cytological 
and biological characters has been attempted by P. Vuillemin in 
one of a series of volumes devoted to fungi. 

Insects play only a secondary role in the spread of ergot among 
forage grasses, according to results obtained by E. Gain (Compt. 
Rend. Soc. Biol. [Paris] 72: 189-191. 1912). 



At the school of botany, University of Texas, Dr. I. M. Lewis 
has been promoted from instructor to adjunct professor and Dr. 
F. McAllister has been appointed an instructor in botany. 



Two important papers on the relationship of the chestnut canker 
fungus, one by P. J. Anderson and H. W. Anderson and the other 
by C. L. Shear, appeared in Phytopathology for October, 1912. 



Professor R. Kent Beattie, formerly head of the department 
of botany in the State College of Washington, has resigned to 
accept a position in the Division of Plant Pathology, Bureau of 
Plant Industry. 

A disease of the beech in the Rhine region, which quickly kills 
trees seventy or eighty }'ears old, is discussed by Dr. P. Magnus 
(Gesell. Naturf. Freunde Berlin 436-439. 1911), and declared 

to be due to Armillaria mucida. 

In an article on some fungous diseases of the prickly pear (Ann. 
Myc. 10: 113-134. 1912), F. A. Wolf discusses Sphacrella 

Opiintiae, Perisporium Wrightii, Hcndersonia Opuntiae, and sev- 
eral other less destructive species. 

The very injurious effects of Armillaria mellea, which attacks 
the roots of a great variety of trees, are discussed by W. T. Horne 
(Mo. Bull. Com. Hort. Cal. i: 216-225. 1912) and preventive 

measures of various kinds are suggested. 

Professor R. B. Thaxter, of Harvard University, sailed for 
Trinidad October 1 1 to continue his researches on the Laboulbe- 



News and Notes 



39 



niaceae. Professor Lyman, of Dartmouth College, will have 
charge of Professor Thaxter’s work during his absence. 

Dr. H. W. Anderson has been appointed Rose professor of 
botany at Wabash College, and Professor J. S. Caldwell, of the 
University of Nashville, has accepted the professorship of botany 
in the Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Alabama. 

Dr. F. J. Seaver accompanied Dr. N. L. Britton on a visit to 
the Bermudas in December and obtained a representative collec- 
tion of the fungi of those islands. Comparatively little had been 
previously known of this group of plants in the Bermudas. 

It is believed by Stockdale, of Barbados, that a number of fungi 
attacking Para rubber trees, such as Thyridaria tarda, Hymeno- 
chaete noxia, Fames semitostus, and Corticiiwi salmonicolor, may 
be introduced through the careless importation of rubber stumps. 



The disease known as “ peach yellows ” is regarded by E. W. 
Morse and L. W. Fetzer (Science 35: 393. 1912) as a consti- 

tutional disease which is inheritable, the well-known symptoms 
being due to a disturbance of equilibrium among the enzymes 
of the plant. 

An excellent descriptive treatment of the species of Plioliota 
occurring in the region of the Great Lakes, by Edward T. Harper, 
has recently appeared in the Transactions of the Wisconsin Acad- 
emy of Sciences. Complete notes and very handsome plates of 
about thirty species are included. 



Professor J. C. Arthur and Dr. Frank D. Kern spent a month 
during the past summer in field work in Colorado in continuation 
of their investigations of the Uredinales. The time was chiefly 
spent in the southern and southwestern portions of the state in 
localities not visited by them on previous trips. 



Mr. Guy West Wilson, formerly of the North Carolina Agri- 
cultural Experiment Station, was awarded a research scholarship 



40 



Mycologia 



at the Garden for the month of September to aid him in his re- 
searches on parasitic fungi. Mr. Wilson is continuing his work 
during the year as a graduate student of Columbia University. 

C. Maublanc (Agr. Prat. Pays Chauds, 1912) describes a num- 
ber of fungous diseases of vanilla, among them anthracnose due 
to Calospora Vanillae, brown spotting of the stems caused by 
Nectria Vanillae, rust caused by Uredo Scabies, leaf spots caused 
by Fusicladium Vanillae, Phyllosticta Vanillae, Amerosporium 
Vanillae, and Ocellaria Vanillae, and attacks by Senratia Coffei- 
cola, S. Vanillae, and Cephaleuros Henningsii. 

A disease alfecting the twigs of several species of elm, recently 
described by J. Eriksson (Myc. Centralbl. i: 35-42. 1912), 

may be recognized by the small black pustules which dot the sur- 
face of the affected shoots. The causative fungus is described 
as Exosporium Ulnii. Careful inspection of nursery stock and 
the young growing trees and the burning of all dead and infected 
twigs are recommended as means of control. 



A new paint-destroying fungus, described by Professor George 
Massee (Kew Bull. Misc. 325, 326. 1911) as Phoma pigmenti- 

vora, was found in England on fresh white paint in hothouses, 
appearing as pale rose-colored specks which increased in size and 
became darker in color until most of the paint was attacked and 
ruined. The presence of 2 per cent, of carbolic acid in the paint 
was found sufficient to prevent the development of the fungus. 



Professor Thomas H. Macbride, professor and head of the 
department of botany. State University of Iowa, has been granted 
leave of absence for the year 1912-13, and is spending the time 
in botanical exploration in the western states. The latter part of 
the summer was spent in a mycological survey of the region near 
the snow line of Mt. Ranier with special reference to the Myxo- 
mycetes of that locality. 



INDEX TO AMERICAN MYCOLOGICAL LITERATURE 



Anderson, P. J., & Anderson, H. W. The chestnut blight fungus 
and a related saprophyte. Phytopathology 2 : 204-210. O 
1912. 

Discusses the Connellsville fungus for which the name Endothia virginiana 
is proposed and concludes that we have in our territory (i) Endothia radicalis 
(Schw.) Fr., (2) the true blight, E. parasitica (Murrill), and (3) E. virginiana. 

Banker, H. J. Type studies in the Hydnaceae — II. The genus 
Steccherinum. Mycologia 4: 309-318. 23 N 1912. 

S eccherinum Peckii and 5 '. basi-badium spp. nov. are described. 

Brooks, C., & De Meritt, M, Apple leaf spot. Phytopathology 2; 
181-190. pi. //. O 1912. 

A disease caused by Sphaeropsis malorum. 

Coker, W. C. Achlya DeBaryana Humphrey and the prolifera 
group. Mycologia 4: 319-324. pi. y8. 23 N 1912. 

Coker, W. C. Achyla glomerata sp. nov. Mycologia 4 : 325, 326. 
pi. 7p. 23 N 1912. 

Detmers, F. An ecological study of Buckeye Lake. Proc. Ohio 
Acad. Sci. 5: 5-138. pi. i-i2-\-f. 1-31. My 1912. 

The annotated list of plants includes 19 species of fungi. 

Detwiler, S. B. Some benefits of the chestnut blight. Forest 
Leaves 13 ; 162-165. O 1912. 

Fawcett, H. S. Citrus scab, Cladosporium citri Massee. Monthly 
Bull. State Comm. Hort. California i : 833-842. f. 233-260. 
O 1912. 

Fawcett, H. S. Gum diseases in citrus trees. Monthly Bull. State 
Comm. Hort. California i : 147-156. /. 49-33. Ap 1912. 
Fawcett, H. S. The potato wart disease. Monthly Bull. State 
Comm. Hort. California i : 733-736. S 1912. 

A fungus disease caused by Chrysophlyctis endobiotica Schilb. 

Fred, E. B. A study of the quantitative reduction of methylene 
blue by bacteria found in milk and the use of this stain in deter- 
mining the keeping quality of milk. Centralb. Bakt. Zweite 
Abt. 35: 391-428. 30 O 1912. 

Contains considerable information of a botanical nature. 

41 



42 



Mycologia 



Hall, J. G. Monochactia Desmazierii. Mycologia 4: 330, 331. 
23 N 1912. 

A note on the identity of the fungus causing the large leaf-spot of chestnut. 

Heald, F. D., & Lewis, I. M. A blight of the mesquite. Trans. 

Am. Micros. Soc. 31 : 5-9. pi. i. Ja 1912. 

Hesler, L. R. The New York apple tree canker. Proc. Indiana 
Acad. Sci. 1911 : 325-339. /. i-/. 1912. 

Horne, W. T. Fungous root .rot. Monthly Bull. State Comm. 
Hort. California i : 216-225. /. 6’3-pi. My 1912. 

Armillaria mellea the cause of root rot. 

Hotson, J. W. Culture studies of fungi producing bulbils and 
similar propagative bodies. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts and Sci. 
48: 227-306. pi. 1-12. O 1912. 

Includes new species in Cubonia (i), Papulospora (9), and Melanospora (3). 

Johnson, A, G. The unattached aecial forms of plant-rusts in 
North America. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 1911 : 375-41 1. 1912. 
Johnson, E. C. The smuts of wheat, oats, barley, and corn. U. S 
Dept. Agr. Farm. Bull. 507: 3-32. /. i-ii. 8 O 1912. 

Lewis, I. M. A bacterial canker of plum twigs. Trans. Am. 
Micros. Soc. 31 : 145-149. pi. 14. J1 1912. 

A disease caused by Pseudomonas pruni. 

Lyon, H. L. Iliau, an endemic cane disease. Kept. Exp. Sta. 
Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Assoc. Bull, ii : 5-28. pi. i -\-f. i-io. 
S 1912. 

Includes Melanconiuin iliau, the imperfect stage of Gnomonia iliau sp. nov., 
and notes on M. sacchari. 

Melhus, I. E. Culturing of parasitic fungi on the living host. 
Phytopathology 2 : 197-203. pi. 20 -f /. i, 2. O 1912. 

Moore, G. T. Microorganisms of the soil. Science II. 36 : 609- 
616. 8 N 1912. 

Murrill, W. A. The Agaricaceae of the Pacific Coast — III. 
Mycologia 4: 294-308. pi. 77. 23 N 1912. 

New species are described in Agaricus (9), Stropharia (2), Drosophila (s), 
and Gomphidius ( i ) . 

Murrill, W. A. Collecting fungi in the Adirondacks. Jour. N. 
Y. Bot. Card. 13: 174-178. 23 N 1912. 



Index to American Mycological Literature 



43 



Murrill, W. A. Illustrations of fungi — XII. Mycologia 4 ; 289- 
293. pi. 74. 23 N 1912. 

The following species of Russula are described and illustrated : R. seri- 
ceonitens Kauffman, R. Mariae Peck, R. emetica Fries, R. sulcatipes Murrill sp. 
nov., R. obscura Romell, R. uncialis Peck, R. foetens Pers., and R. rubriochracea 
Murrill sp. nov. 

Murrill, W. A. New combinations for tropical agarics. Myco- 
logia 4 : 33L 332. 23 N 1912. 

Murrill, W. A. The Polyporaceae of Mexico. Bull. N. Y. Bot. 
Card. 8: 137-153. 23 N 1912. 

Includes new species in Coriolopsis (4), Coriolus (6), Favolus (1), Grifola 
(i), Hexagona (3), Trametes (2), Tyromyces (i), Ganoderma (2), Daedalea 
(i), Pyropolyporus (i), Gleophyllum (1) and Lenzites (i). 

Murrill, W. A. Species of Hydnaceae appear to be scarce on the 
Pacific Coast, as elsewhere. Mycologia 4: 330. 23 N 1912. 

Short notes on five species collected by the author. 

Orton, C. R. The prevalence and prevention of stinking smut in 
Indiana. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 1911: 343-346. 1912. 

Osner, G. A. Diseases of ginseng caused by sclerotinias. Proc. 

Indiana Acad. Sci. 1911: 355-364. /. 1-6. 1912. 

Owens, C. E. monograph of the common Indiana species of 
Hypoxylon. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 1911: 291-308. /. 1-16. 
1912. 

Shear, C. L. The chestnut blight fungus. Phytopathology 2 : 
211, 212. O 1912. 

Concludes that Diaporthe parasitica Murrill is the same as Endothia radi- 
calis of European authors. 

Smith, E. F. Isolation of pathogenic potato bacteria ; A question 
of priority. Phytopathology 2 : 213, 214. O 1912. 

South, F. W. Further notes on the fungus parasites of scale 
insects. West Ind. Bull. 12 : 403-412. 18 S 1912. 

South, F. W. Some root diseases of permanent crops in the West 
Indies. West Ind. Bull. 12 : 479-498. 18 S 1912. 

Sydow, H. Fungi exotici exsiccati. Ann. Myc. 10: 351, 352. 
10 Au 1912. 

Includes several American species. 

Taubenhaus, J. J. Root gall diseases of roses, their cause and 
methods of control. Card. Chron. Am. 15 : 187, 188. /. i-j. 
O 1912. 



44 



Mycologia 



Theissen, F. Zur Revision der Gattungen Microthyrium und 
Seynesia. Ost. Bot. Zeits. 62 : 275-280. Jl. 1912 ; 327-329. S 
1912; 395. 396. O 1912. 

Van Hook, J. M. Indiana fungi — II. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 
1911: 347-354. /. J, 2. 1912. 

Vouaux, Abbe. Synopsis des champignons parasites de lichens. 

Bull. Soc. Myc. France 28; 177-208. 15 Jl 1912. 

Wolf, F. A. A new Gnomonia on hickory leaves. Ann. Myc. 
10; 488-491. pi. 75. 31 O 1912. 

Gnomonia Caryae sp. nov. 

Weir, J. R. A botrytis on conifers in the northwest. Phyto- 
pathology 2: 215. O 1912. 

Whetzel, H. H. Baldwin spot or stippin. Proc. N. Y. State 
Fruit Growers Assoc, ii : 28-34. 1912. 

Whetzel, H. H. The fungous diseases of the peach. Proc. N. Y. 
State Fruit Growers Assoc, ii : 211-219. 1912. 



JOURNAL OK MYCOLOGY AND REPRINTS 



Journal of Mycology, Vols. 8-13, per volume l3-oo 

Index to North American Mycology, 1900-1908, 13 parts issued, 

per part 25 

Index to Uredineous Infection Experiments 50 

Portraits of Eminent Mycologists, each 10 

New Genera of Fungi published since 1900; original descrip- 
tions with full citation 75 

First and Second Supplements to New Genera of Fungi, each .50 

Index to Journal of Mycology, Vols. i-io 75 

Mycological Glossary 25 

North American Species of Marasmius, Lepiota, Agaricaceae, 

by A. P. Morgan, each 50 

Cortinarius; Key to Species, by C. H. Kauffman 25 

Saccardo’s Arrangement and Nomenclature of Fungi (Orders 

and Families) 51 

Address MISS MAUDE KELLERMAN, 

175 West Eleventh Ave., Columbus Ohio. 

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NEW YORK 
BOTANICAL GARDEN 

Price, 25 cents each. See next page for recent numbers 

No. 17. The Tylostomaceae of North America, by V. S. White. 

No. 24. The Nidulariaceae of North America, by V. S. White. 

No. 27. Some Mt. Desert Fungi, by V. S. White. 

Nos. 29, 32, 35, 38, 41, 49, 52, 56, 60, 65, 69, 70 and 74. The Polyporaceae 
of North America, I-XIII, by W. A. Murrill. 

No. 90. Studies in North American Fcronosporales — 1 . The Genus Albugo, 
by Guy West Wilson. 

No. 95. Studies in North American Peronosporales — II. Phytophlhoreae and 
Rhysotheceae, by Guy West Wilson. 

No. 99. Some Philippine Polyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill. 

No. no. Additional Philippine Polyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill. 

No. III. Boleti from Western North Carolina, by W. A. Murrill. 

No. 1 14. The Boleti of the Frost Herbarium, by W. A. Murrill. 

No. 115. Some North Dakota Hypocrealei, by F. J. Seaver. 

No. 117. Studies in North American Peronosporales — IV. Host Index, bj 
G. W. Wilson. 

No. 1 19. North Dakota Slime-Moulds, by F. J. Seaver. 

No. 122. Notes on North American Hypocreales — II. Nectria Pezlza, by 
F. J. Seaver. 

No 133. Iowa Discomycetes, by F. J. Seaver (special price 50 cents). 

Address NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN, 

Bronx Park, New York City 



PUBLIC ACTIONS 

OF 

The New York Botanical Garden 



Jooraal of the New York Botanical Q-arden, monthly, illustrated, con- 
taining notes, news, and non-technical articles of general interest. Free to all mem- 
bers of the Garden. To others, lo cents a copy ; f i.oo a year. (Not offered in ex- 
change.] Now in its fourteenth volume. 

Mycologla, bimonthly, illustrated in color and otherwise; devoted to fungi, 
including lichens ; containing teclinical articles and news and notes of general in- 
terest. J!3 .00 a year ; single copies not for sale. [Not offered in exchange.] Now 
in its fifth volume. 

Bulletin of the New Tork Botanical Garden, containing the annual reports 
of the Director-in-Chief and other official documents, and technical articles embodying 
results of investigations carried out in the Garden. Free to all members of the 
Garden ; to others, 53-00 per volume. Now in its eighth volume. 

North American Flora. Descriptions of the wild plants of North America, 
including Greenland, the West Indies and Central America. Planned to be com- 
pleted in 32 volumes. Roy. 8vo. Each volume to consist of four or more parts. 
Subscription price, 51.50 per part ; a limited number of separate parts will be sold 
for 52.00 each. [Not offered in exchange.] 

Vol. 3, part I, 1910. Nectriaceae — Fimetariaceae. 

Vol. 7, part I, 1906; part 2, 1907 ; part 3, 1912. Ustilaginaceae — Aecidiaceae 
(pars). 

Vol. 9, parts I and 2, 1907; part 3, 1910. Folypwraceae — Agaricaceae (pars). 
( Parts I and 2 no longer sold separately. ) 

Vol. 16, part r, 1909. Ophioglossaceae — Cyatheaceae (pars). 

\'ol. 17, part I, 1909 ; part 2, 1912. Typhaceae — Poaceae (pars). 

Vol. 22, parts I and 2, 1905; parts 3 and 4, 1908. Podostemonaceae — Rosaceae 
(pars). 

Vol. 25, part I, 1907; part 2, 1910; part 3, 1911. Geraniaceae — Bnrseraceae. 
Memoirs of the New Tork Botanical Garden. Price to members of the 
Garden, 5i oo per volume. To others, 52.00. [Not offered in exchange.] 

Vol. 1. An Annotated Catalogue of the Flora of Montana and the Yellowstone 
Park, by Per Axel Rydberg, ix -(-492 pp., with detailed map. 1900. 

Vol. II. The Influence of Light and Darkness upon Growth and Development, 
by D. T. MacDougal. xvi -(-320 pp., with 176 figures. 1903. 

Vol. III. Studies of Cretaceous Coniferous Remains from Kreischerville, New 
York, by Arthur Hollick and Ekiward Charles Jeffrey, viii -f- 138 pp., with 29 
plates. 1909. 

Vol. IV. Effects of the Rays of Radium on Plants, by Charles Stuart Gager, 
viii 278 pp , with 73 figures and 14 plates. 1908. 

Contributions from the New 'Vork Botanical Garden. A series of tech 
nical papers written by students or members of the staff, and reprinted from journals 
other than the above. Price, 2$ cents each. 55*^ volume. In its seventh volume. 

RBCBNT NUMBBR8 25 CENTS BACH. 

150. The Individuality of the Chromosomes and their Serial Arrangement in Cat ex 

atjuatilis, by A. B. Stout. 

151. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora — XXVI, by P. A. Rydberg. 

152. The genus Struthiopteris and its Representatives in North America, by Jean 

Broadhurst. 

153. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora — XXVII, by P. A. Rydberg. 

154. Biochemical Studies of Soils Subjected to Dry I feat, by F. J. Seaver and 

E. D. Clark. 

New YORK Botanical Garocn 

Bronx Rank, Nkw York Oitv 




MYCOLOGIA 

IN CONTINUATION OF THE JOURNAL OF MYCOLOGY 
Pounded by W. A. Kellerman, J. B. Ellis,and B. M. Everhart in 1885 



EDITOR 

WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL 



Vol. V— MARCH, 1913— No. 2 




JOSEPH C. ARTHUR 
HOWARD J. BARKER 
OIACOMO BRESADOLA 
FREDERICS. CLEHERTS 
JOHR DEARRESS 



ASSOCIATE EDITORS 

PRARKLIR S. EARLE 
BRUCE FIRK 
ROBERT A. HARPER 
THOMAS H. MACBRIDE 
PAUL MAORUS 



GEORGE MASSES 
RARCISSE PATOUILLARD 
LARS ROMELL 
FRED J. SEAVER 
C0RRELIU8 L. SHEAR 



PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY FOR 
THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN 
By THE NEW BRA PRINTING COMPANY 
LANCASTER, PA. 



CONTENTS 



PAGl 



Studies in North American Hyphomycetes — II 

David Ross Sumstine 45 

Type Studies in the Hydnaceae — IV. The Genus Phel- 
lodon - - - - Howard J. Banker 62 

New Species of Fungi - - - Chas. H. Peck 67 

The Amanitas of Eastern North America 

William A. Murrill 72 
News and Notes -------- 87 

Index to American Mycological Literature - - -91 



The New Era Printing Company makes the following charges to authors for 
articles reprinted from Mycologia, if ordered with proof; 



Without Cover — 


4 PP- 


8 pp. 


12 pp. 


16 pp. 


20 pp. 


24 pp. 


28 pp. 


32 pp. 


25-50 Copies — 


*»-37 


$ 1.87 


I2.I2 


I2.50 


S 3 - SO 


S 4-05 


S4 82 


SS-20 


100 “ 


i-SS 


2- IS 


2.65 


3 - IS 


4.05 


5.00 


6. 10 


6.50 


200 “ 


2.00 


305 


4.00 


4 - 30 


5.60 


6.90 


8.30 


8.90 



Covers — First 50 — $ 1 . 00 . Additional, ic each. 
Plates — 40c per 100. 



1 



Mycologia 



Plate LXXXII 




OIDIUMlAND ACROSPORIUM 



MYCOLOGIA 

VoL. V March, 1913 No. 2 



STUDIES IN NORTH AMERICAN HYPHO- 
MYCETES— II^ 



LH>K^ 
NEW Y 

eOTAN 

QAKI) 



The Tribe Oosporeae 



David Ross Sumstine 

(With Plates 82-84 Containing 28 Figures) 



Lindau^ includes in the tribe Oosporeae thirteen genera, as fol- 
lows : Sporendonema, Malbranchea, Glycophila, Oospora, M onilia, 
Oidium, Paepalopsis, Halobyssus, Fiisidium, Cylindriuni, Poly- 
scytalum, Geotrichum^ Helicocephalum. 

The plants are small, inconspicuous, and parasitic or sapro- 
phytic. The mycelium is generally poorly developed and differs 
very little from the sporophores. The sporophores are short, 
lax or rigid. The hyaline or bright-colored spores are produced 
in chains endogenously or exogenously. 

The genus Sporendonenia was first described by Desmazieres® 
with one species, 5". Casei. This is generally considered congeneric 
with the so-called Oospora Lactis (Fres.) Sacc., and synonymous 
with Oospora criistacea (Bull.) Sacc. Chalara mycoderma Bon. 
is also cited as a probable synonym of S'. Casei. Oudeman^ de- 
scribes a new species. S’, terrestre, and redescribes the genus. He 
transfers the type S'. Casei to the genus Torula. One species has 

' Studies in North American Hyphomycetes — I. was published in Mycologia 
3: 45-56. March, 1911. 

“ Pflanzenfamilien i^ ** ; 417. 1900. 

’Ann. Sci. Nat. I. 11: 246. 1827. 

‘Archives Neerl. 20: 419. 1885. 

[Mycologia for January, 1913 (5: 1-44) was issued January 13, 1913] 



46 



Mycologia 



been reported from America, 6'. myophilmn Sacc.® This species 
was not available for study. 

Glycophila, Paepalopsis and Halobyssus have not been reported 
from America. The first one has two species, the other two are 
monotypic. 

The genus Fusidtum^ is very indefinite and will require more 
extended study to determine its limits. 

Cylindrium will be discussed under the genus Polyscytalurn. 

The genus Helicocephalum is monotypic and does not belong 
here. It is more closely related to the MncoraceaeJ 

Hill® gives the first description of the genus Monilia. It is 
quite interesting and seems worthy of reproduction here : 

“Monilia is a genus of Fungi, consisting of a pedicle support- 
ing a number of naked seeds, arranged together in series like the 
beads of a necklace. 

“ The Monilia all produce distinct male and female flowers. 
The male flowers are antherae, placed on short stamina, on the 
summit of the pedicle, or near the summit, surrounding it in 
form of fine powder. The female flowers we are able to distin- 
guish nothing of, except the seeds which are arranged together in 
series, by means of a glutinous matter, and stand sometimes 
close to one another, sometimes more distinct. In some species 
these chains of seeds are laid along both sides of the summit of 
the stalks ; in others they are wound round in clusters, and form 
a kind of tuberous knobs, which terminate it; in others they rise 
at distances from the very summit of the pedicle, in forms of 
fingers; and finally, in others they rise more numerous in this 
form, and near their bases, so as to form a kind of globule, with 
the extremities of several of the chains of seeds hanging down 
from them. These clusters of the series of seeds Micheli took 
for placentae; he also divided this genus into two, under the 
names of Botrytis and Aspergillus but the differences, this di- 
vision is founded upon, are rather specific than generical; we 
have arranged them all together under one genus.” 

“Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 41: 80. 1888. 

"Link, Berl. Mag. 3: 8. 1809. 

’Thaxter, Bot. Gaz. 16; 201. 1891. 

“Hist, of Plants 69. 1751. 



SuMSTiNE : North American Hyphomycetes 



47 



Under this genus three species are enumerated: M. capitata, 
divaricata, ramosa. It is impossible to tell definitely what species 
Hill had before him. 

The next general reference to this genus is given by Wiggers.® 
Two species are listed: M. crustacea = Mucor crustaceiis Linn, 
and M. Aspergillus = Miic or Aspergillus Scop. 

Roth^® accepts the genus, cites Wiggers and enumerates M. 
Crustacea, cespitosa, aspergillus, nidulans. 

Persoon” gives M. aurea, cespitosa aurea = Aspergillus Mich. 
2. He also adds the following species: M. rosea, glauca, Candida, 
racemosa, simplex. In a later work^® the same species are 
enumerated. 

From these references it seems clear that the genus Monilia is 
congeneric with Aspergillus and Penicillium and should be re- 
tained in that group. 

The other genera in this tribe will be discussed at more length 
in the following pages. No attempt is made to give all the prob- 
able synonyms. It was deemed advisable to divide some of the 
genera and make new genera in order to bring together the more 
closely related species. 

Many of the types of this group are not available for study and 
in a number of cases are no longer in existence. The study of 
the species of this group must necessarily be based on descriptions. 

OiDiuM Link, Berl. Mag. 3: 18. 1809 

lAlysidium Kunze, Mykol. Hefte i: ii. 1817. Type, Alysidium 

fulvum Kunze. 

Original description : Thallus e floccis caespitosis, septatis, 
ramosis, decumbentibus ; apicibus articulatis; articulis in spo- 
ridia secedentibus. Lmica species, colore pulchre aureo. 

Mycelium well developed, branched, septate, interwoven ; spo- 
rophores erect or suberect, septate, simple or branched, rigid; 
spores produced in chains, hyaline or bright-colored. 

Type species, Trichoderma aureum Pers. 

•Prim. FI. Holsat. iii. 1780. 

•• Tent. FI. Ger. 1 : 558. 1788. 

•'Tent. Disp. Meth. Fung. 40. 1797. 

’■ Syn. Meth. Fung. 691. 1801. 



48 



Mycologia 



This genus resembles Rhinotrichum in general appearance and 
in structure, but differs from that genus in the production of 
spores. In Rhinotrichum the spores are produced singly on the 
upper divisions of the sporophores, in Oidinm the spores are pro- 
duced in chains. 



Key to the Species 

Spores not over 30 /ix long. 

Pulvinate, spores 10—20 long. 

Effused, spores ii— 30/x long. 

Effused, spores 12-24/4 long. 

Spores much larger. 



1. O. aureum. 

2. O. simile. 

3. O. Murrilliae. 

4. O. megalosporum. 



I. OiDiUM AUREUM (Pers.) Link, /. c. 

? Alysidinm fidvuni Kunze, 1 . c. 

Torula aurea (Link) Corda, Icon. 2; 8. 1837. 

Pulvinate or tufts sometimes confluent, floccose, yellow, tawny ; 
mycelium creeping, septate, sending up erect or suberect sporo- 
phores ; sporophores erect, simple or branched, septate ; spores 
ovoid-ellipsoid, lemon-shaped, colored, 10-12 X 16-20 /x. 

On decaying wood. 

Specimens examined: New Jersey, Ellis, N. A. F. 164/; 
Pennsylvania, Schweinits. 

In all probability Monilia effiisa Peck^^ belongs here. 



2. OiDiUM SIMILE Berk. Jour. Bot. 4: 310. 1845 

Oospora similis (Berk.) Sacc. Syll. Fung. 4: 23. 1886. 

Monilia aiireof iilva Cooke & Ellis Grevillea 8: 12. 1886. 

Effused, forming a dense mass over the substratum, yellow to 
reddish yellow ; mycelium septate, interwoven ; sporophores long, 
simple or branched, septate ; spores in chains, globose or subglo- 
bose to ovoid, colored, variable in size, 1 1-20 X 18-30 /x. 

On decayed wood. 

Specimens examined: Pennsylvania, Snmstine. 

This species resembles Rhinotrichum Curtisii in general ap- 
pearance. Monilia aurantiaca Peck & Sacc.^* is in all probability 
the same as this species. 

Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 42: 128. 1889. 

“Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 42: 128. 1889. 



Sumstine: North American Hyphomycetes 



49 



3. Oidium Murrilliae sp. nov. 

Efifused, rather thick, powdery, yellow, melleoiis to ochraceous, 
at first white ; mycelium densely interwoven, branching, septate ; 
sporophores erect or suberect, short, septate; spores in short 
chains, sometimes branching, colored, irregularly shaped, ellipsoid 
to lemon-shaped, 12-14 X 20-24/1,. 

On decaying wood. 

Specimens examined: Mexico, near Cuernavaca, W. A. and 
Edna L. Murrill, 446 (type). 

The type is in the herbarium of the New York Botanical 
Garden. 

4. Oidium megalosporum Berk & Curt. Jour. Linn. Soc. i : 363. 

1869 

Monilia megalospora (Berk. & Curt.) Sacc. Syll. Fung. 4: 33. 

1886. Not Oidium megalosporum Speg. Fungi Argentini 4: 

122. 1881. 

Pulvinate, growing in small tufts, sometimes several tufts con- 
fluent, powdery, yellow, pale yellow ; mycelium scanty, branched, 
septate ; sporophores very short ; spores in short chains, globose 
or subglobose, granular within, very large, 35-45 occasionally 
50-70 /i. 

On decayed wood. 

Specimens examined: Delaware, Cummins; Florida, Calkins; 
New Jersey, Cxtrtis; New York, Brozvn, Clinton; Ohio, Morgan; 
Pennsylvania, Sumstine; West Virginia, Sumstine. 

OosPORA Wallr. FI. Crypt. Ger. 2: 182. 1833 

Original description: Sporidia subglobosa s. oriformia intri- 
cata pellucida, primum concatenata, hypham articulatam simpli- 
cem teneram decumbentem mentientia, articulisque inter se facile 
secedentibus fragilia. 

Mycelium scanty, more or less distinct from the sporophores, 
septate ; sporophores thick, erect or decumbent, simple or branched, 
breaking into chains of spores, friable ; spores variously shaped, 
concatenate, hyaline or bright-colored. 

Type species, Torula fructigena Pers. 



oO 



Mycologia 



There is some doubt as to the identity of Oospora Candida, but 
'from the description it is probably a variety or a young stage of 
Oospora fructigena {Torula fmctigena Pers.). This latter spe- 
cies is given as the second species under the genus, and, in case 
the former is not considered sufficiently clear to establish the 
genus, there can be 'no doubt as to the second species. 



Key to the Species 

Pinkish to brown. 

Gray to ash-colored. 

Pulvinate. 

Effused, spores 8 -io X 10-12 /t- 
Effused, spores larger. 

White or sordid white. 

Spores large, 15-23 X 20-30 /li. 

Spores small, 5-8 fi. 

Spores medium, 10-14 /a. 



1. O. fructigena. 

2. O. cinerea. 

3. O. Cerasi. 

4. 0 . Linhartiana. 

5. O. fungicola. 

6. O. Ar huri. 

7. O. Martinii. 



I. Oospora fructigena (Pers.) Wallr. /. c. 

Torula fructigena Pers. Obs. Mycol. i: 26. 1796. 

Monilia fructigena Pers. Syn. Fung. 693. 1801. 

Oidium fructigenum Link Sp. PI. 6': 122. 1824. 

Pulvinate, sometimes confluent, white at first, then pink to 
brown; mycelium fasciculate, thin, septate; sporophores erect 
or suberect, simple or branched, dividing into chains of spores ; 
spores ovoid, obovoid, or lemon-shaped, hyaline or colored, 
10-12 X 16-25 fX. 

On various fruits, as apple, peach, plum. 

Specimens examined: Canada, Thaxter; New York, Shear; 
Ohio; Pennsylvania, Sumstine ; South Carolina, Ravenel. 

This fungus is known as the “brown rot” of fruit. It has 
been investigated by various students and its life history is fairly 
well known. It might more properly be treated under the perfect 
stage, Sclerotinia fructigena (Pers.) Schroet. 

2. Oospora cinerea (Bon.) 

Monilia cinerea Bon. Handb. Mykol. 76. 1851. 

Pulvinate or effused, gray or gray-brown ; mycelium branched, 
septate ; sporophores short, erect, branched, breaking into spores ; 



Sumstine: North American Hyphomycetes 



51 



spores concatenate, ellipsoid, irregular in shape, hyaline or light- 
colored, 10-12 X 16-18/X. 

On cherries. 

Specimens examined : Pennsylvania, Everhart, 484. 

This species is closely related to the preceding species. The 
spores are smaller and the tufts are not so large. 

3. Oospora Cerasi (Tracy & Earle) 

Monilia Cerasi Tracy & Earle, Greene PI. Baker, i : 35. 1901. 

Eflfused, covering the entire fruit with a white coating, finally 
becoming ash-colored ; mycelium developed in the fruit, branched ; 
sporophores short, erect, branched, bearing the concatenate spores ; 
spores spherical, lemon-shaped, hyaline or slightly colored, 10-12 fi. 

On immature fruit of wild cherry. 

Specimens examined: Colorado, Tracy and Earle, 108 s (part 
of the original collection). 

The effused growth and smaller spores distinguish this species 
from the two preceding species. 

4. Oospora Linhartiana (Sacc.) 

Monilia Linhartiana Sacc. Syll. Eung. 4: 34. 1886. 

Effused, thin, gray-white, spreading along petioles and veins of 
leaves ; mycelium scanty, septate, hyaline ; sporophores short, 
simple or branched, with chains of spores ; spores globose, sub- 
globose or ellipsoid, 10-12 X 12-18 /x. 

On Prtinns sp. 

Specimens examined: Canada, Dearness, 468; Maine, Thax- 
ter; Wisconsin, Stevens. 

The spore measurements given by Saccardo are somewhat 
larger than those given above. 

5. Oospora fungicola (Ellis & Barth.) 

Monilia fungicola Ellis & Barth. Erytljea 5 : 50. 1897. 

Effused, thick, forming a felt-like coating, ashen-gray ; my- 
celium hyaline, interwoven, branched, septate ; sporophores erect, 
simple, short ; spores in short chains, hyaline, ellipsoid, irregular, 
15-23 X 20-so fi. 



52 



Mycologia 



On Lycoperdon gigantciim. 

Specimens examined: Kansas, Bartholomeiv (type). 

6. Oospora Arthuri nom. nov. 

Monilia Candida Bon. Handb. Mykol. 76. 1851. 

Tufted, confluent, white to yellow-white; mycelium well devel- 
oped, branched, septate ; sporophores erect, simple or branched, 
bearing the chains of spores ; spores globose to ovoid, 5-8 /x. 

On mucor culture. 

Specimens ex.\mined: Indiana, Arthur. 

The type specimen grew on decayed wood. The specimen 
determined as this species agrees well with the original description. 

It is regretted that the transfer of this species from one genus 
to another necessitates a new name. There is already an Oospora 
Candida. 

7. Oospora Martinii (Ellis & Sacc.) 

Monilia Martinii Ellis & Sacc. Michelia 2: 376. 1880. 

Effused or pulvinate, white with slight rosy tinge ; mycelium 
creeping, scanty, septate ; sporophores erect, septate, simple or 
branched ; spores concatenate, globose or subglobose, irregular, 
colored, 10-14 ju. 

On decayed rachis of Zea Mays. 

Specimens examined: Pennsylvania, Martin; Ohio, Fungi 
Columb. 1358. 

Monilia sitopliila (]\Iont.) Sacc. is said to be different in color 
and in the obtuse ends of the spores. 

Doubtful Species 

Monilia Peckiana Sacc. & Vogl. Syll. Fung. 4: 34. 1886. On 
Vacciniuni pennsylvaniciini. This is said to be near Oospora 
Linhartiana. 

Oosporoidea gen. nov. 

Mycelium scarcely differing from the sporophores, interwoven, 
crustaceous; the sporiferous hyphae breaking up into spores (?) 
or forming erect or suberect sporophores with hyaline or bright- 
colored concatenate spores. 

Type species, Oidinnt Lactis Fres. 



Sumstine; North American Hyphomycetes 



53 



Oosporoidea Lactis (Fres.) 

Oidium Lactis Fres. Beitr. Mykol. 23. 1851. 

Oospora Lactis (Fres.) Sacc. Syll. Fung. 4: 15. 1886. 

Effused, membranaceous, white, forming small patches, some- 
times spreading for a considerable distance ; mycelium inter- 
woven, septate or simple; sporophores not sharply differentiated 
from the mycelium, erect or suberect, dividing into spores ; spores 
in chains, irregular in shape and in size, frequently subglobose 
to ellipsoid, 5-7 X 12-20 /a. 

On cheese. 

Specimens examined : Pennsylvania, Sumstine. 



Toruloidea gen. nov. 

Mycelium scanty, simple or branched ; sporophores erect or 
suberect, simple or branched ; spores simple, formed in chains by 
the division of the sporophore, hyaline or bright-colored. 

Type species, Toruloidea effttsa Sumstine. 

This genus is closely allied with Torula. The principal differ- 
ence lies in the color of the spores; in Torula the spores are dark- 
colored, in Tortdoidea hyaline or bright-colored. The genus is 
separated from Oospora by its delicate structure, less developed 
mycelium, and much smaller sporophores. 



Key 

Pale yellow to yellow. 

Effused. 

Pulvinate. 

White to sordid white. 

Spores globose or nearly so. 
Spores ellipsoid to cylindrical. 
Spores ovoid to obovoid. 



THE Species 

1. T. effusa. 

2. T. Unangst ii. 

3. T. Nicolianae. 

4. T. Tulipi ferae. 

5. T. candidula. 



I. Toruloidea effusa sp. nov. 

Effused, thick, pale yellow to yellow, pulverulent; mycelium 
creeping, branched ; sporophores short, erect, simple ; spores in 
chains, ellipsoid, hyaline or subhyaline, usually with a short 
apiculus, 3-4 X 4-6 /A. 

On decayed wood. Bemus Point, N. Y. 

Specimens examined: New York, Sumstme (type).- 

The type specimen is in the herbarium of the Carnegie Mu- 
seum, Pittsburgh. 



54 



Mycologia 



2. Toruloidea Unangstii sp. nov. 

Pulvinate, sometimes confluent, but usually in small patches, 
yellow ; mycelium creeping, branched, filiform ; sporophores erect, 
short, bearing long chains of spores ; spores yellow, ovoid to ellip- 
soid, 2-3 X 3-4 

On decayed wood. Transfer, Pa. 

Specimens examined: Pennsylvania, Sumstine and Unangst 
(type). 

Type specimen is in the herbarium of the Carnegie Museum, 
Pittsburgh, Pa. 

3. Toruloidea Nicotianae (Pezz. and Sacc.) 

Oospora Nicotianae Pezz. and Sacc. Syll. Fung. 14: 1037. 1899. 

Pulvinate or effused, in small patches, white ; mycelium fili- 
form, creeping, branched, septate ; sporophores short, erect ; spores 
in chains, globose to ellipsoid, 2.5-3 /a. 

On tobacco leaves. 

Specimens examined: Ohio. 

The original description says the spores are papillate. The 
specimens examined did not show this character. 

4. Toruloidea Tulipiferae (Ellis & Mart) 

Oospora Tulipiferae Ellis & Mart. Amer. Nat. 16: 1004. 1882. 

Thin, effused, white or slightly colored; mycelium subhyaline 
or light brown, septate ; sporophores short, erect ; spores hyaline 
or subhyaline, ellipsoid to cylindrical, concatenate, chains long, 
branched, 3-4 X 7~9 

On leaves of Liriodendron. 

Specimens examined: Pennsylvania, Martin. 

The specimen examined is likely a part of the original collec- 
tion, but it was not sufficient for a satisfactory examination. 
The plants grow on light brown spots on the leaves. A drawing 
on the label by Dr. Martin shows the chains of spores several 
times branched. The description here given is more or less com- 
piled from the original. 



Sumstine: North American Hyphomycetes 



55 



5. Toruloidea candidula (Sacc.) 

Oospora candidula Sacc. Michelia 2 : 545. 1880. 

Pulvinate or effused, white; mycelium creeping, branched; 
sporophores erect, simple or branched ; spores in long chains, 
hyaline, ovoid or obovoid, 3 X 

On various substances. 

Specimens examined: New Jersey, Ellis and Harkness. 

The specimen is in the New York Botanical Garden and marked 
Oospora hyalinula Sacc. 



PoLYSCYTALUM Riess. Bot. Zeitung ii; 138. 1853 

Original description : Flocci erecti, subrigidi, ramosi ; sporae 
simplices, cylindricae in catenas ramosas, ex floccorum ramorum- 
que apicibus natas seriatae. 

Mycelium wanting, or at least not differing from the sporo- 
phore ; sporophores simple or branching, septate, hyaline or 
slightly colored; spores borne in chains at the ends of the sporo- 
phores, cylindric, obtuse at each end. 

Type species, Polyscytalum fecundissimnm Riess. 

The difference between this genus and Cylindrium is based on 
the development of the mycelium. In the latter it is not so well 
developed. This distinction scarcely constitutes a generic differ- 
ence and there seems no good reason for maintaining the two 
genera. 

Key to the Species 

White to subfuligineous. i. P . cylindroides . 

White to sordid white. 2. P . sericeum . 

I. Polyscytalum cylindroides Sacc. & Ellis Jour. Mycol. 4: 

105. 1888 

Tufts small, white to subfuliginous ; sporophores a little in- 
crassated from the base, subcylindric, subsimple; spores cylindric, 
obtusely rounded at each end, spuriously i-septate, 2.5-3 X 15-20 ju,. 

On fallen oak leaves. 

Specimens examined: New Jersey, Ellis, N. A. F. 2455. 

This species is in all probability the same as the following. 



56 



Mycologia 



2. PoLYSCYTALUM SERicEUM Sacc. Michelia 1 : 86. 1879 

Effused or cespitose, white to sordid white ; sporophores short 
or somewhat elongated, septate; spores concatenate, cylindric, 
ends obtuse, hyaline, 2.5-3 X 

On oak leaves. 

Specimens examined; Canada, Harkness; New Jersey, Fung. 
Columb. /J57; Pennsylvania, Sumstine. 

GeoTRicHUM Link, Berl. Mag. 3: 17. 1809 

Original description : Thallus e floccis caespitosis septatis, 
ramosis, decumbentibus. Sporadia ovalia, utrinque truncata, 
inspersa. 

Mycelium scanty, floccose, septate, effused or cespitose; sporo- 
phores short, simple or branched ; spores borne on the ends of the 
sporophores in chains, short cylindric, hyaline or light-colored. 

Type species. Geotrichum candidum Link. 

Key to the Species 

Pulvinate, spores 5-12 /x long. i. G. candidum. 

Effused, spores shorter. 2. G, cuboideum. 

1. Geotrichum candidum Link, /. c. 

Small white tufts; mycelium scanty, creeping; sporophores 
erect, simple or branched, septate, hyaline ; spores short cylindric, 
hyaline, 3-4 X 5-12 /u,; the length varies but the thickness is rather 
constant. 

On various substrata. 

Specimens examined: New Jersey, Ellis. 

2. Geotrichum cuboideum (Sacc. & Ellis) 

Oospora cuboidea Sacc. & Ellis Michelia 2 : 576. 1880. 

Effused, forming a thin powdery coat over the substratum, 
white; mycelium branching, interwoven ; sporophores erect, short ; 
spores in chains, cuboid, irregular, 2^3 X 3~4 f»- 

On decaying wood. 

Specimens examined: New Jersey, Ellis. Probably part of 
the original collection. 



Sumstine: North American Hyphomycetes 



57 



Malbranchea Sacc. Michelia 2 : 638. 1880 

Original description : Hyphae repentes, intricatae, continuae, 
hyalinae, v. laete coloratae, hinc inde in ramulos arcuatos abeuntes ; 
ramuli seriatim plurinucleati, dein ex apice conidia cuboidea v. 
teretiuscula, continua, hyalina v. laete colorata exserentes. 

Mycelium creeping, interwoven, branched, septate or contin- 
uous, hyaline, or bright-colored ; sporophores short, suberect or 
arcuate, simple ; spores in chains, formed endogenously within 
the extremities of the sporophores. 

Type species, Malbranchea pulchella Sacc. 

I. Malbranchea pulveracea (Ellis) 

Monilia pulveracea Ellis; Craigin, Bull. Washburn Coll, i: 69. 

1884. 

Rhinotrichum pulveraceiim Ellis Jour. INIycol. i ; 47. 1885. 

Effused, thin, pale yellow ; mycelium branched, sparingly sep- 
tate ; sporophores short, suberect, simple or branched, with smooth 
swollen ends ; spores in chains, formed within the swollen ends, 
globose or ellipsoid, 5-9 /a or 5-7 X 5-12 /x. 

On dead wood and bark. 

Specimens examined: Kansas, Ellis and Craigin. 

This species is placed in this genus with some hesitation. In 
some respects it agrees better with the genus Glycophila. The 
exact formation of spores could not be learned from the her- 
barium specimen. The original description says that the spores 
appear at first inside the swollen ends and push out through the 
investing membrane. 

Acrosporium Nees. Sys. Pilze 2 : 14. 1817 

Original description : Flocci simplices, aggregati, sursum 
moniliformes, articulis secedentibus inspersi. 

Parasitic ; mycelium scanty or well developed ; sporophores lax, 
erect, simple, septate ; spores produced in chains. 

Type species, Acrosporium monilioides Nees = Monilia hya- 
lina Fr. 

This genus contains the conidial stages of the Erysiphaceae. 



58 



IMycologia 



It seems desirable to retain this form-genus, since some of the 
forms have not yet been definitely associated with known species 
of the various genera of the Erysiphaceae. 

Culture work on species of this genus is in progress, and, there- 
fore, a mere enumeration of the species examined is given at 
present. 

1. Acrosporium hyalina (Fr.). 

Monilia hyalina Fr. Ohs. Mycol. i : 210. 1815. 

Acrosporium monilioides Nees, 1 . c. 

On various grasses. The conidial stage of Erysiphe graminis DC. 

2. Acrosporium obductum (Ellis & Lang.). 

Oidium obductum Ellis & Lang. Jour. Mycol. 6: 35. 1890. 

On living leaves of young Quercus. 

3. Acrosporium Tuckeri (Berk. & Br.). 

Oidium Tuckeri B. & Br. Grev. 7: 28. 1878. 

On vine leaves. Probably the conidial stage of Uncinula neca- 
tor (Schw.) Burrill. 

4. Acrosporium leucoconium (Desm.). 

Oidium leucoconium Desm. Ann. de Sci. 13 : 102. 1829. 

The conidial stage of Sphaerotheca pannosa (Wallr.) Lev. 
There is a variation in the spelling of the specific name. The 
following spellings occur, leuconium and leucogonium. 

6. Acrosporium compactum (Cooke & Ellis). 

Oidium compactum Cke. & Ell. Grevillea 7: 39. 1878. 

On Quercus alba. 

7. Acrosporium Euonymi-japonici (Salmon). 

Oidium Euonymi-japonici Salmon, Ann. Mycol. 3 : 6. 1905. 

No specimen of this species was seen but it is said to be near 
A. leucoconium. 

8. Acrosporium pirinum (Ellis & Ev.). 

Oidium pirinum Ellis & Ev. Jour. Mycol. 5: 68. 1889. 

On leaves of Pirns coronaria. 

9. Acrosporium sp. 

? Microsphaera Platani Howe, Bull. Torrey Club 5: 4. 1874. 



SuMSTiNE : North American Hyphomycetes 59 

Amphigenous, white, effused, forming a dense stratum on the 
leaf ; mycelium branched, interwoven ; sporophores erect, simple, 
septate ; spores smooth, ellipsoid, granular within, 25-27 X 40-50 yn. 

On leaves of Platanus orientalis L., Pittsburgh, Pa., August, 
1912. 

It attacks the young leaves usually and causes them to curl up 
and die. Unless checked it may become a dangerous shade tree 
disease. 



10. Acrosporium Gossypii sp. nov. 

Hypophyllous, white to sordid white, effused, thin, spreading 
over the leaf ; mycelium branched, interwoven ; sporophores erect, 
simple, dividing into spores ; spores barrel-shaped, ellipsoid, trun- 
cate at the ends, 16-24 X 40-50 

On Gossypium sp. (Cotton). Kingston, Jamaica. 

The type was collected by T. D. A. Cockerell and sent to me by 
Flora W. Patterson, of the Bureau of Plant Industry, Washing- 
ton, D. C. It was labeled Oidium erysiphoides. 

Oiditim erysiphoides Fr.^® is a composite species. The name 
cannot be applied to any particular form of this genus but belongs 
to all the forms in general. 

Species Reported 

The following species have been reported from North America, 
but no specimens were examined. They probably belong to the 
various genera described in this paper. 

1. Oidium albipes Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 30: 57. 
1878. 

2. Oidium Asteris-punicei Peck, Bull. N. Y. State Mus. 150: 

35- 1911- 

3. Oidium candidum Schw. Trans. Amer. Philo. Soc. II. 4: 
285. 1832. The type of this species has been lost and the descrip- 
tion is too brief for determination. 

4. Monilia Harknessii Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 34: 

49. 1881. 

5. Monilia Avenae Peck, Bull. Torrey Club 33 : 219. 1906. 



Syst. Mycol. 3: 432. 1829. 



60 



Mycologia 



6. Monilia viridi-flava Cooke & Hark. Grevillea 9; 139. 1881. 

7. Monilia diffusa Ellis & Ev. Jour. Mycol. i: 44. 1885. 

8. Monilia Peckiana Sacc. & Vogl. Syll. Eung. 4: 34. 1886. 

This is said to be the same as Monilia Linhartiana Sacc. 

9. Monilia globosa Schw. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. II. 4: 286. 
1832. Type is lost. 

10. Oospora cuciimeris Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 41 : 

80. 1888. 

11. Oospora heterospora Ellis & Ev. Bull. Torrey Club 24; 

470. 1897. Erom the description this seems to belong to the 

genus Toridoidea. 

12. Torula pallida Berk. & Br. Grev. 3: 14. 1873. 

Oospora pallida (Berk. & Br.) Sacc. & Vogl. Syl. Eung. 4: 24. 
1886. The type specimen was collected by Ravenel in South 
Carolina. It evidently is a Toridoidea. 

Excluded Species 

1. Monilia rubiginosa Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 30: 

58. 1878. This has been transferred to the genus Zygodesmus. 

2. Monilia pencillata Ellis & Ev. Jour. Mycol. 4; 54. 1888. 

This is now considered the same as Chondroniyces aurantiacum 
(Berk. & Curt.) Thaxter. 

3. Monilia Candida Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 27: 106. 
1875. This name is not tenable. The plant is likely the same as 
Monilia mycophila Sacc. 

4. Monilia punctans Schw. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. II. 4: 286. 
1832. The type is lost but the species should be referred to 
Torida. 

5. Monilia fiisconigra Schw. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. II. 4: 

286. 1832. This is a Torula. 

6. Monilia urediniformis Ellis & Ev.- -Hroc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 

Phila. 461. 1893. 

7. Oidium inquinans Schw. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. II. 4: 286. 
1832. A Torula. 

8. Oidium corticale Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 27: 105. 
1875. A Tonda. 

9. Oidium irregulare Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 33 : 29. 



Mycologia 



Plate LXXXIII 




OOSPORA 



Mycologia 



Plate LXXXIV 





GEOTRICHUM, MALBRANCHEA AND TORULOIDEA 



Sumstine: North American Hyphomycetes 



61 



1880. Saccardo has placed this in the genus Oviilaria and made 
it synonymous with O. isarioides. 

10. Thaxter, Jour. Mycol. 7 : 280. 1893. The 

first report of this species was in 1891.^® It very evidently does 
not belong to the genus Oospora as defined in this paper. I have 
not seen authentic specimens, but from the description it would 
seem better to establish a new genus for this species. 

Peabody High School, 

Pittsburgh, Pa. 

Explanation of Plate LXXXII 

AH the figures on this and the following plates were drawn with the aid 
of the camera lucida and are highly magnified. The drawings show the 
mycelium, sporophores and spores. 

1. Oidium aureum Link. 

2. Oidium simile Berk. Reproduced from Jour. Bot. 4: 310. PI. J2, 
fig. a, b. 

3-4. Oidium simile Berk. 

5. Oidium megalosporum Berk. & Curt. 

6. Oidium Murrilliae Sumstine. 

7—9. Acrosporium sp. 9 shows leaves of Platanus orientalis. 

lo-ii. Acrosporium Gossypii Sumstine. 

Explanation of Plate LXXXIII 

I. Oospora fructigena (Pers.) Wallr. 

2-3. Oospora Linhartiana (Sacc.) Sumstine. 

4. Oospora cinerea (Bon.) Sumstine. 

5-7. Oospora Martinii (Ellis & Sacc.) Sumstine. 7 reproduced from Fungi 
Ital. 849. 

8. Oospora Arthuri Sumstine 

9. Oospora fungicola (Ellis & Barth.) Sumstine. 

10. Oospora Cerasi (Tracy & Earle) Sumstine. 

Explanation of Plate LXXXIV 

1. Tortiloidea effusa Sumstine. 

2. Toruloidea Unangstii Sumstine. 

3. Toruloidea Tulipiferae (Ellis & Mart.) Sumstine. 

4. Toruloidea candidula (Sacc.) Sumstine. 

5. Malbranchea pulveracea (Ellis) Sumstine. 

6. Geotricimm candidum Link. 

7. Geotrichum cuboideum (Sacc. & Ellis) Sumstine. 

Ann. Rep. Conn. Agric. Ex. Station 8i. 1891. 



TYPE STUDIES IN THE HYDNACEAE— IV.^ 
THE GENUS PHELLODON 



Howarb J. Banker 

Phellodon NIGER (Fries) P. Karst. Rev. Myc. 3^: 19. 1881 

Hydniim nigrum Fries, Obs. Myc. i: 134. 1815. 

No specimen was found at Upsala that could be regarded with 
certainty as the type of the species. Specimens under this name 
in the herbarium presented considerable diversity of characters. 
A specimen from Karsten collected in 1866 may be considered 
from its date as having its determination at least approved by 
Fries. This specimen appears identical in every respect with 
the American forms which we have referred to the Friesian spe- 
cies^ and we, therefore, believe that we have rightly interpreted 
the species. 

Phellodon amicus (Quel.) 

Hydnnrn amicum Quel. Grev. 8: 115. 1880. 

Hydnum vellereum Peck, Kept. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist. 50: 
no. 1897. 

The type specimen of H. amicum Quel, could not be located, 
but at Paris authentic specimens from Quelet were found which 
appeared to be identical in all characters with the American H. 
vellereum Pk. 

Phellodon pullus (Schaeff.) 

Hydmim pullum Schaeff. Fung. Bavar. 4: 98. pi. 2"/ 2. 1774- 

Hydnum zonatum Gmelin, L. Syst. Nat. 2 : 1438. 1796- 

Hydnum melaleucum Fries, Obs. Myc. i: 141. 1815. 

Hydnum leptopus Pers. Myc. Eur. 2: 170. 1825. 

Hydnum graveolens Delast. Fries, Epicrisis 509- 1836-38. 

There is, of course, no type specimen of Hydnum pullum 
Schaeff., and our understanding of the species is based chiefly on 

' Investigation prosecuted with the aid of a grant from the Esther Herr- 
man Research Fund of the New York Academy of Science. 

^ Mem. Torrey Club 12: 166. 



62 



Banker: Type Studies in the Hydnaceae 



63 



Schaeffer’s description and figures. These conform in all re- 
spects to the American plants which we have placed in this segre- 
gation. In Persoon’s herbarium at Leyden are a number of 
specimens labelled in Persoon’s handwriting “ Hydnum pullum 
Schaeff.” These are typical specimens of our form. 

In Fries’s herbarium there is no true type specimen of H. mela- 
leucum Fr., but the specimens there placed under this name in- 
clude plants collected as early as 1866 in Upsala by Th. Fries and 
in Mustiala by P. A. Karsten. These are seemingly identical 
with our plants. Fries also regarded H. pullum Schaeff. as a 
synonym of his species.'* The lack of odor noted by Fries is a 
character on which we think too much stress may be laid. Our 
plants yield more or less odor. 

There are several specimens in Persoon’s herbarium labelled 
“ Hydnum leptopus,” some of these in Persoon’s handwriting. 
They are nearly all typical plants of this segregation. Fries 
regarded Persoon’s species as a synonym of H. graveolens Delast. 

There appears to be no type of H. graveolens Delast, at Upsala. 
The only specimens found there referred to Delastre’s species 
were in Starbuck’s collection from Sweden and these forms 
approached more closely to our conception of Phellodon amicus 
(Quel.). At Kew similar forms were commonly referred to H. 
graveolens Delast. Fries’s description of H. graveolens Delast, 
also points in some respects to the amicus type, particularly his 
emphasis upon the word molli in his description of the character 
of the pileus. In fact, it might reasonably be claimed that in 
Fries’s conception H. graveolens Delast, includes the forms here 
treated as Phellodon amicus (Quel.), in which case the name 
graveolens should prevail for these plants as being the older name. 
By any other interpretation it is difficult to understand how Fries 
conceived any difference between H. graveolens Delast, and H. 
melaleucum Fr. On the other hand his figure of PI. graveolens 
Delast, in his leones Selectae Hymenomycetes pi. 6. f. i is much 
more nearly our conception of P. pullus (Schaeff.) than of P. 
amicus (Quel.). Moreover, it appears to have been Delastre’s 
idea of the species. In Persoon’s herbarium at Leyden is a speci- 

® Fries, Syst. Myc. i: 406. 1821. 

‘Fries, Epicr. Myc. 510; Hym. Eur. 616. 



64 



Mycologia 



men received from Delastre and marked by the latter “graveo- 
lens,” which is identical in character with the plants that we have 
regarded as typical of the present segregation. Two other speci- 
mens received from Delastre and marked “ hydnum fragrans Dtr ” 
are of precisely the same character. In Fries’s herbarium at 
Upsala is a specimen undoubtedly received from Delastre, which 
is marked “hydnum fragrans. 29Dstre. 1823. hydnum leptopus 
var. V. graveolens Pers. Myc. Eur. Sect. 2. p. 171.” This is ap- 
parently Delastre’s hand. In one corner of the label is written 
in a different hand “ graveolens Hym. Eur. p. 606.” It seems 
highly probable that this specimen should be regarded as the type 
of H. graveolens Delast, as published by Fries in Epicr. loc. cit. 
The specimen has the characters of the forms here considered 
except the upper surface of the pileus is more pubescent, in this 
respect approaching the character of P. amicus (Quel.). 

The two species, P. amicus (Quel.) and P. piillus (Schaeff.), 
as we have defined them, are closely connected by intermediate 
forms, and it seems altogether probable that Fries based H. 
graveolens Delast, on some such intermediate form as the one 
cited above from Delastre and now at Upsala. As a consequence, 
there has arisen the prevailing confusion concerning the latter 
species. It is difficult from the evidence at hand to decide in 
which of the two segregations PI . graveolens Delast, ought to be 
included. On the basis of Fries’s figure and Delastre’s specimens 
we consider the species as synonymous with P. pullus (Schaeff.). 
Opposed to this, however, is the fact that H. melaleucum Fr. is 
unquestionably a synonym of P. pullus (Schaeff.), and Fries dis- 
tinctly asserts that H. graveolens Delast, is distinct from PI. mela- 
leucum Fr. The only point of difference that he mentions that 
seems to have any weight is the softer substance attributed to 
H. graveolens. This is the character that points toward P. amicus 
(Quel.). 

PiiELLODON TOMENTOSUS (L.) Banker, Mem. Torr. Club 12; 

171. 1906 

Hydnum tomentosum L. Sp. PI. 2: 1178. 1753 - 

Hydnum cyathiforme Schaeff. Fung. Bavar. 4: 93. pi. IS 9 - ^ 7 ^ 3 - 

There is no type of either the Linnaean or the Schaefferian 



Banker : Type Studies in the Hydnaceae 



65 



species in existence. Thanks to the excellent figures of Schaefifer 
there has never been much confusion as to the forms intended to 
be included in his species, and they have been more generally 
known by his name. The Linnaean species has been less clearly 
understood on account of the ver)' brief diagnosis and the lack 
of any figure. Nevertheless there appears to be only the one 
known European species to which his description can apply. 

Fries treated these forms as H. tomentosnin L. in all of his 
earlier work, but in Hymenomycetes Europaei 606 he rejected 
the Linnaean name, substituting the name of Schaeffer on the 
ground that the Linnaean species had the pileus tomentose, while 
in these forms the disk was only slightly villose or altogether 
glabrous.® While there is some truth in Fries’s comment, we 
believe that he has given it too much weight. It is true that the 
dark central disk of these forms is often nearly or quite glabrous 
but not always. Moreover, the whitish or light colored border 
of the pileus is always quite densely woolly tomentose. In the 
herbarium at Upsala a specimen was found labelled as follows: 
“ Hydnum tomentosum L. Upsala Sunnerstackog. 1851. E. P. 
Fries.” At first we took this specimen from its dark uniform 
chestnut or bay color to be a Hydnelhun rather than a Phellodon. 
It was only by a careful examination of the teeth and especially 
the spore characters that we became convinced that it was a 
Phellodon, and a representative of the present segregation in 
which the dark character of the central disk had spread quite to 
the margin, practically obliterating the usual whitish tomentose 
border. It may have been such an extreme form that induced 
Fries to abandon the Linnaean name. 

Phellodon carnosus sp. nov. 

Hymenophore terrestrial, mesopodous, solitary, light colored, 
medium size ; pileus expanded, plane to subconvex, slightly de- 
pressed, subround to irregular, 3-4 cm. wide, i mm. thick ; sur- 
face uneven to nearly even, light grayish brown at center with 
subpuberulent whitish or cream colored border about 3-4 mm. 
wide, azonate ; margin thin, sterile, incurved in drying ; substance 

*“Ad hanc speciem manifeste non pertinet H. tomentosum Linn., sed 
pileo tomentoso ad antecedentia (i. e. H. melaleucum). H. cyathiforme disco 
leviter modo villosum 1. omnino glabrum.” Fries, Hym. Eur. 606. 



66 



Mycologia 



fleshy, brittle, homogeneous, slightly zonate, pale brown, darker 
toward base of stem ; stem stout, subcylindrical, somewhat ab- 
ruptly attenuate at base, glabrous or subpuberulent, light to pallid 
at top, becoming brownish toward base, 2-3 cm. long by 0.5-1 
cm. wide, solid, consubstantiate with pileus ; teeth short, stout, 
terete, tapering, acute, shortening toward stem and margin, 
almost snow white when fresh, becoming whitish to ash-gray in 
drying, 2 mm. or less long by 0.25-0.35 mm. wide, 5-8 in a sq. 
mm., somewhat decurrent as papillae ; spores hyaline, subglobose, 
minutely echinulate, 3.5-4 X 4~5 h - wide ; hyphae of trama hyaline, 
smooth, thin-walled, collapsing when dried, recovering in KOH, 
running parallel and interweaving closely, but separating with 
some dififlculty in KOH, slender, often irregularly contorted and 
uneven, septate without clamp-connections, segments long, irregu- 
lar, 4-10 /A wide, branching diffuse, interseptate ; odor faint, pleas- 
ant ; taste mild. 

On the ground in coniferous woods; late summer. 

The type specimens are in the author’s herbarium and were 
collected along the side of Bleecker pond near Gloversville, N. Y. 
Specimens of the same species have been collected in Vermont by 
Burlingham and are in the New York Botanical Garden Herbarium. 

This is the most remarkable species in this genus. Its fleshy 
substance is a radical departure from the usual characters of the 
species included here. At first it seemed to demand the recogni- 
tion of a distinct generic type, but the spore characters, the colora- 
tion, and even the peculiar odor of the plants pointed so strongly 
to affinity with the Phellodons that it seemed best to extend the 
boundaries of the genus so as to include this form at least for 
the present. Aside from its fleshy substance, it appears to be in 
every way a Phellodon. 

De Pauw University, 

Greencastle, Ind. 



t. 



NEW SPECIES OF FUNGI ^ 



Chas. H. Peck 

Amanita peckiana Kaufifm., in litt. 

Pileus at first ovate, becoming broadly convex or nearly plane, 
glabrous at first then fibrillose or somewhat scurfy with minute 
adnate pinkish or cream-colored squamules, white, not striate, the 
margin at first incurved and bordered by the thickish union of 
the universal and partial veil, at length crenate-fringed or lacerate- 
appendiculate, flesh firm, thickish, white ; lamellae free, reaching 
the stem, moderately broad, much broader in front, subellipsoid, 
pure-white, flocculose on the edge ; stem stout, tapering upward, 
stuffed or hollow, bulbous, the bulb covered by a thick, firm, loose 
volva margined with ovate lobes, the flesh often pinkish or salmon- 
colored, especially toward the base, annulus evanescent, but in 
the young plant the lamellae are concealed by the very thin inner 
veil; spores oblong, elongated or subcylindric, obtuse, 12-16 X 5~7 
IX, sometimes slightly narrowed toward one end. 

Pileus 5-9 cm. broad ; stem 5-9 cm. long, 1-2 cm. thick. 

Sandy soil under white pine trees, Pinus sfrobus L. New Rich- 
mond, Michigan. September. C. H. Kauffman. 

An interesting and very distinct species, well marked by the 
thin, evanescent inner veil and the oblong or subcylindric spores. 

Pileus subovatus, obtusus, deinde late convexus vel subplanus, 
primum glaber, deinde fibrillosus vel minute furfuraceus, albus, 
non striatus, primum margo incurvus et velis universali imper- 
fectoque incrassatus, demum crenate-fimbriatus vel lacerate- 
appendiculatus, came firmo, subcrasso, albo; lamellae liberae, 
attingentes, sublatae, anteriore latiores, subellipsoideae, candidae, 
acie flocculosae ; stipes validus, deorsum attenuatus, farctus vel 
fistulosus, bulbosus, bulbo volva crassa, firma, laxa tecto, ovatis 
lobis marginata, came saepe infra subincarnate, anntilo evanes- 
centi, lamellae juveniles velo tenui tectae; sporae oblongae, elon- 
gatae vel subcylindraceae, obtusae, 12-16 X 5- 7 m, aliquando levi- 
ter infra attenuate. 

* Previous articles in this series were published in the Bulletin of the 
T orrey Botanical Club. The form there used is retained. 

67 



68 



Mycologia 



Collybia subdecumbens 

Pilus thin, submembranous, convex or broadly convex, gla- 
brous, grayish-brown or blackish-brown; lamellae thin, subclose, 
arcuate, adnate, variable in color, whitish-cinereous or tinged with 
pink ; stem straight or nearly so, abruptly bent and decumbent at 
the base, often compressed and sometimes canaliculate, stuffed 
or hollow, white, shining; spores ellipsoid, 10.5 X 4 

Pileus 1-3 cm. broad ; stem 4-7 cm. long, 2-5 mm. thick. 

Among fallen oak leaves. Stow, Massachusetts. November. 
S. Davis. 

Pileus tenuis, submembranus, convexus vel late convexus, glaber, 
griseo-brunneus vel nigrescente-brunneus ; lamellae tenues, sub- 
confertae, arcuatae, adnatae, in colore variabiles, albidae, cinereae 
vel subincarnatae ; stipes rectus vel subrectus, basi abrupte decum- 
bentus, saepe compressus, aliquando canaliculatus, farctus ca- 
vusve, nitidus, albus; sporae ellipsoideae, io.5X4/«- 

Collybia truncata 

Pileus thin, conic or subcampanulate, prominently umbonate, 
with a truncate umbo, subfibrillose, rarely rimosely areolate, 
grayish-brown or reddish-brown ; lamellae rather broad, subven- 
tricose, subdistant, adnexed, whitish or subcinereous, becoming 
reddish where bruised ; stem equal, flexuous, fibrillose, stuffed or 
hollow, radicating, colored like the pileus ; spores subglobose or 
broadly ellipsoid, 6-8 X 5-6 

Pileus 2-3 cm. broad; stem 2.5-4 cm. long, 1.5-2. 5 mm. thick. 

Pine woods. Stow, Massachusetts. November. S. Davis. 

Remarkable for its radicating stem, truncate umbo and change 
of color assumed by the wounds. 

Pileus tenuis, conicus vel subcampanulatus, prominente umbo- 
natus, umbone truncato, subfibrillosus, rare rimose areolatus, 
griseo-brunneus vel rufescente-brunneus ; lamellae sublatae, sub- 
ventricosae, subdistantes, adnexae, albidae subcinereaeve, obtusis 
rufescentibus ; stipes aequalis, flexuosus, fibrillosus, farctus ca- 
vusve, radicatus vel basi decumbens, pileo in colore similis ; sporae 
subglobosae vel late ellipsoideae, 6-8 X /“• 

Entoloma mirabile 

Pileus conic or subcampanulate, with a prominent umbilicate 
umbo, thin, submembranous, minutely furfuraceous or subsqua- 
mulose, blackish-brown ; lamellae arcuate, adnate, subdistant, 



Peck : New Species of Fungi 



69 



whitish becoming pink ; stem somewhat fiexuous, equal, fibrillose, 
hollow, sometimes compressed and canaliculate, brown, a little 
paler than the pileus, with white mycelium at the base ; spores 
subglobose, angular, 10-12 fx in diameter, commonly uninucleate. 

Pileus 2-3 cm. broad ; stem 3-5 cm. long, 2-4 mm. thick. 

Swamps under maple trees. Stow, Massachusetts. August. 
S. Davis. 

The species is remarkable for its somber coloring and its prom- 
inent umbilicate umbo. 

Pileus conicus subcampanulatusve, umbonatus, umbone um- 
bilicato, tenuis, submembranus, minute furfuraceus subsquamu- 
losusve nigrescente brunneus ; lamellae arcuatae, adnatae, subdis- 
tantes, albidae, incarnatescentes ; stipes subflexuosus, aequalis, 
fibrillosus, fistulosus, aliquando compressus et canaliculatus, brun- 
neus, leviter pileo pallidior, cum mycelio basi albo ; sporae sub- 
globosae, angulares, 10-12^ in diameter, vulgo uninucleatae. 

Inocybe minima 

Pileus conic-convex or nearly plane, membranous, minutely 
fibrillose, sometimes umbonate, fragile, inrolled and sometimes 
split on the margin, tawny-brown; lamellae subdistant, adnate, 
entire on the margin, pale-tawny-brown becoming darker with 
^e ; stem slender, equal, solid, pallid ; spores subellipsoid, even, 
8-10 X 4-5 cystidia flask shape, 72-80 X 20-25 ix,. 

Pileus 8-12 mm. broad; stem 1-1.5 cm. long, 1-1.5 mm. thick. 

Gregarious. Gravelly soil by roadside. South Acton, Massa- 
chusetts. August. S. Davis. 

Remarkable for its small size. It is referable to the section 
Lacerae. 

Pileus conicus convexus vel subplanus, membranus, minute 
fibrillosus, subumbonatus, fragilis, margine involutus et aliquando 
rimosus, fulvo-brunneus ; lamellae subdistantes, adnatae, aciei 
integrae, pallide fulvo-brunneae, in senectute umbrinae ; stipes 
gracilis, aequalis, solidus, pallidus ; sporae subellipsoideae, leves, 
8-10 X cystidia laguncularia, 72-80 X 20-25 /a. 

Leptonia gracilipes 

Pileus thin, membranous, hemispheric-convex or nearly plane, 
minutely papillate becoming umbilicate, subscabrous, hygrophan- 
ous, striatulate when moist, striate when dry, blackish-brown 
when young, becoming paler with age ; lamellae ascending or 



70 



Mycologia 



arcuate, adnexed, white at first, then pale-flesh-color; stem equal 
or slightly tapering upward, slender, hollow, glabrous, mouse- 
gray, becoming blackish in drying, often with white mycelium at 
the base; spores incarnate, angular, uninucleate, apiculate, 8-io 
X 6—7 /A. 

Pileus 1-2 cm. broad; stem 2-4 cm. long, 1-1.5 mm. thick. 

In a wood road. Stow, ^Massachusetts. August. S. Davis. 

Pileus tenuis, membranus, hemisphaericus convexus vel sub- 
planus, minute papillatus, demum umbilicatus, subscaber, hygro- 
phanus, humidus striatulus, siccus striatus, in juventate nigres- 
cente-brunneus, in senectute pallidor ; lamellae ascendentes vel 
arcuatae, adnexae, primum albae, deinde pallide incarnatae ; 
stipes aequalis vel deorsum leviter attenuatus, gracilis, fistulosus, 
glaber, murinus, in siccatate nigrescens, saepe basi albido mycelio ; 
sporae incarnatae, angulares, uninucleatae, apiculatae, 8-10 

X 6—7 /A. 

Leptonia validipes 

Pileus thin, membranous, convex, slightly depressed in the cen- 
ter or subumbilicate, fragile, minutely squamulose, dark-gray or 
grayish-brown ; lamellae thin, close, entire on the margin, ad- 
nate, white and smooth becoming pink and dusted by the spores ; 
stem stout but fragile, pruinose above, flexuous, hollow, some- 
times twisted, often bent at the base, pale-violet-gray above, white 
below with white mycelium at the base; spores angular, apiculate, 
uninucleate, 10-12 X 6-8 yu. 

Pileus 2-3 cm. broad ; stem 3-6 cm. long, 2-3 mm. thick. 

Gregarious. On humus in swamps. Stow, Massachusetts. 
August. S. Davis. 

This may possibly prove to be a large stout-stemmed form of 
Leptonia gracilipes Pk. but the description of the collector attrib- 
utes no striations to the pileus of the fresh plant. This would 
afford a ready mark of distinction between the two species. 

Pileus tenuis, membranus, convexus, in centro leviter depressus 
vel subumbilicatus, fragilis, minute squamulosus, nigrescente 
griseus vel griseo-brunneus ; lamellae tenues, confertae, aciei in- 
tegrae, adnatae, albae glabraeque, deinde incarnatae ; stipes validus, 
fragilis, supra pruinosus, flexuosus, fistulose, aliquando contortus, 
saepe basi recurvus, supra pallide griseo-violaceus, infra albus, 
basi album mycelium ; sporae angulares, apiculatae, uninucleatae, 
10-12 X 6-8 /A. 



Peck : New Species of Fungi 



71 



Puccinia striatospora 

Spots none ; sori epiphyllous or somewhat amphigenous, orbicu- 
lar, prominent, commonly 1-2 mm. broad, sometimes small, nu- 
merous and gregarious, rusty-brown ; spores oblong, obtuse, 
usually slightly constricted at the septum, 35-40 X 20-25 ;u, *^he 
cells longitudinally striated. 

Living leaves of Heuchera cylindrica Dough Bridge Creek 
near Chelon Lake, Washington. July. M. E. Jones. 

An interesting species, remarkable for and easily distinguished 
by the striated spores. 

Maculae nullae; sori epiphylli vel subamphigeni, orbiculares, 
prominentes, vulgo 1-2 mm. lati, aliquando parvi, numerosi, gre- 
garii, fulvi ; sporae oblongae, obtusae, vulgo ad septum leviter 
constrictae, 35-40 X 20-25 /x, loculi in longum striati. 

Geological Hall, 

Albany, New York. 



THE AMANITAS OF EASTERN NORTH 
AMERICA 



William A. Murrill 
(With Plates 85 and 86) 

So much has been written on this important group of gill-fungi, 
both in Europe and America, that it is difficult to review in a brief 
paper the various opinions that have been held and the numerous 
discussions that have arisen regarding the identity, variability, 
distribution, and properties of the species it comprises. My pres- 
ent object is rather to list the chief eastern North American 
species, with a few of the names under which they have been 
known, and to add brief notes that students may appreciate. No 
reference is made here to the poisonous or edible properties of 
the individual species, as it is the opinion of the writer that the 
entire group should be strictly avoided by the mycophagist. After 
reading the following paper it may perhaps be more easily under- 
stood why this statement is made. Aside from the great varia- 
tions in certain species, the accidental loss of a delicate structure 
like the veil may entirely remove a specimen from a dangerous 
genus and transfer it to one in which all the known species are 
harmless. 

\"enenarius Earle, Bull. N. Y. Bot. Card. 5 : 450. 1909 

The type oi Amanita is A garicus c am pestris, hence this familiar 
generic name must be discarded. 

Volva free, conspicuous, persistent; stipe not bulbous. 

Volva wide; lamellae yellow; pileus red, orange, or 

yellow. I. V. Caesareus. 

Volva narrow ; lamellae white ; pileus white or brown. 2. V. spretiis. 

Volva adnate to the base of the bulbous stipe, limb free, 
usually persistent ; pileus white or variously colored, 
smooth or with few patches. 3- phalloides. 

Volva ocreate, usually marginate; pileus covered with 
remnants of the volva. 

Pileus 3-7 cm. broad, white or tinged with yellow 
or olive. 



72 



4. V. cothurnatus. 



Murrill: Amanitas of Eastern North America 73 



Pileus 8-10 cm. broad, umber-brown, sometimes 
tinged with yellow. 5. 

Volva fragile, adnate to the pileus and stipe as warts, 
patches, or scales ; pileus rarely smooth from the 
first, often becoming smooth with age. 

Flesh at length staining reddish when wounded ; pi- 
leus usually dull-reddish. 6. 

Flesh not staining reddish when wounded. 

Pileus dark-brown, smooth from the first, mar- 
gin not striate. 7. 

Pileus orange to yellow, 8-20 cm. broad ; stipe 
usually rough, with concentric, margined scales 
adnate to the bulbous base. 8. 

Pileus chrome-yellow to orange-yellow, 3-8 cm. 
broad ; stipe slender, smooth, with remnants of 
the fragile, yellowish volva at the base. 9. 

Pileus flavous with a melleous tint to dark- 
brownish-melleous, 6-10 cm. broad; stipe to- 
mentose to floccose-scaly, reddish below, espe- 
cially when bruised; volva yellow, fragile. 10. 

Pileus pale-yellow, 4-5 cm. broad, tuberculate- 
striate on the margin ; stipe smooth, glabrous ; 
volva fragile, subappressed to the bulbous 
base. II. 

Pileus whitish or grayish tinged with yellow, 
with peculiar white, webby patches ; stipe floc- 
cose, mealy above ; volva slight, evanescent. 12. 

Pileus white to grayish or murinous, pulveru- 
lent, warty, or spiny ; stipe bulbous or radi- 
cate ; odor often strong, resembling chlorine. 13. 



V. velatipes. 



V. rubens. 



V. Morrisii. 



V. muscarius. 



V. Pros ianus. 



V. flavorubescens. 



V. rtissuloides. 



V. crenulatus. 



V. solitarius. 



I. Venenarius Caesareus (Scop.) 

Agaricus Caesareus Scop. FI. Cam. ed. 2, 2 : 419. 1772. 

Amanita Caesarea Pers. Syn. Fung. 252. 1801. 

Amanita pellucida Banning & Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 
44: 66. 1892. (Type from Maryland.) 

Described from Europe, and found in woods from New Eng- 
land to Alabama and west to Ohio. 

2. Venenarius spretus (Peck) 

Agaricus (Amanita) spretus Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 
32:24. 1879. 

Described from Sandlake, New York, and found in open or 
bushy places in the eastern United States from Maine to Alabama. 



74 



Mycologia 



American specimens determined as Amanita recutita Fries doubt- 
less belong in this category. 

3. Venenarius phalloides (Fries) Murrill, Mycologia 4: 240. 

1912 

Agaricus phalloides Fries, Syst. Myc. i: 13. 1821. 

Amanita floccocephala Atk. Stud. Am. Fungi 62. 1900. (Type 

from Ithaca, New York.) 

Amanita lignophila Atk. Ann. Myc. 7: 366. 1909. (Type from 

Ithaca, New York.) 

Amanita bisporigera Atk. Bot. Gaz. 41 : 348. f. 1906. 

(Type from Ithaca, New York.) 

Described from Europe, and found in America in woods from 
New Brunswick to Alabama and west to Iowa and California. It 
was known under several binomials before a part of Vaillant’s 
polynomial was taken up by Fries, but the problem is to find the 
earliest correct one. Even if Agaricus bulbosus Bull, were identi- 
cal with this species, it is preceded by Agaricus bulbosus Schaeff., 
which is described and figured as having an evanescent volval 
limb. A. stramineus Scop, and A. citrinus Schaefif. both seem to 
apply to A. Map pa Fries, which is more or less in doubt. Amanita 
verna Pers., next in line, is based partly on Lamarck’s A. verna, 
which is considered the same as A. virosa Fries, and partly on 
Agaricus bulbosus vernus Bull., a later name which coincides with 
our conception of Amanita verna. It therefore seems best to 
adhere for the present to the name assigned by Fries. 

The species represents a strong, prevailing type, which assumes 
various forms and colors in different regions of its wide distri- 
bution, and to endeavor to keep them distinct would only confuse 
students and give them a wrong conception of species. 

4. Venenarius cothurnatus (Atk.) 

Amanita cothurnata Atk. Stud. Am. Fungi 66. /. 68 -yo. 1900. 

Described from North Carolina, and found on the ground in 
woods in the eastern United States from New York to Alabama 
and west to Pennsylvania and Tennessee. Beardslee considers 
this species only a white form of Amanita pantherina. 



PLATE I. XXXV 




VP:NENARII’S MUSCARUJS (L.) Earle 



Murrill: Amanitas of Eastern North America 75 



5. Venenarius velatipes (Atk.) 

Amanita velatipes Atk. Stud. Am. Fungi 63. /. 64-6/. 1900. 

Known only from specimens collected in beech woods near 
Ithaca, New York. It resembles A. pantherina, but is larger. 

6. Venenarius rubens (Scop.) 

Agaricus rubens Scop. FI. Cam. ed. 2, 2: 416. 1772. 

Agaricus pustulatus Schaeff. Fung. Bav. 4: 39. pi. p/. 1774. 

Agaricus niyodes Schaeff. Fung. Bav. 4: 69. pi. 261. 1774. 

Agaricus verrucosus Bull. Herb. Fr. pi. ^16. 1786. 

Amanita rubescens Pers. Syn. Fung. 254. 1801. 

Amanita aspera Pers. Syn. Fung. 256. 1801. 

Agaricus rubescens ¥r\ts, Syst. Myc. i : 18. 1821. ¥iot Agaricus 
rubescens Schaeff. 1774. 

Agaricus asper Fries, Syst. Myc. i : 18. 1821. 

Agaricus magnificus Fries, Epicr. Myc. 10. 1838. 

Described from Europe, and found in woods and groves from 
Maine to Alabama and west to Ohio. This species is said to have 
a white variety farther south, which was known to Schweinitz. 

7. Venenarius Morrisii (Peck) 

Amanita Morrisii Peck, Bull. N. Y. State Mus. 139: 42. 1910. 

Described from Massachusetts, and occurring among mosses 
in swampy places in certain parts of that state. 

8. Venenarius muscarius (L.) Earle, Bull. N. Y. Bot. Card. 5: 

450. 1909 

Amanita muscaria Pers. Syn. Fung. 253. 1801. 

Described from Europe, and occurring throughout temperate 
regions in woods and thickets. A pale form found on Long 
Island is considered by Peck to be closely related to white forms 
of A. pantherina, but to differ in volval characters. I have found 
small, pale forms under conifers in this vicinity, also a beautiful 
lemon-yellow form similar in every way to our usual northern 
orange form except in color. These color variations, together 
with the tendency of the stipe to be ocreate at times, may be 
quite confusing. The flesh of this species is said to be bitter, but 
I have not found it so, either in the fresh or dried state. 



76 



Mycologia 



9. Venenarius Frostianus (Peck) 

Agaricus muscariiis minor Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Cab. 23: 

69. 1872. 

Agaricus Frostianus Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 33: 44. 

1880. 

Amanita flavoconia Atk. Jour. Myc. 8: no. 1902. (Type from 

Freeville, New York.) 

Described from New York, and found in woods from New 
Brunswick to Alabama and west to Wisconsin. Among the large 
number of specimens I have collected, very few are at all margi- 
nate or ocreate; in most of them the volva is friable and breaks 
up rather early. In Peck’s first study of the species, he had one 
of these exceptional plants with a marginate bulb and laid more 
stress on this character in his description than later collections 
justified. The species is usually small, but I have found it at 
Lake Placid with the cap 7 cm. broad and the stem 13 cm. long. 
It often shows a fondness for decayed wood as a substratum. In 
collecting one summer at Mountain Lake, Virginia, nearly every 
specimen seen was growing in the remains of old logs, after the 
manner of Russula emetica. 

10. Venenarius flavorubescens (Atk.) 

Amanita flavorubescens Atk. Jour. Myc. 8: iii. 1902. 

Described from Ithaca, New York, and reported also from Con- 
necticut and Pennsylvania. This species appears commonly from 
June to September about New York City, under oaks on lawns or 
in thin woods, and I have had opportunities to study it closely. 
Its various forms have suggested V. muscarius, V. ruhcns, and 
V . russuloides. The color of the cap varies from flavous with 
a melleous tint to dark-brownish-melleous, and both the partial 
and the universal veil are flavous. The remains of the volva 
have usually mostly disappeared at maturity, but at times they 
are quite persistent. The base of the stipe is often somewhat 
enlarged, but is never rounded into a bulb. The characteristic 
tomentum on the stipe is rarely absent and may usually be relied 
upon in determining dried specimens. 



Murrill: Amanitas of Eastern North America 77 



11. Venenarius russuloides (Peck) 

Agaricus (Amanita) russuloides Peck, Bull. Buf¥alo Soc. Nat. 
Sci. 1:41. 1873. 

Described from Greenbush, New York, and found in grassy 
ground in open woods or groves in New York and Massachusetts. 
According to Beardslee, it is not distinct from Amanita junquillea 
Quel., which, according to Boudier, is the same as A. vernalis Gill, 
and A. Amici Gill. The descriptions of V. russuloides and A. 
junquillea appear to be identical, except for the “ tuberculate 
margin” of the former. Boudier’s figures come nearer to repre- 
senting our plant than do those of Quelet. 

12. Venenarius crenulatus (Peck) 

Amanita crenulata Peck, Bull. Torrey Club 27: 15. 1900. 

Described from eastern Massachusetts, and known to occur in 
low shaded places in that part of the state. It resembles V. rus- 
suloides and V. cothurnatus in many ways, but the surface has a 
peculiar flocculent or webby covering similar to that of V. mus- 
cariiis, and the base of the, stipe is not ocreate. 

13. Venenarius solitarius (Bull.) Murrill, Mycologia 4: 240. 

1912 

Agaricus solitarius Bull. Herb. Fr. pi. 48. 1780. 

Agaricus solitarius Fries, Syst. Myc. i : 17. 1821. 

Agaricus strobilif ormisYitt.Fung.Mang. S9- 1835. (Type from 
Italy.) 

Agaricus echinocephalus Vitt. Fung. Mang. 346. 1835. (Type 

from Italy.) 

Agaricus polypyramis B. & C. Ann. Nat. Hist. II. 12 : 417. 1853. 

(Type from South Carolina.) 

Agaricus monticulosus B. & C. Ann. Nat. Hist. II. 12 : 418. 1853. 

(Type from South Carolina.) 

Agaricus Ravcnelii B. & C. Ann. Nat. Hist. III. 4: 284. 1859. 

(Type from South Carolina.) 

Agaricus muscarius major Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Cab. 23: 
69. 1872. 

Agaricus (Amanita) onustus Howe, Bull. Torrey Club 5: 42. 
1874. (Type from New York.) 



78 



Mycologia 



Agaricus (Amanita) chlorinosmiis Peck in Austin, Bull. Torrey 
Club 6: 278. 1878. (Type from Closter, New York.) 

Amanita Candida Peck, Bull. Torrey Club 24: 137. 1897. (Type 
from Alabama.) 

Ama>nVa /’rafmco/o Peck, Bull. Torrey Club 24 : 138. 1897. (Type 
from Kansas.) 

Amanita multisquamosa Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 53: 
840. 1900. (Type from New York.) 

Amanita radicata Peck, Bull. Torrey Club 27 : 609. 1900. (Type 
from New Jersey.) 

Amanita cinereoconia Atk. Ann. Myc. 7 : 366. 1909. (Type from 
Chapel Hill, North Carolina.) 

Described from Europe, and known in the United States from 
New York to Alabama and west to California, growing either in 
open ground or in thin woods. The species is very variable and 
has been much discussed under a variety of names, some of them 
older than the ones here listed. A number of other synonyms 
might be added. 

The variations appear in several characters and are conspicu- 
ous. The color is usually white, but varies to yellowish, cinereous, 
gray, or murinous. The surface may be pulverulent, or adorned 
with flat, gemmate, or spiny scales, which sometimes persist and 
at other times disappear and leave the surface glabrous. The veil 
usually tears into shreds, but may persist as an ample annulus. 
The volva is usually fragile like the veil, but cup-shaped or ocreate 
forms occur. The base of the stipe may be bulbous, or enlarged 
and radicate, or slender and radicate. The spores are ellipsoid, 
but vary much in size, some measurements being as low as 7-10 
X 5-7 and others reaching 12-14 X 7~9 ji*- Even the peculiar 
odor noted in some specimens and described as resembling that of 
chlorine, chloride of lime, or nitric acid, is definitely stated by 
responsible collectors to be entirely absent in many cases. 

We have represented in this species one of those widely dis- 
tributed and prevailing types in which variation has run riot, to 
the confusion of the student and the amazement of the specialist. 
It would be well if some advanced student or investigator could 
devote his attention to the morphology of these various forms, 
studying them as a group, and endeavor to determine the lines 



Murrill: Amanitas of Eastern North America 



79 



and limits of variation, as well as some of the causes that have 
operated to produce the forms as we now know them. 

Doubtful Species 

This list includes species that have not been sufficiently studied 
by the writer, or species imperfectly known by mycologists 
generally. 

Amanita abrnpta Peck, Bull. Torrey Club 24: 138. 1897. 

Known only from specimens collected by Underwood and Baker 
in woods near Auburn, Alabama. It is near Venenariiis solitarius, 
but the slender stipe terminated below by a large subglobose bulb 
distinguishes it from the forms of that species with which I am 
familiar. It is very desirable that fresh specimens be obtained 
and color sketches or photographs be made from them for com- 
parison with V. solitarius and V . cothurnatus. 

Amanita elliptosperrna Atk. Ann. Myc. 7: 336. 1909. De- 

scribed from Chapel Hill, North Carolina. Resembling white 
forms of V enenarius phalloides, but said to have ellipsoid spores. 
The dried specimens are similar to those of Amanita verna. 

Amanita elongata Peck, Bull. N. Y. State Mus. 131 : 33. 1909. 

Described from specimens collected by Sterling in Pennsylvania, 
July, 1907, on damp grassy ground in the borders of woods. Re- 
sembling Vaginata albocreata, but having a well-developed annu- 
lus. From yellow forms of V enenarius phalloides, it differs in 
its very long, slender stipe and the absence of a free limb to the 
volva. In color and general appearance, except the long stipe, it 
greatly resembles V enenarius Frostianus. Further field studies 
are highly desirable. 

Amanita flavorubens B. & Mont. Syll. Crypt. 96. 1856. De- 

scribed from Columbus, Ohio, and reported also from West Vir- 
ginia. Very near V enenarius rubens. 

Amanita glabriceps Peck, Bull. N. Y. State Mus. 131 : 18. pi. U. 
1909. Described from Coopers Plains, New York, and known 
also from one other locality in the state. Pileus white or yel- 
lowish-white, often striate on the margin ; stipe long, glabrous or 
floccose-squamulose, bulbous ; volva circumscissile, slightly margi- 
nate; spores globose, Sfi. Dr. Peck states that this species is 
closely related to V enenarius phalloides. 



80 



Mycologia 



Amanita magnivelaris Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 50: 
96. 1897. Described from Port Jefferson, New York, and 

said by the author to differ from Amanita vcrna in its large, per- 
sistent annulus ; its elongate, downwardly tapering bulb; and espe- 
cially in its ellipsoid spores. 

Amanita submaciilata Peck, Bull. Torrey Club 27: 609. 1900. 

Known only from a single specimen, accompanied by a sketch, 
sent to Dr. Peck from North Carolina by Miss Wilson, who, pro- 
nouncing it edible, must have collected more than one sporophore. 
If it had not been pronounced edible, I should be incline-d to 
classify it as a dark-centered form of V enenarins phalloides, in 
which most of the volva had been carried up on the surface of the 
cap. The type is sterile, and further field study of the plant is 
highly desirable. 

European Species Reported in America 
A number of names are current in America that evidently apply 
only to European species. Some of these may turn out to be 
European varieties of species common to both countries. 

Agaricus excelsus Fries, Syst. Myc. i; 17. 1821 

This is not distinct from Amanita anipla Pers., according to 
Boudier. 

Venenarius junquilleus (Quel.) 

Amanita junquillea Quel. Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. 23; 324. pi. j. /. 10. 
1876. 

It is the opinion of some mycologists that this is not distinct 
from V enenarins rnssuloides. 

Agaricus nitidus Fries, Obs. Myc. i : 4. 1815 

A mixture of Amanita citrina alba Pers. and Agaricus strobili- 
formis Vitt., according to Boudier. 

Venenarius pantherinus (DC.) 

Agaricus maculatus Schaeff. Fung. Bav. 4: 39. pi. go. 1774- Not 
Agaricus maculatus Scop. 1772. 

Agaricus pantherinus DC. FI. Fr. 6: 52. 1815. 



Murrill: Amanitas of Eastern North America 81 



Described from France, and found in woods and groves 
throughout Europe and parts of Asia. I have been unable to find 
any typical specimens from this country. In the case of V. phal- 
loides,we have white and dark forms abundantly represented, and 
it would seem natural to expect the dark forms of F. pantheriniis 
also if the species occurs here. Beardslee has studied F. cothur- 
natus in North Carolina and F. pantherinus in Sweden, and he 
believes the two to be identical. He found the spores of both 
species to be globose in fresh specimens, changing to ellipsoid 
after the dried plants were kept for several weeks. Amanita 
timbrina Pers. Syn. Fung. 254. 1801 refers to the usual dark 
European form of this species. DeCandolle evidently did not 
use Persoon’s name in Agaricns because it was preoccupied in 
that genus. 

Venenarius porphyrius (Fries) 

Agaricns porphyrins Fries, Syst. Myc. i : 14. 1821. 

Described from Europe, and reported by Beardslee from North 
Carolina. It is near F. phalloides, but the annulus becomes sooty- 
black with age or on drying. 

Venenarius recutitus (Fries) 

Agaricns recutitus Fries, Epicr. Myc. 6. 1838. 

Specimens of Venenarius spretns have been referred to this 
species in America. 

Venenarius spissus (Fries) 

Agaricns spissus Fries, Epicr. Myc. 9. 1838. 

Agaricus virosus Fries, Epicr. Myc. 6. 1838 

This species has often been confused with white forms of 
Venenarius phalloides, from which it is said to differ in its strong 
odor and rough stipe. 

Vagixata (Nees) S. F. Gray, Nat. Arr. Brit. PI. i; 601. 1821 
Amanitopsis Roze, Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. 23; 50. 1876. 

This genus is distinguished from Venenarius by the absence of 



82 



jMycologia 



a veil. Because of the usually prominent sheath or volva in 
species of both genera, it was formerly customary to regard them 
as belonging to the same genus, and to speak of them all as 
“ Amanitas.” 



Volva membranous, free; stipe not bulbous. 

Volva narrow, closely sheathing the stipe. 

Volva elongate, persistent; lamellae white; pileus 

variously colored. i. V.plumbea 

Volva short, rather friable; lamellae lemon-yellow; 

pileus orange-red. 2. V. parcivolvata. 

Volva wide, not sheathing ; pileus dull-white to yellowish, 
rarely reddish-brown, usually floccose or scaly. 3. 

Volva membranous, adnate to the base of the bulbous stipe, 
limb free. 

Stipe less than 3 cm. long; pileus pale-brown. 4. 

Stipe much longer; pileus white or yellowish. 5. 

Volva fragile, adnate to the pileus and stipe in the form of 
squamules or patches. 

Pileus mealy or densely floccose ; less than 5 cm. broad. 6. V.farinosa. 

Pileus decorated with few or many patches ; usually more 

than 5 cm. broad. V. plumbea strangulata. 



V. agglutina a. 



V. pusilla. 

V. albocreata. 



I. Vaginata plumbea (Schaeff.) 

Agariciis plumbeus Schaeff. Fung. Bav. 4: 37. pi. 8§, 86. 1774. 

Agariciis ftilvus Schaeff. Fung. Bav. 4: 41. pi. 95. 1774. 

Agaricus hyalinus Schaeff. Fung. Bav. 4: 63. pi. 244. 1774. 

Agariciis badius Schaeff. Fung. Bav. 4; 63. pi. 24^. 1774. 

Agariciis vaginatus Bull. Herb. Fr. pi. p8. 1782. 

Amanita livida Pers. Syn. Fung. 247. 1801. 

Amanita spadicea Pers. Syn. Fung. 248. 1801. 

Vaginata livida S. F. Gray, Nat. Arr. Brit. PI. i : 601. 1821. 

Amanitopsis vaginata P. Karst. Hattsv. i : 6. 1879. 

Vaginata vaginata Murrill, Mycologia 3: 80. 1911. 

Described from Bavaria, and occurring very commonly in woods 
and groves from Greenland to Alabama and west to Oregon and 
California; also sparingly in the northern Bahamas and the moun- 
tains of Jamaica. A number of names have been assigned to the 
various forms and colors of the plant by European mycologists. 
That assigned by Schaeffer to the common gray variety appears 
to be the earliest. 



Mycologia Plate LXXXVI 




VAGINATA AGGLUTINATA (Berk. & Curt.) O. Kiintze 




Murrill: Amanitas of Eastern North America 83 



2. Vaginata parcivolvata (Peck) 

Amanitopsis parcivolvata Peck, Bull. Torrey Club 27 : 610. 1900. 
Amanita muscaria coccinea Beardslee, Jour. Elisha Mitchell Soc. 
1 : 8. 1902. 

This beautiful species, known to occur in thin woods from New 
Jersey to North Carolina, has a brilliant orange-red cap, lemon- 
yellow gills, and a lemon-yellow, pulverulent stem terminated by 
a short, friable volva. The writer found it under oaks at Blacks- 
burg, Virginia, July, 1910, and compared it carefully with the 
white, yellow, gray, and blackish forms of V. plnmbea common in 
that region. I have not examined Beardslee’s specimens, but do 
not see how they can be distinct. 

3. \^AGINATA AGGLUTiNATA (Berk. & Curt) O. Kuiitze, Rev. Gen. 

3 : 539- 1893 

Agariciis agglutinatus Berk. & Curt. Hook. Jour. Bot. i : 97. 

1849. (Type from South Carolina.) 

Agariciis volvatus Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 24: 59. 
1872. (Type from Greenbush, New York.) 

Howe, Bull. Torrey Club 5 : 42. 1874. (Type 

from Yonkers, New York.) 

Amanitopsis agglntinata Sacc. Syll. Eung. 5: 23. 1887. 

Amanitopsis volvata Sacc. Syll. Fung. 5: 23. 1887. 

Apparently rare in the warmer parts of temperate Europe and 
common in the eastern United States, occurring in open woods 
and wood borders from New England to Alabama and west to 
Ohio. It varies very much in size, and its surface may be en- 
tirely glabrous, or adorned with a few large patches from the 
volva, or covered with powder much as in V. farinosa. The 
usual color is dull-white or yellowish, but forms with the surface 
reddish-brown at the center or entirely reddish-brown are found 

at times. According to Bresadola, A Barlae Quel, refers 

to this species, and some think it should be known as Amanitopsis 
baccata (Fries) Sacc. 

4. Vaginata pusilla (Peck) 

Amanitopsis pusilla Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 50: 96. 
1898. 



84 



Mycologia 



Known only from three small sporophores collected by Mrs. 
Anthony in grassy ground at Gouverneur, New York, in Septem- 
ber. The cap is pale-brown when fresh and the gills become 
brownish. The dried specimens are now not easy to compare, 
but I cannot definitely connect them with any other known species. 

5. Vaginata albocreata (Atk.) 

Agaricus nivalis Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 33 : 48. 1883. 

Not Agaricus nivalis Grev. 1823. 

Amanitopsis albocreata Atk. Jour. Myc. 8: iii. 1902. 

This species is represented by a number of specimens in the 
Cornell University Herbarium, and at Albany the peculiar volval 
differences between it and V. plnmbea alba are well shown. It is 
reported from New York to Alabama. 

6. Vaginat.\ f.vrinosa (Schw.) Murrill, Mycologia 4: 3. pi. 56. 

f. 5. 1912 

Amanita farinosa Schw. Schr. Nat. Ges. Leipzig i : 79. 1822. 

Amanitopsis farinosa Atk. Stud. Am. Fungi 76. 1900. 

Described from North Carolina, and found in open deciduous 
woods from New York to Alabama. 

Doubtful and European Species 

Amanitopsis adnata (W. G. Sm.) Sacc. Syll. Fung. 5: 24. 
1887. Described from England, and reported from this country 
by IMorgan, Harkness, and others. I have seen no American 
specimens that could be so referred. 

Agaricus baccatus Fries, Epicr. Myc. 12. 1838. Eounded on 

Micheli’s plate 80, figure 4, accompanied by a brief description. 
The warts on the pileus are too evenly distributed, and the volva 
is too small and circumscissile to suggest our Vaginata aggluti- 
nata. If an annulus were present, the figure might suggest white 
forms of V enenarius pantherinus. 

Agaricus daucipes B. & Mont. Syll. Crypt. 96. 1856. De- 

scribed from Sullivant’s collections at Columbus, Ohio, and placed 
by Saccardo in Amanitopsis although the description expressly 



Murrill: Amanitas of Eastern North America 85 



mentions the presence of a veil. Other parts of the description, 
such as the “ radicate stipe ” and the “ warty pileus ” make it 
pretty clear that the plant is only a form of V encnarius solitariiis. 

Amanitopsis hyperborea P. Karst. Hattsv. i : 7. 1879. Re- 

ported from Greenland by Rostrup (Med. Groenl. 3; 528. 1888), 
but I have not seen it among American collections. 

Agaricus praetorius Fries, Epicr. Myc. ii. 1838. Specimens 
of Venenarius Caesareus from America have been referred to this 
species. 

Amanitopsis pubescens Sacc. SyW. Fung. 5: 25. 1887. Amanita 
pubescens Schw. Schr. Nat. Ges. Leipzig i : 79. 1822. Described 
from specimens collected in grassy places in North Carolina. 
Schweinitz said it was rare, and Morgan, Beardslee, and others 
say that it has not been collected since his time. The description 
might suggest Vaginata farinosa or Vaginata agglutinata, but 
Schweinitz certainly knew the former and the volva of the latter 
could not be characterized as “vanishing.” Some forms of 
Venenarius solitariiis might be thought of, but none of them are 
quite small enough. 

Amanitopsis pulverulenta Peck, Bull. N. Y. State Mus. 116: 17. 
1907. Described from- plants collected by Peck on shaded road- 
side banks at Port Jefferson, New York, August, 1906. There 
are two boxes of specimens at Albany. One contains a single 
specimen having a long, pulverulent stipe, with bulbous base and 
no volva, and the pileus covered, except at the center, with a fine 
powder as in Lepiota cretacea. The other box contains several 
specimens, evidently the types, with short, often radicate, stems 
and caps that are sometimes gemmate. These latter plants are 
certainly Venenarius solitariiis, and there is little doubt that the 
species belongs in that category. 

Amanitopsis strangulata (Fries) P. Karst. Hattsv. i: 7. 1879. 

Agaricus strangulatus Fries, Epicr. Myc. 6. 1838. Much has 

been written about this species. Beardslee has recently studied 
it in Sweden and considers it distinct from Vaginata plumbea, 
being more robust and with an entirely different kind of volva. 
Boudier is of the same opinion. Fries’s description in the Epi- 
crisis and Battarra’s plate call for an annulus, while Fries’s later 
description and figure refer to the plant as we now know it. If 



86 



Mycologia 



the plant is distinct, it must have another name, selected from 
such synonyms as Agaricus Ceciliae B. & Br., or Agaricus inau- 
ratiis Seer. In America, it is reported from New England to 
Alabama and west to Wisconsin. Variations occur all the way 
from the entire sheath of V. plumbea to the extreme form in 
which the volva is broken into small particles and distributed on 
the surface of the cap. I will admit that this extremely friable 
form of the volva is puzzling, but, after all, it is difficult to sepa- 
rate it specifically from the livid form of V. plumbea. Lucand 
has figured a specimen of V. plumbea in his group of A. strangn- 
lata. Did he get the plants mixed, or is this another indication 
that they are not distinct species? 

New York Botanical Garden. 



NEWS AND NOTES 



Dr. Adeline Ames has been appointed assistant forest patholo- 
gist in the Bureau of Plant Industry at Washington. 



Mr. E. L. Morris, of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sci- 
ences, was elected editor-in-chief of the publications of the Torrey 
Botanical Club at the annual meeting held January 14. 



Dr. Neil E. Stevens, formerly pathologist at the Kansas Agri- 
cultural Experiment Station, has been appointed forest patholo- 
gist in the Bureau of Plant Industry at Washington. 



Professor B. M. Duggar, formerly of the College of Agriculture 
at Cornell University, has recently been appointed physiologist at 
the Missouri Botanical Garden and has charge of the graduate 
laboratory. 



Dr. Anton R. Rose, formerly of the department of biological 
chemistry of Columbia University, has been employed by the New 
Jersey Agricultural Experiment Station to carry on investigations 
bearing on the relation of tannin to the chestnut blight. 



Hiltner has recently treated chlorosis in fruit-trees and vines 
( Prakt. Bl. PHanzbau u. Schutz 10: 49-51. 1912) by introducing 
iron and other elements in soluble form through holes bored into 
the trunks. 



A bacterial disease of walnut trees in Tasmania is reported and 
described by L. Rodway (Agr. Gaz. Tasmania 20; 85, 86. 1912 ) 
as appearing on the nuts and leaves in small black spots and so 
weakening the tree that death results in a few years. 

87 



88 



Mycologia 



Under the title “ Remarks on Some Species of the Genus Poly- 
porus” (Sv. Dot. Tidsk. 6: 635-644. 1912), Romell discusses 

fourteen Swedish species, two of them, P. albo-sordesccns and P. 
rnfopodex, under new names. Several of the species are figured. 



Dr. Charles Horton Peck, our distinguished state botanist, 
located at Albany, New York, will be eighty years old on March 
30. His numerous mycological friends will no doubt extend their 
hearty congratulations and wish him many happy returns of the 
day. Dr. Peck has been faithfully serving the state since 1867, 
almost fifty years. 



Professor Ellsworth Bethel has been granted leave of absence 
for five weeks from his position in the East Denver High School 
and will spend the time collecting in Costa Rica, Guatemala, and 
other parts of Central America. He sailed from New Orleans 
on Eebruary 26 for Panama. 



Gnomonia Caryae, the perfect stage of Gloeosporium Caryae 
Ellis & Dearness, was described by Erederick A. Wolf in the 
October number of Annales Mycologici. This is thought to be 
the first attempt to connect Gloeosporium Caryae with its perfect 
stage and the species is described as new, although close to Gno- 
monia setacea macrospora, which also occurs on fallen leaves of 
hickory. 



At the recent Cleveland meeting, the following officers were 
elected by the American Phytopathological Society for the current 
year: J'. C. Stewart, president; Haven INletcalf, vice-president; 
C. L. Shear, secretary-treasurer ; W. J. Morse, councilor. The 
next meeting will be held in Atlanta. 



An illustrated paper by H. O. Juel on Taphrina and E.voba- 
sidinm (Sv. Bot. Tidsk. 6: 353-372. 1912) deals particularly 

with species of Taphrina occurring on birch in the neighborhood 



Nf.vvs and Notes 



89 



of Abisko, and with the Scandinavian species of Exobasidium 
growing on the Ericaceae. Taphrinalapponica, on Betula odorata, 
is described as new. 



C. Wehmer has experimented for some time with dry rot caused 
by Mcrulius lacrymans (IMyc. Centralbl. i: 138-148, 166-174. 
1912) and he has found that the growth of this fungus in cultures 
may he hindered or stopped by the addition of 0.5 to 5 per cent, 
tannic acid, and that pine wood may be protected by a i to 2 per 
cent, solution. 



The October number of Annales Mycologici contains an article 
on the fungi of the soil by Elizabeth Dale, of Girton College, Cam- 
bridge. More than thirty species distributed among twenty genera 
were obtained from two samples of soil taken from plots on the 
Royal Agricultural Society’s farm at Woburn. The results of 
similar studies made in this country show a striking similarity to 
those made in England. 



According to the investigations of A. W. Drost, the Panama 
disease of the Jamaica banana is caused by the fungus Lepto- 
spora Miisac and the disease was present in Surinam before this 
banana was introduced. The fungus lives in the ground for. a 
long time and has been found to attack different varieties of 
banana, so that soil once infected with the fungus becomes unfit 
for banana culture. 



Mr. C. R. Orton, for the last year and a half assistant in botany 
at the Indiana Experiment Station, resigned on January i to 
become plant pathologist and assistant professor of botany in the 
Pennsylvania State College. Mr. Orton was engaged in the inves- 
tigation of plant rusts while at the Indiana Station. His place 
will be temporarily filled by IVIr. J. P>. Demaree, who recently 
resigned his position as assistant in botany at the Ohio Experi- 
ment .Station. 



90 



MYrOLOGTA 



A number of papers on the identity and relationships of the 
fungus causing the chestnut canker have recently appeared in 
Phytopathology and Science under the authorship of P. J. Ander- 
son and H. W. Anderson, Clinton, Farlow, Shear, and others. It 
is not necessary to give abstracts of these papers here, as they 
are readily available in the original. A brief foreign paper by 
Pantanelli, however, which has just appeared (Rend. Accad. 
Lincei 21 : 869-875. 1912), is important and interesting as hear- 

ing on the supposed European origin of the chestnut canker. 
After a careful comparison of the Italian and American species 
in question as to their morphological characters, cultural charac- 
ters, habitat, and parasitism, the author concludes that Diaporthe 
parasitica Murrill [Endothia parasitica (Alurr.) Anderson] is dis- 
tinct from Endothia radicalis (Schw.) Fries, and, moreover, can- 
not possibly he of European origin. 



Efforts to eradicate or check the chestnut canker are still in 
progress, and it is hoped that careful scientific experimentation 
with this disease will aid greatly in the control of less virulent 
fungous diseases of trees in the future. Air. Roy R. Pierce, of 
the Pennsylvania Chestnut Tree Blight Commission, has recently 
outlined a treatment for ornamental or cultivated chestnut trees 
that are only slightly affected. This consi.sts in carefully remov- 
ing the cankers to the depth of six annual rings of wood and 
painting the wounds with coal-tar containing creosote; then, in 
order to prevent further infection, spraying the entire tree very 
thoroughly with strong hordeaux mixture (4:5: 50). The merit 
of this treatment is that it is theoretically and scientifically “ cor- 
rect ” and that it comes as near to control as anything yet sug- 
gested. Speaking practically, however, trees covered continuously 
with copper sulfate and lime do not fit very well into a gorgeous 
landscape scheme, especially if they are liable to drop a limb or 
two every few months or to drop out entirely some time while the 
owner is asleep; and owners of chestnut orchards, who are pre- 
sumably commercially inclined, are not apt to continue very long 
a losing fight against a dreaded disease when other equally invit- 
ing and far safer fields are open to them. 



INDEX TO AMERICAN MYCOLOGICAL 
LITERATURE 



Banker, H. J. Type studies in the Hydnaceae — III. The genus 
Sarcodon. Mycologia 5 : 12-17. I 9 i 3 - 

Includes Sarcodon radicatus, S, Murrillii, S. fumosus, and S. roseoius, 
spp. nov. 

Brain, C. K. A list of fungi of Cedar Point. Ohio Nat. 13: 
25-36. D 1912. 

Darbishire, 0. V. The lichens of the Swedish Antarctic Expedi- 
tion. 1-73. />/. 7-j Stockholm. 1912. 

Wiss. Ergeb. Schwed. Siidpolar-Exp. 4". 

Durand, E. J. The genus Keithia. ^lycologia 5: 6-1 1. pi. 81. 

Ja 1913- 

Includes Keithia thiijina sp. nov. 

Gainey, P. L. The effect of toluol and CS2 upon the micro-flora 
and fauna of the soil. Ann. Rep. Missouri Bot. Card. 23: 
147-169. 1912. 

Hasse, H. E. Additions to the lichen flora of southern California. 
8. Bryologist 16: i, 2. Ja 1913. 

Includes Dermatocarpon Zahlbruckneri sp. nov. 

Howe, R. H., Jr. A monograph of the North American Usnca- 
ceae. Ann. Rep. ^lissouri Bot. Card. 23 : 133-146. pi. 7. 1912. 
Kunkel, L. 0. A study of the problem of water absorption. Ann. 
Rep. Missouri Bot. Card. 23: 26-40. 1912. 

Includes experiments with Monilia sitophila (Mont.) Sacc. 

Learn, C. D. Studies on Pleurotiis ostreatns Jacqu. and Pleurotus 
nlmarius Bull. Ann. Myc. 10; 542-556. pi. 16-18. 31 D 1912. 

Lindau, G. Fungi. Lichenes. [In Perkins, J., Beitriige sur Flora 
von Bolivia.] Bot. Jahrb. 49: 173. 27 An 1912. 

Lipman, C, B. Antagonism between anions as affecting ammoni- 
fication in soils. Centralbl. Bakt. Zweit. Abt. 36: 382-394. f. 
1-3. II Ja 1913. 

Lloyd, C. G. The polyporoid types of Leveille at Leiden. Letter 
No. 36. Mededeel. Rijks Herb. Leiden 9; 1-5. 15 N 1912. 

91 



92 



ATYroLor.iA 



Lloyd, C. G. The polyporoid types of Junglmhn preserved at 
l^eiden. T^etter No. 37. Mcdedeel. Rijks ITerb. Leiden 10: 
1-5. 15 N 1912. 

Lodge, C. A., & Smith, R. G. Influence of soil decoctions from 
sterilized and unsterilized soils upon bacterial growth. Ann. 
Rep. Massachusetts Agr. Exp. Sta. 24: 126-134. Ja 1912. 
Murrill, W. A. The Agaricaccae of tropical North America — VI. 
Alycologia 5: 18-36. Ja 13, 1913. 

Includes new species in Gymnopilus (15), Crepidotus (9), and Pholiota 
(5). Several new combinations are made. 

Murrill, W. A. Illustrations of fungi — XIII. Alycologia 5 : 1-5. 
pi. 80. Ja 13, 1913. 

Includes Gyroporus castaneus (Bull.) Quel., Ceriomyces auriporus (Peck) 
Murrill, Rostkovites granulatus (L.) P. Karst., R. snbaureus (Peck) Murrill, 
C. subglabripes (Peck) Murrill, and C. bicolor (Peck) Murrill. 

Norton, J. B. Alethods used in breeding asparagus for rust re- 
sistance. U. S. Dept. Agr. Plant Ind. Bull. 263 : 5-60. pi. 1-18 
+ f.i-4. 13 Ja 1913. 

Norton, J. B. S., & White, T. H. Rose mildew. Ann. Rep. 

Alaryland Agr. Exp. Sta. 25 : 73-80. /. 1-6. 1912. 

Peltier, G. L. A consideration of the physiology and life history 
of a parasitic botrytis on pepper and lettuce. Ann. Rep. Alis- 
souri Bot. Card. 23 ; 41-74. pi. 1-5. 1912. 

Rehm, H. Ascomycctcs exs. fasc. 51. Ann. Myc. 10; 535-541. 
31 D 1912. 

Includes Valsa saccharina Rehm sp. nov. from Canada. Specimens dis- 
tributed as Urnula Craterium Fr. and Venturia Cassandrae Peck were obtained 
from Canada. 

Smith, C. 0 . Eurther proof of the cause and infectiousness of 
crown gall. Calif. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 235: 531-557. /. 1-28. 
D 1912. 

Stone, G. E. Report of the botanist. Ann. Rep. Alassachusetts 
Agr. Exp. Sta. 24: [3-107]. Ja. 1912. [Illust.] 

Includes: Diseases more or less common during the year; rust on Vinca; 
bronzing of maple leaves; a notable elm tree; frost cracks; some observations 
on the growth of elm trees; the effects of positive and negative electrical charges 
on seeds and seedlings. Reprinted with separate pagination. 

Stone, R. E. The life history of Ascochyta on some leguminous 
iflants. Ann. Alyc. 10; 564-592. pi. ig, 20. 31 D 1912. 



JOURNAL OF MYCOLOGY AND REPRINTS 



Journal of Mycology, Vols. 8-13, per volume l3-oo 

Index to North American Mycology, 1900-1908, 13 parts issued, 

per part 25 

Index to Uredineous Infection Experiments 50 

Portraits of Eminent Mycologists, each lo 

New Genera of Fungi published since 1900 ; original descrip- 
tions with full citation 75 

First and Second Supplements to New Genera of Fungi, each .50 

Index to Journal of Mycology, Vols. i-io 75 

Mycological Glossary 25 

North American Species of Marasmius, Lepiota, Agaricaceae, 

by A. P. Morgan, each 50 

Cortinarius; Key to Species, by C. H. Kauffman 25 

Saccardo’s Arrangement and Nomenclature of Fungi (Orders 

and Families) 51 

Address MISS MAUDE KELLERMAN, 

175 West Eleventh Ave., Columbus Ohio. 



CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NEW YORK 
BOTANICAL GARDEN 



Price, 25 cents each. See next page for recent numbers 



No. 17. The Tylostomaceae of North America, by V. S. White. 

No. 24. The Nidulariaceae of North America, by V. S. White. 

No. 27. Some Mt. Desert Fungi, by V. S. White. 

Nos. 29, 32, 35, 38, 41, 49, 52, 56, 60, 65, 69, 70 and 74. The Polyporaceae 
of North America, I-XIII, by W’. A. Murrill. 

No. 90. Studies in North American Peronosporales — I. The Genus Albugo, 
by Guy West Wilson. 

No. 95. Studies in North American Peronosporales — II. Phytophthoreae and 
Rhysotheceae, by Guy West Wilson. 

No. 99. Some Philippine Polyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill. 

No. no. Additional Philippine Polyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill. 

No. III. Boleti from Western North Carolina, by W. A. Murrill. 

No. 1 14. The Boleti of the Frost Herbarium, by WL A. Murrill. 

No. 115. Some North Dakota Hypocrealet, by F. J. Seaver. 

No. 117. Studies in North American Peronosporales — IV. Host Index, by 
G. W. Wilson. 

No. 1 19. North Dakota Slime-Moulds, by F. J. Seaver. 

No. 122. Notes on North American Hypocreales — II. Nectria Periza, by 
F. J. Seaver. 

No 133. Iowa Discomycetes, by F. J. Seaver (special price 50 cents). 

Address NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN, 

Bronx Park, New York Cijy 



PUBLIC ATIOIVS 



OF 

The New York Botanical Garden 



Jotiraal of th« New 'York Botanical Garden, monthly, illustrated, con- 
taining notes, news, and non-technical articles of general interest. Free to all mem- 
bers of the Garden. To others, lo cents a copy ; J^i.oo a year. (Not offered in ex- 
change.] Now in its fourteenth volume. 

Mycologla, bimonthly, illustrated in color and otherwise; devoted to fungi, 
including lichens ; containing technical articles and news and notes of general in- 
terest. 53-00 a year; single copies not for sale. [Not offered in exchange.] Now 
in its fifth volume. 

BalletJn of the New York Botanical Garden, containing the annual reports 
of the Director-in-Chief and other official documents, and technical articles embodying 
results of investigations carried out in the Garden. Free to all members of the 
Garden ; to others, 53-00 per volume. Now in its eighth volume. 

North American Flora. Descriptions of the wild plants of North America) 
including Greenland, the West Indies and Central America. Planned to be com- 
pleted in 32 volumes. Roy. 8vo. Each volume to consist of four or more parts- 
Subscription price, 5 l -50 per part ; a limited number of separate parts will be sold 
for 52.00 each. [Not offered in exchange.] 

Vol. 3, part I, 1910. Neelriaceae — Fimetariaceae. 

Vol. 7, part 1, 1906; part 2, 1907 ; part 3, 1912. Ustilaginaceae — Aecidiaceae 
(pars). 

Vol. 9, parts I and 2, 1907; part 3, 1910. Polyporaceae — Agaricaceae (pars). 
(Parts I and 2 no longer sold separately.) 

Vol. 16, part I, 1909. Ophioglossaceae — Cyatheaceae (pars). 

Vol. 17, part I, 1909 ; part 2, 1912. Typhaceae — Poaceae (pars). 

Vol. 22, parts I and 2, 1905; parts 3 and 4, 1908. Podostemonaceae — Rosaceae 
(pars). 

Vol. 25, part I, 1907; part 2, 1910; part 3, 19H. Geraniaceae — Burseraceae. 
Memoirs of the New York Botanical Garden. Price to members of the 
Garden, 5 i-Oo per volume. To others, 52.00. [Not offered in exchange.] 

Vol. I. An Annotated Catalogue of the Flora of Montana and the Vellowstone 
Park, by Per Axel Rydberg, ix -|- 492 pp., with detailed map. 1900. 

Vol. II. The Influence of Light and Darkness upon Growth and Development, 
by D. T. MacDougal. xvi 320 pp., with 176 figures. 1903. 

Vol. III. Studies of Cretaceous Coniferous Remains from Kreischerville, New 
York, by Arthur Hollick and Eldward Charles Jeffrey, viii-f-138 pp., with 29 
plates. 1909. 

Vol. IV. Effects of the Rays of Radium on Plants, by Charles Stuart Gager, 
viii -(- 278 pp., with 73 figures and 14 plates. 1908. 

ContrlbutioDa from the New York Botanical Garden. A series of tech- 
nical papers written by students or members of the staff, and reprinted from journals 
other than the above. Price, 25 cents each. 5S-00 per volume. In its seventh volume. 

RECENT NUMBERS 25 CENTS EACH 

152. The genus Struthiopteris and its Representatives in North America, by Jean 

Broadhurst. 

153. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora — XXVII, by P. A. Rydberg. 

154. Biochemical Studies in Soils Subjected to Dry Heat, by F. J. Seaver and 

E. D. Clark. 

155. Polycodium, C. B. Robinson. 

NEW York botanical Garden 

Bronx park. Raw York Oitv 



MYCOLOGIA 

IN CONTINUATION OF THE JOURNAL OF MYCOLOGY 
Founded by W. A. Kellerman, J. B. Ellie,and B. M. Everhart in 1885 



EDITOR 

WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL 



Vol. V— MAY, 1913— No. 3 




JOSEPH C. ARTHUR 
HOWARD J. BARKER 
GIACOMO BRESADOLA 
PREDERICE. CLEBIEHTS 
JOHR DEARRESS 



ASSOCIATE EDITORS 

FRARKLIR S. EARLE 
BRUCE PIRK 
ROBERT A. HARPER 
THOMAS H. MACBRIDE 
PAUL MAGRUS 



GEORGE MASSEE 
RARCISSE PATOUILLARD 
LARS ROMELL 
FRED J. SEAVER 
CORRBLIUS L. SHEAR 



PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY FOR 
THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN 
By THE NBW ERA PRINTING COMPANY 
LANCASTER, PA. 



CONTENTS 



PAGE 



Illustrations of Fungi — XIV - William A. Murrill 93 

The Nature and Classification of Lichens — II. The 

Lichen and Its Algal Host - - Bruce Fink 97 

The Probable Identity of Stropharia epimyces (Peck) 

Atk. with Pilosace algeriensis Fries 

Edward T. Harper 167 

News, Notes, and Reviews 170 

Index to American Mycological Literature - - - 182 



The New Era Printing Company makes the following charges to authors for 
articles reprinted from Mycologia, if ordered with proof : 



Without Cover — 


4 PP- 


8 pp. 


12 pp. 


16 pp. 


20 pp. 


24 pp. 


28 pp. 


32 pp. 


25-50 Copies — 


fi -37 


I1.87 


I2.12 


$2.50 


13-50 


#4.05 


#4.82 


$5.20 


100 “ 


>55 


2.15 


2.65 


315 


4.05 


5.00 


6.10 


6.50 


200 “ 


2.00 


3 - 05 


4.00 


4 - 30 


5.60 


6.90 


8.30 


8.90 



Covers — First 50 — ^i.oo. 

, ij..- . .. 

■ ‘^Plates — 40c per 100. 



Additional, ic each. 



Mycoi.ooia 



Pl.A-iK LXXXVII 







V 



Ei.VoWcy-'r 



ILl.USTRATIOXS OF FUNOI 



MAY 1 0 1913 



MYCOLOGIA 

VoL. V May, 1913 No. 



ILLUSTRATIONS OF FUNGI— XIV 

William A. Murrill 

The accompanying plate represents the two most poisonous 
species of fungi in this region, commonly known as Amanita 
phalloides and Amanita muscaria. Certain related species are 
also represented. 

For a discussion of the principal species of this genus occur- 
ring in eastern North America, see Mycologia for IMarch, 1913. 
The poisonous species of this group are discussed in INIycologia 
for November, 1910. 

Venenarius phalloides (Fries) Murrill 
Amanita phalloides Fries 
Deadly Amanita. Destroying Angel 

Plate 87. Figure i. Xi 

Pileus convex or campanulate to expanded, 3-15 cm. broad; 
surface smooth, slightly viscid when moist, glabrous or decorated 
with scattered patches of the volva, varying in color from pure- 
white to yellow, yellowish-green, green, gray, brown, or blackish, 
margin rarely striate ; context extremely poisonous, white, not 
objectionable to the taste but having at times a somewhat dis- 
agreeable odor; lamellae white, unchanging, broad, ventricose, 
rounded at the base and free or adnexed ; spores globose, smooth, 
hyaline, 7-10 /t; stipe subequal, bulbous, long, smooth or floccose- 
scaly, usually white, stuffed or hollow, 6-15 cm. long, 0.5-1. 5 cm. 
thick; annulus superior, membranous, thin, ample, persistent or 
at times becoming torn away, usually white; volva white, adnate 

[Mycologia for March, 1913 (5; 45-92), was issued March 10, 1913] 

93 



NEW YO» 

#otank;> 



94 



Mycologia 



to the base of the large, rounded bulb, the limb usually free, con- 
spicuous, lobed, thick and fleshy, persistent, but at times breaking 
partly or wholly into irregular patches that are either carried up 
on the surface of the pileus or remain at the base of the stipe. 

This most deadly species of all the fleshy fungi has been often 
described at length. The reader is referred to Mycologia for 
November, 1909, for a discussion of its poisonous properties. 
The variety of colors assumed by this species — white, yellow, 
green, gray, brown, blackish — and the fact that the annulus and 
the limb of the volva may sometimes be lost make it necessary 
to use great caution in selecting any white-gilled species with 
bulbous stipe for food, whether an annulus is present or not. All 
species of Venenariiis and Vaginata, and several species of 
Lepiota must be examined with great care. 

Vaginata agglutinata (Berk. & Curt.) O. Kuntze 
Amanitopsis volvata (Peck) Sacc. 

Large-sheathed \"aginata 

Plate 87. Figure 2 . X i 

Pileus hemispheric to plane, sometimes slightly depressed, very 
variable in size, 2-8 cm. broad ; surface dull-white or yellowish, 
rarely reddish-brown at the center or entirely reddish-brown, pul- 
verulent, floccose-squamose, or with large volval patches ; lamellae 
free, rounded behind, broad, crowded, white; spores ellipsoid, 
smooth, hyaline, 10-12 X 6-7 /.i ; stipe very variable in size, 1-7 
cm. long, 3-8 mm. thick, equal or tapering upward, enlarged at 
the base, whitish, minutely floccose-squamose, stuffed or solid ; 
volva unusually large, firm, membranous, persistent, more or less 
lobed. 

Venenarius muscarius (L.) Earle 
Amanita muscaria (L.) Pers. 

Fly Amanita. Fly Agaric. Fly Poison 

Plate 87. Figure 3. X i 

Pileus globose to convex, at length nearly plane, 8-20 cm. 
broad ; surface slightly viscid when fresh, red or orange to yel- 
low, rarely paler, adorned with numerous whitish or yellowish 
warts, margin slightly striate; context white, yellow under the 
pellicle, extremely poisonous ; lamellae white, rarely pale-yellow- 



Murrill; Illustrations of Fungi 



95 



ish, rather broad ; reaching the stipe and forming slight decurrent 
lines upon it ; spores subglobose to ellipsoid, 9-10 X 7-8 yu. ; stipe 
subequal, white or pale-yellowish, stuffed or hollow, usually rough 
with concentric, margined scales adnate to the bulbous base, 8-25 
cm. long, 2-3 cm. thick; annulus superior, large, membranous, 
persistent, white; volva white or yellowish, usually entirely fragile, 
rarely slightly margining the bulb. 

This widely distributed and very dangerous species has several 
color forms, and it has often been confused with edible species. 
Its poisonous properties and the use of atropine as an antidote 
have been considered in previous papers. 



Venenarius flavorubescens (Atk.) iMurrill 
Amanita flavorubescens Atk. 

Velvet-stemmed Amanita 

Plate 87. Figures 4 and 7. X i 

Pileus convex to expanded, scattered or gregarious, sometimes 
subcespitose, 6-10 cm. broad ; surface flavous with a melleous tint 
to dark-brownish-melleous, usually darker at the center, adorned 
with yellow or brownish-yellow, floccose patches which may per- 
sist or partly disappear with age, margin faintly striate, usually 
paler ; context thin, yellowish ; lamellae free to adnexed, not 
crowded, oblong-elliptic in outline, white, much resembling those 
of V. rubens when dry ; spores globose to ellipsoid, smooth, hya- 
line, 8-10X5-8/4.; stipe subequal or tapering upward, usually 
somewhat enlarged below, but scarcely bulbous, fibrillose or floc- 
cose-mealy, at times conspicuously roughened, characteristically 
tomentose when dry, concolorous or paler above, reddish below, 
turning slowly to red at the base when bruised, 5-12 cm. long, 
5-12 mm. thick; annulus ample, membranous, persistent, flavous; 
volva flavous or nearly so, friable, the fragments remaining on 
the surface of the pileus and at the base of the stipe or disap- 
pearing according to weather conditions. 

The two figures show striking differences in color and form, 
but the species is a variable one. Figure 4 represents the dark 
form; figure 7 the normal yellow form with an unusually rough 
stipe. 



96 



Mycologia 



Venenarius Frostianus (Peck) Murrill 
Amanita Frostiana Peck 
Frost’s Amanita 
P late 87. Figure 5. X i 

Pileus thin, convex to expanded, plane or slightly umbonate, 
3-8 cm. broad ; surface viscid, adorned with floccose, yellow frag- 
ments of the volva, often becoming entirely glabrous, chrome- 
yellow to orange-yellow, slightly darker in the center, margin 
smooth or slightly striate; lamellae free, rounded at both ends, 
subdistant, white or yellowish ; spores globose or ovoid, smooth, 
hyaline, 6-10 long; stipe slightly tapering upward from the 
bulbous base, white or yellowish, smooth, flocculose, stuffed, 6-13 
cm. long, 0.4-1. 5 cm. thick; annulus membranous, delicate, easily 
torn away, pale-yellow to chrome-yellow ; volva yellowish, usually 
entirely friable, rarely slightly margining the bulb. 

A beautiful species resembling V. mnscarius, but smaller and 
more slender and not poisonous. 

Venenarius cothurnatus (Atk.) Murrill 
Amanita cothurnata Atk. 

Booted Amanita 

Plate 87. Figure 6. X i 

Pileus globose to convex, at length expanded, 3-7 cm. broad ; 
surface quite viscid when moist, decorated with small, scattered, 
soft, floccose warts, white or tinged with lemon-yellow, or with 
the center tawny-olive, even or finely striate on the margin ; con- 
text white, without odor ; lamellae rounded behind, crowded, plane, 
white; spores globose, smooth, hyaline, 7-9 ytt; stipe cylindric, 
bulbous, flocculose or floccose-scaly, white, hollow or rarely 
stuffed, 5-12 cm. long, 0.4-1 cm. thick; annulus white, thick, per- 
sistent, volva white, adnate to the large, ovoid bulb, circumscissile, 
breaking uniformly and leaving an abrupt ring at the top of 
the bulb. 

The annulus was very low in the specimen figured and the boot 
very short. The pileus was also less viscid and somewhat dif- 
ferent in color from plants found commonly farther south. 

New York Botanical Garden. 



THE NATURE AND CLASSIFICATION OF 
LICHENS— II. THE LICHEN AND ITS 
ALGAL HOST' 



Bruce Fink 



The writer had no thought, in addressing the questionnaire to 
botanists three years ago, of attempting to settle thus the classifi- 
cation of lichens. It was thought rather that the views of leading 
botanists would be valuable, and also that the problems involved 
could be treated more intelligently after current opinion and the 
arguments back of it were known. As stated in the first paper of 
this series, the writer has reserved his own ideas for this paper 
and another to follow in the series. Since his viezvs regarding 
lichens are not those held by most persons zvho have zvorked on 
these plants, the phraseology used, even in the discussions of 
researches, must be somezvhat different from that found in the 
papers cited. If the facts appear, to those zuhose zvritings are 
considered, to be distorted, careful analysis zvill probably shozo 
that there is no other distortion than that necessarily involved in 
treatment under a different conception of the nature of the lichen. 

The Presence of Algae in Lichens Established 
For centuries lichens and the algae which grow with them were 
thought to be genetically related. Walroth (137), in the first 
account of the green cells in lichens, noted their resemblance to 
certain algae. Elias Fries (60), Kiitzing (78), Koerber (73, 74), 
Nageli (93), Thwaites (129), Thuret (128), Tulasne (136) and 
Itzigsohn (68) renewed the observations of Wallroth. Some of 
these and others as Sachs (108), Hicks (67), Nylander (95, 96), 
Krempelhuber (76), Muller (91) and Arcangeli (2) thought that 
the algae were the primordia of certain lichens or other stages in 
their development. Several observers as Bayrhoffer (18), Mul- 
ler (90, 92), Th. M. Fries (61), Archer (3), Arcangeli (2), 

’ Contributions from the Botanical Laboratory of Miami University — X. 

97 



98 



Mycologia 



Crombie (41) and Minks (85) committed themselves to the view 
that the algae arose from the ends of the lichen hyphae. 

De Bary (15), and Schwendener (118) more confidently, de- 
clared that lichens and certain algae grow together in such inti- 
mate relationship as to be long considered parts of the same plant. 
In spite of the researches of Bonnier (27, 28, 29, 30, 31), Bara- 
netsky (14), Bornet (32, 33), de Bary (15), Famintzin (53, 54), 
Moller (87, 88), Reess (102), Schwendener (116, 118, 119, 120, 
121), Treub (135) and Woronine (144), the European lichenists 
of that day, as Crombie (40, 41, 42), Th. M. Fries (61), Krem- 
pelhuber (76, 77), Minks (85), Muller (92), Koefber (75), 
Lindsay (83) and Nylander (96, 97) failed to believe that the 
green cells in lichens are really algae. 

With the passing of these men and the coming of a generation 
of lichenists who agree with other botanists regarding the pres- 
ence of algae in lichen thalli, it might be supposed that there 
could not be at present any question regarding the nature and 
the proper treatment of lichens. However, the only matter 
thoroughly settled is that the green or the blue-green cells in 
lichens are algae. 

Considerations of Recent Views and Arguments of 
Botanists 

We have been slower to reach an agreement regarding the 
nature and the proper treatment of lichens than were earlier 
botanists to find the truth concerning the algae that grow with 
these plants. True, some botanists have settled the questions 
involved to their own satisfaction, and others hold a tentative 
opinion. Advocates of certain ideas regarding lichens have 
stated, at different times, that their views on the subject were 
those generally held by the botanical world ; but these views have 
proved, as a result of the statistical study given in the first paper of 
this series (55), not to be held by a majority of botanists. More- 
over, majorities, even of scientific men, are not always right; and 
we may inquire whether the consensus recently expressed regard- 
ing lichens is final. In order to reach a safe conclusion, it has 
been necessary to review a large portion of the literature of 
lichenology to ascertain what is valuable for our purpose. 



Fink; Classification of Lichens 



99 



Many botanists were asked, two years ago, to express them- 
selves regarding the classification of lichens, and the results of 
the correspondence have appeared in Mycologia (55) for Sep- 
tember, 1911. It was supposed that those who replied would 
deem it necessary, in sustaining their views regarding classifica- 
tion, to state clearly their ideas concerning the more fundamental 
problem of the nature of lichens. Of the 42 replies quoted, 10 
contain no words from which any inference can be drawn con- 
cerning the nature of these plants. The other 32 replies touch 
the matter, for most part, in an obscure manner, often by infer- 
ence rather than word. This must be taken to mean that those 
who wrote, with few exceptions, regard the question of the nature 
of the lichen settled. We may well inquire, then, what these modern 
botanists said concerning this matter, by word or by reasonably 
safe inference. Ten of them said nothing. Fourteen stated in 
more or less certain fashion that lichens are fungi, and 18 appear 
to believe that lichens are colonies of algae and fungi, or dual 
organisms. This re.sult, surprising as it is, demonstrates that 
some form of the dual hypothesis is still much alive, at least in 
the phraseology used by botanists in writing about lichens, and 
that the much discussed and vexing problem of the nature of 
lichens is by no means settled. 

In the present condition of affairs, it is difficult for most 
botanists to write a full page about lichens without contradicting 
any position taken, unless it be one not far removed from the 
traditions regarding these plants. As a whole, the replies quoted 
in Mycologia are as consistent as anything that has appeared on 
the subject; yet it would be rash for one who has examined the 
statements carefully to assume that he is certain that all of these 
botanists said what they intended. Indeed, some of the replies 
say that lichens are dual organisms, but should be distributed 
among fungi. Those who replied thus either believe that lichens 
are fungi, or that the fungi of the dual organisms should be dis- 
tributed. But they said neither of these things. One botanist 
who believes that the lichen is a fungus said positively in his 
reply that it is a dual organism. A few committed the too com- 
mon inconsistency of stating that lichens are both dual organisms 



100 



Mycologia . 



and fungi. Of course, these errors of statement result largely 
from clinging to the traditional phraseolog)^ 

Text-Book Treatments of Lichens 

Writers of text-books on plant morphology have, with a few 
notable exceptions, signally failed to be consistent in their treat- 
ment of lichens. The 1908 edition of the Strasburger (126) 
text says on page 348 : “ Lichens are symbiotic organisms ; they 
consist of filamentous fungi, usually Ascomycetes, rarely Basi- 
diomycetes, which live in intimate relationship with unicellular or 
filamentous algae, Cyanophyceae or Chlorophyceae, and together 
with these, form a compound thallus or consortium.” (“Die 
Flechten sind symbiotische Organismen, sie bestehen aus Faden- 
pilzen und zwar aus Asconiyceten, nur in ganz vereinzelten Fallen 
aus Basidiomyceten, welche mit einzelligen oder fadigen Algen, 
Cyanophyceen oder Chlorophyceen, gemeinsam vegetieren und so 
einen zusammengesetzen Thallus, ein Konsortium bilden.”) This 
expresses clearly the peculiar idea that the lichen is a fungus and 
that the consortium is the lichen plus the alga with which it is 
associated. But the next sentence reads thus : “ The lichen-fungi 
and the lichen-algae should, in a natural system, be classified with 
the nearest related fungi and algae.” (Die Flechtenpilze und 
Flechtenalgen sind im natiirlichen System in die gruppen der 
nachstvenvandten Pilze und Algen einzureihen.) This contra- 
dicts the first statement and indicates that the intention was to 
regard the lichen as a consortium. Fortunately, Lang has cor- 
rected the inconsistent statement in the English edition, but the 
German student still meets this incoherent treatment in his lead- 
ing text-book. 

The Warming-Potter (139) text of 1895 says: “The lichens 
are fungi . . . which have entered into a peculiar symbiotic rela- 
tionship with algae.” This is coherent and easily understood. 
But a little below the authors say, “ The fungus forms the largest 
portion of the lichen”; and one wonders how it is, if the lichen 
is a fungus, as stated in the first quotation, that it does not, as 
stated in the second, form all of itself. The Curtis (45) text of 
1907 has this statement : “ The lichen is one of the most remark- 



Fink : Classification of Lichens 



101 



able plants in the vegetable kingdom, since it is the union of two 
separate plants, a fungus and an alga” (see also 44). This 
doubtful and confusing statement is left with little explanation, 
and the author of the book reaches the remarkable conclusion that 
since “the fungus forms the bulk of the lichen,” lichens should 
be regarded as fungi. The inconsistency of this statement needs 
only to be pointed out, and yet similar treatment is often found in 
text-books and elsewhere. The Bergen and Davis text (21) has 
it thus of lichens : “ They are not single plants, but composite 
organisms made up of algae which are contained in an enveloping 
mesh of fungal filaments.” This plainly makes the lichen a group 
of algae, though the authors had no intention of saying so remark- 
able a thing. The Bessey (22) text of 1906 is coherently correct, 
and the Bergen and Caldwell (20) text of 1911 is quite as coher- 
ently incorrect regarding the nature of lichens. These are fair 
samples of treatment of lichens in texts of general botany. 

Writers of texts on plant physiology have held nearer to the 
traditions concerning lichens and, consequently, have usually 
made more coherent statements, which have been almost uni- 
formly incorrect. 

On the whole, we can not regard the fundamentals of the lichen 
question settled so long as such confusing, incoherent and erro- 
neous utterances continue to emanate from leading botanists. 

Recent Expressions Regarding the Nature of Lichens 

We are still concerned primarily with the problem of the nature 
of the lichen and its relation to the algal host. The classification 
of lichens must be treated last of all, and can not be reached in 
this paper. Bessey (23,24,25,26) and Clements (35,37) have ex- 
pressed themselves to the effect that lichens are fungi and should 
be distributed to the exclusion of the group Lichenes. Reinke 
(105, 106) and Schneider (109, no, in, 112, 113), at the same 
time, have been stating at greater length that lichens are distinct 
from all other plants. When we have finally decided which side 
of the controversy is in accord with the facts established by re- 
search and are able to follow the conclusions reached in a logical 
manner, we may regard the problem of the nature and the proper 
treatment of lichens settled. 



102 



Mycologia 



Reinke, Schneider, and other advocates of consortism, as is 
well known, regard the relation of the lichen to the alga with 
which it grows so intimate and mutualistic that the plants growing 
together must be considered collectively as an individual. It is 
not deemed essential to the hypothesis that both symbionts should 
be equally benefited by the association; nor is it regarded neces- 
sary that the relation should be beneficial to both symbionts in all 
respects. It is said by its adherents to be important for the 
hypothesis that each member should be aided more than injured 
by the symbiosis, so that the final outcome is advantage to both. 
Added to this is the intimate union of the two symbionts into 
what appeared, until de Bary and Schwendener proved otherwise, 
to be a veritable morphological unit. According to the hypoth- 
esis, only one of the symbionts need be wholly dependent upon the 
other, in order that a new individual may be formed with morpho- 
logical and physiological characters quite distinct. The other 
symbiont may be able to live outside the association. The fact 
established by Frank (58) that certain lower lichens can and do 
usually exist during a large part of their life outside the relation- 
ship with algae is overlooked, and we are given also the contrary 
statement that the fungus does not and never has existed as such 
free in nature. It is claimed that the algae found in lichens are 
more difficult to cultivate than free algae; and this is said to 
indicate that the algae of these symbiotic associations will in time 
become as dependent upon the symbiotic relationship as are the 
fungi now, except perhaps in the lowest lichens. So it is sup- 
posed that the relation is becoming closer and closer, and that 
finally it will be so intimate that neither symbiont will be able to 
live independently. Then will the individualism be perfect ac- 
cording to the hypothesis. This erroneous hypothesis is refuted 
by certain considerations to follow in this paper. 

The term “ consortium ” was proposed for the peculiar relation 
of lichens to algae by Reinke (65, 104, 105), at the suggestion of 
Grisebach, and was adopted by de Bary (16), who advocated 
mutualism and individualism, though he seems to have repu- 
diated both later. Recent views expressed by Artari (5, 6), 
Schneider (109, no, in, 112, 114), Peirce (98, 99), Elenkin 



Fink: Classification of Lichens 



103 



(49, 50), Treboux (122), Famintzin (52) and Danilov (46), 
with the recent enlargement of Reinke (105, 106) upon his 
original statement, place before us several interesting hypotheses 
regarding the relation of the lichen to the alga which lives with it. 
We shall revert to some of these researches toward the close of 
this paper. Suffice it to state here that Elenkin’s hypothesis of 
endosaprophytism and Danilov’s and Peirce’s views of parasitism 
of the lichen upon the alga are quite opposed to the hypotheses of 
Reinke and Schneider or the more extreme views of Famintzin. 
In short, the evidence furnished by recent investigation is, as a 
whole, against all hypotheses of individualism or mutualism. 
However, granting for the moment, that the relationship is 
thoroughly mutualistic; that the statement that neither symbiont 
can live alone, disproved as it is by the cultures of Bonnier (31), 
Bornet (32), Moller (87, 88) and others, is true; and that the 
hinted suggestion of Famintzin (52) that the chlorophyll gran- 
ules of higher plants resemble certain algae and may be such is 
also proved, some of us would not even then believe the indi- 
vidualism hypothesis to be tenable. 

Should such an improbable thing as proving the chlorophyll 
granules to be veritable algae which could not exist outside the 
tissue of higher plants come to pass, the writer at least would be 
disposed to regard these structures, which would not then be 
genetically related to the plants in which they occur, not parts of 
the plants, but foreign to them. In short, neither the present 
relation of the lichen to its symbiotic alga nor any mutualistic 
relation that may possibly come to pass in the future seems to 
constitute individualism in any true sense. 

It seems remarkable that Danilov (46), Elenkin (49, 50) and 
Peirce (98, 99, 100) could favor parasitism or saprophytism of 
lichens upon the algae, and still believe in the dual-nature hypoth- 
esis. It will be pointed out below that de Bary did the same in 
his text-book, and this unreasonable position can be due to noth- 
ing else than blindly adhering to the traditions regarding the 
nature of lichens. 

Those who believe that lichens are fungi have not made long 
arguments for their view. Their efforts have necessarily been 



104 



IMycologia 



directed mainly toward refutations of mutualism, consortism and 
individualism; and it is true that lichens resemble other fungi 
so strongly that there can be no reasonable doubt, once the dual 
hypothesis is disproved. The best presentation is that of Clem- 
ents (35)- This writer has avoided the inconsistencies so com- 
monly committed by those who treat lichens as fungi, and has 
given a strong refutation of the consortism hypothesis of Reinke. 
He also incidentally makes plain, in the paper cited, his views 
regarding the nature of lichens and their classification. Besides 
Clements’ paper, some of the last 14 quotations in Mycologia 
(55) are strong arguments. These are directed mainly toward 
the less fundamental matter of the distribution of lichens, a con- 
sideration barely touched in Clements’ paper. 

One reads sometimes of the arguments of de Bary and 
Schwendener for the fungal-nature view, but these men never 
believed that lichens are fungi. On looking through the 1884 
edition of his text-book, one finds that de Bary (17) took the 
remarkable position that the fungus is parasitic on the alga, but 
that both are none the less parts of the lichen. His earlier views 
noted above, in which he recognized consortism, though incorrect, 
are more tenable. Probably Schwendener’s paper of 1873 (121), 
more than any of his other articles, has caused some botanists to 
suppose that he regarded lichens as fungi. Indeed, the title 
would render any other position untenable for him; but, while he 
maintains that the chlorophyllous cells are algae, wherever he 
commits himself in the paper, he makes these algae parts of the 
lichen. 

Re.vsons for Regarding Lichens as Fungi 

The main arguments of those who believe that lichens are 
fungi, so far as they relate to the nature of the lichen rather 
than to classification, are as follows. The luxuriant growth 
and the rapid multiplication of algal cells within a lichen are 
not due to mutualistic relation with the lichen, but rather to 
some condition of parasitism, perhaps hypernutrition caused by 
irritation. It is pointed out that the vegetative structure and the 
fruits of lichens are similar to those of other Ascomycetes. It is 
said further that phylogenetic and morphological continuity is 



Fink: Classification of Lichens 



105 



apparent enough between Thelophora and Cora-like lichens, 
where we have the process of the evolution of new lichen- phyla 
going on before our eyes, and also in the relationship of Graphis 
to Hysterium, Calicium to Mycocalicium, Bilimbia to Mycobilim- 
bia, Basidia to Mycobacidia, Lecidea to Patinella, etc. It may 
be added here that the recent papers by Acton ( i), Lagerheim (79), 
Schneider (114), de Seynes (122, 123), Zukal (151) and others 
add to the evidence through the discovery of many lichens in the 
making. These researches are considered at length below. 

The arguments of those who believe that lichens are fungi seem 
perfectly tenable, but close analysis is necessary. For the writer 
at least, it matters not whether the relation of the lichen to the 
alga is parasitism, saprophytism, or mutualism, even of the type 
that is believed by some botanists to be the acme of individualism, 
for it seems reasonable to him to regard the lichen a fungus if 
the relation is the most mutual possible as well as if it is an- 
tagonistic. But the problem arises whether it is consistent to 
regard the lichen a fungus, since in so doing we are ignoring 
part of that which was originally considered a portion of the 
lichen, viz., the symbiotic alga. The zoologists do not regard 
zodchlorellae a part of Hydra viridis, fresh water sponges, or 
other animals in which they occur. Though the symbiotic rela- 
tion of the lichen to the alga is different from that of the hydra 
or the sponge to the alga found within it, and though the alga 
may sometimes form a larger portion of the symbiotic colony 
than does the lichen, congruity demands excluding the alga from 
our conception of the lichen. 

It has been suggested that the term lichen should be given over 
to plant physiologists and ecologists, to signify a colony of special 
interest to them. There are at least two difficulties with this 
proposition. The first is that most botanists will continue to use 
the term lichen for purposes of taxonomy and morphology, in 
spite of any suggestions that might be made, and the second is 
that relegating the term to workers in certain fields of botanical 
work would not be the best solution, were it feasible. After 
studying the literature of lichen physiology and ecology carefully, 
it does not appear best for physiologists and ecologists to depart 
from the usual method and consider colonies rather than individ- 



106 



Mycologia 



uals. Ecological and physiological studies of the lichen and the 
alga with which it lives are just as interesting and more compre- 
hensible when these plants are considered in their proper rela- 
tion as independent but intimately associated organisms. Fur- 
thermore, this method in plant physiology and ecology would aid 
in bringing botanists into general accord as to method of treating 
these plants, and would thereby help do away with the incon- 
sistency and confusion which make it so difficult for botanists to 
express themselves in a coherent manner regarding lichens. The 
physiologists and the ecologists have been less inclined than tax- 
onomists to depart from the traditions concerning lichens ; but 
they may well ponder carefully the latest views of leading 
Hellenists (55), who are as much disposed to think that lichens 
are fungi as are other morphologists and taxonomists. The one 
argument in recent years for not considering the lichen a fungus 
pure and simple has been the supposed mutualistic relation of the 
lichen to the alga, and this has been made to appear untenable 
by the recent researches of Danilov, Elenkin, Peirce and others 
cited above. In view of these investigations, it would seem that 
plant physiologists and ecologists, especially, should abandon the 
dual hypothesis, which is not tenable in any form or under any 
condition of mutualism and is wholly unreasonable if it is ad- 
mitted that the relation of the lichen to the alga is antagonistic. 
The researches bearing on this problem are considered at length 
toward the close of this paper. 

Difficulties to Be ]\Iet in Tre.\ting Lichens as Fungi 

Plainly, the only consistent view is that the lichen is a fungus. 
But having reached this position, there is difficulty enough for 
mycologists, especially those that study Ascomycetes, to which the 
lichens very largely belong. Botanists seem, as a rule, to think 
that the relationships of lichens to other Ascomycetes should be 
ascertained by Hellenists, while students of non-algicolous Asco- 
mycetes, trained as badly in this matter as are the Hellenists, con- 
tinue to avoid the study of algicolous Ascomycetes. This position 
seems wholly unreasonable. If we are ever to know the relation- 
ships of algicolous to non-algicolous Ascomycetes, lines of cleav- 
age in study must cease to be determined by the food habits of 



Fink : Classification of Lichens 



• 107 



these plants. Forms that appear to be closely related must be 
studied together, whether all are algicolous, all non-algicolous, 
or part of them one and part the other. Nor is it necessary that 
one worker should attempt to study all Ascomycetes, except in a 
very general way. 

Another difficulty is that lichen descriptions have usually been 
based upon the assumption that the alga forms part of the lichen. 
Lichenists, even those who believe that lichens are fungi, still 
for most part continue to give, in their descriptions, details regard- 
ing the size and the form of the algae enclosed within lichen 
thalli. Statements regarding the algae should not be given as a 
part of descriptions of species, genera, or larger groups of lichens, 
but should follow or precede the descriptions. The changes 
needed are greatest in those lichens which grow throughout the 
algal colonies. The well known Collema pulposum (Bernh.) 
Ach. will serve as an illustration. The thallus has been described 
hitherto as orbicular or irregular, middle-sized, very gelatinous 
when wet, frequently showing a rosulate arrangement of the lobes, 
rather thick especially toward the center, leek-green, olivaceous or 
blackening, the lobes repand-crenate, etc. This is mainly a de- 
scription of the algal colony in which the lichen is imbedded. 
The lichen thallus should be described somewhat as follows : thal- 
lus a loose network of hyaline, septate, branching hyphae, which 
are 2.5 to 4 mic. in diameter, with cells 15 to 30 mic. long; simple 
rhizoids hyaline to light brown, with cells 4 to 5.5 mic. in diam- 
eter and 20 to 25 mic. long. Then may follow a description of 
the sexual reproductive organs and of the apothecium and its 
parts. Following this the algal colony in which the lichen grows 
may be described in a separate paragraph. The description of the 
Collemaceae as a whole and all the genera and species will need 
to be modified in similar fashion. What are specific and what are 
generic characters will appear in the revision. What species will 
have to be abandoned because of excluding from the descriptions 
the characters which belong to the algal hosts can only be ascer- 
tained by critical #tudy. 

The changes required in the descriptions of those lichens which 
contain the symbiotic algae in a stratum within their thalli will not 
be so great, and fortunately these lichens are far more numerous 



108 



Mycologia 



than those in which the lichen ramifies throughout the algal 
colony. More difficulty will probably appear in the crustose than 
in the foliose and the fruticose species. In the descriptions of 
many genera and species of lichens, the only changes needed are 
to remove whatever is said of the algae from the descriptions and 
to modify in some manner the statements regarding the so-called 
algal layer and the soredia. In thalli which contain the algae in 
a definite stratum, the algal layer may well be called the haustor- 
ial layer. This has the advantage of excluding from the state- 
ment an organism which does not belong to the lichen. The sor- 
edium should be regarded as a tangled mass of lichen hyphae and 
haustoria. 

Perhaps few botanists had thought that so great changes in the 
treatment of lichens and consequent difficulties in using the liter- 
ature of lichenology were involved, unless these plants were dis- 
tributed to the exclusion of the group Lichenes. The trouble 
really appears when we consider lichens properly as fungi, 
whether we distribute them or not ; though the less fundamental 
matter of distribution does offer even more intricate problems. 
Treating together as colonies the lichens and the algae which 
occur with them and continuing to describe and classify these 
colonies is the only way to avoid the enormous amount of labor 
involved in revision. This is, of course, wholly illogical, and the 
only consistent course is to break with past methods and treat 
lichens rightly, regardless of the difficulties which present them- 
selves. 

The Biological Relations of Certain Lower Lichens 
By considering carefully some lower lichens and some plants 
that may not be lichens, we will be able to gain information re- 
garding the relation of lichens to their algal hosts and to other 
fungi. Those who hold to some form of dual hypothesis insist 
that these lower and doubtful lichens are atypical and should not 
be considered; but the largest groups of lichens are among the 
lowest forms. Hence, the lowest lichens are interesting and in- 
structive in consideration of problems relating to the nature and 
the disposition of these plants in general. Their study throws 
light upon phases of the problem which can scarcely be under- 



Fink: Classification of Lichens 



109 



stood so long as we confine attention to the higher foliose or fruti- 
cose lichins or even to higher crustose forms. 

De Seynes (122, 123) found specimens of Sclerotinia tuberosa 
(Hedw.) Fuck., the hymenial surface of which showed produced 
ends of paraphyses closely applied to unicellular algae. The re- 
sults were fully published in 1886, and the figures show that in 
some instances branching, haustorial elongations of three or more 
paraphyses are closely attached to a single algal cell. The alga 
is said to be Chlorococcum hiimicola, which occurs with lichens so 
commonly. The swollen and turgid haustoria are cut off by a 
septum and are like those of typical lichens which live with the 
same alga. But few of the paraphyses are attached to the algal 
cells. This observation has not been repeated, and the relation 
of this fungus to the alga is rare and accidental ; yet it illustrates 
the manner in which lichens arose from non-algicolous fungi. 
Our view of lichens can be construed to make the rare Sclerotinia 
individual which lives with the alga a lichen ; but this may better 
be left to personal judgment. The point regarding the origin of 
lichens and their relationship to other fungi is as well shown 
whether we regard these individuals lichens or not. 

Archer (3) described and figured lichen apothecia on Scy- 
tonema myochrous, Sirosiphon alpinus, S. pnlvinatus and Stig- 
onema mamillosum. The spores are much alike in all of these 
and strongly resemble those of our Ephebe pubescens (L.), Fr., 
though not the same. He thought perhaps that the lichen was the 
same on all of these algae, but his spore measurements would 
indicate otherwise. He found neither hyphae nor sexual organs ; 
but it is very probable that he observed one or more primitive, 
facultative lichens. 

Frank (58) found that Arthonia radiata (Pers.) Ach. grows 
within the periderm of trees, often for years, wholly outside the 
relation with the symbiotic alga, Trentepohlia umbrina, and that 
some individuals never parasitize the algal host at all. After a 
time, according to Frank, some of the algae bore into the peri- 
derm and are attacked by the lichen, which now grows more luxur- 
iantly, penetrates deeper into the periderm, becomes also partly 
superficial and produces apothecia. Those individuals that fail 
to enter into the partnership with the alga do not produce apothe- 



110 



Mycologia 



cia. Thus it appears that these fungi can live without the algae, 
but are benefited by the association with them. Trentepohlia is 
known to live commonly in the periderm. Therefore, it seems 
certain that this alga is often there and enters into the hostal 
relation with the lichen soon after the lichen spore germinates 
and penetrates the periderm, though Frank seems to have sup- 
posed that these lichens were always independent of the alga 
during a good portion of their course. More of Frank’s results 
are given toward the close of this paper. 

Lindau (8i) accepted, in the main, the conclusions of Frank 
and passed on to a profitable consideration of the same or similar 
lichens and the algae which grow with them. He found Trente- 
pohlia filaments on the surface of the bark entwined by hyphae 
of Arthopyrenia punctiformis (Pers.) Mass.; but the portion of 
the fungus within the periderm was wholly free from the algal 
filaments. He concludes that this Arthopyrenia lives without 
other than an accidental relation with the alga. 

These researches are interesting and instructive in many ways. 
Frank decided that typical lichens are Ascomycetes which live in 
symbiotic relationship with algae ; but he regarded all of these 
plants which belong to the same genus lichens, whether all or 
only part of them live with the algae. Lindau, on the other hand 
thinks that those that live outside the symbiotic relation are not 
lichens. These studies also indicate that the lichen is benefited 
by the association with the alga quite as plainly as do the cultural 
experiments with higher lichens ; and this makes sure the position 
that those fungi which live during all or part of their life in para- 
sitic relation with algal hosts are lichens, provided that they sus- 
tain, at the same time, the usual relation with an external sub- 
stratum. Lindau thinks the Arthopyrenia considered above is not 
a lichen, since the alga does not grow more luxuriantly because 
of association with it. We can not accept this view, but believe 
that the fungus is a lichen if it is benefited by the association with 
the alga instead of using it merely as a support about which to 
twine. We agree with Lindau that those species which do not 
enter into parasitic relation with algae are not lichens, even though 
they belong to the same genus with others that enter into relations 
beneficial to themselves and are lichens. Whether a fungus 



Fink: Classification of Lichens 



111 



species, some of whose individuals run part of their course in 
the parasitic relation with an alga, while others pass their whole 
life outside this relation, is*a lichen is a rather fine distinction that 
is doubtful at best and scarcely worth considering. But it seems 
more reasonable to say that all species that are better developed 
when they live with algae than when they do not are lichens. 

Zukal (151) published an account of the frequent occurrence 
of one of the Hypocreaceae with an alga which he thought to be 
Palmella botryoides. He named the fungus Epigloea bactrospora 
Zuk. The perithecia are semi-immersed in the algal colony, 
through which the hyphae ramify and are attached here and there 
to the algal cells. We have here a pyreno-lichen, belonging to a 
well known group of Pyrenomycetes. Hence its phylogeny seems 
certain enough, and it furnishes another point of approach of 
lichens to other well known fungi. The lichen is so little modi- 
fied that Zukal placed it near the genus, Barya, of the Hypocrea- 
ceae; but Zahlbruckner, in Engler and Prantl (145), has removed 
it from its natural position and has erected for it a lichen family, 
the Epigloeaceae. The alga is sometimes found free on mosses, 
and is in other instances attacked by the lichen. However, the 
occurrence of free algae growing with those of the same species 
attacked by lichens is known to be frequent, as will be proved 
later in this paper. 

Zukal (152) also published some interesting results in his 
paper entitled “ Halbflechten.” Some of these concern his mono- 
typic genus Pariiphrddria and the species Pariiphrddria heimerlii 
Zuk., found on the leaves of J linger mannias. The lichen gains 
entrance to these hepatics through the rhizoids, which it entwines 
and penetrates. It extends into the outer tissues of the stems and 
penetrates the leaves, some of which are finally killed. The 
apothecia usually occur on the leaves and most commonly at 
points where algal colonies of Gloeocapsa or of Palmella happen 
to be present. Here the lichen hyphae grow through the algal 
colonies in all directions, but do not penetrate into the algal cells. 
Microscopic squamules or granules are formed. Zukal consid- 
ered each of these a lichen thallus. Only a portion of the lichen 
penetrates into the algal colony ; but some parts of lichens are 
commonly external to the algal mass with which they grow, and 



112 



Mycologia 



a lichen is a lichen whether this external portion be much or little. 
We must consider the whole structure, the parts that grow on 
the hepatic as well as those that grow in the algal mass, a very 
primitive lichen. The undetermined point of special biological 
interest regarding the fruiting is whether the apothecia are ever 
produced before the relation with the alga is established. It mat- 
ters not that the apothecia are sometimes formed at some distance 
from the algal colonies, for the nourishment could be carried by 
the hyphae. In Engler and Prantl, Lindau (82) gets this plant 
instead of Zahlbruckner, and places it near Bulgaria. Rehm 
(103) agrees with Lindau regarding the position; but Rehm 
believes that lichens might well be distributed among other fungi 
and frequently treats lower lichens with other Ascomycetes. So 
his stand is not proof that he does not regard this plant a lichen. 
Gloeopesisa rehmii Zuk., another of Zukal’s half-lichens (152), 
produces its apothecia at a distance from the Gloeocystis or the 
Palmella masses, into which certain hyphae penetrate and very 
probably convey nourishment to the points where the apothecia 
are developing. Zukal says that this lichen passes its early stages 
as an epiphyte, but not as a parasite, on the leaves of Junger- 
mannia triophylla; and it would be especially instructive to know 
certainly whether the apothecia ever develop before the algal 
colonies are attacked. Rehm (103) places this lichen with the 
Bulgariaceae, but Lindau (82) considers it one of the Pezizaceae. 

Very different are the conditions in Nectria phycophila Zuk., 
another of Zukal’s half-lichens (152), which grows in Hypheo- 
thrix zenkeri, of the Oscillatoriaceae. The mycelium of the lichen 
is found in the trichomes of older dead portions of the algal 
colony; but, in younger portions of the colony, the hyphae occur 
in the sheaths only. No haustoria were noted; but this fungus, 
recognized as a Nectria by Lindau (82), is as good a lichen as 
are Ephebes or Collemas and other lichens in which the relation 
of the lichen to the alga is not very intimate. One who believes 
that the lichen consists of the fungus and the alga which grow 
together can not consistently place this or any lichen with fungi ; 
so this plant can not properly be regarded a Nectria by them. 
Yet, this inconsistency did not occur to Zukal, who regarded the 
lichen a dual organism; nor does it seem to have troubled many 



Fink: Classification of Lichens 



113 



other mycologists, who treat lichens in general quite as inconsis- 
tently. On the other hand, those who believe that lichens are a 
distinct taxonomic group should, to be consistent, claim this plant, 
but they have not. The main difficulty disappears when we 
regard the lichen a fungus. The last difficulty fades for those 
who maintain that these fungi should not constitute a taxonomic 
group, but should be distributed in the best manner possible. 

Endomyces scytonematum Zuk., the last of Zukal’s half-lichens 
(152), is supposed to be Ephebe hegetschweileri Itz. The spores 
occur in naked clusters of asci, characteristic of the Gymnoasca- 
ceae. The lichen hyphae grow for a time in the sheaths of Scy- 
tonema filaments ; but as the asci develop, the hyphae penetrate 
into the trichomes of the alga, which are soon destroyed. Then 
follows, of course, the death of the lichen soon after the fruit is 
produced. Zukal took the position that we have not a lichen in 
this instance, since the relation is antagonistic and the fungus 
short lived. But mutualistic symbiosis is surely no sine qua non 
of the lichen and, indeed, seems not to exist at all in those plants. 
IMuch less is long life necessary. The early death of the algal 
host is good proof that the fungus derives benefit from the asso- 
ciation with the alga ; and the best and, apparently, the only bio- 
logical criterion for the lichen is that it should live in parasitic 
relation with an alga and at the same time maintain a relation 
with some organic or inorganic substratum. According to this 
standard, we have here a lichen which plainly belongs to the Gym- 
noascaceae. Of course, it should be left in this group, instead 
of artificially placing it elsewhere ; but in order to do so, it is not 
necessary to deny its being a lichen. 

Tobler (132) investigated a few of the several hundred par- 
asites on lichens. Among these Karschia destructans Tobler is 
described from the thallus of Chaenofheca chrysocephala (Turn.) 
Th. Fr. The Karschia penetrates into and through the crustose 
thallus of the Chaenotheca, into the bark on which the latter lichen 
grows. In passing through the lichen thallus, the Karschia 
hyphae attack and kill the Chaenotheca hyphae and the alga 
which grows in symbiotic relation with them. This gives the 
Karschia a parasitic relationship with the Chaenotheca, and with 
the alga, and a saprophytic relation with the bark and perhaps 



114 



Mycologia 



with the algal cells after these have been killed. The fruit is pro- 
duced after the saprophytic relation is established. The rela- 
tions of the Karschia to living and dead sources of food supply 
are certainly complex enough ; but we must conclude that the fun- 
gus is as good a lichen as are many other fungi which live in re- 
lation with algae during part of their life period only. 

Similar are the results of Zopf (146), who studied Rhynibo- 
carpiis pmictiformis Zopf on Rhisocarpon geographictim (L.) 
Lam. and Conida punctatella (Nyl.) Zopf and C. rubescens Arn. 
on Rhisocarpon alboatrum (Hof¥m.)Th. Fr. The Rhymbocarpns 
and both Conidas enter into parasitic relationship with the algal 
hosts within the Rhisocarpons, and therefore Zopf very properly 
regarded them low forms of lichens. He concluded that many 
other parasites on lichens are likewise primitive lichens. 

Elizabeth Acton (i) investigated Botrydina vulgaris Breb., 
growing on mosses and hepatics. The minute colonies, barely 
visible to the eye, cover the stems and leaves, often so thickly as 
to conceal them. The sheaths of the globular or irregular col- 
onies are traversed by fungal hyphae. On close examination, 
these sheaths appear to be cellular. In some cultures. Miss Acton 
obtained a rich development of fungal hyphae and in others small 
unicellular algae, the results depending upon the kind of medium 
used or the conditions under which the cultures grew. The 
sheaths are very resistant to chemicals and are probably composed 
of fungus-cellulose. In early stages of development, she found 
fungal hyphae in contact with the sheaths and concluded that 
the sheaths develop from the hyphae. Sections showed plainly 
the plectenchymatous nature of the sheaths and the distorted 
forms of the algal cells. In one specimen, the fungus was intact, 
but no algal cells could be detected. The alga was also found 
free. The fungus is doubtless a lichen, living in parasitic rela- 
tion with a unicellular alga. The alga is Coccomyxa snbellip- 
soidea, of the Palmellaceae ; and the lichen, on account of the 
occurrence of ring-like structures similar to the conidia of the 
Mucidineae, division Helicosporeae, is supposed to belong to that 
group. Of course this makes what has been known as Botrydina 
vulgaris Breb. not an alga at all, but a lichen parasitic on an alga. 
The lichen must be renamed as soon as its nature can be ascer- 
tained. 



Fink: Classification of Lichens 



115 



Thus far we have been considering ascomycetous lichens. We 
may now give attention to a few Basidiomycetes, some of which 
are lichens while the others may be. Moller (89) found a Cora- 
like thelephore growing abundantly with Cora. The two plants 
are alike in structure as well as in macroscopic appearance. He 
pulverized portions of Cora in water and poured the broth over 
the thelephores. In three months, Cora lobes, bearing the alga 
characteristic of this lichen, appeared along the margins of the 
thelephore pilei. Microscopic examination proved that the hy- 
phae of the young Cora lobes were continuous with those of the 
thelephores on which they grew. Thus, by field cultures, Moller 
transformed part of a thelephore into the lichen, Cora. The con- 
clusion is that Cora is a primitive lichen, growing beside its non- 
lichen progenitor, the thelephore. The experiments were ex- 
tended to Dictyonema and Landatea as, is explained below in the 
statement under culture experiments. 

Lagerheim (79) published a new subspecies of Stichococcus 
bacillaris, which he found growing on Polyporus lucidus, Tra- 
metes pini and Daedalca quercina. He states that his subspecies 
fungicola is similar to Stichococcus bacillaris, found growing with 
some of the Caliciaceae. He makes no suggestion that the fungi 
on which his alga grows may be lichens in the making. But there 
is a possibility that such is the case, and that we have here and 
in other hymenomycetes upon which algae are frequently seen, 
very primitive lichens, or at least accidental and indifferent asso- 
ciations of algae with fungi which may become lichens in time. 

Morgan (86) noted the constant occurrence of Clavaria mucida 
with Chlorococcum humicola. Coker (38) observed the same 
relation of the alga to the fungus. On examination, he found 
that the hyphae ramify through the algal masses. There are 
no haustoria, and he regards the relation of the fungus to the alga 
about the same as that of Collema to the Nostoc colonies in which 
it grows. The relation is almost certainly advantageous to the 
fungus, and Coker’s conclusion that Clavaria mucida is probably 
becoming a basidiomycetous lichen seems reasonable. 

We may now pass to some unknown fungi which may be 
lichens. Schneider (114) investigated the relationship of Tren- 
tepohlia aiirea to some unknown fungus. He found the fungal 



116 



Mycologia 



hyphae closely applied to all of the Trent epohlia filaments exam- 
ined, forming a delicate, reticulated, spirally wound network of 
hyphal tissue, entwining the filaments from the base to the apex 
and extending a short distance beyond. This fungus is probably 
a primitive and imperfect lichen, the fruit of which is unknown. 
Of course, it is possible that the fungus bears no nutritional rela- 
tion to the alga, but merely uses it as a support, on which to climb. 
If so, the fungus is not a lichen ; but this supposition is improbable. 

One sometimes finds Sirosiphon filaments attacked by other 
fungal hyphae than those of Ephebe. These hyphae are usually 
external, while those of Ephebe ramify through tlie algal fila- 
ments. These superficial hyphae bear somewhat the same rela- 
tion to Sirosiphon as do those found by Schneider to Trente- 
pohlia aurea, and they may represent some unknown lichen or 
lichens. The findings of Archer, given above, may well be re- 
called here. 

Many botanists have not known that the transitional forms 
connecting lichens with other fungi are numerous ; but among 
the Graphidaceae, the Arthoniaceae, other families of lower 
lichens and the fungi parasitic on lichens are hundreds and 
probably thousands of species whose biological position can only 
be known by careful research. Besides these, there are doubtless 
many more accidental associations of fungi and algae yet to be 
discovered. In view of these facts, the bridges connecting lichens 
with other fungi seem to be very numerous. 

Whether a given fungus is a lichen is of little, if any, biological 
importance, and is certainly of no taxonomic importance for those 
who believe that lichens should be distributed to the exclusion of 
the group Lichenes. But the biological relationship between fungus 
and alga is an important one, and the fungi which are partners in 
it will continue to be known as lichens. Hence, from a biolog- 
ical point of view, it is important to reach some conclusion touch- 
ing what constitutes a lichen. However, the main object of this 
discussion is to bring to light some of the very close but little 
known relationships of plants on the border line between lichens 
and other fungi. One may regard these as lichens or not. The 
relationship remains the same in either case, and research must 
discover many more such relationships before our knowledge of 



Fink: Classification of Lichens 



117 



the species which form the connections between lichens and other 
fungi will be at all satisfactory. 

The lichen may be defined thus : A lichen is a fungus which 
lives during all or part of its life in parasitic relation with an algal 
host and also sustains a relation with an organic or an inorganic 
substratum. It need scarcely be pointed out that this definition 
is a biological rather than a morphological one, and that we are 
treating lichens from a biological rather than a morphological 
or a taxonomic point of view. Our definition denies the mutual- 
ism hypotheses, to one of which some of us have adhered for 
many years ; nor does it meet very well the requirements of 
those who hold that the group Lichenes should be retained. 
Of course, the lichen is usually parasitic on many individuals 
of some species of alga, instead of living on a single in- 
dividual. One may speak of the alga or the algal host, meaning 
the species on which the lichen is parasitic, or one may, with 
equal propriety, speak of the algae or the algal hosts on which 
the lichen is parasitic, meaning thereby the individuals. The defi- 
nition above follows the first method. Likewise, as pointed out 
by Bonnier (31), Friederich (59), Stahlecker (125) and Zukal 
(149), what is called a lichen individual is often compound, being 
composed of a number of simple individuals united. Our defini- 
tion defines the simple individual. Again, the lichen is probably 
partly saprophytic on the alga. It does not seem necessary to 
recognize this point in a definition of the lichen, for the present 
at least. One or two of Zukal’s half-lichens are not known to 
sustain the relationship with the external substratum and if they 
do not, may be excluded from lichens on this account. 

The Algal Hosts of Lichens 

For some of us, it would not be necessary to consider the nature 
of lichens further ; but for those who still cling to the dual hypo- 
thesis, the last word will not be said until the relation of the 
lichen to its algal host has been thoroughly reviewed. A con- 
siderable number of algae have been enumerated as lichen hosts, 
but most of these rarely or never function as hosts for lichens. 
Fiinfstuck (64) gives ten algae known as lichen hosts. These are 
Chlorococcum (Cystococcus) humicola, Palmella botryoides, 



il8 



Mycologia 



Trentepohlia (Chroolepus) umbrina, Pleurococcus vulgaris, Dac- 
tylococcus infusionum, Nostoc lichenoides (?) , Rivularia nitida, 
Polycoccus punctiformis, Gloeocapsa polyderrnatica ^nd Sirosiphon 
pulvinatus. Of these the larger number are blue-green algae, yet 
the two species of green algae, Chlorococcum humic ola and Tren- 
tepohlia umbrina, form the hosts of many more lichens than all 
the others combined. So far as the writer knows, Palmella 
botryoides is the host of only one little-known lichen, viz., Epi- 
gloea bactrospora Zuk. ; and there is better reason for including 
among lichen hosts one or more Scytonemas which are algal hosts 
of the better known Dictyonemas, also of one of Zukal’s half- 
lichens, and may sometimes be the host of Stereocaulons as well. 
Only a few lichens are known to live facultatively on different 
algae, most lichens being obligative parasites. Lecanora grana- 
tina Sommerf., Solorina crocea (L.) Ach., the Cypheliums, Pan- 
naria tryptophylla (Ach.) Mass, and probably a few others are 
facultative. The facultative species are either those which have 
never settled ujx)n a definite host, or those which are changing from 
one host to another. But such change is probably rare and so 
slow a process as scarcely to come within the range of observation. 

Lichens usually parasitize terrestrial algae which grow in habi- 
tats comrrionly invaded by lichens. This accounts for the small 
number of algal hosts of lichens. It is well known, as will be 
brought out below, that lichens frequently attack free algae and 
that parasitizing algal individuals or colonies, of species which 
have long formed lichen hosts, is going on constantly. On ac- 
count of the modification of the algal hosts, due to parasitism, 
there is still some uncertainty regarding certain species of algae 
that serve as lichen hosts ; and it would not be strange if the num- 
ber of closely related species that function as such hosts is larger 
than we now suppose. Lichens are known to parasitize approx- 
imately one per cent, of known species of blue-green algae and a 
very much smaller proportion of the numerous green algae. 

Finding the Algal Hosts Growing Near Lichens 

Schneider (m) thinks that the spores of lichens are degen- 
erate and do not often function for reproduction. We often find 
algae which, under the microscope, show plainly the presence of 



Fink: Classification of Lichens 



119 



attached fungal hyphae, but Schneider thinks that these are not 
the primordia of any well-known higher lichens. Hicks (67) 
found that if a piece of bark supporting Chlorococcum is kept 
under glass in a moist place, the groups of algal cells seem to 
become transformed into a felted mass. We now know that the 
same thing is often observed in nature, lighter felted masses often 
appearing where Chlorococcum has been growing. Microscopic 
examination shows that the color change is due to the develop- 
ment of lichen hyphae. These hyphae appear more commonly 
when the alga grows near some lichen, and it may take years for 
the felted, mycelial masses to develop into mature lichen thalli. 

We have observed, in our laboratory with our students, minute 
Nostoc colonies, germinating Collema spores, other Nostoc col- 
onies penetrated by one or more germ tubes of spores, and various 
stages of development of Collemas, all growing together. When 
first parasitized by the lichen, the Nostoc colonies are of normal 
form ; but as the lichen develops within, the algal colonies become 
greatly modified in form. The Nostoc colonies are usually para- 
sitized when only 50 to 200 mic. in diameter. 

Likewise, Schwendener (119) records finding free Nostoc 
colonies, others penetrated by several C ollema-Wkt. hyphae, young 
but undoubted Collemas on scarcely modified Nostoc colonies, 
and older Collemas on much modified Nostoc colonies, all grow- 
ing together in the field. He also found similar relations between 
Leptogium subtile (Schrad.) Koerb. and Nostoc colonies, between 
a species of Placynthium (Racoblenna) and Rivularia, between 
Ephebe pubescens (L.) Fr. and Sirosiplion, and between Spilo- 
nema paradoxum Bor. and the same alga. Kny (72) recorded 
finding Lichina pygmaea Ag. and its algal host, Rivularia nitida, 
growing in proximity in the same clusters, in some portions of 
which the Riznilaria individuals were all free, in others all para- 
sitized by the lichen, and in still other portions, partly free and 
partly parasitized. 

Bornet (33) found Trentepohlia umbrina forming the algal 
host of Opegrapha varia Pers. and also growing on the branches 
of trees about the lichen, but separate from it, both on the outer 
surface and within the periderm. Toward the margin of the 



120 



Mycologia 



thallus of this Opegrapha, he noticed loosely felted hyphae within 
the periderm and upon the surface, the hyphae becoming scarce 
at the margin. Where these hyphae encounter free Trentepohlia 
filaments, they become attached to the algal cells. He found the 
same relationship between Trentepohlia and Pyrenula nitida 
(Weig.) Ach. and also recorded finding the Trentepohlia fila- 
ments from within the lichen thallus extending into external fila- 
ments, which produced zoospores while still attached to the lichen. 
He also found that the same alga produces zoospores within the 
thallus of Opegrapha varia Pers., and that the lichen hyphae are 
often attached to zodsporangia of the algal host. The same 
worker found the algal host of Pannaria nigra (Huds.) Nyl. 
extending into external filaments, which sometimes become free 
from the lichen. Like de Bary, he found Nostoc parasitized by 
Collema, but showing minute tubercles, often nearly cut off from 
the lichen. Some of these tubercles become free and form 
minute, non-parasitized Nostoc colonies, at first not over a half 
millimeter in diameter. Zukal found Palmella botryoides, both 
free and parasitized by the lichen, Epigloea bactrospora Zuk. 

Cunninghan (43) and Ward (138) both studied the relation- 
ship of Strigula to its algal host and to the leaves on which the 
lichen and its algal host grow together. Cunningham found that 
the lichen produces fruit only after parasitizing the alga, and that 
the alga forms zoospores, oogones and antherids only when free 
from the lichen. Ward found the leaves of Michelia fuscata, 
especially during the rainy season, to contain networks of branch- 
ing mycelia of Strigula complanata (Fee) Nyl. These mycelia 
are composed of brown, septate, branching hyphae, spread over 
the leaf-surface without haustorial attachment. They rise from 
oval, brown, two-celled ascospores, and often produce clusters of 
brown conidia. A Trentepohlia-V\ke alga also grows here and 
there on the leaves, and the algal groups are often overgrown by 
these mycelia, which produce the conidia where they come in 
contact with the algae. The hyphae gradually penetrate into the 
algal masses, destroy them, and in the meantime produce sperma- 
gones and later perithecia. The lichen sometimes parasitizes the 
alga while the latter is very young, and the algal host is soon 



Fink: Classification of Lichens 



121 



killed, the lichen producing conidia but neither spermagonia nor 
ascospores. But when the attack comes later, it takes longer to 
kill the alga, and the lichen produces spermatia and ascospores. 
Finally, some of the algae run their whole life history without 
being attacked by the lichen. 

Nylander (97) held that he found lichens most abundant where 
algae are absent; but he doubtless based his statement on an 
erroneous impression and not on careful observation. Peirce 
(98) finds commonly on old fences free algal cells, others in- 
vested by hyphae and so on up to mature lichens of various species 
common in his region. Williams (141) observed that lichens 
appear first in damp places, where algae are most numerous, and 
spread gradually from these to other locations. He found that 
they grow first on the shady and moist parts of trees and fences 
and rarely if ever appear first on dry, wind-exposed portions. 
These observations of Peirce and Williams agree in general with 
what the writer has noted many times, though there is no doubt 
that lichens will grow in very dry places. 

We have many times found the algal clusters which proved to 
be parasitized by fungal hyphae, growing both in the vicinity of 
lichens and in other moist places, but have not been disposed to 
agree with Schneider that these are necessarily the primordia of 
very primitive lichens. It has seemed more reasonable to sup- 
pose that they may be young conditions of higher as well as of 
lower lichens which are present in mature form near by. Years 
of observation of the development of these primordia should give 
valuable results, whether growing in the vicinity of lichens or 
elsewhere. * 

Nylander (94) mentioned algae occurring in the hymenia of 
pyrenomycetous lichens. Fuisting (62) found that in Stigma- 
t omnia cataleptum (Ach.) Koerb. the hymenial algae are certain 
algal host cells, which become imprisoned in primordia of 
apothecia and multiply as the apothecium develops. Winter ( 143) 
agreed in general with Nylander and Fuisting, all three finding 
that the hymenial algae are smaller than other algal host cells; 
but Winter noted in addition the paler color of the former. 
These hymenial algae occur in early stages of development, or in 



122 



Mycologia 



old apothecia of many lichens; but they seem to be especially 
characteristic of pyrenomycetous lichens, particularly those that 
have muriform spores. Stahl (124) found them in Endocarpon 
piisillum Hedw. and in Polyblastia rugulosa Mass, and proved 
that, in these lichens, they are ejected with the spores, which soon 
germinate and attack the algae. Little is really known about the 
frequency of occurrence of hymenial algae at the time that spores 
are ejected; but it is probable that this is not uncommon in those 
pyrenomycetous lichens which are not able to live a considerable 
length of time outside the parasitic relationship with an algal host. 
Hymenial algae perform somewhat the same role as the algae in 
the soredia of higher lichens ; and since they occur in lower 
lichens, while the soredia are more common in higher lichens, each 
of these provisions for reproduction supplements the other. 
Even in lichens that have neither soredia nor hymenial algae, 
there is no difficulty about reproduction through lichen hyphae 
coming in contact with algal host cells. Since spores blow long 
distances, this could happen whether lichens grow near the algal 
hosts or not. 

These various observations regarding lichens growing in prox- 
imity with their algal hosts prove that lichens may frequently 
originate from spores which germinate and attack free algae; and 
it must be borne in mind that the spores may remain dormant for 
a considerable length of time until conditions favorable for 
germination are at hand. Such observations also show that both 
the algae and the lichens may grow separate from each other, the 
former throughout their whole life and the latter sometimes 
during a considerable time, very probably years in some instances. 
Such results make the consortium hypothesis wholly invalid, and 
seem to have been overlooked, underestimated or misinterpreted 
by those who hold to that hypothesis. 

Cultures of Lichens With or Without the Algal Hosts 

Alfred Moller (87) cultivated Lecanora subfusca (L.) Ach., 
Thclotrema lepadinum Ach., Pertusaria communis Lam. and DC., 
Graphis scripta (L.) Ach., Buellia punctiformis (Nyl.) Hoffm., 
Lecidea enteroleuca Ach., Opegrapha subsiderella Nyl., Arthonia 



Fink: Classification of Lichens 



123 



vulgaris Schaer., Calicium parietinum Ach., Calicium trachelinum 
Ach., Calicium curtum Borr. and Turn, and V crrncaria muralis 
Ach. from spores, from spermatia, or from both spores and 
spermatia, without the algal hosts. The following five, Buellia 
punctiformis (Nyl.) Hoffm., Opegrapha subsiderella Nyl., Cali- 
cium parietinum Ach., Calicium trachelinum Ach. and Calicium 
curtum Borr. and Turn, were cultivated from both spores and 
spermatia. With Graphis scripta (L.) Ach., he obtained hyphal 
tangles which he regarded primordia of apothecia, or of sperma- 
gonia; but the purpose of his work was not to determine whether 
apothecia can be produced when the lichen is grown without the 
algal host, and some of these crustose lichens might have fruited, 
had the cultures run more than a few months. Again, he might 
probably have obtained apothecia, had he worked on Endocarpon 
pusillum Hedw. or P olyblastia rugulosa Mass., which are known 
to mature and to produce apothecia from the spores in two or 
three months. He tells very convincingly of obtaining sperma- 
gones in cultures of Calicium parietinum Ach. in five or six weeks, 
from spores and from spermatia. Beginning with spermatia pro- 
duced in pure cultures, he obtained several successive generations 
of thalli by the germination of these bodies, and thus proved that 
the ascopores and the spermatia belong to the same plant. He 
also obtained spermatia in nearly all of the cultures and got them 
to germinate and produce new thalli of the same kind as those on 
which they were produced. His results indicate that these struc- 
tures are either asexual conidia or male cells which have the 
power of reproducing parthenogenetically. In further studies 
Mdller (88) obtained branched germ tubes from the spermatia of 
Collema microphylluni Ach. 

Mdller is not the only one who has caused spermatia of lichens 
to germinate, but we must now pass to some observations by 
Hedlund (66). He found spermatia of Catillaria denigraia (Fr.) 
Hedl. and C. prasina (Fr.) Th. Fr. which had germinated on the 
natural substratum among mature and variously developed states 
of these lichens and the free algal hosts. The mycelium produced 
by the spermatia was growing alone in some instances, while in 
others it had parasitized some of the algae. The latter lichen 



124 



Mycologia 



showed many intermediate conditions between the young mycelia 
produced from the germinating spermatia and the mature plants 
with spermagonia and apothecia. The spermatia germinating on 
the substratum were compared with those found in the sperma- 
gonia and were like these and also like those germinating on the 
thalli about the spermagonia. These results confirm those of 
Moller and are also interesting because they give further evidence 
of lichens growing with the algal hosts and reproducing by germi- 
nating upon them. 

Bornet’s classic results (32) are well known. He grew lichens 
from spores and found that they readily attack their algal hosts, 
while those that do not come in contact with the algae soon die. 
Of course he did not use proper media, or his lichens might have 
grown longer without the hosts; but this failure matters not for 
our purpose. He grew species of Collcma, Arnoldia and Physma 
chalasanum (Ach.) Arn. with Nostoc colonies, Synalissa and 
Omphalaria with Gloeocapsa, Ephebe with Sirosiphon, Opegrapha 
varia Pers., Roccella phycopsis Ach. and Pyrenida nitida (Weig.) 
Ach. with Trcntepohlia, Opegrapha filicina Mont, with the Coleo- 
chaete-\\\<it Phyllactidium and a number of lichens with Chloro- 
coccum humicola. He found Pannaria tryptophylla (Ach.) 
Mass, to grow with two algal hosts, a Nostoc and a Scytonema. 
Both of these algae often occur with the lichen in nature, and 
both often are found in the same lichen thallus. He also found 
Trcntepohlia and Phyllactidium free in the vicinity where Roc- 
cella, Opegrapha and V errucaria were growing. Opegrapha fili- 
cina Mont, is an ectoparasite, and some other lichens are also 
ectoparasites, but on unicellular or filamentous algae, among 
which the hyphae grow without penetrating into them. For in- 
stance, there is no connection between the Collema hyphae and 
the Nostoc filaments; and the Collema is ectoparasitic, except for 
penetrating into the gelatinous envelopes of the Nostoc colonies. 
The Nostoc individuals are nearly normal, but the colonies are 
much modified in form. Bornet also found Pannaria muscorum 
(Ach.) Del., Lichina confinis (Smith) Ag. and Heppia urceolata 
Nag. parasitic on two algal hosts, the last two with Chlorococcum 
humicola and a blue-green alga. He found that the other lichens 



Fink: Classification of Lichens 



125 



studied attack the cells of the algal hosts directly ; and in such 
instances the algal cells or filaments are so modified or broken up 
that the nature of the algal host is difficult or impossible to ascer- 
tain. But where the union of hyphae with algal-host cells can 
not be seen, the latter are little, if at all, modified. In this con- 
nection, it may be added that Bornet saw his algae growing in 
the usual form and also modified by the lichen parasites, and so 
established that the modification is not phylogenetic but comes 
about rapidly. He referred his algal hosts to the genera Trente- 
pohlia, Phyllactidium, Chlorococcum, Pleurococcus, Dactylococ- 
ciis, Ulothri.r{?) , Cladotlinx{?) , Scytonema, Nostoc and Oscil- 
latoria. These are nearly all cosmopolitan algae, to be expected 
on barks, earth, bases of mosses and in cracks and crevices where 
lichens may begin development from spores and attack their algal 
hosts. 

Treub (135) caused lichen spores to germinate in pure cultures 
in the hope that he might develop the green cells from the hyphae. 
Of course he failed in this. Then he made cultures from spores 
of Xanthoria parietina (L.) Th. Fr., Ramalina calicaris (L.)iFr., 
Lccanora siibfusca (L.) Ach. znd Physcia pidverulenta (Schreb.j 
Nyl., with the algae present and found that the germ tubes of the 
spores lay hold on the algae. He used wild Chlorococcum humi- 
cola and obtained the same results as when he took the algae 
from lichen thalli. He thus proved that the germinating spores 
may readily attack free algae, as would be inferred from the fact 
that lichens so frequently grow in the vicinity of the free algae. 
He got the hyphae to branch freely after attacking the algae, but 
did not get fully developed thalli. Borzi (34) made cultures of 
Physcia pulverulenta (Schreb.) Nyl., Physcia ciliaris (L.) Ach., 
Xanthoria parietina (L.) Th. Fr. and Pertnsaria communis Lam. 
& DC. with algae, and concluded that these lichens are Ascomy- 
cetous fungi and are parasitic on the algae with which they grow. 

As briefly outlined above, Moller (89) found a small white 
thelephore growing with the lichen, Cora. The fungus rarely 
occurs elsewhere than on the same substratum and in the same 
locality with this lichen. The general structure is the same in 
both plants, and their spores behave alike in germination. He 



126 



Mycologia 



pulverized portions of the lichen in water and poured the broth 
over thelephore plants. In three months there appeared on lobes 
of the non-algicolous plants thus treated, and only on these, typical 
algicolous Cora lobes. By microscopic examination, he found 
that the pulverized lichen tissues did not grow ; but rather that the 
thelephore hyphae attacked the algae and became transformed 
into Cora lobes, which appeared only at the margin of the thele- 
phore, where its hyphae came in contact with the algae. In some 
instances the algae were left behind in time, and the Cora lobes 
reverted into thelephore forms. Thus he effected in nature the 
transformation of a non-algicolous into an algicolous fungus 
(lichen), and vice versa. Microscopic study proves that the 
spores of Dictyonema, Laudatea and Cora are alike, and behave 
exactly alike in artificial cultures. The thelephore which passes 
into the Cora form when it parasitizes Chroococcus grows into 
Dictyonema or Laudatea, according to conditions of habitat, when 
it parasitizes Scytoncma, Dictyonema being confined to small 
branches not more than finger-thick, and Laudatea occurring on 
larger branches, on dead wood, on leaves, on mosses, or on liver- 
worts. Transitional forms between Dictyonema and Laudatea 
occur commonly. Cora forms grow from Dictyonema lobes, and 
the thelephore is found growing from Cora lobes and from Diety- 
onerna lobes. Laudatea grows on Dictyonema lobes, or on Cora 
lobes, in response to change in algal host. Fungus individuals 
growing on the spherical cells of Chroococcus Avould be modified 
less and in a different manner from those growing on Scytonema 
filaments,' and so Cora is more like the thelephore than are 
Laudatea and Dictyonema, which are more modified on account 
of the nature of the algal host. We may still regard the genera 
Cora, Dictyonema and Laudatea distinct from each other and 
from their thelephoric progenitor, though any one of these may 
be produced from any other one in a short time by absence or by 
modification of the relation with an algal host. Yet this taxo- 
nomic distinction can not be insisted on very strongly. Moller’s 
research shows plainly that it would be absurd to regard such 
lichens anything but fungi. Nor do other lichens behave so 
differently toward their algal hosts as many botanists have 
supposed. 



Fink: Classification of Lichens 



127 



Bonnier (31) seems to have been first to produce mature, 
fruited lichens in cultures. He raised Xanthoria parietina (L.) 
Th. Fr. with an alga which he called Protococcus and succeeded 
in getting a thallus that bore an apothecium. With the same alga, 
he obtained fully developed thalli of Physcia stellaris (L.) Nyl. 
and Parmelia acetabulum (Neck.) Dub., but he got no apothecia 
in these. He sowed Rinodina sophodes (Ach.) Koerb. with 
Pleurococcus and got well-developed thalli with apothecia. 
Lecanora ferruginea (Huds.) Nyl., Lecanora subfusca (L.) Ach., 
Lecanora coilocarpa (Ach.) Nyl. and Lecanora caesiorufa (Ach.) 
Nyl. grew to maturity with the same alga in two to four years, 
but none of these produced fruits. Unless he was mistaken in 
his alga, the algal host was not only wild but also unusiial ; but he 
might easily have mistaken Chlorococcum for Pleurococcus. 
Spores of Opegrapha vulga'ta Ach. sown with Trentepohlia pro- 
duced good thalli as did also V err uc aria muralis Ach., in less than 
a year. He got Lecanora atrorufa Ach. spores to germinate on 
Trentepohlia and Lecanora subfusca (L.) Ach. spores on Vau- 
cheria sessilis. The former showed haustoria and a poor devel- 
opment of plectenchyma, but the latter produced the plectenchyma 
only. All of these were cultures with wild algae, and prove that 
these algae are quickly modified, when parasitized, into the forms 
usually found in lichens. 

Tobler (130) cultivated Xanthoria parietina (L.) Th. Fr. with 
and without an alga. He found that when the lichen grew alone, 
the yellow parietin was not developed ; and treatment with acids 
and alkalis did not produce the characteristic coloration. In cul- 
tures of the same age with the alga, he got the yellow parietin 
and the characteristic chemical reactions. Zopf (148) has sum- 
marized these peculiar chemical reactions and the colors produced 
in lichens, and Tobler’s results indicate that all of these chemical 
reactions and colorations are due to the peculiar relation of the 
lichen to the algal host, the former plant not being able to produce 
them alone. So the lichen differs from other fungi in the pro- 
duction of peculiar substances when it grows with the host. 

The greatest advantage of parasitism on the algal host has been 
supposed to be that the lichen received carbon, which the alga 



128 



]\Iycologia 



obtained from the air. But now, through another work of 
Tobler’s (132), reinforced by some other researches, it appears 
reasonable to suppose that the lichen may furnish the alga a por- 
tion of the carbohydrates which the former receives from the 
substratum. Tobler cultivated Xanthoria parietina (L.) Th. Fr. 
and some other lichens without algae in a beerwort-gelatine 
medium and got a rich production of calcium oxalate. He then 
grew the thalli with the algae and was not able to find the oxalate. 
Therefore, he supposes that the algae use the surplus extracted 
from the medium by the lichen, and that the same thing may 
occur in nature, the lichen taking the oxalate from the organic 
substratum. Tobler also started Xanthoria on gelatine and trans- 
ferred it to a licjuid medium which contained none of the carbon 
compounds needed by the alga, except what was contained in the 
air, and the lichen grew somewhat. ‘ The alga increased in the 
same liquid medium and was of normal appearance. In trans- 
ferring the lichen, particles of the gelatine were unavoidably 
carried over. After these were probably consumed by the lichen, 
the alga was introduced into the culture with the lichen and grew 
well, but was colorless. This he thinks indicates that the lichen 
had assimilated the acid, probably oxalic, which the alga needed 
as a source of carbon. He says that gelatine is not a source of 
carbon for the alga, so that his conclusions would not be invali- 
dated even if the lichen had not extracted all of this substance 
from the medium before the alga was introduced. The lichen 
hyphae-soon entwine some of the algal cells in the culture, and 
thus the parasitic relationship is established. Tobler believes 
that the lichen obtains carbon from the alga, while the latter 
replaces it by extracting carbon from the oxalic acid contained in 
the tissues of the lichen. This would mean an exchange of food 
particles between the lichen and its algal host in the cultures. 
While this may be true in his cultures, it could scarcely be so in 
instances where the lichen grows on rocks that contain no organic 
matter. But organic substances accumulate very soon, on or in 
all exposed rocks ; so all rocks on which lichens grow may have 
sufficient organic matter. However, there is no certainty, if 
indeed any probability, that the physiological relation of the lichen 



Fink: Classification of Lichens 



129 



to its algal host is, in nature, like what occurs in cultures. It is 
more probable, after all, that the lichen simply carries from the 
substratum whatever food it gives to the algal host. Yet the 
lichen may assimilate, or at least digest, some of this food before 
it is used by the algal host. Tobler obtained the same results 
with Pertusaria communis Lam. & DC. and Parmelia acetabulum 
(Neck.) Dub. So the conclusion is that the lichen produces the 
oxalate in the cultures, and that the lichen consumes it in each 
instance. ^lultiplying instances of such action in cultures can 
not give us certain knowledge of what happens in nature. 

The only certain thing shown by these experiments is that the 
lichen stores up substances when growing alone in cultures, which 
are not stored when it grows with the alga, since this host plant uses 
these substances as a source of carbon. In Pertusaria and Diplo- 
schistes, Tobler found oxalic acid cystals present in thalli which 
contained algal host cells. He supposes that, in these and other 
lichens that have thin cortices, the algal host secures sufficient 
carbon from the air and does not utilize that secured by the 
lichen from the substratum. In lichens that have thick cortices, 
the alga would have greater difficulty in securing carbon from the 
air and would be more likely to depend in part, or perhaps wholly, 
on materials taken from the substratum by the lichen. 

The Growth of Lichen Hosts and Other Algae in Pure 

Cultures 

Treboux (133) found that species of Chlorella, Pleurococcus, 
Cystococcus and some other algae are able to obtain carbon in a 
very different manner from that known in higher green plants. 
These algae are able to thrive on artificial media containing 
organic acids, and so he reached the conclusion that they behave like 
fungi with respect to carbon assimilation. Artari (7) grew 
Chlorococcum humicola, obtained from the thalli of Xanthoria 
parietina (L.) Th. Fr. and Placodium murorum (Hoffm.) Ach., 
in pure cultures on complicated media containing mineral salts or 
organic compounds, or in some instances, both the mineral salts and 
the organic compounds. He found that the alga grows and multi- 
plies luxuriantly on the media containing organic matter and is dark 
green in color, though grown in absolute darkness or in light with 



130 



Mycologia 



CO2 excluded. On media containing mineral salts but no organic 
matter, the alga grows, but not so well. These results square 
beautifully with those of Tobler on one of the same plants, one 
worker giving special attention to the lichen and the other con- 
fining himself to the algal host. The two researches prove that 
the alga which lives in the thallus of Xanthoria parietina (L.) 
Th. Fr. can obtain its organic matter and its mineral salts from 
the lichen. Radais (no) cultivated Pleurococcus vulgaris in 
total darkness on media containing albuminoids or hydrocarbons 
and found that it can utilize these substances as do saprophytic 
fungi and bacteria, and that it grows as rapidly and produces 
chlorophyll as well as in its ordinary habitat. The chlorophyll 
was analyzed with the spectrum and was found to be normal. 
So far as they go, these results confirm those of Treboux and 
Artari. Beijerinck (19), Bouilhac (51), Etard (51), Klebs (71) 
and others have also obtained results with algae in pure cultures, 
somewhat similar to those of Treboux and Artari. Two of these 
workers studied blue-green algae, which behave in the same 
manner as the green algae. 

Beijerinck (19) cultivated the algal host of Physcia in elm- 
bark gelatine, with malt extract added. This alga, Cystococciis 
according to his results, he thinks, is not common in his region, 
except as the host of lichens, but is replaced in free nature by 
Pleurococcus. The Cystococcus was found to have no vacuole or 
pyrenoid, though other authors seem to find both vacuoles and 
pyrenoids in algae growing in lichens. The alga produced 
zoospores in pure cultures, freed from the lichen. His results are 
valuable, but it is very doubtful whether he found an algal host of 
lichens which is not common in the free state in the same region. 
Baranetsky ( 14) cultivated thin sections of Collema pulposmn 
(Berlin.) Ach. and the portion of the algal colony contained. He 
got young Nostoc colonies, which grew rapidly, while the lichen 
died. He obtained similar results with Peltigera canina (L.) 
Hofifm. Famintzin and Baranetsky (54) isolated algae from the 
lichen parasites, and the algae produced 30 to 60 zoospores after 
the manner of free Chlorococcum humicola. They worked also 
on the hosts of Xanthoria parietina (L.) Th. Fr., Evernia fur- 



Fink: Classification of Cichens 



131 



furacea (L.) Mann and Cladonia sp. with similar results. Finally, 
they found the same algae growing free with lichens in their 
natural habitats and secured zoospores in similar manner from 
these. 

Itzigsohn (69) made cultures for the purpose of ascertaining 
the systematic position of Peltigera. He found that the algae 
could be cultivated independently, and that they are blue-green, 
20 or more cells often cohering in the cultures in chain-like form, 
resembling Anabena, while in other instances the cells are arranged 
in colonies resembling Chroococcus. Woronine (144) isolated 
the algae from Physcia piilverulenta (Schreb.) Nyl. and obtained 
30 to 40 zoospores from each individual in the cultures. 

It will be noted that the last section also gives something con- 
cerning cultivation of the algae separately, the two kinds of cul- 
tures often going on in such a manner that the results are best 
given together. Those who hold to the mutualism hypothesis 
have claimed that the algal hosts of lichens are more difficult to 
cultivate than the same species of algae when free, but there is 
nothing to indicate that this is true. 

The Growth of Lichen Hosts and Other Algae on Media 

WITH Light or Carbon Dioxide Excluded 

• 

Reference was made to this matter in the last section above, in 
an incidental manner. Treboux (133) found organic acids to be 
the source of carbon for a number of algae in cultures in total 
darkness. Some of the 40 algae used are Stigeodonium teniie, 
Scenedesmtis obtusus, Raphidium polymorphum, Stichococcxis 
badllaris, Plexirococcus vtdgaris, Chlorella viridis, Chlorococcum 
humicgla, Haematococcus pluvialis, Englena viridis and the algal 
hosts of Peltigera sp. and Xanthoria parietina (L.) Th. Fr. Of 
the 40 algae, about half were found to assimilate from media con- 
taining organic acids, some growine: better with one acid, others 
with another. He concluded that there is no such sharp distinc- 
tion between fungi and algae with respect to carbon assimilation 
as had been supposed, the former probably being able to extract 
carbon from a larger number of organic compounds than the 
latter. Then the method of assimilation for the lichen and its 
algal host may not be so different after all. Whether terrestrial 



132 



Mycologia 



algae take much carbon from the substratum, except in cultures, 
may well be doubted. It is scarcely likely that they live a purely 
saprophytic life in nature as they may be made to do in artificial 
cultures. It is, on the other hand, much more reasonable to sup- 
pose that algae confined in lichen thalli accomplish part of their 
carbon assimilation saprophytically in the absence of abundant 
light and air. Lindau (8i) noted that Trcntcpohlia seems to 
flourish better in darkness of deep layers of bark than in the 
better lighted portions ; and it is reasonable to suppose that those 
algae which live in the bark of trees are nourished somewhat 
like fungi, whether serving as algal hosts for lichens or not. 

As stated above, Artari (5) found that the algal hosts of 
Xanthoria parietina (L.) Th. Fr. and Placodinm mnroriim 
( Hoffm. ) Ach. grew on peptone and sugar containing media in 
absolute darkness and in light with CO2 excluded, and remained 
dark green for the time that the cultures were run, — about one 
half to two and one half months. These algae grow well on min- 
eral salts under the same conditions, but not so luxuriantly, and 
are usually pale green on these salts. In such cultures, the 
peptone doubtless serves for nitrogen and the sugars for carbon. 
Artari tried several modifications of media with varying results. 
This confirms again the view that the algal hosts of lichens are 
not very dependent upon light or air. Yet it is doubtless true that 
the algae in lichen thalli work at a disadvantage on account of 
scarcity of light and air, and could perform carbon assimilation 
better with both of these present in larger quantity, such forms as 
Trentepohlia being excepted perhaps. Artari (6) carried on 
similar experiments with Stichococcus bacillaris, the algal host 
for certain lichens, with results like those stated above. 

Regarding the general relation of lower algae to carbon assimi- 
lation, Artari’s final conclusion (7) is more extreme than might 
be expected. He thinks that these plants are more dependent 
upon the nature of the substratum for chlorophyll production than 
upon either light or CO,. He found that certain lower algae 
remain colorless on certain media with light and CO, admitted, 
but are deep green on other media with light and CO._, absent. 
This rather independent relation of such plants to light and CO, 



Fink: Classification of Lichens 



133 



adds to the ease with which some terrestrial algae may have 
assumed the hostal relation with lichens. It shows that these 
algae need not have undergone any great change in method of 
nutrition since becoming lichen hosts. Again, according to this, 
certain algae may at any time become hosts of lichens without any 
pronounced nutritional change, the modification being almost 
entirely morphological and physiological, due to the effect of the 
lichen upon form, size and functioning of the algal cells or 
filaments. 

It is plain enough that these results from physiological re- 
searches are in part conflicting, and that more investigation is 
needed. 

Breathing Pores and Other Means of Aeration for Lichens 
AND Their Hosts 

Breathing pores have been postulated for lichens, and their 
existence in crude form in some lichens is no longer to be doubted. 
Yet their general presence is not proved. Funfstiick (64) gives 
a general summary in Engler and Prantl. Rosendahl (loyi 
says that Parmclia aspidota (Ach.) shows numerous wart-like 
elevations. These are at first small and closed above ; but they 
enlarge and open later, so that there is free communication be- 
tween the interior of the thallus and the external air. The open- 
ings are formed by a loosening of the hyphal tissue of the plec- 
tenchymatous cortex, so that they are not definite canals, but 
passages through networks of hyphae. He found no such system 
in any other of fourteen species studied from the same genus and 
concluded that its presence in Parmclia aspidota (Ach.) is corre- 
lated with the unusually thick cortex of this species. Zopf (147) 
has described a new species of Ramalina which has similar struc- 
tures. Aside from such passages which are known in very few 
lichens, there are several possible ways of entrance. Air may 
enter through growing points, where the cortex is only one or 
two layers of loosely interwoven hyphae, and through the lower 
sides of thalli that have no lower cortices or very thin or incom- 
plete ones. In thalli with uneven upper surfaces, the cortex is 
often very thin over the elevations, where air may enter. Other 



134 



IMycologia 



tlialli have cracks, through which air may readily reach the 
medulla. Soralia, cyphellae and empty spermagones furnish 
avenues, through which air may enter. Isidioid branchlets have 
thin cortices at their summits, through which air may gain 
entrance. Hollow cylinders in the center of certain fruticose 
thalli serve as air chambers, and these are sometimes in direct 
communication with the exterior through dying away of the 
basal portions of the branch. 

The most extended studies are those of Zukal (153). This 
worker thought that the hyphae of the medulla of lichens, on 
account of their branching and elasticity, might be well adapted 
for retaining air in the interior of the thallus, and for giving it up 
to the tissues of the lichen and the algal host as needed. The 
cortex of many lichens becomes pure white after the surface has 
been moistened, the coloration being due to the air retained within 
the plectenchyma. When the cortex is brought into water under 
cover glass on a slide, treatment with alcohol is necessary to drive 
out the air, the numerous air bubbles disappearing rather slowly. 
Since the plectenchyma of the cortex admits air with great diffi- 
culty, Zukal supposed that the hyphae of the medulla must pass 
the air admitted to the interior of the thallus upward to the algal 
host cells. The difficulty with this is that it makes aeration de- 
pendent upon such crude makeshifts for getting the air into the 
interior of the thalli as have been enumerated above, and these do 
not seem sufficient for adequate exchange of gases for the algal 
hosts. 

Zukal found that when he placed a crustose lichen in glycerine or 
clove oil and observed with high power hand lens, he saw black, 
glistening air bubbles under the liquid at numerous points where 
the atmosphere seemed to be in easy communication with the 
medulla. This he was able to demonstrate for hypophloeodal and 
for hypolithic crustose lichens as well as for those above the 
substratum. He also found that if thin sections through the 
thallus of a lichen that is parasitic on a gelatinous alga be dried 
and brought into water-free glycerine, a large number of black, 
air-containing lines and dots appear in the transparent mass. 
These black lines and dots pierce through the sheaths of the 
gelatinous Nostoc or Gloeocapsa colonies and often follow the 



Fink: Classification of Lichens 



]35 



lichen hyphae and the trichogynes. His observations with dry 
sections in glycerine were also extended to many foliose and fru- 
ticose lichens with similar results ; and he concluded that the thalli 
of lichens are richly provided with means for aeration. 

It will be noticed that all of the means for aeration enumer- 
ated above are not real canals but loose passages between en- 
tangled hyphae, and that most of them are accidental or occa- 
sional. We have taken pains to confirm Zukal’s observations 
upon the air content of dry sections in glycerine and find the air 
bubbles in lines and spots. The glycerine treatment then proves 
the presence of air in lichen thalh. The occurrence of thin places 
in cortices, the soralia, the cyphellae, the empty spenuagones, the 
hollow cylinders, the crude canals and other makeshifts are a 
matter of common knowledge among students of lichen anatomy. 
But after all this is admitted, we are still not convinced that suf- 
ficiently rapid air movements and the means for sufficient aera- 
tion of the algal hosts in lichens are present. These hosts have 
greater need for aeration than the lichen itself, which needs air 
only for respiration, while the alga could use it also for carbon 
assimilation. Furthermore, the air enters through openings in 
the tissues of the lichen, which is reached directly, while many 
of the algal host cells are reached only by a slow circuitous route 
downward or upward through the cortex, thence through or 
along the hyphae of the medulla. We are of the opinion that 
nothing but definite air canals, leading directly from the ex- 
terior to all the algal groups within the lichen, could accomplish 
aeration for these algal cells in an efficient manner. 

Schneider’s results (m), obtained during the time that Zukal 
was working, add little to those of the latter worker. Schneider 
observed algae extending almost tp the upper surface, in circum- 
scribed areas, in lichen thalli which had thick cortices elsewhere 
than in these areas. He also saw, in certain lichen thalli, intra- 
cellular spaces passing from some of the algal clusters through the 
cortex and the epidermis to the exterior, taking a circuitous in- 
stead of a direct route, and often following almost a horizontal 
course in the epidermal layer. He found these crude canals 
closed when the thalli were dry. His statements read quite as 
convincingly as those of Zukal, but we can not accept the results 



136 



Mycologia 



as accounting for sufficient aeration of the algal host within the 
lichen thallus. 

Jumelle (70) worked from the physiological point of view in- 
stead of the anatomical. His results show that there is an ex- 
change of gases to and from the exterior for lichen thalli and for 
the algal hosts, both in light and darkness and at low and high 
temperatures. But he failed to differentiate between the work- 
of the lichen and its host, and his results seem more uncertain 
than those of Zukal and Schneider, who worked from the anatom- 
ical point of view. Jumelle thought that, instead of the thallus 
taking part in the process as a whole, there must be special con- 
trivances for aeration. But he did not attempt to prove this, and 
the results of others seem insufficient. 

According to more recent ideas of parasitism of the lichen upon 
the alga and the ability of the latter to receive nourishment from 
organic compounds brought up from the substratum by the 
former, the alga can get along without special provision for its 
aeration, but would doubtless thrive better were aeration abun- 
dant. In fact, it does not appear that lichen evolution has made 
any special provision for aeration of the algal host as would be 
required by the mutualism hypothesis. It seems rather that the 
lichen has developed in a manner best adapted to its own ad- 
vantage, and that the alga suffers more or less from lack of suffi- 
cient aeration, unless it chances to be a species that can secure 
carbon from the substratum through the lichen quite as well as 
from the air. 

The Relation of the Lichen to Its Algal Host 

Some algal hosts, as Nostoc, Sirosiphon, Trentepohlia, Scyto- 
nema and Phyllactidiiuii, are in contact with the substratum, from 
which they take food directly; but the conditions of parasitism 
of most lichens upon the algae are such that the algal hosts become 
completely surrounded by the parasitic lichen and raised from the 
substratum. It is this peculiar condition of parasitism, in which 
the unicellular or the filamentous host is surrounded by the para- 
site, instead of the parasite being surrounded by the host, or cov- 
ering only a portion of its surface, as we find in the more usual 
conditions of parasitism, that has led to the erroneous views re- 



Fink: Classification of Lichens 



J37 



garcling the relation of the lichen parasite to its algal host. Thus 
it comes about that many botanists have thought the relation to be 
mutualistic, some even going so far as to suppose that the host and 
the parasite together constitute an individual, working in harmony 
much like the parts of an ordinary automaton. But the facts do 
not favor this supposition. The host is placed in a disadvanta- 
geous position regarding food supply, and then more or less of its 
food is probably carried to it from the substratum with which it 
would be in direct contact, were it not for being parasitized by the 
lichen, which imprisons it and removes it from the substratum. 
We see nothing in this, on the whole, but disadvantage to the algal 
host, which could secure its food more easily, were it not parasi- 
tized. 

Arnoldia and Physina are the only lichen genera parasitic on 
Nostoc, which send haustoria into the cells of this algal host, or 
even come into close enough relation with these cells to effect any 
change in their form or that of the filaments which they compose. 
Otherwise, the cells or the filaments of the algal hosts of lichens 
are more or less modified by the parasitism. Yet one may find, 
commonly enough, algal cells or filaments not yet parasitized, 
which show the normal form for the species. In the case of 
Nostoc, where the cells are not usually affected, the whole colony 
is nevertheless modified in form by the parasitic lichen, as is 
illustrated by species of the Collemaceae. 

Bonnier (31) germinated spores of Physcia apiolia (Ach.) Nyl. 
on the protonemata of mosses and found that the hyphae invest 
the protonemata, form a plectenchyma and haustoria and sap 
the protonemata of nourishment. Those on which the lichens 
grow are smaller than those not parasitized, and are often killed 
outright, though the haustoria do not penetrate into the cells of 
the protonemata. He found also that the same often occurs in 
Cladonia pyxidata (L.) Hoffm., when the spores germinate on 
protonemata and grow as above explained. Sometimes algae 
fall upon the lichen growing on the protonemata, when the algae 
become parasitized, and the lichen finally reaches its full develop- 
ment. This indicates that the relation of the lichen to the alga 
is parasitism, as is its relation to the moss protonemata ; but the 
algae are not so easily killed, and the lichen develops fully when 
it grows with them. 



138 



^Iycologia 



Nylander once thought that the algae were always free from 
the lichen hyphae, but later he abandoned this erroneous view. 
Schwendener (119) made the lichen a parasite and the alga a 
slave and preceded Warming in applying the term “ helotism.” 
He decided that the algae are seized, held firmly by the lichens 
and become so modified as to be identified with great difficulty if 
at all. Even such a filamentous alga as Sirosiphon parasitized by 
Polychidium muscicoliim (Sw.) Gray, and Rivularia parasitized 
by species of Lichina, he proved to have the filaments broken up 
into groups of algae scarcely recognizable as belonging to these 
genera. He found Scytonema so modified, when parasitized by 
lichens, that he could not decide certainly whether it belonged to 
the Scytonemaceae or the Rivulariaceae. Much less did he claim 
any knowledge of the genus or the species. One can distinguish 
between Rivularia and Scytonema parasitized by lichens if the 
apices are normal, but this is very rarely, if ever, the case. 
Schwendener, in some instances, reached a conclusion regarding 
the species of the algal host by finding the free algae growing 
in proximity with the parasitized forms, or was able to dis- 
tinguish the algae in very young lichens growing in groups of 
older lichens, which in turn were growing among the free algae. 
He records finding the algal host of Pannaria brunnea (Schw.) 
Mass., occurring in unrecognizable conditions in convoluted 
masses. These unroll, when boiled a moment in water or heated 
in dilute acid, into filaments of 100 or more cells, which belong to 
Polycoccus punctiformis or some closely related Nostoc. 

The constancy of the dependence of the lichen upon the algal 
host has been much magnified by those who hold to the theories 
of mutualism or individualism. Frank was first (57) to note the 
long duration of growth of certain lichens independently of the 
host. His first statement was regarding the common Arthonia 
radiata (Pers.) Ach., which he found growing on bark a year or 
more without the alga, often remaining outside the parasitic rela- 
tion until the apothecia were fully developed and the spores were 
forming in the asci. Then the algal filaments appear within the 
thalli, at first in small numbers, but soon become abundant. Again, 
Frank (58) records finding Arthonia radiata (Pers.) Ach. in its 
natural habitat, grown to large size without attacking Trente- 



Fink : Classification of Lichens 



139 



pohlia, the alga being parasitized later. The algal host enters the 
thalli from without. Then the thallus grows more luxuriantly 
and sometimes becomes partly epiphloeodal, though entirely hy- 
pophloeodal before parasitizing the alga. The lichen hyphae 
attack the Trente pohlia alga filaments, render them unrecognizable 
by breaking them up into shorter filaments or into single cells, 
and then according to Frank, bore into the cell contents of the 
individual cells. Whenever colonization fails, no apothecia are 
formed, the lichen (?) dying without fructifying. Frank found 
assentially the same condition in our common Graphis scripta (L.) 
Ach., which sometimes grows for a time outside the parasitic re- 
lation. He also found that Arthonia disperse (Lam. & DC.) Dub. 
A. punctiformis Ach., Arthopyrenia cerasi Koerb. and A. rhy- 
ponta Mass, never enter into the parasitic relation with algae, the 
technique used showing no algae growing with any of these so- 
called lichens at any time. Frank studied only a few of the many 
similar lichens, and such tardy entrance of many of these plants 
upon the parasitic relation or entire failure to enter into this 
relation can scarcely be so rare as is claimed by those who ad- 
here to the mutualism theory or some modification of it. These 
lichens and lichenoid plants are by no means rare and must be 
dealt with in any consideration of the relation of the lichen to its 
algal host. Frank found that the cells of the Trent epohlia fila- 
ments, when parasitized, show much thinner walls than when not 
parasitized, while the chlorophyll is absent or poorly developed. 
The oil globules are absent or of a golden or orange red color, 
while they are an intense rust red color in the free algae. He 
decided that the algal filaments bore through intact periderm as 
well as enter through cracks, and that these entering filaments 
arise from zoospores which come to rest and germinate on the 
surface. He thought that the alga bored into the periderm only 
over lichen thalli; but this can hardly be true since Trentepohlia 
filaments commonly occur in the periderm where no lichens are 
growing. He observed that the alga resumes its usual form 
soon after the death of the lichen parasite. 

Lindau (8i) found that the points of contact between the 
hyphae of hypophloeodal lichens and the Trentepohlia filaments 
are comparatively few, and that no haustoria are formed. So 



140 



IMycologia 



he thinks that the relation of these lichens to their algal hosts is a 
very loose one. In the fruticose Roccellas, the Trcntepohlia cells 
are rent asunder and attacked by haustoria as are the usual pal- 
melloid host cells in most higher lichens, but not so among the 
lower lichen parasites. It will be noted that Lindau does not 
agree with Frank regarding attachment of the hypophloeodal 
lichens to the algal host cells. 

Frank found Lecanora pallida Schreb. to be of hypophloeodal 
origin, and to become epiphloeodal later. The unicellular algal 
host cells are always present over the central, thicker portions of 
the thalli. There is a marginal zone of hyphae, from which algal 
cells are absent. The algae occur singly and much scattered just 
inside of this zone, though tetrads may be recognized occasionally 
where the lichen hyphae have not pushed between the cells. 
These algal cells are, in part, pushed forward by the growing 
lichen hyphae and form new tetrads ; the process is continued, and 
the host cells thus follow the growth of the lichen thallus laterally. 
Some of the algae are colorless, but are alive and divide actively. 
These colorless cells occur among normal green ones, but are 
absent from some thalli. Continued growth of the lichen and 
its algal host causes a breaking down of the periderm above, and 
lichen and host become epiphloeodal, except the marginal zone of 
the lichen, which remains hypophloeodal. After becoming epiph- 
loeodal, the thallus acquires a pseudocortex of entangled hyphae, 
and the algal cells come to lie in groups below this cortex. Frank 
always found one or more cracks in the periderm of the area 
occupied by the young thalli. Through these he supposed that 
both the lichen and the algal host enter. He always found the 
algal cells in the cracks in the periderm. These are present and 
are attacked by the hyphae as they enter the cracks. 

We may now pass to a consideration of some ideas regarding 
the physiological relations of the lichen to its algal host. De 
Bary (i6) thought the lichen should be regarded the host and the 
alga a guest, treated with such great consideration that the relation 
should be regarded mutually beneficial. Reinke (65. 104 and 105) 
holds practically the same view and uses to express it the term 
“consortium,” proposed by Grisebach (65). Schneider (109') also 
uses the term “ mutualism ” to express the relation of the lichen to 



Fink: Classification of Lichens 



141 



its algal host. Warming (140) uses Schwendener’s term, “ helo- 
tism,” to express this relation. He believes that the alga grows 
and reproduces rapidly in the lichen through hypertrophy, a 
pathologic condition, and that it is hindered from zoospore forma- 
tion. Lindau (81) thinks that the lichen is parasitic on the alga, 
and that the many dead algal host cells result from lack of air 
and from the absorption of food by the lichen hyphae. Schnei- 
der’s most extended statement ( 1 1 1 ) is to the effect that “ in indi- 
vidualism is reached the acme of mutualistic association.” He 
then proceeds to tell us that individualism requires that one of the 
symbionts shall be absolutely dependent upon the other, a con- 
dition which he thinks is found in lichens. He admits that the 
algal host may live without the lichen parasite, but thinks that 
since the lichen can not get on alone, it and the algal host together 
form a new physiological and morphological individual. He 
thinks that at some future time neither symbiont will be able to 
live alone, and that individualism will then have reached its acme. 
What fungus can get on well without its host? And what evi- 
dence have we, while the alga continues to thrive better alone than 
when parasitized, and while lichens are commonly found growing 
near the algae which they parasitize from time to time, that the 
algal host will one day be unable to live without the fungal 
parasite ? 

It is time to be done with these unproved and hopeless hypoth- 
eses of mutualism, consortism and individualism and turn to 
something more promising. In spite of all these hypotheses, the 
lichen is still parasitic, or more likely partly parasitic and partly 
saprophytic, on the alga. Those algal cells which are not invested 
or penetrated by lichen hyphae are usually of normal size and 
form and are darker green than those in the same thalli that are 
invested or penetrated by the hyphae. The lichen haustoria surely 
take from the algae foods which these algae have elaborated for 
their own nourishment. This must injure the algal host cells 
seriously and often kill them, for many of the algal cells in lichens 
are dead and devoid of protoplasm. The bright green cells which 
one finds in lichen thalli are those algal cells which have recently 
resulted from division. They are not yet parasitized, or have 
been parasitized but a short time. The results are the same 



142 



Mycologia 



whether the hyphae enter the algal cells or not; but the injury to 
the host cells probably goes on more slowly in the latter case. 

Peirce (98, 99) has decided in favor of parasitism of the lichen 
upon the alga, but inconsistently holds that the lichen and its host 
somehow form a dual organism in spite of this antagonistic rela- 
tion. He found that while the algal host cells often multiply 
rapidly in lichen thalli, they increase yet more rapidly outside the 
lichens. During wet weather the alga grows more rapidly than 
the lichen ; but during dry weather the lichen grows more rapidly 
than the alga. In this manner the algal host cells are preserved 
from complete extermination by the lichen parasite, though some 
host cells are constantly being killed. In parasitism on multicel- 
lular organisms, portions of the hosts are likewise often killed 
while new portions are being produced by growth. The cells of 
the unicellular or filamentous lichen hosts separate as they are 
formed, or constitute short filaments. The isolated cells or the 
filaments are not so able to overcome the harmful effects of 
parasitism as are the aggregates of cells in multicellular hosts, in 
which food supply may pass from cell to cell so that the cells on 
which the parasite feeds may be nourished from surrounding cells. 
But the algal hosts of lichens are by no means the only ones that 
are killed by parasites ; nor are they the only ones in which the 
fungus kills only a portion of the host cells. Water, mineral salts, 
and probably some organic matter are carried to the imprisoned 
host. The parasite is not supposed to elaborate this material, 
more probably acting only as a carrier of food. Another pecul- 
iarity of the parasitism of lichens upon algae is that the algal 
hosts are usually surrounded completely by the parasite. i\Iore- 
over, the lichen is usually parasitic on a large number of individ- 
uals instead of a single one. 

Peirce says in his text-book of plant physiology (100) that 
“ because of the small size of the alga, the always larger fungus 
can not become entirely enclosed in it ; on the contrary, the fungus 
surrounds the alga with a more or less firm mycelium, containing 
the alga between the parts of its body. The association of the 
fungus and alga, always intimate enough for the fungus to supply 
itself osmotically with non-nitrogenous foods elaborated by the 
alga, is in many cases so exhausting to the alga that many of its 



Fink: Classification of Lichens 



143 



cells become entirely emptied. In spite of this evidence of com- 
plete parasitism of the fungus, some botanists claim that the alga 
is benefited also.” We believe that this statement portrays fairly 
well the relation of the lichen to its algal host. 

Elenkin has accomplished some very illuminating work regard- 
ing the parasitism or the saprophytism of lichens. He found 
(48) hyphae of Lecidea atrobriinnea (DC.) Schaer. piercing into 
the algal cells in most instances after the cells were disorganized 
and empty, but rarely into uninjured cells. He observed a similar 
relation between Haematomma ventosum (L.) Stein, and its algal 
host and felt uncertain about the role of the distorted hyphae 
found within the algal cells. He thought that the hyphae brought 
about probably through an enzyme, the destruction of the cell con- 
tents and finally of the walls of the algae for nourishment. 
Whether the lichen hyphae penetrate into the algal cells or work 
from the outside of the cell wall, he regards .this method of 
nourishment endosaprophytism, since he thinks the role of the 
hyphae is to absorb dead rather than living matter. His second 
paper (49) enlarges on the first by treatment of a new series of 
lichens, but seems to add nothing otherwise. In a third paper 
(50) he states that his hypothesis is supported by the great abun- 
dance of dead algal cells in lichen thalli. He found that in thin 
sections stained carefully, the dead algae often exceed the liv- 
ing in numbers. He admit^that death may be due to parasitism 
of the lichen on the alga, or to lack of air and light. In favor 
of the enzyme and endosaprophytism hypothesis he thinks is the 
presence of dead algae in greatest proportion in the haustorial 
zone, in which most of the algae occur. Here the lichen hyphae 
form a compact layer about the algae, so that the enzyme could 
easily deform and destroy the cells, which would then assume 
irregular shapes, while their protoplasts would become pale and 
disappear. Similar destruction of algae continues in the cortex, 
until the last vestige of algal protoplasts and walls are consumed, 
he thinks the latter at least saprophytically. Some algal cells re- 
main rounded until after their protoplasts have disappeared. 
These are probably the ones that produce daughter cells vegeta- 
tively. Empty, dead algal cells surpass the living ones only in 
the haustorial zone of the thallus, while if reproduction ac- 



144 



AIycologia 



counted wholly for dead cells, the living must here exceed the dead 
cells in number. So it is reasonable to suppose that the large pro- 
portion of dead cells in this region must be due mainly to paras- 
itism or saprophytism. Elenkin thinks more probably the latter, 
the enzyme killing the algal cells, which are afterward absorbed. 
The dead cells are not wholly absorbed in the haustorial zone; 
but they are largely pushed into the cortex by growth, and there 
their consumption is completed by the lichen hyphae. 

This absorption of dead walls, which Elenkin has observed in 
many lichens, it seems, must be carried on saprophytically, though 
the contents of the cells are probably consumed parasitically. 
Of course Elenkin’s hypothesis, if true, makes mutualism a little 
more untenable, if possible, than does pure parasitism of the 
lichen upon the alga. He studied a wide range of lichen types and 
various kinds of algal hosts, and concluded that the hyphae, aided 
by the postulated enzyme, eat into the walls of the algal cells, not 
so much to obtain the protoplast .within as to obtain food from 
the wall saprophytically. This makes the lichen, at least mainly, 
a saprophyte, on both the external, organic substratum and the en- 
closed algal host. Elenkin’s hypothesis of endosaprophytism is 
far from proved, but the lichen is probably partly parasitic and 
partly saprophytic upon the algal host. Whether the hypothesis is 
valid or not, its author has placed before us a series of facts re- 
garding the relation of the lichen to its algal host which must 
provoke much careful investigation and has added materially to 
a solution of the problems involved. 

Danilov (46) found that a hypha enters the algal protoplast, 
and branches into a delicate network of slender hyphae, which 
penetrate through the protoplast in various directions. The walls 
of the hyphae of this network are very thin and can be seen only 
with great difficulty. One also finds in the algal cells hyphae like 
those of other portions of the lichen. These occur alone, or with 
the slender hyphae, one or both kinds filling the entire space within 
the cell. Danilov thinks that the slender hyphae pass into the 
ordinary kind, after absorbing the contents of the cell, grow out of 
the protoplast and attack other algal cells in similar fashion. 
Through the effects of the slender branched hyphae, the algal cells 
are deformed and finallv killed. He often found the protoplast 



Fink; Classification of Lichens 



145 



shriveled and irregular in form, gradually disappearing and re- 
placed by the larger hyphae. During this process, the algal cells 
become pale, and many empty cell walls also remain. In an early 
stage of parasitism of a hypha on an algal cell, when the hypha 
has just become appressed and enlarged, the algal cell is irritated 
and divides rapidly, forming new cells, which are free for a 
time. These are later attacked by the lichen hyphae. Danilov 
makes nothing of Elenkin’s theory of endosaprophytism, but 
thinks rather that the lichen is purely parasitic on the alga. Of 
course the relation is wholly antagonistic in either case. 

Treboux (134) in a more recent research thinks it hardly sup- 
posable that the lichen receives any considerable portion of its 
organic material from the algal host, or that the alga depends upon 
the lichen to any appreciable extent, even for carrying water, 
mineral salts or organic food from the substratum. He thinks it 
much more probable that the alga obtains both moisture and 
nourishment mainly from the air. He mentions Beijerinck’s 
work on algae supposed to obtain carbon from peptone compounds 
and states that Cystococciis hiimicola belongs here and is the 
host of many lichens. He thinks there are really no peptone algae 
but rather that most algae can get their carbon from peptone 
compounds under certain conditions, and from the air under other 
conditions. So an alga may have one source of carbon when 
serving as the host for a lichen and a very different one when free, 
and the lichen may lay hold of free Cystococcus hiimicola, which 
will at once change its method of nutrition. If this be true, it is 
no longer necessary that we should think the method of nutrition 
changed through long living with a lichen. After comparing the 
Cystococcus forming lichen hosts with other algae, he concludes 
that it is an independent species, distinct from both Chlorococcum 
and Pleurococcus. Neither the free Cystococcus nor specimens 
recently isolated from lichen thalli is much given to zoospore for- 
mation. The free-living Cystococcus hiimicola shows the same 
characters as the lichen host, except for modifications caused by 
parasitism, and quickly assumes the usual form and method of 
nutrition when freed. Both the free algae and those recently lib- 
erated from lichen thalli readily pass into the hostal relation with 
lichens in cultures. The alga grows and reproduces much more 



146 



]\Iycologia 



rapidly in free nature than in lichen thalli, where it shows a sickly, 
unnatural appearance, seen in the paler color, the less refractive 
condition of cell contents, and the common absence of the pyren- 
oids, all of which indicate parasitism of the lichen upon the im- 
prisoned alga. The injurious effects of the lichen upon the algal 
host are greatly lessened, he finds, when the lichen and its host 
are grown together on a favorable nutrient medium, where the 
lichen can secure niore of its nourishment from the substratum, 
and so depend less upon the host. Treboux’s conclusions, though 
based upon rather limited investigation, seem reasonable, are in 
accord with other recent results and demand a modification of 
some views commonly held concerning the relation of the lichen 
to its algal host. For instance, the lichen may at any time readily 
lay hold of free algae, an entirely reasonable supposition, which 
deals a death blow to certain untenable suppositions regarding the 
nature of lichens. According to his view also the food relation 
of the lichen to its algal host is not a very close one ; but his re- 
sults at this point are not based on careful investigation, and we 
are still disposed to believe that higher lichens depend largely upon 
their hosts for food. Whether Cystococcus humic ola is distinct 
from Chlorococcum is a problem very difficult of solution, and 
judgment may well be reserved, especially as this question scarcely 
affects any important matters concerning the relation of the lichen 
to its algal host. 

C. E. Bessey (22) says in “The Essentials of Botany,” “The 
plant body of a lichen is composed of jointed, branching, colorless 
filaments similar to those in the other families of this order, but 
more or less compacted together into a thallus or branching stem. 
They obtain their nourishment' from little green protophytes or 
phycophytes to which the filaments attach themselves parasitically. 
These little hosts, which live in the midst of the moist tissues of 
the lichens, were until recently supposed to be parts of the lichen 
itself. . . . There is thus an association between these plants which 
is mutually beneficial (symbiosis). The lichen lives parasitically 
upon the green plants, to which it in turn furnishes shelter and 
moisture.” Clements in his text (36) defines thus: “The type 
of parasitism in which the presence of the parasite benefits the 
host plants in some measure is commonly distinguished as sym- 



Fink: Classification of Lichens 



147 



biosis or mutualism.” The views of Bessey and Clements seem 
identical, though couched in somewhat different terms. Clements’ 
definitions of parasitism and symbiosis, like Bessey’s statement, 
are unusual, but both admit of the use of the term, parasitism, in 
designating the relation of the lichen to its algal host, even by 
those who believe in mutualism of the extreme form known as 
individualism. But parasitism and mutualism, as usually defined, 
can not be said to exist at the same time between two plants in 
symbiotic relation. The symbiotic relation must be antagonistic, 
as in parasitism, or mutualistic, as in mutualism. We admit that 
the algal host may be benefited in some ways by the association 
with the lichen; but since the injury received is, as a whole, 
greater than the possible benefit, the relation is parasitism, or 
antagonistic symbiosis. 

The Relation of the Lichen to the Substr.\tum 

Some lichens grow on certain kinds of rocks and others on 
other rocks; some on barks of certain trees and others on barks 
of other trees ; some on decorticate wood still intact and others on 
rotten wood; and some on one kind of soil and others on other 
kinds. Hence, it is reasonable to suppose that lichens secure 
some nourishment from their substrata rather than to think that 
their distribution upon various substrata is governed entirely by 
physical structure of these substrata. Moreover, we can not 
understand the relation of the lichen to its algal host without con- 
sidering the relation to the substratum ; hence, a summary of 
knowledge upon this subject must be given in this paper. 

Schwendener (117) in his epoch-making studies of the thalli of 
lichens paid little attention to the lichen rhizoids, but reached the 
general conclusion that they do not, in higher lichens, penetrate 
into the periderm to any considerable extent. Lotsy (84) studied 
the rhizoids of a number of foliose lichens and found them spread 
out on the substratum ; he thought none of them penetrated below 
the surface. Frank (58) and Bonnier (31) decided that lichen 
hyphae and Trentepohlia filaments are able to penetrate into peri- 
• derm cells and extract food from the walls and the cell contents. 
Lindau (81) found that these earlier workers were mistaken, and 
that the algae, and the lichen hyphae of hypophloeodal lichens, 



148 



Mycologia 



only pass between the periderm cells, which they often force 
apart, but never enter. As the periderm layers are forced apart 
by the lichen hyphae and the accompanying algal filaments, they 
come to lie in irregular, isolated masses, with large areas of lichen 
and algal host tissues lying between. Both lichen and alga enter 
the bark through microscopic cracks and spread laterally in the 
periderm, the lichen preceding and the alga following and helping 
to fill the spaces produced by pushing the periderm layers apart. 
All ascomycetes found in periderm work in the same manner, and 
one can scarcely study sections of any bark of considerable age, 
without finding hyphae pushing between periderm layers, some- 
times reaching as deep as the fortieth layer. 

Cooke (39) found that cinchona bark, when it supports lux- 
uriant growths of lichens, abounds in the medicinal alkaloids 
characteristic of this tree, while these substances are largely de- 
stroyed by other fungi, which may thrive in or on the bark. 
This would indicate that lichens secure little nourishment from 
the substratum. Even if Cook’s findings are reliable for epiphloe- 
odal lichens, they can scarcely be true for hypophloeodal lichens, 
which are loosely combined with their algal hosts, some of them 
living for years in the periderm before attacking an algal host. 

It is certain that hypophloeodal lichens which live in the peri- 
derm for a year or more outside the relation with an algal host 
must take nourishment from the periderm, though they do not 
dissolve sufficient material from the periderm walls to be detected 
by microscopic examination. So we must believe that these 
plants secure nourishment from the periderm without entering 
the cells or producing appreciable diminution in walls or other 
effects that can be detected without chemical analysis. 

The rhizoids of our common Bnellia parasema (Ach.) Koerb. 
and our Rinodina sophodes (Ach.) Koerb., both epiphloeodal 
crustose lichens, penetrate through openings to a depth of five 
or six layers of periderm and spread out between these layers. 
Lindau (8r) found that such foliose lichens as Parmelia physodes 
(L.) Ach. and Pbyscia stcllaris (L.) Nyl. surround and pene- 
trate into all elevations of the periderm and also fill the depres- 
sions closely. They are often confined wholly to these surface 
elevations and depressions, but sometimes penetrate between the 



Fink : Classification of Lichens 



149 



outer, loose layers of periderm. They never bore between firm 
layers of periderm as do the crustose epiphloeodal and the hypo- 
phloeodal lichens. 

Evernia prunastri (L.) Ach. is attached to the substratum by a 
broad, basal holdfast, which becomes larger as the lichen grows. 
Lindau (8i) found the plant often attached to lenticels, through 
whose loose tissues the rhizoids penetrate and also extend a short 
distance into the surrounding periderm. When this plant grows 
on older branches, the holdfast penetrates into the periderm and 
spreads about between the layers, which are finally separated so 
that masses of hyphae come to lie between them. The rhizoids 
may penetrate at least to the tenth layer of periderm. The sepa- 
rated layers become thinner as they are pushed outward by the 
penetrating hyphae, until they are finally only about half their 
original thickness. The thinning does not indicate that the 
hyphae have dissolved material in the walls of periderm cells, for 
if this were true, the hyphae would be able to penetrate through 
the cell walls. As the periderm layers are carried upward, they 
come in contact with the atmosphere, which doubtless dissolves 
the walls. However, it is reasonable to suppose that the air pro- 
duces some change in the composition of the periderm fragments 
such that the lichen hyphae may be able to dissolve and appro- 
priate the transformed product, thus securing food and aiding in 
the thinning process. Lindau observed the same thinning of 
periderm fragments in which some crustose lichens were growing. 

Hypophloeodal lichens, especially those that live a long time 
outside the relationship with an algal host, must secure a large 
amount of nourishment from the periderm, with which their 
whole thalli come in contact. The epiphloeodal crustose species 
are in closer contact with their algal hosts and less closely 
attached to the bark. Hence, they must secure more nourish- 
ment from the alga and less from the substratum. The foliose 
lichens enclose numerous algal host cells and are much less 
closely attached to the substratum than any crustose forms, being 
above it, while their rhizoids penetrate but a short distance into 
it, so these must depend still more upon the algal host and less 
upon the substratum. Fruticose forms are still less closely 



150 



Mycologia 



attached to the substratum, being fastened usually at one point 
only, and are, of all lichens, least dependent upon the substratum 
and most dependent upon the algal host for their nourishment. 
In general, as the proportion of bulk of the lichen above the sub- 
stratum increases, the penetration into the periderm decreases, 
and the lichen becomes more and more dependent upon its algal 
host. In other words, the lower the lichen, the more dependent 
upon the substratum and the less dependent upon an algal host; 
and the higher the lichen in the scale of development, the less the 
dependence upon the substratum and the greater that upon the 
algal host. Since the proportion of contact with the substratum 
decreases as we ascend the scale of lichen development, the higher 
lichens can hardly carry large amounts of nourishment to the algae 
within them. The evolution of lichens has involved a gradual 
change in food supply, and these plants have become more and 
more dependent upon algal hosts. 

The substratic relation of lichens growing on decorticate wood 
are much like those of epiphloeodal forms on bark, whether the 
lichen be crustose, foliose, or fruticose. Lindau (8i) investigated 
Biatorina synthea (Ach.) Mass, on decorticate pine wood. The 
thallus and the algal host lie among the tracheids, which become 
corroded and sloughed off, while the algal cells lie in the cavities 
thus formed. The lichen hyphae penetrate between the tracheids 
and push them apart. Then the alga enters, and one finds in 
section a mass of tracheid fragments, lichen hyphae and algal 
cells, all of which are sloughed off above as the lichen and the alga 
penetrate deeper into the wood. The lichen hyphae pass into the 
tracheids and medullary ray cells, through broken down bordered 
pits and thus bore deeper and deeper into the wood. 

Psora ostreata Hoffm. sends its rhizoids through holes into the 
rotten pine wood on which it grows, and the hyphae enter the 
tracheids through broken down bordered pits. They pass from 
tracheid to tracheid, and penetrate into medullary-ray cells 
through similar pits, thence deeper into the wood. Both tracheids 
and ray cells are often filled with rhizoids. Cladonias on top of 
stumps of coniferous trees easily send their rhizoids to unusual 
depths, entering the cut ends of tracheids, thence passing from 



Fink: Classification of Lichens 



151 



one tracheid to another through the broken-down bordered pits 
and thus deeper and deeper into the wood. 

The substratic relation of lichens that grow on the epidermis of 
twigs or leaves are peculiar and indicate a very limited depend- 
ence, if any, upon the substratum. This points to a pronounced 
dependence of the lichen upon the algal host. Lindau (8i) 
examined Biatorina bouteillii (Desm.) Lind, on the upper sur- 
face of fir leaves, where the plant forms a continuous layer. The 
lichen can be removed easily, since the thallus does not penetrate 
into the leaves. This agrees well with Ward’s (138) results with 
Strigula, which he found growing superficially on tropical leaves, 
not even attached by haustoria. It may well be doubted whether 
these lichens receive any nourishment from the leaves on which 
they grow. It is more probable that they depend wholly upon 
their algal hosts for food supply. Lindau (81) also studied the 
foliose Xanthoria parietina (L.) Th. Fr. on leaves of Abies 
pectinata. The lichen is closely attached to the leaves by its 
rhizoids and covers the whole surface. The rhizoids even fill 
the vestibules of the stomata, but do not enter the tissues of the 
leaves, which are killed, probably by suffocation. On the bark 
of the same tree, the rhizoids of this lichen pass through a few 
layers of the loose periderm. If this lichen can live on leaves 
without securing food from them, it and other foliose and fruti- 
cose lichens should be able to live in the same way on barks. 

Fitting (56) decided that certain lichens penetrate into the 
tissues of leaves and injure or even kill them. He thought that 
many more might dissolve the cuticle, while a few spread over 
the surface of the leaf without affecting it in any way. There is 
no real conflict in this, with the views of Ward and Lindau ; for 
Fitting regarded the alga part of the lichen, and it is the algal 
host that bores into the leaf before it is attacked by the lichen. 
The latter is thus brought into a position where it may extract 
food without itself boring into the leaf, which is often killed 
where attacked by the algal host, even before the latter is para- 
sitized by the lichen. It is also the alga that dissolves the cuticle, 
or works its way under this structure and spreads out between 
it and the epidermis. The TrentcpohUa-\\\<.t alga is often seen 



152 



Mycologia 



living alone under the cuticle. Fitting found that the algal host 
could bore into some leaves and not into others, so the relation of 
both alga and lichen to the leaf would vary. Since the leaf is 
injured only where the alga attacks it and is often irritated into 
an unusual thickening of epidermis and palisade and a develop- 
ment of suberin at the points affected, it would not be reasonable 
to ascribe the results to the lichen, which may, however, have a 
part in working injury where present. 

When Parmelia olivacea (L.) Ach. grows on small limbs that 
have not lost their epidermis, the rhizoids branch centripetally 
below into a hyaline layer of branches, which completely and 
closely cover the epidermis, but remain wholly superficial. A 
form of Physcia stellaris (L.) Nyl. on the perennial leaves of 
Abies pectinata also forms a complete hyphal layer over the leaf 
surface, but the rhizoids do not penetrate into the leaf. The 
lichen is easily separated from the leaf, and the hyphal layers forms 
a complete negative of the leaf surface. On young branches of 
the same tree, with epidermis still intact, Lindau (8i) found the 
the leaf and adhered closely to the upper halves of the trichomes 
that the rhizoids reached only half way down to the surface of 
the leaf and adhered closety to the upper half of each trichome 
and to organic and inorganic particles lying between them. If 
the leaves or the young branches were killed by the lichen, or 
showed signs of injury, it would seem likely that the closely 
applied rhizoids might secure food from these surfaces, or from 
the trichomes. In the absence of such evidence, it appears prob- 
able that these lichens do not secure food from the substratum. 

Winter (142, 143) seems to have been first to study the rela- 
tion of lichens to the rocks on which they grow. He found 
lichen rhizoids penetrating into the rocks to considerable depths 
and ascertained that the rock can be dissolved with fluoric acid, 
when the whole rhizoid system appears, and the relation of the 
lichen to the algal host can be seen plainly. Egeling (47) found 
that a glass surface on which a lichen was growing became 
covered with minute cracks, in which were organic and inorganic 
particles from which the lichen could secure nourishment. Glass 
is known to be soluble in carbonic acid, and the algal hosts are 



Fink: Classification of Lichens 



153 



probably able to form this substance in the process of carbon 
assimilation; hence, the surface of the rock would, in time, be- 
come corroded so that the lichen hyphae could penetrate into it. 
Bachmann (12, 13) has since concluded that lichens neither cor- 
rode nor penetrate into quartz or silicates; but Stahlecker (125) 
proved by careful obsen^ation that lichen hyphae will penetrate 
into all rocks, after they have been corroded as explained above. 

Zukal (149, 150) studied the sphaeroidal cells and the enlarged 
hyphae found in lichens on calciferous rocks. By subjecting 
these structures to careful chemical treatment, he ascertained that 
they contain a fatty oil similar to that found commonly in fungal 
spores and sclerotia. He decided that the oil must be a reserve 
food supply elaborated by the algal host. Fiinfstuck (63), by 
removing the algal host and the upper portion of the lichen thallus 
from the rock, proved that the hyphae still remaining in the rock 
continue to grow for two or three years without the algal host and 
produce the sphaeroidal cells and the enlarged oil-bearing hyphae 
as well as before. He thus proved positively that the algal host 
plays no part in the oil production, and decided that the oil is not 
a food but a waste product, of no use to the lichen. He has 
proved the first point, but not the second. 

Bachmann (8, 9, 10) studied the relation of certain lichens to 
the dolomite and the limestone on which they grow, by dissolving 
fragments of the rock and by grinding pieces of rock into thin sec- 
tions, in which the lichen and its algal host cells could be seen. 
He found that these lichens of calciferous rocks are usually hy- 
polithic, only the fruits showing at the surface. The lichens he 
found to penetrate from 200 to 12,000 or 14,000 mic. into the 
rock, while the algal cells reach depths of 100 to 500 mic. Each 
algal group is surrounded closely by lichen hyphae; but neither 
Bachmann nor other workers has found out more regarding the 
relation of the lichen to the algal host in these or other rock- 
inhabiting lichens. The hyphae eat their way into the rock 
without respect to structure, passing through crystals of various 
forms and sizes. In support of the belief that the oil is 
reserve food, Zukal claimed that lichens that grow on bark, on 
earth and on rocks devoid of lime or magnesia contain the same 
kind of fatty oil, sometimes in as great abundance as those that 



154 



Mycologia 



grow on calciferous rocks. He thought that the oil must be 
produced with little regard to the amount of lime in the sub- 
stratum, while Fiinfstuck, who regarded the oil a waste product, 
failed to find it in considerable quantity, except in lichens that 
grow on calciferous rocks. Bachman agrees with Zukal, while 
Friederich and Stahlecker agree with Fiinfstuck. Those who 
regard the oil a reserve food, think that it is* most abundant about 
the time that the lichen fruits begin to form, while Fiinf stuck 
found it quite as abundant at other times and in lichens that pro- 
duce little or no fruit. 

Bachmann (ii) also worked on the lichens on silicious rocks 
and found that the rhizoids usually penetrate through the mica 
particles of granites, commonly passing between the lamellae, but 
sometimes passing through them. He found the oil-bearing 
sphaeroidal cells, but performed no careful chemical analyses to 
prove that lime is not present in some of these rocks in sufficient 
quantity to account for their presence. As stated above, Bach- 
mann concluded that lichens do not attack quartz and silicates 
chemically ; but it has been proved that they or their algal hosts 
secrete acids which do corrode these rocks so that the lichen 
hyphae penetrate into them. It is certain that moisture, oxygen, 
carbon dioxide and carbonic acid are rather abundant about 
lichens because of the nutritional processes of the lichens and 
their algal hosts, and one or more of these agents will dissolve 
any rock. 

Stahlecker (125) subjected rocks to careful chemical analysis 
and found that ordinary statements about the character of rocks 
on which lichens grow are very unreliable, and that there is really 
a close relation between the oil secretion and the amount of lime 
and magnesia present in the rocks. Friederich (59) ascertained 
that lichens attack all rocks, but lay hold on the more basic por- 
tions sooner than the more acid. This would account for finding 
certain portions of granites attacked and others left bare for a 
time, but does not warrant the conclusion of Bachmann that some 
rocks are not attacked at all. 

In general, the more the lichen penetrates into the rocks the less 
numerous are the algal host cells, and the less the penetration into 
the rock, the more abundant the algal cells. So the quartz and 



Fink: Classification of Lichens 



155 



silicate inhabiting lichens, which are mainly epilithic, are poorly 
developed, while their algal host is strongly developed. Lichens 
that grow in the calciferous rocks are strongly developed, and the 
algal host cells are not abundant. This favors the view that the 
more intimate the relation of the lichen to the rock, the less its 
dependence upon an algal host. This again favors the conclu- 
sion that the oil is a reserve product and accords with our find- 
ing that, in bark-dwelling lichens, the closer the relation to the 
substratum the less intimate that with the algal host. Fiinfstiick 
(63) found that the more abundant the algal host cells, the less 
the amount of oil present; and this, with his other findings given 
above, makes our conclusion practically certain. 

It may seem that we have gone far afield in discussing at some 
length the relation of the lichen to its algal host and to the sub- 
stratum. For the writer and some others, this would not have 
been necessary in the present series of papers, for some of us 
believe that the lichen is a fungus, whatever its relation to the 
algal host. But for others, the traditions would not be aban- 
doned without proving that the lichen is a parasite, or perhaps 
partly a saprophyte as well, on the alga. As stated above, it will 
be seen that the relation of the lichen to the algal host can not be 
understood until we also have before us the facts regarding its 
relation with various substrata. Hence, we have given a sum- 
mary of knowledge on these points and are ready to treat, in the 
next paper, the classification of lichens, with the matter of their 
nature thoroughly considered. 

SuMAIARY AND CONCLUSIONS 

1. There has been hitherto no agreement regarding the nature 
of the lichen, and the only thing about the problem generally be- 
lieved by botanists is that the green and the blue-green cells in 
lichens are algae. 

2. Due probably to clinging to traditional phraseology, most 
botanists are not able to express themselves consistently with re- 
spect to any view that they may hold relative to the nature and 
the proper treatment of lichens. 

3. The text-book statements about lichens are rarely coherent, 
excepting those that cling to an entirely traditional and erroneous 
position. 



156 



]\Iycologia 



4. The fundamental problem concerns the nature of lichens, 
and this must be settled before we can hope to agree regarding 
the classification of these plants. 

5. Due to peculiar ideas about the relation of the lichen to its 
algal host, this problem of relationship has become the main part 
of the consideration of the nature of the lichen. It is therefore 
treated at length in this paper. 

6. Recent researches prove that all hypotheses of mutualism be- 
tween the lichen and the symbiotic alga are erroneous, and that 
the lichen is a fungus pure and simple. 

7. The following are the main arguments against mutualism. 
Lichens commonly grow where there are free algae of the same 
species as those parasitized by these lichens. The spores of the 
lichens germinate and attack the free algae as other fungi attack 
their hosts. Lichens perform like other fungi on culture media 
and may be made to produce their reproductive organs on these 
media. Their development on such media does not differ from 
that reached when growing with their algal hosts more than other 
fungi vary from their usual appearance when grown on culture 
media. Lichen spores also attack the algal hosts, when the 
spores and the algae are introduced into cultures together ; and 
the resulting lichen is normal and sometimes fructifies in the cul- 
tures. Algal hosts extracted from lichen thalli grow in cultures 
like free algae of the same species grow on similar culture media. 
Some lichens live for years in their substrata outside the rela- 
tion with their algal hosts. The researches of Elenkin and Dan- 
ilov prove that lichen hyphae absorb food from the algal host 
cells, which are killed by severe parasitism or more probably by 
parasitism and saprophytism combined. The relation of the 
lichen to its substratum proves that higher lichens can take com- 
paratively little food from it and must depend more than lower 
lichens upon the algal hosts ; and this shows that the parasitism 
of the lichen upon the algal host has become more severe in the 
evolution of higher lichens. Finally, the algae parasitized by 
lichens are in a disadvantageous position with reference to carbon 
assimilation. 

8. The following are the main arguments for the fungal nature 
of lichens. Lichens are like other fungi with respect to vegetative 



Fink: Classification of Lichens 



157 



structure and fruiting bodies. The bridges which connect lichens 
with other fungi are not few but many. Since it is thoroughly 
demonstrated that the lichen is parasitic, or partly parasitic and 
partly saprophytic on the alga, there is no longer even a poor 
excuse for a “ consortium ” or an “ individualism ” hypothesis. 

9. The parasitism of lichens on algae is peculiar in that the uni- 
cellular or the filamentous hosts are usually enclosed by the par- 
asite, which may carry more or less food material to its host. 
The host inside of the parasite is placed in a disadvantageous posi- 
tion with reference to carbon assimilation and may depend, for its 
carbon supply, more or less upon material brought from the sub- 
stratum by the parasite. Some algal individuals not yet paras- 
itized may be found in most lichen thalli. 

10. The lichen is a fungus zvhich lives during all or part of its 
life in parasitic relation zvith the algal host and also sustains a re- 
lation zvith an organic or an inorganic substratum. The definition 
may need modification later to recognize Elenkin’s hypothesis, in 
part or fully. 

List of Works Cited 

1. Acton, Elizabeth. Botrydina vulgaris Brebisson, a primitive 

lichen. Ann. Bot. 23 : 579-585. pi. 44 and three figures unnum- 
bered. 1909. 

2. Arcangeli, G. Sulla Questione dei Gonidi. Nuov. Giorn. Bot. 

Ital. 7 ; 270-292. 1875. 

3. Archer, W. A further resume of recent observations on the 

gonidia question. Quart. Journ. Mic. Sci. II. 14 : 1 15-139. 1874. 

4. Archer, W. On apothecia occurring in some Scytonematous and 

Sirosiphonaceous algae, in addition to those previously known. 

Quart. Journ. Mic. Sci. II. 15: 27-37. pb 3- 1875. 

5. Artari, A. Ueber die Entwicklung der griinen Algen unter Ahs- 

schluss der Bedingungen der Kohlensaure-Assimilation. Bull. 

Soc. Imp. Nat. AIoscou II. 13 : 39-47. /. 1-2. 1899. 

6. Artari, A. Zur Ernahrungsphysiologie der griinen Algen. Ber. 

Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 19: 7-9. 1901. 

7. Artari, A. Ueber die Bildung des Chlorophylls durch griine 

Algen. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 20: 201-207. 1902. 

8. Bachmann, E. Die Beziehungen der Kalkflechten zu ihrem Sub- 

strate. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 8: 141-145. pi. p. 1890. 

9. Bachmann, E. Der Thallus der Kalkflecten. Wiss. Berl. Prog. 

Realsch. Paulen. 1892: 1-26. pi. i. 1892. 



158 



Mycologia 



10. Bachmann, E. Der Thallus der Kalkflechten. Ber. Deutsch. 

Bot. Ges. 10 : 30-36. pi. 2. 1892. 

11. Bachmann, E. Die Beziehungen der Kieselflechten zu ihrem 

Substrat. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 22: 101-104. pi. 7. 1904. 

12. Bachmann, E. Die Rhizoidenzone granitewohnender Flechten. 

Brings. Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 41: 1-39. pi. 1-2. 1907. 

13. Bachmann, E. Die Beziehungen der Kieselflechten zu ihrer 

Unterlage. II. Granat und Quarz. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 
29; 261-273. /. 1-4. 1911. 

14. Baranetsky, J. Beitrag zur Kenntnis des selbstandigen Lebens 

der Flechtengonidien. Mel. Biol. Bull. Acad. St. Petersb. 6 : 
473-493- /• 1867. 

15. Bary, A. de. Morphologic und Physiologic der Pilze, Flechten 

und Myxomyceten 1-316. /. i-ioo. One plate not numbered. 
Leipzig, Wilhelm Engelmann, 1866. 

16. Bary, A. de. Die Erscheinungen der Symbiose 1-30. Strass- 

burg, Karl J. Triibner, 1879. 

17. Bary, A. de. Vergleichende Morphologic und Biologic der Pilze, 

Mycetozoen und Bacterien I-XVI. 1-558. /. I-Ip8. Leipzig, 
Wilhelm Engelmann, 1884. 

18. Bayrhoffer, J. D. W. Einiges iiber Lichenen und deren Be- 

fruchtung. 1-44. pi. 1-4. Bern, Huber & Company, 1851. 

19. Beijerinck, M. W. Culturversuche mit Zoochlorellen, Lichen- 

gonidien und anderen niederen Algen. Bot. Zeit. 48 : 757-768. 
781-785. pi. 7. 1890. 

20. Bergen, J. Y. and Caldwell, 0. W. Practical botany I-V. 

1-514. /. 1-381. App. 515-545. f. i~7- Boston, Ginn & Com- 
pany, 1911. 

21. Bergen, J. Y. and Davis, B. M. Principles of botany I-V. 

i“355- Frontispiece. /. 1-394- Boston, Ginn & Company, 
1906. 

22. Bessey, C. E. The essentials of botany ed. 7. I-VII. 1-356. 

f. 1-223. New York, Henry Holt & Company, 1906. 

23. Bessey, C. E. A synopsis of the plant phyla. University Studies, 

University of Nebraska 7^ : 1-99. 1907. 

24. Bessey, 0. E. Outlines of plant phyla 1-20. University of Ne- 

braska, 1909. 

25. Bessey, C. E. Outlines of plant phyla ed. 2. 1-20. University 

of Nebraska, 1911. 

26. Bessey, C. E. Outlines of plant phyla ed. 3. 1-20. University 

of Nebraska, 1912. 



Fink; Classification of Lichens 



159 



27. Bonnier, Gaston. Culture des lichens a I’air libre et dans I’air 

prive des germes. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 33 : 546-548. 1886. 

28. Bonnier, Gaston. Recherches experimentales sur la synthese des 

lichens dans un milieu prive des germes. Compt. Rend. 103 ; 
942-944. 1886. 

29. Bonnier, Gaston. Germination des spores des Lichens sur les 

protdnemas des Mousses et sur des Algues differant des gonidies 
du Lichen. Compt. Rend. Soc. Biol. Paris 40 : 541-543. 1888. 

30. Bonnier, Gaston. Germination des Lichens sur les protonemes 

des Mousses. Rev. Gen. Bot. 1 : 165-169. pi. 8. 1889. 

31. Bonnier, Gaston. Recherches sur la Synthese des Lichens. Ann. 

Sci. Nat. VII. 9 : 1-32. /. 1-6. pi. 7-5. 1889. 

32. Bornet, E. Recherches sur les Gonidies des Lichens. Ann. Sci. 

Nat. V. 17 : 45-1 10. pi. 6-16. 1873. 

33. Bomet, E. Deuxieme note sur les gonidies des Lichens. Ann. 

Sci. Nat. V. 19 : 314-320. 1874. 

34. Borzi, Antonino. Intorno Agli officii dei Gonidi de Licheni. 

Nuov. Giorn. Bot. Ital. 7 : 193-204. pi. 6. 1875. 

35. Clements, F. E. The polyphyletic disposition of lichens. Am. 

Nat. 31 : 277-284. 1897. 

36. Clements, F. E. Plant physiology and ecology I-XV. 1-3 15. 

/. 7-725. New York, Henry Holt & Company, 1907. 

37. Clements, F. E. The Genera of Fungi 1-227. Minneapolis, 

The H. W. Wilson Company, 1909. 

38. Coker, W. C. Selected notes. III. Bot. Gaz. 37 : 60-63. /• ^~^ 7 - 

1904. 

39. Cooke, M. C. The dual lichen hypothesis. Grevillea 7 : 102-108. 

117-126. 1879. 

40. Crombie, J. M. On the lichen-gonidia question. Pop. Sci. Rev. 

13 : 260-277. pi. 1 1 2. 1874. 

41. Crombie, J. M. Observations on microgonidia. Grevillea 7 ; 

143-145- 1879. 

42. Crombie, J. M. On the algo-lichen hypothesis. Journ. Linn. 

Soc. Lond. 21 : 259-283. pi. 8-^. 1886. 

43. Cunningham, D. D. On Mycoidea parasitica, a new genus of 

parasitic algae, and the part which it plays in the formation of 
certain lichens. Trans. Linn. Soc. H. 1 : 301-316. pi. 42-4^. 
1880. 

44. Curtis, C. C. A text-book of general botany I-V. 1-359. f. i-8j. 

New York, Longmans, Green & Company, 1897. 



160 



Mycologia 



45. Curtis, C. C. The nature and development of plants 1-471. /. 

1-342. New York, Henry Holt & Company, 1907. 

46. Danilov, A. N. Ueber das gegenseitige Verhaltnis zwischen den 

Gonidien und den Pilzkomponenten der Flechtensymbiose. I. 
Morphologische Daten fiber das gegenseitige Verhaltnis der 
Pilzhyphen und chlorokokken bei heteromeren Flechten. Bull. 
Jard. Imp. Bot. St. Petersb. 10 : 33-70. f. j-p. pi. 1-3. 1910. 

47. Egeling, Gustav. Fine Beitrag zur Losung der Frage bezfiglich 

der Ernahrung der Flechten. Osterr. Bot. Zeitschr. 31 : 323- 
324. 1881. 

48. Elenkin, A. Zur Frage fiber die Haustorien in griinen Gonidien 

bei heteromeren Flechten. Trav. Soc. Imp. Nat. St. Petersb 
34 : 147-158. 1903. 

49. Elenkin, A. Zur Frage der Theorie des Endosaprophytismus bei 

Flechten. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou II. 18 : 164-186. 1904. 

50. Elenkin, A. Neue Beobactungen fiber die Erscheinung des 

Endosaprophytismus bei heteromeren Flechten. Bull. Jard. 
Imp. Bot. St. Petersb. 4 : 25-38. pi. 1-2. 1904. 

51. Etard, A. et Bouilhac, R. Sur la presence de la chlorophylle dans 

un Nostoc cultive a I’abri de la lumiere. Compt. Rend. 127 : 
119-121. 1898. 

52. Famintzin, A. Die Symbiose als Mittel der Synthese.von Organ- 

ismen. Biol. Cent. 27 : 353-364. 1907. 

53. Famintzin, A. und Baranetzky, J. Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte 

der Gonidien- und Zoosporenbildung der Flechten. Mem. Acad. 
Sci. St. Petersb. VIE IP: 1-7. pi. i. 1867. 

54. Famintzin, A. und Baranetzky, J, Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte 

der Gonidien- und Zoosporenbildung der Elechten. Bot. Zeit. 
26 : 169-177. pi. 4. 1868. 

55. Fink, Bruce. The nature and classification of lichens. — I. Views 

and arguments of botanists concerning classification. Myco- 
logia 3 : 231-269. 1911. 

56. Fitting, Hans. Uber die Beziehungen zwischen den epiphyllen 

Flechten und den von ihnen bewohnten Blattern. Ann. Jard. 
Bot. Bruitenzorg, Suppl. 3 : 505-518. 1910. 

57. Frank, A. B. Uber das Verhalten der Gonidien im Thallus 

einiger homdomerer und heteromerer Krustenflechten. Tagbl. 
46. Versaml. Deutsch. Naturforsch. und Aerzte 132. 1873. 

58. Frank, A. B. Ueber die biologischen Verhiiltnisse des Thallus 

einiger Krustenflechten. Cohn. Beitr. Biol. Pflanz. 2 : 123-200. 
pi 7. 1877. 



Fink : Classification of Lichens 



161 



59. Friederich, H. Beitrage zur Anatomic der Silikatflechten. 

• Fiinfstucks Beitr. Wiss. Bot. 5 : 377-404. 1906. 

60. Fries, E. M. Lichenographia Europeae Reformata I-CXX. 

1-486. Lundae, Typis Berlingianis, 1831. 

61. Fries, Th. M. Lichenographia Scandinavica I-IV. 1-639. 

Upsala, E. Berling, 1871 and 1874 (two parts not separately 
paged). 

62. Fuisting, G. Beitrage zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Lichenen. 

Bot. Zeit. 26: 641-647. 657-665. 673-684. 1868. 

63. Fiinfstiick, M. Die Fettabscheidungen der Kalkflechten. Fiinf- 

stiicks Beitr. Wiss. Bot. 1: 157-220. pi. 2-4. 1895. Supple- 

ment pp. 316-320. 

64. Fiinfstiick, M. Lichenes. Engler and Prantl. Die Natiirlichen 

Pflanzenfamilien 1^ : 1-49. /. 1-2Q. Leipzig, Wilhelm Engel- 
mann, 1907. 

65. Grisehach, A. und Reinke, J. Oersted’s System der Pilze, 

Lichenen und Algen. I-VIII. 1-194. /. i~93- Leipzig, Wilhelm 
Engelmann, 1873. 

66. Hedlung, T. Ueber Thallusbildung durch Pyknokoniden bei 

Catillaria denigrata (Fr.) und C. prasina (Fr.) Bot. Cent. 63: 
9-16. 1895. 

67. Hicks, J. B. Contributions to the knowledge of the development 

of the gonidia of lichens in relation to the unicellular algae, etc. 
Quart. Journ. Mic. Sci. 7: 239-244. pi. 10. i860. II. 1: 15-22. 
90-97. pi. 2 and 5. 1861. 

68. Itzigsohn, H. \\’ie verhalt sich Collcina zu Nostoc und zu den 

Nostochineen ? Bot. Zeit. 12: 521-527. 1854. 

69. Itzigsohn, H. Cultur der Glaucogonidia von Peltigcra canina. 

Bot. Zeit. 26: 185-196. pi. 5. 1868. 

70. Jumelle, Henri. Recherches Physiologiques sur Les Lichens. 

Rev. Gen. Bot. 4: 49-64. 103-121. 159-175. 220-231. 259-272. 
305-320. pi. 4-6. 1892. 

71. Klebs, Georg. Beitrage zur Kenntnis niederer Algenformen. 

Bot. Zeit. 39: 249-257. 265-272. 281-290. 297-308. 313-319. 329- 
335- Pl- 3-4- 1881. 

72. Klny, Leopold. Uber die Entwickelung des Thallus von Lichina 

pygmaea Ag. und deren Beziehung zur Rivularia nitida Ag. 
Sitzungsber. Ges. Naturf. Freunde Berlin 1874: 95-103. 1874. 

73. Koerber, G. W. De Gonidiis Lichenum. Inaug. Dissert., Berlin 

1-75. 1839. 



162 



Mycologia 



74. Koerber, G. W. Einige Benierkuiigen iiber individuelle Fortpflan- 

zung der Flechten. Flora 24 ; 6-14. 17-32. 1841. 

75. Koerber, G. W. Zur Abwehr der Schwendener-Bornet’schen 

Flechtentheorie 1-30. Breslau, J. U. Kern, 1874. 

76. Krempelhuber, A. von. Die Flechten als Parasiten der Algen. 

Flora 54 : i-io. 17-20. 33-35. 1871. 

77. Krempelhuber, A. von. Geschichte und Litteratur der Lichen- 

ologie 3 : I-XVII. 1-261. Miinchen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1872. 

78. Kiitzing, F. T. Beitrage zur Kenntnis iiber die Entstehung und 

Metamorphose der niederen vegetabilischen Organismen. Lin- 
naea 8: 335-358. pi. 6-8. 1833. 

79. Lagerheim, G. Ueber eine durch Einwirkung von Pilzhyphen 

entstehende Varietat von Stichococcns bacilaris Nag. Flora 

71:61-63. 1888. 

80. Lang, Eugen. Beitrage zur Anatomic der Krustenflechten. 

Fiinfstiicks Beitr. Wiss. Bot. 5 : 162-188. /. 1-13. 1903. 

81. Lindau, G. Lichenologische Untersuchungen. Heft I. Ueber 

Wachsthum und Anheftungsweise der Rindenflechten I-V. 
1-66. pi. 1-3. Dresden, C. Heinrich, 1895. 

82. Lindau, G. Pezizineae. Engler und Prantl. Die Natiirlichen 

Pflanzenfamilien 1 ^: 176-243. /. 143-181. Leipzig, Wilhelm 
Engelmann, 1897. 

83. Lindsay, L. W. The true nature of lichens. Nature 13 : 247- 

248. 1876. 

84. Lotsy, J. P. Beitrage zur Biologic der Flechtenflora des Hain- 

bergs bei Gottingen. 1-48. Gottingen, Louis Hofer, 1890. 

85. Minks, Arthur. Das Microgonidium I-V. 1-249. P^- Basel, 

H. George, 1879. 

86. Morgan, A. P. The mycologic flora of the Miami Valley. Journ. 

Cincinnati Soc. Nat. Hist. 11 : 86-95. 1888. 

87. Moller, Alfred. Uber die Cultur flechtenbildener Ascomyceten 

ohne Algen. Untersuch. Bot. Inst. Kdnigl. Akad. Munster 
1887 : 1-52. 1887. 

88. Moller, Alfred. Uber die sogenannten Spermatien der Ascomy- 

ceten. Bot. Zeit. 46 : 421-425. 1888. 

89. Moller, Alfred. Ueber die eine Thelephoree,\velche die Hymeno- 

lichenen Cora, Dictyonema und Laudatea bildet. Flora 77 : 
254-278. 1893. 

90. Muller, Jean. Principes de Classification des Lichens et finumera- 

tion des Lichens des environs de Geneve. Mem. Soc. Phys. et 
Hist. Nat. Geneve 16 : 343-433. pi. 1-3. 1862. 



Fink: Classification of Lichens 



163 



91. Muller, Jean. Lichenographia Scandinavica von Th. M. Fries. 

Flora 55 : 87-93. 104-110. 1872. 

92. Miiller, Jean. Ein Wort zur Gonidienfrage. Flora 57 : 27-29. 

1874. 

93. Nageli, Carl. Die neuern Algensystem. Neu Denk. Naturwis. 

19 : 1-275. 7-/0. 1847. 

94. Nylander, W. Synopsis methodica Lichenum 1 : I-V. 1-430. pi. 

7-5. Paris, L. Martinet, 1858. 

95. Nylander, W. Circa Evolutionem gonimicam Collemacearum 

notula. Elora 51 : 353-355. 1868. 

96. Nylander, W. Animadversio de theoria gonidiorum algologica. 

Elora 53 : 52-53. 1870. 

97. Nylander, W. De gonidiis et eorum formis diversis animad- 

versiones. Elora 60 : 353-359. 1877. 

98. Peirce, G. J. The nature of the association of alga and fungus 

in lichens. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. Bot. III. 1 : 207-240. pi. 41. 
1899. 

99. Peirce, G. J. The relation of fungus and alga in lichens. Am. 

Nat. 34 : 245-253. 1900. 

TOO. Peirce, G. J. A text-book on plant physiology I-VI. 1-291. f. 
1 - 32 - New York, Henry Holt & Company, 1903. 

101. Radais, M. Sur la culture pure d’une algue verte; formation de 

chlorophylle a I’obscurite. Trav. lab. Bot. ficol. Phar. 1900 : 
1-3. 1900. 

102. Reess, Max. Ueber die Entstehung der Elechte Collema glau- 
cescens Hoffm. durch Aussaat der Sporen derselben auf 
Nostoc lichenoides. Monatsb. Kdnigl. Preus. Akad. Wiss. 
Berlin 1871 : 523-533. pi. i. 1871. 

103. Rehm, Heinrich. Ascomyceten. In Rabenhorst, L. Die Pilze 

3 : I-VHI. 1-1275. 1-57. many figures. 1896. 

104. Reinke, J. tlber anatomischen Verhaltnisse einiger Arten von 

Gunnera. Sitzungsb. Nachr. Univ. Gottingen 1872 : 100-108. 
1872. 

105. Reinke, J. Abhandlungen fiber Flechten. II. Die Stellund der 

Flechten im Pflanzensystem. Prings. Jahrb. 26 : 524-542. 1894. 

106. Reinke, J. Abhandlungen fiber Flechten. V. Das natfirliche 

Flechtensystem. Prings. Jahrb. 29 : 171-236. /. ip6-20p. 1896. 

107. Rosendahl, Friederich. Vergleichend-anatomische Untersuch- 

ungen fiber die braunen Parmelien. Nov. Act. Kais. Deutsch. 
Akad. Nat. 87 : 401-459. pi. 25-28. 1907. 

108. Sachs, Julius. . Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Collema bul- 
bosum. Ach. Bot. Zeit. 13 : 1-9. pi. i. 1855. 



164 



Mycologia 



109. Schneider, A. The biological status of lichens. Bull. Torr. Bot. 
Club 22: 189-198. 1895. 

no. Schneider, A. Some special phylogenetic adaptations in lichens. 
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 22: 494-500. 1895. 

111. Schneider, A. A text-book of general lichenology I-XVII. 

1-230. pi. i-p6. Binghampton, N. Y., Willard Clute & Com- 
pany, 1897. 

1 12. Schneider, A. Reinke’s discussions of lichenology. Bull. Torr. 

Bot. Club 23 : 439-448. 1896. 24 : 32-37. 237-243. 1896. 

1 13. Schneider, A. Further considerations of the biological status of 

lichens. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 24: 74-79. 1896. 

1 14. Schneider, A. Chrooleptis aureus a lichen. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 

32: 431-433- 1905- 

115. Schneider, A. The classification of lichens. Torreya 5: 79-82. 

1905. 

1 16. Schwendener, S. Ueber die wahre Natur der Flechten. Ver- 

handl. Schweiz. Naturf. Ges. Rheinfelden 51 : 88-90. 1867. 

1 17. Schwendener, S. Untersuchungen fiber den Flechtenthallus. 

Nageli Beitr. Wiss. Bot. 2: 109-186. pi. 7-7. i860. 3: 127-198. 
pi. 8-11. 1863. 4: 161-202. pi. 22-22. 1868. 

1 18. Schwendener, S. Uber die Beziehungen zwischen Algen und 

Flechtengonidien. Bot. Zeit. 26 : 289-292. 1868. 

1 19. Schwendener, S. Die Algentypen der Flechtengonidien 1-42. 

pi. 7-3. Basel, C. Schultze, 1869. 

120. Schwendener, S. Erdrterungen zur Gonidienfrage. Flora 55 : 

161-166. 177-183. 193-202. 225-234. pi. 14. 1872. 

121. Schwendener, S. Die Flechten als Parasiten der Algen. Ver- 

handl. Schweiz. Naturf. Ges. Basel 4^* : 527-550. 1873. 

122. Seynes, J. de. Sur les connexions parasitiques d’une pezize avec 

une algue unicellulee. Bull. Soc. Philomath. 10 : 62-63. 1873. 

123. Seynes, J. de. Recherches pour servir a I’histoire naturelle des 

Vegetaux inferieurs 1-85. /. 7-3. pi. 7-3. Paris, G. Massou, 
1886. 

124. Stahl, C. E. Beitrage zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Flechten. 

II. Ueber die Bedeutung der Hymenialgonidien 1-32. pi. 5-d. 
Leipzig, A. Feliz, 1877. 

125. Stahlecker, Eugen. Untersuchungen fiber Thallusbildung und 

Thallusbau in ihren Beziehungen zum Substrat der siliciseden 
Krustenflechten. Ffinfstficks Beitr. Wiss. Bot. 2: 405-451. f. 
i-io. pi. 7. 1906. 

126. Strashurger, Eduard. Lehrbuch der Botanik ed 9. I-VII. 1-628. 

f. 1-782. Jena, Gustav Fischer, 1908. 



Fink: Classification of Lichens 



165 



127. Strasburger, Eduard. A text-book of botany. English ed. 3. 

I-X. 1-746. /. i~779- London, MacMillan & Company, 1908. 

128. Thuret, Gustave. Recherches sur les zoospores des Algues et les 

antheridies des Cryptogames. Ann. Sci. Nat. III. 14 : 214- 
240. pi. 16-SI. 1850. 

129. Thwaites, G. H. K. On the gonidia of lichens. Ann. Mag. Nat. 

Hist. II. 3 : 219-222. pi. 8. 1849. 

130. Tobler, F. Das physiologische Gleichgewicht von Pilz und Alge 

in den Flechten. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 27 : 421-427. f. i. 
1909. 

131. Tobler, F. Zur Ernahrungsphysiologie der Elechten. Ber. 

Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 29 : 3-12. 1911. 

132. Tobler, F. Zur Biologie von Elechten und Flechtenpilzen. I. 

Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 49 : 389-409. /. i. pi. j. 1911. 

133. Treboux, 0 . Organische Sauren als Kohlenstoffquelle bei Algen. 

Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 23 : 432-441. 1905. 

134. Treboux, 0 . Die freilebende Alge und die Gonidie Cystococcus 

httmicola in Bezug auf die Flechtensymbiose. Ber. Deutch. 
Bot. Ges. 30 : 69-80. 1912. 

135. Treub, M. Lichenencultur. Bot. Zeit. 31 : 721-726. pi. 8. 1873. 

136. Tulasne, L. R. Memoire pour servir a I’histoire organographique 

et physiologique des Lichens. Ann. Sci. Nat. III. 17 : 5-128. 
153-249. pi. 1-16. 1852. 

137. Wallroth, F. W. Naturgeschichte der Flechten 1 : I-XX. 1-722. 

Frankfurt a. M., Frederich Wilman, 1825. 

138. Ward, H. M. On the structure, development and life-history of 

a tropical, epiphyllous lichen (Strigula complanata Fee.). Trans. 
Linn. Soc. Bot. II. 2 : 87-119. pi. 18-21. 1884. 

139. Warming, E. and Potter, M. C. A hand-book of systematic 

botany. English ed. I-XII. 1-620. f. 1-610. London, Swan 
Sonnenschein & Company, 1895. 

140. Warming, E. und Knoblauch, E. Lehrbuch der okologischen 

Pflanzengeographie I-VI. 1-412. Berlin, Gebrtider Born- 
traeger, 1896. 

141. Williams, T. A. The status of the algo-lichen hypothesis. Am. 

Nat. 33 : 1-8. 1889. 

142. Winter, Georg. Zur Anatomie einiger Krustenflechten. , Flora 

58 : 129-139. pi. s-4. 1875. 

143. Winter, Georg. Ueber die Gattung Sphaeromphale und Ver- 

wandte. Fin Beitrag zur Anatomie der Krustenflechten. 
Prings. Jahrb. 10 : 245-274. pi. 17-19. 1876. 



166 



Mycologia 



144. Woronine, Michel. Recherches sur les Gonidies du Lichen Par- 

melia pulverulenta Ach. Ann. Sci. Nat. V. 16 : 317-325. 
pi. 14. 1872. 

145. Zahlbruckner, A. Ascolichenes. Engler und Prantl. Die 

Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien 1 ^: 49-249. /. JO-/25. Leipzig, 
Wilhelm Engelmann, 1907. 

146. Zopf, Wilhelm, tjber Nebensymbiose (Parasymbiose). Ber. 

Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 15 : 90-92. 1897. ^ 

147. Zopf, Wilhelm. Biologische und morphologische Beobachtungen 

an Flechten. I. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 23 : 497-505. pi. 21. 
1905. 

148. Zopf, Wilhelm. Die Flechtenstoffe I-XI. 1-449. f- Jena, 

Gustav Fischer, 1907. 

149. Zukal, Hugo. Flechtenstudien. Denks. Kais. Akad. Wiss. Math.- 

Naturw. Wien 48 : 249-292. 1884. 

150. Zukal, Hugo. Ueber das Vorkommen von Reservestoffbehaltern 

bei Kalkflechten. Bot. Zeit. 44 : 761-770. f. 1-2. 1886. 

151. Zukal, Hugo. Epigloea bactrospora, eine neue Gallertflechte mit 

chlorophyllhaltigen Gonidien. Osterr. Bot. Zeitschr. 40 : 323- 
328. pi. 3. 1890. 

152. Zukal, Hugo. Halbflechten. Flora 74 : 92-107. />/. 3. 1891. 

153. Zukal, Hugo. Morphologische und biologische Untersuchungen 

iiber die Flechten. I. Sitzungsber. Kais. Akad. Math.-Naturw. 
Wien 104 : 529-574. pi. 1-3. II. 1303-.^ 393. 1895. III. 105 : 197- 
264. 1896. 

Miami University, 

Oxford, Ohio. 



THE PROBABLE IDENTITY OF STRO- 
PHARIA EPIMYCES (PECK) ATK. 
WITH PILOSACE ALGERI- 
ENSIS FRIES 



Edward T. Harper 

While making notes on the species of Stropharia reported from 
this country to accompany some photographs soon to appear in the 
Transactions of the Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, my atten- 
tion was called by my brother, Prof. R. A. Harper, to the fact 
that Lanzi’s figures of Pilosace algeriensis Quel. (Fungi Mang. 
/)/. ( 5 /. /. j) closely resemble epimyces Pk. or Stropharia 

coprinophila Atk. The drawings by Miss Helen Sherman (Jour. 
Myc. II : pi. 8o) and the photographs by Prof. Atkinson (Plant 
World, June, 1907) show a striking resemblance to Lanzi’s 
figures and a comparison of the published descriptions confirms 
the evidence of close relationship between the European and 
American plants. The size and shape of both plants is the same, 
pileus 1-2 inches broad, stem 1-2 inches long, up to Yi inch 
thick. The stem of the European plant is solid or stuffed, that 
of the American plant is the same, becoming hollow when old. 
The pileus and stem in both plants are whitish and silky. Both 
have purplish-brown or blackish spores. Peck gives the meas- 
urements 5-6 X 7-5-9 /-<•• Miss Sherman says the spores are 
slightly larger, up to 7 X 10 |U.. Atkinson gives the measurements 
3.5~4.5 X 7-8 ju ; Lanzi 5.5 X 6.5-7 /a, and describes them as in- 
equilateral or slightly reniform. Quelet reported the spores as 
subsphaeroid, 8 ju in diameter. The greatest difference appears 
to be in the reports as to the attachment of the gills. Lanzi says 
the gills are distant from the stem and free. Peck described them 
as rounded-adnexed. Atkinson says the gills are adnate to 
adnexed, slightly sinuate or rounded, and he places the plant in 
the genus Stropharia, but reports the stem as separating easily 
from the pileus, which is a character of plants with free gills. 

The comparison proves the very close relationship of the two 

167 



168 



Mvcologia 



plants. The dift'erences are no greater than might be expected 
in plants from such widely separated localities. In some char- 
acters, such as spore measurements, Peck and Lanzi agree better 
than Peck and Atkinson. Lanzi does not describe his plant as 
a parasite nor recognize the “ tuberous mass ” at the base of the 
stipe as an abortive host. His figures, however, leave no ques- 
tion as to the identity of the parts in the two forms. His interpre- 
tation of the cleft which appears in the vertical section of the 
basal bulb is erroneous. Such a cleft could not possibly have 
anything to do with the formation of a ring and it has been 
recognized by the American students of the material with entire 
unanimity as representing the gill cavity of the host. In the 
IMadison material, rudimentary gills and ripe spores of the Copri- 
niis are found in this cleft. Lanzi also misinterprets his figure 
c, which must have been based on a mature stage of the plant 
with a very short stipe. Lanzi regards the fungus as rare and 
apparently neither he nor Quelet ever collected it personally. 

The American plant was first described as Panaeolus epimyces 
Peck (Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 35: 133-134). Dr. Peck left the 
host plant undetermined. Atkinson described the same plant in- 
dependently, naming it Stropharia coprinophila, and determined 
the host plant as Coprinus atramcntarins October, 

1902). Mr. F. E. McKenna and iMiss Helen Sherman studied 
the plant at Madison, Wisconsin, and determined the host plants 
as Coprinus atramentarius and Coprinus comatus ( 1 . c. ioj-i6q. 
1905). Prof. Atkinson has written a second paper on the plant in 
which he admits the identity of his plant with Panaeolus epimyces 
of Peck, but holds that it is a Stropharia and names it Stropharia 
epimyces (Peck) Atk. 

The European and American forms certainly belong to a single 
group, including Pilosace algeriensis (Eries) Quel. (El. Jura 
^Msg. 351), Panaeolus epimyces Peck, and Stropharia coprino- 
phila Atk. The common method followed by Atkinson when he 
made the combination Stropharia epimyces (Peck) Atk. results in 
the burying of much information about it. Atkinson wrote a new 
description of the plant and when this is compiled in the Sylloge 
or a manual the student cannot know that other spore measure- 
ments than 3. 5-4. 5 X 7-8 /j. have been observed; that the gills 



Harper: Identity of Stropharia epimyces (Peck) Atk. 169 

have been found ^simply adnexed instead of adnate to adnexed, 
etc. The collector of plants like those found by Peck or Miss 
Sherman, who attempts to use Atkinson’s description, will find 
Himself in a predicament understood by everyone who has at- 
tempted to identify agarics from descriptions. 

An interesting result of Lanzi’s work in making Pilosace algeri- 
ensis known in Europe is that Cooke’s illustration of that species 
in his plate 6i8 is shown to rest on an incorrect determination. 
The figure has been copied far and wide as an illustration of the 
genus. Lanzi suggests that it may be based on an exannclate 
form of Agaricus campestris such as that figured in Cooke’s plate 
528. 

Geneseo, Illinois. 



NEWS, NOTES, AND REVIEWS 



Dr. B. T. Galloway, chief of the Bureau of Plant Industry 
since 1900, has been appointed Assistant Secretary of Agricul- 
ture by President Wilson, and Dr. W. A. Taylor succeeds him 
as chief of the Bureau. 



Mr. Stewart H. Burnham, for some years assistant to the state 
botanist at Albany, resigned on April i on account of ill health. 
His address is now Hudson Falls, New York. 



Dr. E. A. Burt, professor of natural history in iMiddlebury 
College, Middlebury, Vt., has been appointed librarian and mycol- 
ogist of the Missouri Botanical Garden. The appointment will 
date from next September. 



Professor L. H. Pennington, of Syracuse University, and Dr. 
Gertrude S. Burlingham spent the Easter holidays at the Garden 
consulting the mycological herbarium and library in preparation of 
manuscript for a forthcoming part of North American Flora. 



The first number of Phytopathology for the current year con- 
tains, in addition to several important contributions, a full account 
of the Cleveland meeting of the American Phytopathological So- 
ciety with abstracts of the papers presented. The editors are to 
be congratulated upon the decided improvement in the general 
appearance of this periodical. 



A valuable collection, containing several hundred specimens of 
fleshy and woody fungi, has been recently obtained for the Garden 
herbarium from Femsjo, South Sweden, by Mr. Lars Romell, 
probably the best Swedish authority on these groups of plants. 
Specimens from this locality are especially interesting on account 

170 



News, Notes, and Reviews 



171 



of the studies made there by Elias Fries in the early years of his 
life. 



Shear’s Studies of Parasitic Species of Glomerella 

“ Studies of the fungous Parasites belonging to the genus Glom- 
erella’’ by Dr. C. L. Shear, appears as Bulletin 252 of the Bureau 
of Plant Industry of the United States Department of Agricul- 
ture. The name Glomerella is the generic name applied to the 
ascogenous stage of Gloeosporiiim or Colletotrichum, which 
attacks various kinds of plants giving rise to a variety of diseases. 

The object of the paper as set forth by its author is to deter- 
mine the life histories, habits and identity or relationship of the 
forms of Gloeosporiiim or Colletotrichum found on the same or 
different hosts. The paper covers the investigations of members 
of this group of organisms obtained from 45 host plants. Of 
the 473 species of Gloeosporium and Colletotrichum given by 
Saccardo not including members of the genus included by Sac- 
cardo under other generic names, it is estimated by Shear that 
about 50 per cent, of these so-called species cannot be deter- 
mined except on the basis of host relations or the part of the 
host attacked. 

The life history of forms from 36 different hosts plants have 
been determined and recorded in this paper, 17 having been pro- 
duced in pure culture and 19 on the host either in moist chamber 
or under natural conditions. All of the material from the 36 
hosts is referred to three species, G. cingulata, G. Gossypii, and 
G. lindemuthianum, the first occurring on 34 hosts and the remain- 
ing two on one host each. 

None of the morphological or physiological characters in the 
genus seem to be well fixed, the conidia, chlamydospores, peri- 
thecia, ascospores, and paraphyses showing a wide range of vari- 
ation. Most forms do not seem to be restricted to any particular 
host. 

The question is raised as to why the life cycle of Glomerella 
and other pyrenomycetes is sometimes completed in pure culture 
while at other times only conidia or pycnospores or no fructi- 
fication of any kind is found. Various views on this subject have 
been summarized but the question is still an open one for Glom- 



172 



IMycologia 



erclla although some of the supposed factors have been tested 
sufficiently to eliminate them. 

F. J. Se.wer. 



Ridgway’s New Color Guide' 

A new color guide by Dr. Robert Ridgway, the well-known 
ornithologist, is practically an entirely revised and much en- 
larged edition of his earlier nomenclature of colors (1886) with 
17 plates and 186 colors as against 53 plates and 1,115 colors in 
the present work. The color work was done by A. Hoen & Co., 
of Baltimore, and is much more uniform in different copies than 
in the earlier edition, which was hand stenciled from several mix- 
ings of the same color ; while in the present work each color for 
the whole edition of 5,000 copies was prepared from one lot of 
color and uniformly coated at one time. While the present work 
does not contain quite as many colors as are included in the more 
bulky French work by Rene Oberthur, the gradation between 
colors is more uniform, and the colors are on dull instead of 
glossy-surfaced paper as in that work, which gives a slightly dif- 
ferent, but more natural color effect, and no metallic color effects 
are included. The proportion of darker broken colors is greater, 
which will appeal especially to the ornithologist and mammologist, 
although the work is designed to be equally useful to botanists, 
florists, artists, dyers, merchants, and chemists who require a 
standard color scheme. The colors have evidently been standard- 
ized to a degree of accuracy not hitherto attained in any color 
chart. The colors are one-half by one inch, arranged on a heavy 
gray paper in three vertical columns of 7 colors each. The plates 
are divided into 6 series. In plates I-XII the middle row of hori- 
zontal colors represents the 36 colors and hues most readily dis- 
tinguished in the spectrum, although it is said to be possible to 
distinguish 1,000. Above these colors each succeeding horizontal 
row of colors is the spectrum color mixed with 9.5 ; 22.5 ; and 45 
per cent, of white. Below they are mixed with 45 ; 70.5 and 87.5 
per cent, of black. Plates XIII-XX^^I represent the colors in 

' Color Standards and Color Nomenclature. By Robert Ridgway [3447 
Oakwood Terrace, N.W.], Washington. Published by the author 1912. Pp. 
1-44 ; pis. I-LIII. $8.00. 



News, Notes, and Reviews 



173 



plates I-XII dulled by 32 per cent, of neutral gray; plates XXXII- 
XXXVIII are dulled by 58 per cent, of neutral gray; plates 
XXXIX-XLIV are dulled by 77 per cent, of neutral gray ; plates 
XLV-L are dulled by 90 per cent, of neutral gray; and plates 
LI-LIII are dulled by 95.5 per cent, of neutral gray. If the 
color to be matched is darker than in the first series of plates, 
turn to the same position in the succeeding 5 series of plates until 
one is found that is dark enough to match. This is readily done 
by referring to the numbers at the head of the vertical columns 
and to the letters at the left of the horizontal rows. In number- 
ing and lettering the rows of colors, every other number and 
letter has been omitted so that colors that do not exactly match 
any in the present work, but are intermediate, can be designated 
by a symbol. For example, in plate I the vertical columns are 
I, 3, and 5; the tints b, d, and f; and the shades i, k, and m. 
All the colors are named as well as symbolized, but if a given 
color comes between Hermosa Pink (if) and Eosine Pink (id) 
it could be designated i e. In this manner about 2385 additional 
colors or a total of 3500 can be designated. Undoubtedly excep- 
tion will be taken to some of the names, but in this the personal 
equation plays such a large part that decisions must be rather 
arbitrarily rendered. The primary colors have been standard- 
ized by Dr. P. G. Nutting, of the U. S. Bureau of Standards. 

It was originally expected that six months would suffice for 
the preparation of the colors, but unforeseen difficulties in repro- 
duction have extended this period to about three years. 

A list of color synonyms as shown by the immense list of trade 
samples that must have accumulated would have formed an ex- 
ceedingly interesting and valuable addition to the work. 

A table of percentages of color, together with an explanation 
of the amount of white, black, or neutral gray used as above, will 
give an approximately ready clue to the reproduction of any color 
in the guide, the only uncertain factor being the possible lack of 
standardized primary colors with which to begin. 

Definitions of the principal color terms, such as color, shade, 
tint, hue, tone, etc., which are used almost interchangeably by 
many people, will repay careful study by those not familiar with 
their exact use. 



174 



Mycologia 



A slight error on page 12, due to a misunderstanding, should 
be corrected. Mr. F. A. Walpole had no connection with the 
color project of the American Mycological Society, the prepara- 
tion of which was delegated to the late Dr. L. M. Underwood, 
Dr. W. A. Murrill, and the writer. Mr. Walpole died before the 
committee was appointed, and the project was abandoned after 
two years’ work by the committee in favor of Dr. Ridgway’s 
work, which had not previously come to their notice. 

P. L. Ricker. 



Faull’s Cytology of the Laboulbeniales 

FaulP has recently published an account of his cytological 
studies upon two species of the Laboulbeniaceae found on the 
elytra and on the free tip of the abdomen of the common whirli- 
gig beetle. The species, Laboulbenia chaetophora and L. Gyrini- 
darum, are closely related forms and are not easily distinguished 
in the young stages. Both species are apogamous, nothing resem- 
bling antheridia being found, although a much-branched multi- 
cellular trichogyne is present in each species. Thaxter’s account 
of the general morphology of species of the genus are confirmed 
in a number of points. 

The methods in ordinary use for fixing and imbedding fungi 
were employed. The septa between the daughters of the same 
mother cell are single pitted, and a continuous protoplasmic tract 
extends through the receptacle to the tips of the appendages. No 
broad protoplasmic bridges, however, are to be found between the 
cells of the receptacle. The protoplasm which dips into the oppo- 
site lying pits is in reality separated by the thin middle lamella 
which is perforated by one or more minute pores. Only very 
fine strands, plasmodesmen, connect the cells. The septa in the 
appendages are apparently coarsely perforated, so that the cyto- 
plasmic fibrils extend out from the pits in the cells of the recep- 
tacle, and occasionally similar strands are seen leading out from 
the nuclei. Their function has not been determined except that 

“Cytology of the Laboulbeniales, Ann. Bot. 25: 649-654. Jl. 1911: The 
cytology of Laboulbenia chaetophora and L. Gyrinidarum. Ann. Bot. 26: 

325-355- 



News, Notes, and Reviews 



175 



in disintegrating cells they are very persistent elements of the 
cytoplasm. 

The nucleus of the carpogenic cell is succeeded by two nuclei, 
after which the nucleus of the trichophoric cell migrates down 
close to the carpogonium and undergoes a homoeotypic division. 
About the same time the septum between the two cells disappears, 
leaving a long four-nucleated cell. A restored trichophoric cell 
is then cut off carrying one of the trichophoric daughter nuclei; 
an inferior supporting cell with one of the two nuclei which suc- 
ceeded the carpogenic nucleus is cut off below. Four nuclei now 
appear in place of the two remaining centrally-placed nuclei, and 
a superior binucleate supporting cell is formed above, leaving a 
binucleated ascogonium below. The ascogonium may become an 
ascogenic cell directly, or a second inferior supporting cell may be 
cut off from it, and a second ascogenic cell may be formed, each 
cell being binucleate. At this important point the exact line of 
descent of the nuclei to be found in this series of binucleate cells 
was not determined. Whether the nuclei in the ascogenic cells 
are sister nuclei, a few divisions removed from the nucleus of 
the carpogonium, or whether they are non-sister nuclei, the great- 
granddaughters of the trichophoric and carpogenic cells respec- 
tively, is not stated. The author would seem to infer that the 
latter is the case by the statement that the nucleus of the tricho- 
phoric cell “ joins forces with that of the carpogonium.” The 
nuclei in the ascogenic cell divide conjugately, non-sister nuclei 
passing up into the ascus which buds off directly from the asco- 
genic cell. Their fusion follows. Four chromosomes appear at 
the conjugate divisions in the ascogenic cells and the same number 
is to be found at each division in the ascus ; reduction occurs in 
synapsis of the first division. A well-marked centrosome is found 
upon the nuclear membrane. The behavior of the centrosome in 
nuclear division, and its connection with the chromatin threads 
seems to be very similar to what Harper describes for the Erysi- 
phaceae. Faull still maintains, however, that the astral rays take 
no part as such in the delimitation of the spores, but agrees that 
the centrosome is the center of activity to the extent that the 
spores’ are delimited by the differentiation of a limiting layer 



176 



]\Iycologia 



of protoplasm that begins adjacent to the centrosome and con- 
tinues progressively. 

Faull has procured additional cytological evidence for placing 

the Laboulbeniales among the true Ascomycetes. It should be 

noted, however, that the method of ascogonous formation here 

described is entirely unlike anything known among the asco- 
\ 

mycetes. Although he has heretofore been inclined to view the 
ascus as having been evolved from the zoosporangium of the 
Oomycetes, he now admits that there may be some grounds for 
relating the Ascomycetes to the Florideae. “ Such features as a , 
uninucleate antheridium, the possibility of proliferation of sper- 
matia from the same antheridium, and the exogenous types of 
spermatium organization suggest similar phenomena in the rusts, 
many Ascomycetes, and in the Florideae.” 

B. O. Dodge. 



Maire’s Remarks on Some Hypocreaceae 

Under the title “ Remarques sur quelques Hypocreacees R. 
Maire discusses a number of species belonging to the genera Pyx- 
idiophora, Peckiella, Hypomyces, and Nectriopsis, the last being 
a new genus. In this paper a number of data are given which 
add to our knowledge of the North American Hypocreales. 

In the “ Hypocreales of North America the writer made 
Hypomyces boletinns Peck a synonym of Hypomyces chryso- 
spermus (Bull.) Tul. with a note that the spores in the North 
American specimens examined were smaller than usually indi- 
cated for European specimens. On this difference Maire retains 
the American form as a variety of the European. At the time 
this note was made it was the opinion of the writer that the dif- 
ference in size of the spores was due to immaturity of the plants 
examined. It still seems likely that this apparent difference 
would fade out if a careful comparison could be made of a suffi- 
cient number of plants from both America and Europe. The 
species is common on Boletus but the conidial phase is more 
common than the perfect and is identical in the European and 

’Ann. Myc. 9: 315-326. 1911. 

* Mycologia 2 : 76. 1910. 



News, Notes, and Reviews 



177 



American plants. The perithecia develop quite readily in the 
laboratory. 

After a study of cotype material of Hypomyces hyalinus 
(Schw.) Till, in the herbarium at Paris, Maire agrees with the 
writer in regard to the spore characters, the species being char- 
acterized by the unequally septate, verrucose spores. Hypomyces 
inaequalis Peck is used as a synonym as has been previously done 
by the writer (1. c.). Maire calls attention to the fact that the 
species has also been recorded from Europe, a fact which was 
overlooked in our own monograph.® 

Hypomyces macrosporiis Seaver is made a synonym of Hypo- 
myces armeniacus Tul. When this species was described a note 
was appended stating that the plant was first thought to be Hypo- 
myces ochraceus (Pers.) Tul. The absence of material illustrat- 
ing this species in Persoon’s herbarium, together with several 
apparent differences, led me to describe the species as new. Maire 
points out that it is identical with Hypomyces armeniacus Tul. in 
the Paris herbarium and adds Hypomyces ochraceus (Pers.) Tul. 
as a doubtful synonym. These observations are important as 
they clear up the identity of our North American species. The 
species is characterized by the very large verrucose spores. 

Specimens of Hypomyces tegillmn Berk. & Curt, in the her- 
barium at Kew show perithecia, but no mature asci were seen. 
iMaire reports that cotype material in the Paris herbarium have 
asci in good condition, and completes the description of the spe- 
cies. Hypomyces papyraceus (Ellis & Holw.) Seaver differs in 
the much smaller spores. 

Nectriopsis -is proposed as a new genus, differing from Bysso- 
nectria in its 2 -celled spores. Hypomyces violaceus Tul., which 
was placed in the genus Byssonectria by the writer, is included 
in the new genus. Hypomyces aureo-nitens Tul. is also included 
in the new genus. The American material described under this 
name in North American Elora is said to differ in its much 
smaller spores and the absence of the Penicillium-type. of conidia. 

The paper is illustrated with one plate containing careful draw- 
ings of the spores of the species discussed, and is a valuable addi- 
tion to our knowledge of the North American Hypocreales. 

E. J. Seaver. 

‘Fries, Summa Veg. Scand. 383. 1849. 



178 



Mycologia 



Wollenweber’s Studies on the Fusarium Problem 

A paper entitled “Studies on the Fusarium Problem,” by Dr. 
H. W. Wollenweber, appears in Phytopathology (3: 24-50. 
1913). As an introduction to this paper he first discusses “un- 
reliability of the stroma as a taxonomic character” in the asco- 
mycetes. He says in referring to the stroma, “ Doubts, however, 
as to the value of the basis of Fries’ system have been frequently 
expressed.” “ These doubts have recently been confirmed by 
careful comparative studies of exsiccati and by pure culture study 
of ascomycetes and fungi imperfecti.” He also says, “ This sys- 
tem somewhat modified is still in use.” Also, that it will be 
difficult or almost impossible to follow the proposition to divide 
the Hypocreales into groups according to the presence or absence 
of stroma as has been done in North American Flora. 

He might have discussed “Unreliability of Any Taxonomic 
Character ” and all of the arguments which have been advanced 
in support of his ground would apply with equal validity to many 
if not all of these characters. That the stroma, in certain cases, 
is variable, has long been recognized by taxonomists, but to argue 
that divisions should not be made on this character because it is 
variable in certain cases is about as logical as to argue that the 
animal and plant kingdoms should not be separated because there 
are certain groups on the border line which at different stages in 
their life cycle partake of the character of both animal and plant. 

If he had said that it is impossible to separate Hypocreales 
on the presence or absence of stroma, his statement would be 
more nearly in accord with fact, but to say that the order as a 
whole cannot be separated on this character is misleading. Before 
one undertakes to judge as to the value of a character from a 
taxonomic point of view, he should first take the trouble to look 
up some of the facts involved. That Dr. Wollenweber did not do 
this is evident from his own writing, for in referring to the stroma 
he says, “ It may, however, be of taxonomic value in extreme 
cases when it entirely encloses the perithecia . . . {Claviceps, 
Cordyceps, Xylaria).” If he had had the facts clearly in mind, 
he would have known that in certain species of both Xylaria and 
Cordyceps the perithecia are not immersed but entirely super- 
ficial. Again he writes, “ Intermediate groups such as the Hypo- 



News, Notes, and Reviews 



179 



creaceae having free perithecia, or with the latter partly cov- 
ered by the stroma. In many of the Hypocreaceae, 

contrary to his statement, including the genus Hypocrea itself 
and related genera, the perithecia are entirely immersed, in fact 
are scarcely more than cavities hollowed out of the stroma. In 
no genus in the whole order is any character more constant and 
reliable than the stroma in Hypocrea, Chromocrea, Chromocre- 
opsis, Podostroma and other related genera. Even in such cases 
as Cordyceps, in which it might appear extreme to one whose 
knowledge of the genus is limited to one or two species, the 
stroma is sometimes quite variable. In at least one case, Cordy- 
ceps Cockerellii, the stroma becomes so changeable and unreliable 
that it is on the border line between Cordyceps and 0 phionectria. 
But, as a whole, the genus Cordyceps is well defined. If there 
were no intermediate forms, classification would be no problem. 

Again, referring to Maire’s work on Nectriopsis, he writes, 
“ In pure culture [Hyponiyces],h.o\\it\tr, I find apiculi or sharply 
pointed ends only on young ascospores, with more or less obtuse 
ends in maturity.” The species on which this observation was 
made is not named. The genus Hypomyces was founded by 
Tulasne (not Plowright) on Sphaeria Lactifluorum. This species 
has been studied by the writer from living material both in the 
laboratory and field over long stretches of time, involving literally 
bushels of material and in no case have my observations on the 
ascospores borne out those of Wollenweber, which leads me to 
suspect that the peculiar condition observed in his work was due 
to abnormal conditions or possibly that he did not have a Hypo- 
myces at all. 

On this latter observation, which is so lacking in detail that it 
is not conclusive, he rules that the morphology of the ascbspore 
is not a reliable character on which to separate Hypomyces and 
Nectria. On even more limited observation he adopts a new 
character, “ true chlamydospores,” in which, to use his own 
words, “ we have an excellent differential character between both 
genera.” What reason he has to assume that chlamydospores 
occur throughout the genus Hypomyces and not throughout the 
genus Nectria, since they have been reported in some species of 
both genera, he does not make clear. If they should later be 



180 



Mycologia 



found to occur throughout both genera, we cannot understand 
how their presence or absence could be used as a differential 
character between the two. If later they should be found to be 
common to many of the pyrenomycetes, having been already 
reported in several, we fail to understand how their presence 
could be of any value as a generic character at all. Then, with 
our present incomplete knowledge of the nature of, or the con- 
ditions under which chlamydospores are formed, what reason 
have we to believe that they are constant in their occurrence in 
any given species? Is it not possible that their presence or ab- 
sence may be even more unreliable than -the stroma itself? 

On the above outlined uncertain evidence, he adopts the pres- 
ence or absence of chlamydospores as a differential character 
between Nectria and Hypomyces and proposes in order to make 
the character fit the few species investigated to transpose all the 
species of Nectria in which chlamydospores have been reported 
to the genus Hypomyces, and publishes the new combination for 
Nectria Ipomoeae Halsted. 

While no line of work is of more value to the taxonomist than 
life history study of the various species of fungi, yet to attempt 
to draw general conclusions as to the value of taxonomic charac- 
ters by an investigation of a few isolated species is not improv- 
ing classification but only adding chaos to confusion. After thus 
so easily disposing of most of the difficulties in the classification 
of the Hypocreales, he then proceeds to record the results of his 
work on Fusarium, in which field he has contributed much valu- 
able knowledge to the cause of science. 

The genus Fusarium is divided into sections on the basis of the 
forms of the conidia, as follows ; Elegans, Martiella, Discolor, 
Gibbosum, Roseum, and Ventricosum. The types of conida on 
which these sections are based are given in an accompanying plate. 
V erticillium is briefly considered, although showing no morpho- 
logical relationship with Fusarium. Ramularia, which differs 
from Fusarium in its cylindrical conidia, is also considered. 

It is assumed as a general rule that the presence of chlamydo- 
spores in certain sections of Fusarium indicates the absence of 
ascogenous stages. There are, however, exceptions in Hypomyces 
and Nectria. 



News, Notes, and Reviews 



181 



The wilt disease is fully discussed. The view which has been 
previously advanced that Neocosmospora is an obligate sapro- 
phyte and not connected with Fusarium vasinfectum Atk., as has 
been supposed, is sustained. The question then arises as to the 
validity of the name Neocosmospora vasinfecta Smith, the species 
having been founded on Atkinson’s name given to the Fusarium. 
This illustrates the difficulty, at the present stage of our knowl- 
edge, of relying on conidial characters in the classification of the 
Ascomycetes. 

Considerable space is devoted to “Tuber rot and ring dis- 
coloration of the potato.” According to his investigations, six 
species of Fusarium have been confused with Fusarium Solani; 
also Hypomyces Solani and Nectria Solani, which have been 
thought to represent its ascogenous stage and are now regarded 
as harmless saprophytes. It is claimed that all of these species 
of Fusarium can be distinguished on morphological characters. 

This paper contains many valuable suggestions, but, from the 
standpoint of a taxonomist, it would seem to me that if more 
space had been used in recording exact details of pure culture 
experiments on which these conclusions are based and a little 
less in generalizing on their probable application, its value would 
have been greatly enhanced, at least so far as our knowledge of 
the ascomycetes is concerned. 



F. J. Seaver. 



INDEX TO AMERICAN MYCOLOGICAL 
LITERATURE 

Bachmann, F. M. The migration of Bacillus amylovorus in the 
host tissues. Phytopathology 3 : 3-14. pi. 3 + /. i, 2. F 1913. 

Banker, H. J, Type studies in the Hydnaceae — IV. The genus 
Phellodon. Mycologia 5: 62-66. 10 Mr 1913. 

Includes Phellodon carnosus sp. nov. 

Barss, H. P. Cherry gummosis. Biennial Crop, Pest and Horti- 
cultural Rep. Oregon Agr. Exp. Sta. 1911-1912: 199-217. /. 
10-19. 10 Ja 1913. 

Caused by Pseudomonas cerasus. 

Bessey, E. A. A suggestion as to the phylogeny of the Asco- 
mycetes. Science II. 37: 385. 7 ]\Ir 1913. 

An abstract. 

Freeman, E. M. Harry Marshall Ward. Phytopathology 3: i, 
2. pi. I. F 1913. 

Garcia, F., & Rigney, J. W. Grape crown-gall investigations. 
New IMexico Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 85: 3-28. /. i-j. Ja 1913. 

Gregory, C. T. A rot of grapes caused by Cryptosporella viticola. 
Phytopathology 3: 20-23. /. i, 2. E 1913. 

Giissow, H. T. Report of the Dominion botanist. Rep. Exp. 
Farms (Canada) 1912; 191-215. pi. 6, 7, /. 1-4. 1912. 

Giissow, H. T. Powdery scab of potatoes. Spongospora suhter- 
ranea (Wallr.) Johns. Phytopathology 3: 18, 19. pi. 4-\-f. i- 
F 1913. 

Hastings, E. G., Evans, A. C., & Hart, E. B, The bacteriology of 
cheddar cheese. Centralb. Bakt. Zweite. Abt. 36 ; 443-468. 
/. I, 2. IS F 1913. 

Hedgcock, G. G. Notes on some western Uredineae which attack 
forest trees. II. Phytopathology 3: IS~^ 7 - 

182 



Index to American Mycological Literature 



183 



Humphrey, C. J. Winter injury to the white elm. Phytopathol- 
ogy 3 : 62, 63. F 1913. 

Jackson, H. S. Apple tree anthracnose. Biennial Crop, Pest 
and Horticultural Rep. Oregon Agr. Exp. Sta. 1911-1912 : 178- 
197. /. 7-p. 10 Ja 1913. 

Caused by a fungus Neofabraea malicorticis (Cordley) Jackson, proposed 
as the type of a new genus. 

Melhus, I. E. Septoria pisi in relation to pea blight. Phyto- 
pathology 3 : 51-58. pi. 6. F 1913. 

Murrill, W. A. The Amanitas of eastern North America. Myco- 
logia 5 : pi. 8^, 86. 72-86. 10 Mr 1913. 

Peck, C. H. New species of fungi. Mycologia 5; 67-71. 10 

Mr 1913. 

Includes Amanita peckiana Kauffm., Collybia subdecumbens, C. truncata, 
Entoloma mirabile, Inocybe minima, Leptonia gracilipes, L. validipes, and 
Puccinia striatospora. 

Schaffner, J. H. The classification of plants, VIII. Ohio Nat. 
13 : 70-78. 20 F 1913. 

Includes a classification of the fungi. 

Shear, C. L. Enodothia radicalis (Schw.). Phytopathology 3; 
61. F 1913. 

Smith, C. 0 . Some successful inoculations with the peach grown 
gall organism and certain observations upon retarded gall for- 
mation. Phytopathology 3 : 59, 60. F 1913. 

Spaulding, P. Notes on Cronartium comptoniae. Phytopathol- 
ogy 3 : 62. F 1913. 

Speare, A. T. Fungi parasitic upon insects injurious to sugar 
cane. Rep. Exp. Sta. Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Assoc. Bull. 
12: 5-62. pi. 1-6, f. I, 2. D 1912. 

Includes Entomophthora pseudococci and Aspergillus parasiticus spp. nov. 

Speare, A. T., & Colley, R. H. The artificial use of the brown- 
tail fungus in Massachusetts, with practical suggestions for 
private experiment, and a brief note on a fungous disease of 
the gypsy caterpillar. 5-31. pl. 1-8 -\-f. i, 2. Boston. 1912. 



184 



Mycologia 



Sumstine, D. R. Studies in North Hyphomycetes — II. 

Mycologia 5: 45-61. pi. 82-84. 10 Mr 1913. 

Includes Oosporoidea and Toruloidea gen. nov., and Oidium Murrilliae, 
Toruloidea effusa, T. Unangstii, and Acrosporium Gossypii spp. nov. 

Webster, H. S. Grape culture in Pennsylvania. Pennsylvania 
Dept. Agr. Bull. 217: 7-66. /. 1-51. 1912. 

Includes notes on the fungus diseases of grapes. 

Wollenweber, H. W. Pilzparasitare Welkekrankheiten der Kul- 
turpflanzen. Ber. Deuts. Bot. Gesells. 31 : 17-34. 27 F 1913. 

Wollenweber, H. W. Studies on the fusarium problem. Phyto- 
pathology 3: 24-50. pi. 5 + f- I- F 1913- 

Includes descriptions of Fusarium reddens, F. conglutinans, and F. sclero- 
tium, spp. nov. 



JOURNAL OF MYCOLOGY AND REPRINTS 



Journal of Mycology, Vols. 8-13, per volume 

Index to North American Mycology, 1900-1908, 13 parts issued, 

per part 25 

Index to Uredineous Infection Experiments 50 

Portraits of Eminent Mycologists, each lo 

New Genera of Fungi published since 1900 ; original descrip- 
tions with full citation 75 

First and Second Supplements to New Genera of Fungi, each .50 

Index to Journal of Mycology, Vols. i-io 75 

Mycological Glossary 25 

North American Species of Marasmius, Lepiota, Agaricaceae, 

by A. P. Morgan, each 5c 

Cortinarius; Key to Species, by C. H. Kauffman 25 

Saccardo’s Arrangement and Nomenclature of Fungi (Orders 

and Families) 51 

Address MISS MAUDE KELLERMAN, 

175 West Eleventh Ave., Columbus Ohio. 



CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NEW YORK 
BOTANICAL GARDEN 

Price, 25 cents each. See next page for recent numbers 

No. 17. The Tylostomaceae of North America, by V. S. White. 

No. 24. The Nidulariaceae of North America, by V. S. White. 

No. 27. Some Mt. Desert Fungi, by V. S. White. 

Nos. 29, 32, 35, 38, 41, 49, 52, 56, 60, 65, 69, 70 and 74. The Polyporaceae 
of North America, I-XIII, by W. A. Murrill. 

No. 90. Studies in North American Peronosporales — I. The Genus Albugo, 
by Guy West Wilson. 

No. 95. Studies in North American Peronosporales — II. Phytopbthoreae and 
Rhysotheceae, by Guy West Wilson. 

No. 99. Some Philippine Polyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill. 

No. 1 10. Additional Philippine Polyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill. 

No. III. Boleti from Western North Carolina, by W. A. Murrill. 

No. 114. The Boleti of the Frost Herbarium, by W. A. Murrill. 

No. 115. Some North Dakota Hypocrealet, by F. J. Seaver. 

No. 117. Studies in North American Peronosporales — IV. Host Index, by 
G. W. Wilson. 

No. 1 19. North Dakota Slime-Moulds, by F. J. Seaver. 

No. 122. Notes on North American Hypocrealcs — II. Ncctria Peziza, by 
F. J. Seaver. 

No 133. Iowa Discomycetes, by F. J. Seaver (special price S° cents). 

Address NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN, 

Bronx Park, New York City 



PUBLIC A.TIOIVS 

OF 

The New York Botanical Garden 



Journal of the New 7ork Botanical Qarden, monthly, illustrated, con- 
taining notes, news, and non-technical articles of general interest. Free to all mem- 
bers of the Garden. To others, ro cents a copy ; ;^i.oo a year. [Not offered in ex- 
change.] Now in its fourteenth volume. 

Mycologla, bimonthly, illustrated in color and otherwise; devoted to fungi, 
including lichens ; containing technical articles and news and notes of general in- 
terest, and an index to current American mycological literature. (3.00 a year; 
single copies not for sale. [Not offered in exchange.] Now in its fifth volume. 

Bulletin of the New Tork Botanical Garden, containing the annual reports 
of the Director- in-Chief and other official documents, and technical articles embodying 
results of investigations carried out in the Garden. Free to all members of the 
Garden ; to others, Jlj.oo per volume. Now in its eighth volume. 

North American Flora. Descriptions of the wild plants of North America> 
including Greenland, the West Indies and Central America. Planned to be com- 
pleted in 32 volumes. Roy. 8vo. Each volume to consist of four or more parts. 
Subscription price, |>i.50 per part; a limited number of separate ftarts will be sold 
for I2.00 each. [Not offered in exchange.] 

Vol. 3, part I, 1910. Nectriaceae — Fimetariaceae. 

Vol. 7, parti, 1906; part 2, 1907; part 3, 1912. Ustilaginaceae — Aecidiaceae 
(pars). 

Vol. 9, parts I and 2, 1907; part 3, 1910. Polyporaceae — Agaricaceae (pars). 
( Parts I and 2 no longer sold separately. ) 

Vol. 16, part I, 1909. Ophioglossaceae — Cyatheaceae (pars). 

Vol. 17, part I, 1909; part 2, 1912. Typhaceae — Poaceae (pars). 

Vol. 22, parts I and 2, 1905; parts 3 and 4, 1908. Podostemonaceae — Rosaceae 
(pars). 

Vol. 25, part I, 1907; part 2, 1910; part 3, 1911. Geraniaceae — Burseraceae. 
Memoirs of the New 'Fork Botanical Garden. Price to members of the 
Garden, 5i-00 per volume. To others, $2.00. [Not offered in exchange.] 

Vol. I. An Annotated Catalogue of the Flora of Montana and the Yellowstone 
Park, by Per Axel Rydberg, ix -i-492 pp., with detailed map. 1900. 

Vol. II. The Influence of Light and Darkness upon Growth and Development, 
by D. T. MacDougal. xvi -(- 320 pp., with 176 figures. 1903. 

Vol. Ill Stupes of Cretaceous Coniferous Remains from Kreischerville, New 
York, by Anhur Hollick and Edward Charles Jeffrey, viii-j-138 pp., with 29 
plates. 19C9. 

Vol. IV. Effects of the Rays of Radium on Plants, by Charles Stuart Gager, 
viii -f- 278 pp., with 73 figures and 14 plates. 1908. 

Contributions from the New York Botanical Garden. A series of tech- 
nical papers written by students or members of the staff, and reprinted from journals 
other than the above. Price, 25 cents each. ;(5.oo per volume. In its seventh volume. 

RECENT NUMBERS 25 CENTS EACH 

152. The genus Struthiopteris and its Representatives in North America, by Jean 

Broadhurst. 

153. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora — XXVII, by P. A. Rydberg. 

154. Biochemical Studies of Soils Subjected to Dry Heat, by F. J. Seaver and 

E. D. Clark. 

I 5 S- Polycodiu 7 n, by C. B. Robinson. 

156. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora — XXVIII, by P. A. Rydberg. 

NEW York Botanioal qarocn 

BwoNX PARK, New York Oir> 



MYCOLOGIA 

IN CONTINUATION OF THE JOURNAL OF MYCOLOGY 
Founded by W. A. Kellerman, J. B. Elli8,and B. M. Everhart in 1885 



EDITOR 

WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL 



Vol. V— JULY, 1913— No. 4 




JOSEPH C. ARTHUR 
HOWARD J. BARKER 
OUCOHO BRE8AD0LA 
FREDERIC E. CLEMENTS 
JOHN DEARNESS 



ASSOCIATE EDITORS 

FRANKLIN S. EARLE 
BRUCE PINK 
ROBERT A. HARPER 
THOMAS H. MACBRIDE 
PAUL MAGNUS 



GEORGE MASSES 
NARCISSE PATOUILLARD 
LARS ROMELL 
FRED J. SSAVER 
CORNELIUS L. SHEAR 



PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY FOR 
THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN 

Br THE NEW ERA PRINTING COMPANY 
LANCASTER. PA. 



CONTENTS 



PAGE 



Some Tropical Cup-Fungi - - Fred J. Seaver 185 

Type Studies in the Hydnaceae — V. The Genus Hyd- 

nellum _ . - _ Howard J. Banker 194 

The Agaricaceae of the Pacific Coast — IV. New Species 

of Clitocybe and Melanoleuca. William A. Murrill 206 

Toxicological Studies on the Mushrooms Clitocybe illu- 
dens and Inocybe infida. 

Ernest D, Clark and Clayton S. Smith 224 

Furthur Cultures of Heteroecious Rusts. W. P. Fraser 233 

Uredinales on Carex in North America. J. C. Arthur 240 

Notes on New Species of Fungi from Various Localities 

Charles E. Fairman 245 

News and Notes 249 

Index to American Mycological Literature - - - 251 



The New Era Printing Company makes the following charges to authors for 
articles reprinted from Mycologia, if ordered with proof : 



Without Cover — 


4 PP- 


8 pp. 


12 pp. 


16 pp. 


20 pp. 


24 PP- 


28 pp. 


32 pp. 


25-50 Copies — 


|J .37 


I1.87 


$2.12 


I2.50 


# 3 - SO 


84-05 


I4.82 


IS.20 


100 “ 


i-SS 


2.15 


2.65 


3 - IS 


4.05 


5.00 


6.10 


6.50 


200 “ 


2.00 


3-05 


4.00 


4-30 


5.60 


6.90 


8.30 


8.90 



Covers — First 50 — |i.oo. Additional, ic each. 
Plates — 40c per 100, 



Mycologia 



Plate LXXXVIII 




COOKEINA SULCIPES (Berk.) O. Kuntze 

CooKEiNA Tricholoma (Moiit.) O. Kuntze 




MYCOLOGIA 

VoL. V July, 1913 No. 4 



SOME TROPICAL CUP-FUNGI 

Fhed J. Shaver 
(With Plates 88-90) 



LI«R/.k’Y 
NEW YUKX 

botanic^' 

UAf>' ■ 



The genus Cookeina was established by O. Kuntze to take the 
place of Trichoscypha of Saccardo, the latter name being unten- 
able. A month later the genus Pilocratera was proposed by 
P. Hennings for the same reason, apparently without knowledge 
of Kuntze’s work. The name Pilocratera was adopted by Lindau 
in Engler & Prantl’s Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien, but incorrectly 
so since the name proposed by Kuntze had priority. The genus 
is most closely allied to Sarcoscypha of Saccardo, but the species 
which are essentially tropical are probably distinct enough to be 
retained in a separate genus. 

As the name implies, the plants are usually hairy and the hairs 
w'hen present are composed of a fascicle of mycelial threads the 
whole tapering into a bristle-like apex. In one species, C. Colen- 
soi, which is here included with the genus, the hairs are absent 
and the outside of the cup is clothed with granules consisting of 
loosely arranged cells. While well-developed hairs are wanting 
in this species other characters indicate a close relationship with 
the other members of the genus to which it undoubtedly belongs. 

Another character of the genus which deserves especial men- 
tion is the peculiar markings of the spores. Three of the four 
species examined have striate spores. In one species, C. insititia, 
no striations were observed. However, as only one collection of 
this species has been seen it is possible that a further study of 
the species will reveal this character. The striations are not in 

[Mycologia for May, 1913 (5: 93-184), was issued May 6, 1913.] 

185 



186 



Mycologia 



the nature of thickenings or cracks such as those found in some 
of the Ascobolaceae but are light and dark bands extending from 
one end of the spore to the other but not roughening its surface, 
at least so far as can be determined. The width of the bands 
varies in different species. This character seems to be more com- 
mon in tropical ascomycetes than in temperate and northern spe- 
cies, having also been observed by the writer in several of the tropi- 
cal Hypocreales. It has also been mentioned by Doctor Thaxter 
in the genus IVynnea which genus is tropical although one species 
runs up into the northern United States. There may be no 
significance in this coincidence but it is sufficiently striking to de- 
serve mention. All of the species examined in the present genus 
have either fasciculate hairs or striate spores or both ; all are 
bright colored, more or less stipitate, of a tough consistence, grow 
on wood and have a similar distribution. 

The genus Phillipsia which is treated in this paper shows a 
very close relationship with Cookeina. One species of the genus 
has been frequently collected in the West Indies and until re- 
cently has been filed away in our collections as an unnamed spe- 
cies of Sarcoscypha. In fact the plants very closely resemble our 
Sarcoscypha coccinea. The color of the hymenium is darker be- 
ing reddish-purple instead of scarlet and the spores are unequal- 
sided and marked with the striations referred to in connection 
with Cookeina. The great variability in the stem and other gross 
characters has doubtless led to the multiplication of synonyms in 
this species. The genus Phillipsia was based on specimens in 
which the stem was almost wanting and had the nature of the 
plant been fully appreciated it is possible that the species might 
have been included with the preceding genus. Berkeley in de- 
scribing Peziza domingensis, tyi>e of the genus Phillipsia, says, — 
“ Though not oblique, it seems to be nearest to such species as 
P. onotica, or perhaps the two pedunculate species which follow 
[Peziza Hystrix and Peziza Hindsii].” This is the only refer- 
ence seen which bears upon the relationship of Phillipsia and 
Cookeina. The striation of the spores is a character common to 
both genera but one which has apparently been overlooked, for it 
is not usually mentioned in the descriptions of any of the species 
of either genus except Peziza striispora Ellis & Everhart, which 
is here included as a synonym of Cookeina Tricholoma. 



Seaver: Some Tropical Cup-Fungi 



187 



These studies are based on material in the herbarium of the 
Garden including numerous specimens obtained by Garden collec- 
tors in the West Indies and Mexico. The collections in several 
cases are accompanied by colored sketches made in the field by 
Mrs. Norman Taylor. These sketches show the colors to be a 
much brighter red than is shown in the published illustrations of 
the various species which must have been made from dried mate- 
rial or by guess from the descriptions. The photographs are 
made from dried material which in some cases is partially revived 
by wetting. On account of the tough consistence of the plants of 
these two genera they do not shrink a great deal in drying and the 
photographs compare very favorably with the drawings made 
from fresh material so far as the form of the cups is concerned. 
While these photographs do not bring out the colors they show 
many details which it is impossible to show even in a colored 
sketch. Drawings are made with the aid of a camera lucida, all 
spores being drawn to a common scale. 

CooKEiN.v O. Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PI. 2: 849. 1891 

Pesica § Trichoscypha Cooke, Mycogr. 252. 1879. 

Trichoscypha Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8; 160. 1889. Not Trichoscy- 

pha Hooker. 1862. 

Pilocratera P. Henn. in Engler, Bot. Jahr. 14; 363. 1891. 

Plants stipitate or substipitate, bright-colored, some shade of 
red or yellow, hairy or pruinose ; hairs when present fasciculate ' 
substance tough, not shrinking much in drying; asci 8-spored ; 
spores hyaline or subhyaline, ellipsoid to fusoid, usually striate, 
striations consisting of light and dark bands extending lengthwise 
of the spore ; paraphyses present, filiform. 

Type species, Peziza Tricholoma Mont. 



Cups clothed with well-developed hairs. 

Hairs long and conspicuous, covering the outside of the cup. C. Tricholoma. 
Hairs short and inconspicuous, mostly near the margin 



Key to the Species 



of the cup. 

Cups large, shallow; spores 27-33 X 14-18 ytt. 
Cups small, deep; spores 40-50 X 10-12 jx. 



C. sulcipes. 
C. insititia. 
C. Colensoi. 



Cups pruinose but with no well-developed hairs. 



188 



Mycologia 



CooKEiNA Tricholoma (Moiit.) O. Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PI. 2: 

849. 1891 

Tricholoma Mont. Ann. Sci. Nat. II. 2; 77. 1834. 

Peziza Hystrix Berk. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. II. 9: 201. 1852. 

Trichoscypha Tricholoma Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 160. 1889. 

Pilocratera Tricholoma P. Henn. in Engler, Bot. Jahr. 14: 364. 

1892. 

Pcziza striispora Ellis & Ev. Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. State Univ. 

Iowa 4: 69. 1896. 

Sarcoscypha striispora Sacc. Syll. Eung. 14: 754. 1899. 

Plants stipitate, cup-shaped, with the margin slightly incurved, 
1-1.5 cm. in diameter and about i cm. deep; stem often so short 
that the plants appear to be sessile or 2-3 cm. long and about 2 
mm. thick, exterior of the cup as well as the stem entirely clothed 
with long hairs which are more numerous around the margin 
forming an incurved border, entire plant deep-red or nearly scar- 
let and a little paler outside, fading in dried plants to pale-orange ; 
hairs often 2-3 mm. long and ioo-175/x in diameter at the base, 
gradually tapering toward the apex, whitish or pale-brown and 
composed of a dense fascicle of mycelial threads ; asci cylindric, 
about 350-375 X 20 fjL, abruptly extended below into a short ap- 
pendage-like base; spores ellipsoid to fusoid, about 27-33 X 12- 
14 /A, hyaline or subhyaline with one or two large oil-drops and 
granular within, usually marked with delicate, longitudinal stria- 
tions; paraphyses filiform, slender, slightly enlarged upwards. 

On old wood and bark. 

Type locality, Central America. 

Distribution : West Indies, Mexico, Central America, and 
Philippine Islands. Also reported from Australia and South 
America. 

Illustrations: Ann. Sci. Nat. II. 2: pi. 4, f. 2; Cooke, 
Mycogr. pi. 57, /. 202; Engler-Prantl, Nat. Pfl. iL 195, /. 755, 
C-E. 

Massee^ states, — “The two species enumerated above \Peziza 
sulci pcs and Pcziza Hiudsii] are synonyms of each other, and in 
turn both are synonymous with Pcziza tricholoma IMont.” There 
seems to be no doubt as to the identity of Pcziza snlcipes and 
Pcziza Hindsii but from our own studies based on material col- 



’Jour. Linn. Soc. 31: 507. 



Seaver: Some Tropical Cup-Fungi 



189 



lected in the West Indies, Pczi::a T richoloma Mont, appears to be 
distinct. The difference is shown in the accompanying photograph 
(plate 88). 

One new synonym is here added to the list, Pesiza striispora 
Ellis & Everhart. This species was described from material col- 
lected at Castillo, Nicaragua. The type could not be found in 
the Ellis Collection but the description, locality, etc, leave little 
chance for doubt as to its identity. 

CooKEiNA SULCIPES (Berk.) O. Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PI. 2: 849. 

1891 

Peziza sulcipes Berk, in Hooker’s London Jour. Bot. II. i: 141. 
1842. 

Peziza Hiudsii Berk, in Hooker’s London Jour. Bot. II. i : 456. 
1842. 

fPcziza Afzelii Fries, Nov. Acta Reg. Soc. Scient. Upsal. HI. 
i: 121. 1855. 

Trichoscypita Hindsii Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 161. 1889. 
Trichoscypha sulcipes Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 161. 1889. 
fTrichoscypha Afzelii Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 161. 1889. 

Cookeina Hindsii O. Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PI. 2: 849. 1891. 

fCookeina Afzelii O. Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PI. 2: 849. 1891. 

fPilocratera Engleriana P. Henn. in Engler, Bot. Jahr. 14; 363. 
1892. 

Pilocratera Hindsii Lindau, in Engler-Prantl, Nat. Pfl. i : 195. 

1897. 

Geopyxis elata IMassee, Bull. Royal Gardens, Kew 1898; 123. 

1898. 

Plants stipitate, cup-shaped, 1-2 cm. in diameter and about i 
cm. deep or sometimes more shallow, exterior of the cup often 
marked with several concentric rings near the margin and fringed 
with very short hairs which are more numerous at or near the 
margin of the cup, hymenium deep-orange to nearly scarlet, ex- 
ternally paler, fading to pale-yellow in dried specimens ; stem 
often so short that the cups appear to be sessile but occasionally 
as long as 3 cm. and about 2 mm. thick ; hairs comparatively short, 
subconical in form, about 400-500 /a long and 75-100 /x broad at 
the base gradually tapering toward the apex, composed of a dense 



190 



]\IyCOLOGIA 



fascicle of mycelial threads, pale yellow ; asci cylindric, about 300- 
350 X 20/4 with a short appendage-like stem; spores ellipsoid 
with the ends slightly narrowed, hyaline or subhyaline with one 
or two large oil-drops and granular within, 27-33 X 14-18 (i, lon- 
gitudinally marked with delicate striations ; paraphyses filiform, 
slightly enlarged above. 

On old wood and bark. 

Type locality, Surinam, South America. 

Distribution : West Indies, IMexico to South America. Also 
reported from Australia. 

Illustrations: Hooker's London Jour. Bot. II. i: pi. /j (in 
part) ; Cooke, Mycogr. pi. 5/, /. igg, 200; Cooke, Australian 
Fungi, /. Engler-Prantl, Nat.. Pfl. iH 195, /. 155, F, G; 

Engler, Bot. Jahr. 14: pi. 6 , f. 9. 

One new synonym is added to the list above. Geopyxis data 
Massee. I have examined the type of this species and find it 
identical in every respect with Pcziza snlcipes Berk. While the 
type of Pilocratera Englerkma P. Henn. has not been seen, the 
description fits this species very closely and it is probably the 
same. In describing this species Hennings emphasizes the pres- 
ence of the stripes about the outer margin of the cups which is 
characteristic of C. sulcipcs. 

CooKEiNA iNSiTiTi.v (Berk. & Curt.) O. Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PI. 

2 : 849. 1891 

Pcziza insititia Berk. & Curt.; Berk. & Br. Jour. Linn. Soc. 14: 
103. 1875. 

Trichoscypha insititia Sacc. Syll. Eung. 8: 161. 1889. 

Plants deep cup-shaped, stijiitate, cup about 5-7 mm. in diam- 
eter and of about the same depth, yellow when dry (probably 
much brighter when fresh), clothed about the margin with rather 
numerous fasciculate hairs ; hairs very broad at the base, often 
nearly 400-500 /t and 1-2 mm. in length ; stem slender, 1-2 mm. 
in diameter and of variable length but often attaining i cm.; 
asci cylindric, very long, often 500X15-18/1; spores i-seriate 
or with the ends overlapping, fusiform, filled with oil-drops and 
granules, curved or unequal-sided, 40-50 X 10-12 /x, subhyaline; 
paraphyses filiform, slightly enlarged above. 



On wood. 



Mycologia 



Plate LXXXIX 




COOKEINA COLENSOI (Berk.) Seaver 
COOKEINA INSITITIA (Berk. & Curt.) O. Kuntze 
Phillipsia domingensis Berk. 



Seaver: Some Tropical Cup-Fungi 



191 



Type locality: Peradeniya, Ceylon. 

Distribution : Philippine Islands, Ceylon, and Bonin Islands, 

Illustrations: Cooke, Mycogr. pi. 57, /. 201; Jour. Linn. Soc. 
31 : pi. 16, f. 26. 

This species has not been found in the West Indies so far as 
known but it is not unlikely that it will be found to occur there. 
It is closely related to the other members of the genus but can be 
distinguished by the form of the cups and by differences in the 
spores. 

Cookeina Colensoi tBerk.) 

Pezisa Colensoi Berk, in Hooker’s FI. New Zealand 2 : 200. 1855. 
Peziza aluticolor Berk. Proc. Linn. Soc. 13: 176. 1873. 

Sarcoscypba Colensoi Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 157. 1889. 

Geopyxis aluticolor Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 64. 1889. 

Plants stipitate or substipitate, shallow cup-shaped, 1-1.5 cm. 
in diameter and about 5 mm. deep, dried plants pale-yellow 
(probably much brighter when fresh) marked with concentric 
rings about the outer margin, externally covered with loose cells 
which sometimes approach rudimentary hairs but with no well- 
developed hairs, wrinkled when dry especially near the base 
of the cup ; stem very short or almost wanting, sometimes not 
more than i mm. in length, never long as in related species ; asci 
cylindric, about 400-475 X 20 /x, gradually tapering below; 
spores I -seriate or with the ends slightly overlapping, fusoid with 
the ends quite strongly narrowed, with one or two large oil-drops 
and granular within, striations consisting of several broad, longi- 
tudinal bands extending the length of the spore, 30-40X12- 
I5i(x; paraphyses filiform, scarcely enlarged above. 

On wood and bark. 

Type locality: New Zealand. 

Distribution : West Indies, New Zealand, Australia, and 
Africa. 

Illustrations: Hooker’s FI. New Zealand 2: pi. 105, f. 5; 
Cooke, Mycogr. pi. 50, /. ig8. 

The plants of this species examined are almost sessile although 
the species is often described and illustrated with a stem several 
mm. long. The stem is probably variable as in other species of 
the genus although it has never been found to attain the length 
characteristic of other species of the genus. With the exception 



192 



Mycologia 



of the shorter stem, and absence of hairs the cups of this species 
might easily be mistaken for a subsessile form of Cookeina sul- 
cipes. The spores however are quite different. Geo pyxis Mdld- 
eriana P. Henn.- does not seem to differ materially from this 
species so far as can be judged from the published description. 

Phillipsia Berk. Jour. Linn. Soc. i8: 388. 1881 

Plants attached to the substratum by a very broad base which 
is often extended into a rather long, thick stem, hymenium bright- 
colored ; substance tough, not shrinking much in drying ; asci 8- 
spored ; spores usually striate, subhyaline ; paraphyses present, 
very slender. 

Type species, Pcziza domingensis Berk. 

Phillipsi.\ domingensis Berk. 

Peziza domingensis Berk. Ann. iMag. Nat. Hist. II. 9: 201. 1852. 
Peziza crispata Berk. & Br. Jour. Linn. Soc. 10: 367. 1869. 

Helotium pnrpnratum Kalchbr. in de Thiimen, Myc. univ. 1614. 
1880. 

fPeziza Harmoge Berk. & Br. Jour. Linn. Soc. 14: 104. 1875. 

Phillipsia kennesina Kalchbr. & Cooke, Grevillea 9; 25. 1880. 
Phillipsia subpurpurea Berk. & Br. Jour. Linn. Soc. 14: 104. 

1875- 

Lachnea crispata Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 682. 1889. 

Otidea domingensis Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 97. 1889. 

Plants shallow cup-shaped, regular or occasionally unequal- 
sided, attached by a broad base, sometimes nearly as broad as the 
cup, base often extended into a thickened stem i cm. long, hy- 
menium dark reddish-purple, externally much paler, nearly white 
or with a pinkish tinge or fading to a dirty-yellow in dried plants, 
more or less downy especially near the base ; substance tough and 
corky in dried plants, hymenium becoming pitted as a result of 
unequal shrinkage in drying, often giving it the appearance of a 
resupinate polypore ; asci cylindric, about 300-360 X 1 5-20 ju, 
gradually tapering below into a long stem-like base; spores i-se- 
riate or with the ends slightly overlapping, ellipsoid, ends very 
blunt or more rarely abruptly narrowed, unequal-sided, striated, 
striations consisting of a few broad bands extending the length 



■ Hedwigia 41: 30. 1902. 



Mycologia 



Plate XC 




1,2. CooKEiNA Tricholoma (Moiit.) O. Kuntze; 3-5. Cookeina sulcipes (Berk.) 
O. Kuntze; 6. Cookeina insititia (Berk. & Curt.) O. Kuntze; 7. Phillipsia domin- 
GENSis Berk.; 8. Cookeina Colensoi (Berk.) Seaver 



Seaver: Some Tropical Cup-Fungi 



193 



of the spore, with one or two large oil-drops and often several 
smaller ones, subhyaline; paraphyses filiform, slightly enlarged 
at their apices. 

On old wood and bark. 

Type locality : Santo Domingo. 

Distribution : West Indies, Australia, and Africa. 

Illustr.\tions : Cooke, Australian Fungi, pi. ipi, f. 151; Gre- 
villea 9: pi. Ij 6 , f. 21 ; Jour. Linn. Soc. 31 : pi. 16, f. 7, 8 and p. 

The above are some of the synonyms of this species, which 
have probably resulted from the great variability of the plants. 
It is not unlikely that further study of tropical discomycetes will 
add still other synonyms to the list. 



Explanation of Plates 
Plate LXXXVIII 

Cookeina sulcipes (Berk.) O. Kuntze (upper figure). 

Cookeina Tricholoma (Mont.) O. Kuntze (lower figure). 

Plate LXXXIX 

Cookeina Colensoi (Berk.) Seaver (upper figure). 

Cookeina insititia (Berk. & Curt.) O. Kuntze (middle figure). 
Phillipsia domiggensis Berk, (lower figure). 

Plate XC 

1. Cookeina Tricholoma ; ascus, spores and paraphyses. 

2. Cookeina Tricholoma ; hair from outside of cup. 

3. Cookeina sulcipes; ascus, spores and paraphyses. 

4 and 5. Cookeina sulcipes; hairs from outside of cup. 

6. Cookeina insititia; ascus and spores. 

7. Phillipsia domingensis ; ascus and spores. 

8. Cookeina Colensoi; ascus and spores. 

New York Botanical Garden. 



TYPE STUDIES IN THE HYDNACEAE^— 
V. THE GENUS HYDNELLUM. 



Howard J. Banker 

Hydnellum Diabolus sp. nov. 

Hydnum carbimcuhis (Seer.) Banker, Mem. Torrey Club 12; 

151. 1906; not Hydnum carbunculus Seer., ]\Iye. Suis. 2: 

515- 1833. 

Hymenophore terrestrial, mesopodous, gregarious, more or less 
eonfluent, low, nearly sessile, broad ; pileus eonvex to plane, rarely 
slightly depressed in eenter, more or less uneven, somewhat round 
to irregular, 4-10 em. wide and by eonfluenee often 20 eni. wide; 
surfaee wooly pubeseent, often more or less floeeose squamulose, 
azonate, whitish at first turning slightly brownish with irregular 
blotches of dark-brown to nearly black where bruised, these latter 
spots more or less glabrous, shining, probably from the dried 
juice; substance fibrous, tough, spongy, grayish-brown in the 
upper part of the pileus, compact, hard, somewhat woody, more 
or less distinctly zonate in the lower part, exuding a thick red 
juice in the fresh plant; margin somewhat thick, obtuse, sub- 
fertile to sterile ; stem stout, very short, deformed, becoming bul- 
bous in tbe substratum, and sometimes subradicating, 1-3 cm. 
wide, I mm. to i cm. long above ground ; teeth slender, terete, 
tapering, acute, decurrent, pinkish white, less than 5 mm. long 
shortening to the margin, about 3-5 to a sq. mm. ; spores ovoid, 
tuberculate, brownish, 4-5.5 /x wide; hyphae of pileus hyaline, 
smooth, thin-walled, collapsing when dried, recovering quickly in 
KOH, forming a somewhat intricate tangle but with a decided 
tendency to run longitudinally, separable in KOH, septate with 
simple clamp-connections, segments extremely long, slender, uni- 
form, 3-4 /X wide, branching diffuse; odor of hickory nuts, strong; 
taste intensely acrid. 

On the ground under conifers in autumn. 

The type specimen of this species was collected at Mt. Desert, 

* Investigation prosecuted with the aid of a grant from the Esther Herr- 
inan Research Fund of the New York Academy of Science. 

194 



Banker: Type Studies in Hydnaceae 



• 195 



Maine, by Miss V. S. White, No. 148, and deposited in the 
herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden. The species is 
found distributed more or less sparingly from IVIaine to Alabama. 
The following specimens appear to belong here: Maine, White; 
New Jersey, Ellis; Maryland, Shear; Alabama, Earle. The spe- 
cies is also represented by many of the specimens in the following 
exsiccati under the name Hydniim ferrugineiim Fries: Ellis, N. 
Am. Fung. 928; and Shear, Ell. and Everh. Fung. Columb. Cont. 
1409 - 

In our previous papef, loc. cit., we identified our American 
plants with Secretan’s species solely on the basis of his descrip- 
tion. The type of H. carbunculus Seer, has not been located 
and probably is not in existence. No specimens were found in 
European herbaria referred to his species, and it seems probable 
that the name is not there recognized as anything more than a 
synonym of H. ferrugineiim Fries Secretan himself evidently re- 
garded his species as the same as H. ferrugineiim Fries and pro- 
posed the name on the ground that Fries’s name was preoccupied 
by H. ferrugineiim Pers. His description, however, does not 
accord well with authentic specimens of the Friesian species, but 
does apply well to our American plants. 

On the other hand, our plants appear to be entirely distinct 
from any European forms, as but one doubtful specimen was 
found in Europe that seemed to show any affinity'with the Amer- 
ican species. That was a specimen at Upsala received from 
Karsten and referred to H. ferrugineiim Fries but was evidently 
cjuite different from authentic specimens of that species in the 
same herbarium. It was not, however, any nearer to our Amer- 
ican forms. A specimen from Bresadola in the New York 
Botanical Garden Herbarium and referred by him to H. ferriigin- 
eiim Fries also somewhat approaches in appearance the xA.merican 
plants but is clearly not the same. 

Although Secretan’s description is admirably adapted to our 
American forms, it seems l>est to treat the American segregation 
as a distinct species for which we now propose a specific name.’ 
Our grounds for this decision are: first, the fact that both by 
himself as well as by other European mycologists Secretan’s spe- 
cies was regarded as equivalent to H. ferrugineiim Fries; second. 



196 • 



Mycologia 



this fact combined with the lack of any specific type is sure to 
involve any forms referred to Secretan’s species in confusion 
with the Friesian species; third, the Friesian species itself, as we 
believe, is of doubtful standing and further confusion is likely to 
be involved with its synonyms ; finally, the American form does 
not appear to be represented in Europe and there is, therefore, 
reason for serious doubt if Secretan really described the Ameri- 
can species. 

Hydnellum velutinum (Fries) Kajst. Medd. Soc. Faun, et 
Flora Fenn. 5: — (27). 1879 

Hydnnm velntinum Fries, Sys. Myc. i; 404. 1821. 

Hydnum spongiosipcs Peck, Ann. Kept. N. Y. State ]\Ius. 50: 

III. 1897. 

No specimen whatever referred to Hydnumz'elntinum Fries was 
found at Upsala. There is probably, therefore, no type specimen 
of this species. At Berlin no specimens were found under this 
name except a couple of American plants sent by Atkinson. At 
Paris, besides a specimen from Massachusetts collected by Sprague, 
there was only one other specimen which had been collected in 
“ Nantes.” At Kew, England, a considerable number of speci- 
mens were found under this name, many of which were iden- 
tical with the American H. spongiosipcs Pk. as were also the 
specimens at Berlin and Paris. The latter species is, therefore, 
evidently a European species though apparently rare on the con- 
tinent and is known to the European mycologists as Hydnum 
velutinum Eries with the description of which it fully accords. 

Hydnellum scrobicul.vtum (Fries) Karsten, Medd. Soc. 

Faun, et FI. Fenn. 5: — (27). 1879 

Hydnum scrobiculatum Fries, Obs. Myc. i; 143. 1815. 

Hydnum ferrugitteum Fries, Obs. Myc. i; 133. 1815; not H. 

ferrugineum Pers. Tent. disp. Meth. Fung. 30. 1797 . 

Idydncllum sanguinarium Banker, Mem. Torrey Club 12; 152. 

1906. 

No type specimen of Hydnum scrobiculatum Fries was to be 
found in the herbarium of Fries at Upsala. Plants referred to this 



Banker: Type Studies in Hydnaceae 



197 



species at Upsala as well as in most other European herbaria are 
quite variable and show the usual confusion with the closely re- 
lated species. In general, however, the interpretation of the 
species by European mycologists appears to be identical with that 
set forth by the writer in a former paper. - 

Hydnnm fcrrnginemn Fries as represented at U^psala by speci- 
mens of as early a date as 1849 1866 does not appear to differ 

essentially from many of the specimens also there referred to H. 
scrobicnlatnm. These forms, however, we would refer to H. 
hybridiim Bull. Fries himself in the Systema Mycologicum i: 
403 cites H. hybridum Bull, as a synonym, but later in the Epi- 
crisis Systematis Mycologici he identified Bulliard's species with 
his own H. velntiniim with the emphatic remark “ Omnino hoc.” 
A study of Fries’s descriptions of H. ferruginenm conveys the 
impression of changing conceptions. In the Observationes Aly- 
cologici 1 : 133 where the original description is found the species 
does not appear to differ greatly from our conception of H. 
velutinum. In the Systema Mycologicum /. c. the description 
is far more applicable to the forms which we have regarded as 
H . scrobicnlatnm. His figure in the leones Selectae Hymenomy- 
cetes pi. 5. /. I, is an excellent representation of what we regard 
as H. scrobicnlatnm. As to the red juice of which much has 
been made in later years we do not believe it to be a constant 
character a& we have seen plants that appeared to differ in no 
other way with clear watery juice, with juice of a pinkish tinge, 
and with juice that the collector stated was “ blood red.” 

On the basis of the specimens at Upsala, the determination of 
which from their early date may be regarded as approved by Fries, 
one would perhaps be justified in treating H. ferrngincnm Fries 
as a synonym of H. hybridnm Bull, but the plants do not accord 
well with the descriptions and figures. It is perhaps fortunate 
that H. ferrngincnm Fries is untenable and that the name must 
be treated as a synonym, but it is difficult to decide whether it is 
better regarded as a synonym of H. scrobicnlatnm Fries or of 
H. hybridnm Bull. On the whole, we incline to the view that it 
pertains to the former. 

•Mem. Torrey Club 12; 156. 1906. 



198 



Mycologia 



Hydnelliim sangninariiwi Banker was proposed as a substitute 
for the untenable Hydnum fcrrugineum Fries at a time when we 
regarded the red juice as having much weight in the separation 
of species. As treated by us in the work cited it dififers in no 
other essential particulars from our treatment of H. scrobic- 
iilatiun Fries. 

Hydnellum hybridum (Bull.) 

Hydnum hybridum Bull. Hist. Champ. Fr. 307. 1791. 

Hydnum Qucletii Fries, Quel. Champ. Jura Vosg. 277. 1872. 

There is no type of H. hybridum Bull, in existence and our 
forms are referred here solely on the basis of Bulliard’s descrip- 
tion and figures. The radiating rugae appear to be the most 
characteristic feature of the segregation. This character, how- 
ever, is sometimes obscure and it is then difficult to distinguish the 
plants from H. scrobiculatum. 

The type of H. Queletii is preserved in the herbarium at Upsala 
and is a typical specimen of the segregation which we refer to 
H. hybridum Bull., having the radiate rugae especially well de- 
veloped. The plants of this segregation have been quite com- 
monly referred to H. scrobiculatum by the most eminent mycolo- 
gists, often to H. zonatum Batsch, and even apparently by Fries 
himself to H. fcrrugineum Fries. 

Hydnellum Vespertilio (Berk.) 

Hydnum Vespertilio Berkeley, Hooker's Jour. Bot. and Kew 

Card. Miscel. 6: 167. 1854. 

In the original description of this species Berkeley emphasized 
the fact that it was black and suggested a possible relationship to 
Hydnum nigrum Fries. This was misleading and, as the descrip- 
tion was based on specimens from India and suggested no Amer- 
ican forms, little attention was paid to it. In searching through 
the Berkeley Herbarium at Kew, however, specimens were found 
marked according to notes taken at the time “ Hydnum vesper- 
tilio, Berk. Nunklow July 10, i860.” These specimens were at 
once recognized as similar to certain undetermined American 
forms belonging in the genus Hydnellum. They are undoubtedly 
the type of Berkeley’s species as that author cites for his type 



Banker: Type Studies in Hydnaceae 



199 



specimens “ Nunklow. July lo, 1850.” At the time of taking 
my notes I doubtless mistook the 5 in the year date for a 6 and 
just then I had no reference to Berkeley’s original description for 
comparison. 

The specimens at Kew although very dark are not black and 
are clearly typical examples of the genus Hydnellum, being very 
near H. hybridtim and H. zonatum. The American forms that 
belong here have been, doubtless, generally referred to H. zonatum. 
Berkeley’s description fits our plants in every respect except for 
his unqualified statement that the species is black. Fresh living 
plants have the usual cinnamon-brown color of the related species, 
sometimes uniform, occasionally with the pink border character- 
istic of H. zonatum. One of the most distinctive features is the 
rows of scabrous, yellow dots that mark the zonations of the 
pileus. Old specimens are very dark and the writer has in his 
herbarium a collection gathered at Bolton, N. Y., that contains 
one or two old and apparently weathered specimens that are 
actually black. Nothing so dark was observed in the material at 
Kew, and we believe that the character pertains only to old dead 
specimens. 

Hydnellum zonatum (Batsch) Karst. Medd. Soc. 

Faun, et FI. Fenn. 5 : — (27). 1879 

Hydmim zonatum Batsch, Flench. Fung. iii. 1783. 

Hydnum concrescens Pers. Obs. Myc. i : 74. 1796. 

There is no type specimen of Hydnum zonatum Batsch and 
our conception of the species is almost wholly dependent upon 
Batsch’s description and figures. 

In Persoon’s herbarium at Leyden there are a number of speci- 
mens under the names Hydnum concrescens Pers. and Hydnum 
cyathiforme Bull, which are there treated as synonymous. 
None of these are probably to be regarded as type specimens 
although most of them may be considered as having their deter- 
mination approved by Persoon. The principal set of these ap- 
pears to be identical with the forms which we have referred to 
H. concrescens Pers.® Most of the other specimens are forms 
which we would refer to H. hyhridum Bull. In the European 

® Mem. Torrey Club 12: 157. 



200 



Mycologia 



herbaria referred the forms generally to H. zonatum Batsch are 
of these two types. 

The American form which we have previously referred to this 
species we are now convinced is not a European plant. Nothing 
like it has been observed in any of the European collections. We, 
therefore, return to the prevailing view of the European mycol- 
ogists and regard H. zonatiini Batsch as synonymous with H. 
concresccns Pers. It is highly probable that H. cyathiforme Bull, 
should be regarded as of this segregation. At Paris, specimens 
from Desmazieres are strictly of this type and are ascribed in 
common to Hydninii cyathiforme Bull., H. concresccns Pers., and 
H. zonatnm Batsch. 

Hydnellum parvum sp. nov. 

Hymenophore terrestrial, mesopodous, gregarious, often con- 
fluent, small, cinnamon-brown with light margin ; pileus subconve.x 
to plane, umbilicate, or subinfundibuliform, irregular, thin, less 
than I mm. thick, 1.5-3 cm. wide; surface radiately fibrillose- 
striate, subpubescent, distinctly zonate with shades of brown, 
darker in the center, pink to nearly white toward the margin 
when fresh, but turning more or less uniform brown when 
dried ; margin thin, acute, repand, more or less lacerate ; substance 
darker and more compact than surface layer, azonate, thin; stem 
slender, subcylindrical, slightly bulbous at base with scarcely evi- 
dent spongy tomentum, solid, pubescent, cinnamon-brown, 1-1.5 
cm. long, 2-3 mm. wide ; teeth slender, terete, tapering, acute, 
not decurrent, dark-brown, less than 1.25 mm. long, shortening 
towards margin and stem ; spores subglobose, coarsely tubercu- 
late, 3-4 /A wide, brown; hyphae colored brownish, transparent, 
smooth, somewhat thin-walled, collapsing when dried, recover- 
ing but partially in KOH, running distinctly longitudinally and 
interweaving into a compact layer, separable with difficulty in 
KOH, septate without clamp-connections, segments extremely 
long, slender, uniform in width, 3-4 /u, wide, branches few, arising 
at a point about once or twice the width of the hypha below a 
septum and septate at about three or four times the width of the 
hypha above its origin. 

On ground in dry woods, usually under conifers, in late 
autumn. 

The type specimens were collected by Dr. L. M. Underwood in 
Alabama and are in the Underwood herbarium at Columbia Uni- 
versity. 



Banker: Type Studies in Hydnaceae 



20J 



In a former work^ these plants were referred to Hydnellum 
zonatiim (Batsch) Karst, under a mistaken conception of that 
species which we have now corrected (see H. zonatum above). 
After a thorough search through a number of the most important 
European herbaria, we are convinced that the plants are not Eu- 
ropean forms and should be recognized as a distinct species. The 
plants do not appear to be common but have a wide distribution, 
specimens having been seen from New York, Alabama, and 
^Michigan. 

Hydnellum suaveolens (Scop.) Karst. Medd. Soc. 

Faun, et El. Fenn 5: 27. 1879 

Hydniim suaveolens Scopoli, El. Carn. 2 : 472. 1772. 

Hydnum compactum Pers. Comm. Schaeff. 57. 1800. 

Hydnum boreale Banker; White, Bull. Torr. Club 29: 553. 1902. 

There is no type specimen of Scopoli’s species, but specimens 
in Europe referred here are generally of the same type as the 
forms previously described by the writer® under this name. 

Hydnum compactum Pers. is represented in the Persoon herba- 
rium at Leyden by several specimens some of which are labelled 
in Persoon’s own hand. They do not appear to differ in any 
respect from the forms usually referred to H. suaveolens Scop. 

The blue coloration oi H. suaveolens appears to be quite vari- 
able in intensity and doubtless tends to fade with age. In old 
herbarium specimens it is usually faint. The odor likewise seems 
to vary in intensity and is probably sometimes nearly, if not 
wholly, lacking. While in some specimens it can be detected for 
years in most old herbarium specimens it has evidently disap- 
peared. In the original description of H. boreale Banker, the 
odor was stated as unpleasant on the authority of Miss White’s 
field notes. The odor of these plants is generally described as 
that of melilot. Such an odor if very strong would probably be 
unpleasant to some people. 

Hydnellum Rickerii sp. nov. 

Hymenophore terrestrial, mesopodous, scattered, or solitary, 
medium to large sized, dingy-brown or olivaceous ; pileus depressed 

* Mem. Torrey Club 12: 158. 1906. 

® Mem. Torrey Club 12: 163. 1906. 



202 



Mycologia 



to subinfundibuliform, repand, somewhat uneven or rugose, 
round to slightly irregular, 12-20 cm. wide; surface glabrous, 
pelliculose, subrugose, dark-dingy-olive-brown near center to 
chestnut near margin, the coloring somewhat irregularly distrib- 
uted; margin thin, incurved when dried; substance fibrous to sub- 
fleshy, thin, 2-4 mm. thick when dried, ding}'-white or slightly 
tawny with a gradually increasing steel-blue toward center and in 
stem, homogeneous, azonate ; stem short, excentric, with bulbous 
base ; teeth slender, terete, subcylindrical, acute, decurrent, gray- 
ish-brown, 7 mm. or less long, shortening toward margin and 
stem, crowded, 7-9 to a scp mm. ; spores globose to ovoid, tuber- 
culate, pale-brown to hyaline, 3-4 wide ; hyphae of the pileus 
hyaline to pale-yellowish, smooth, thin-walled, collapsing when 
dried, recovering quickly in KOH, running longitudinally but in- 
terweaving into a close tangle, separable in KOH with some diffi- 
culty, rarely septate with simple clamp-connections, segments ex- 
tremely long, slender, uniform, 5-6^ wide, scarcely any branch- 
ing; odor very strong aromatic with a suggestion of melilot. 

The type specimen was collected in Orono, Maine, by P. L. 
Ricker, No. 173, and is in the writer’s herbarium. Part of the 
same collection is in Mr. Ricker's possession and I believe a speci- 
men is with Prof. Farlow at Harvard University. 

While the species approaches H. siiaveolens in several partic- 
ulars it differs conspicuously in the darker color of the pileus, the 
character of the substance which is more nearly fleshy and does 
not dry hard and woody as in suaveolcns, and the fragrant, spicy 
odor. The odor of this plant is the most remarkable of that of any 
fungus 1 have seen. It has something of a suggestion of melilot, 
but the heavy sickening odor of the latter is relieved by a spicy, 
aromatic quality which makes the fragrance of this plant especially 
delightful. Two specimens of this plant filled a large laboratory 
with their odor for many weeks and even after twelve years a 
fragment of one of these plants still gives a distinct though faint 
odor. The species is known only from the original collection. 

Hydnellum inquinatum sp. nov. 

Hymenophore terrestrial, mesopodous, gregarious to confluent, 
light or dark-brown with light border, medium to large sized ; 
pileus obconic, plane to depressed or subinfundibuliform, some- 
what round or elliptical, 5-10 cm. wide, 0.4-1 cm. thick; surface 



Banker: Type Studies in Hydnaceae 



‘203 



somewhat uneven, sometimes wrinkled or irregularly corrugated, 
central portion of disk brownish to dark-brown becoming blackish 
with age, glabrous or subpubescent, sometimes pelliculose, with a 
more or less distinct border of whitish or isabelline wooly pubes- 
cence 1-2 cm. wide; margin obtuse, entire, substerile; substance 
in two layers, an upper spongy layer thickest at center and thin- 
ning out toward margin, and a lower hard, woody layer extending 
into and forming the core of the stem, sometimes transversely 
zonate, light-brown to pallid, hygrophanous, juice watery, color- 
less ; stem central or excentric, short, with a spongy bulbous base, 
surface more or less uneven, dark-brown to blackish, subpubes- 
cent, 1-3 cm. long including the bulbous base, 0.7-1 cm. wide; 
teeth stout, somewhat compressed, often forked, obtuse to acute, 
shortening uniformily toward stem and margin, decurrent to the 
bulbous base, dark-gray-brown at base, lighter toward tip, 5 mm. 
or less long, o.i mm. wide, 6-8 to a sq. mm.; spores brown or 
fuscous, ovoid, coarsely tuberculate, 4 X 5 /-<■ wide ; hyphae in the 
compact portions hyaline, smooth, somewhat thin-walled, collaps- 
ing when dried, recovering quickly in KOH, running longitudi- 
nally and interwoven, somewhat easily separable in KOH, septate 
with simple clamp-connections, segments extremely long, slender, 
uniform, with many guttulae, 4-5 /x wide, branching diffuse, both 
filaments septate a little above origin of branch, but only main 
filament with clamp-connection; in spongy portions hyphae thin- 
walled, collapsing and not recovering much in KOH, forming an 
intricate tangle and not separating easily in KOH, septate with- 
out clamp-connections and without guttulae, in other respects as 
the former; odor pleasant somewhat farinaceous, not strong; 
taste mild. 

On ground under hemlocks, in late summer. 

The type specimens were collected by the writer near Bolton, 
N. Y., and are in his herbarium. Specimens of what appear to 
be the same have been seen from New York, Undenvood, and 
from New Hampshire, Wilson. 

Hydnellum Peckii sp. nov. 

Hymenophore terrestrial, mesopodous, gregarious to subcon- 
fluent, whitish to brownish gray, small to medium sized ; pileus 
subobconic, plane to depressed, inclined, somewhat round to irreg- 
ular, 2-5 cm. wide, 2-5 mm. thick; surface uneven, whitish pubes- 
cent when young, becoming glabrous and brownish-gray ex- 
tending from the center finally to the margin ; margin thin, acute. 



204 



]\Iycologia 



substerile, curling, uneven ; substance tough, fibrous, compact, 
somewhat woody when dry, sometimes with a little spongy layer 
above at center, light-brown or isabelline; stem central, short, 
tapering downward into a spongy bulbous base, uneven, pubes- 
cent, dark-brownish, about 0.5 cm. long, 4-8 mm. wide, the bul- 
lx)us base 1-1.5 cm. wide by 2-2.5 cm. long; teeth slender, terete, 
tapering, acute, shortening uniformly toward stem and margin, 
dark gray-brown at base, lighter at tip, 3 mm. or less long, 0.25- 
0.35 mm. wide, 7-9 to a sq. mm. ; spores brown or fuscous, slightly 
tuberculate or angular, subglobose to ovoid, 4-5 /a wide ; hyphae 
hyaline, smooth, somewhat thin-walled, collapsing when dried, 
recovering quickly in KOH, running longitudinally in compact 
portion and forming an intricate tangle in spongy portion, easily 
separable in KOH, slender, uniform, septate with simple clamp- 
connections, segments extremely long, 3.5-4 /a wide, branching 
diffuse, both filaments septate, with or without clamp-connections 
a little above origin. 

On ground in woods, in autumn. 

The type specimens were collected at North Elba, N. Y., by 
C. H. Peck, state botanist of New York, after whom the species 
is named. The specimens are in the writer’s herbarium and a 
portion oi the same collection is in the New York state herbarium 
at Albany. The species is not known outside of the original col- 
lection. 

'Hydnellum geogenium (Fries)® 

Hydnnm geogenium Fries, Ofv. Kongl. Vet. Ak. Forh. 1852: 127. 

1852. 

Hydnum sulphurenm Kalchbrenner." 

The type specimen of the species is to be found at Upsala 
marked in Fries’s handwriting “ Hydnum geogenium Fries. Up- 
saliae.” With it are specimens collected by Lindblad at Upsala 
in 1857, also specimens sent by P. A. Karsten from IMustiala in 
1866. All of these agree in their characters and are identical 
with specimens collected by C. PI. Peck in New York.® There 
appears to be no doubt that the species belongs in the genus Hyd- 

“ It seems probable that this combination has already been made by Karsten 
but we have not been able to locate it. 

’The name is cited by Fries, but we cannot find that the species has ever 
been described. 

“ Peck, Ann. Kept. N. Y. State Mus. 39 : 43. 



Banker: Type Studies in Hydnaceae 



205 



nellnm although the color is quite unusual and even the spores 
appear to be yellowish, but we have not seen a spore print. The 
spores are distinctly tuberculate and the substance of the plant is 
fibrous and tough. 

No type specimen of H. sulphureum Kalch. has been seen, but 
a specimen so labelled from Kalchbrenner, collected in Hungary, 
was found at Upsala where it had been referred to H. geogenium 
by Fries and appeared to be identical with the type of the latter 
species in every respect. 

De Pauw University, 

Green CASTLE, Ind. 



THE AGARICACEAE OF THE PACIFIC 
COAST— IV. NEW SPECIES OF CLI- 
TOCYBE AND MELANOLEUCA 



William A. Murrill 

Both of these genera are large and difficult, the former being 
characterized by decurrent or adnate gills and the latter by sin- 
uate or adnexed gills. Tricholoma (Fries) Quel, is antedated 
by Tricholoma Benth., so Mclanoleuca Pat. must be substituted 
for this familiar name; but combinations with Tricholoma are 
made for those desiring to continue its use. 

Clitocybe albicastanea sp. nov. 

Pileus convex, gibbous, at length expanded, gregarious or 
growing in incomplete fairy rings, 1.5-4 cm. broad; surface white, 
smooth, glabrous, moist, margin entire, concolorous; context thick 
at the center, very thin near the margin, white, without charac- 
teristic taste or odor; lamellae narrow, distant, slightly arcuate, 
decurrent, white, bay to dark-chestnut in dried specimens ; spores 
ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline, 7-8.5 X 4-5-5 ; stipe cylindric, equal, 
smooth, white, glabrous, solid, 3.5-5 cm. long, 3-7 mm. thick. 

Type collected among leaves under oaks near Searsville Lake, 
California, December 28, 1902, James McMurphy 61. 

Clitocybe albiformis sp. nov. 

Pileus thick, firm, convex, cespitose, 5-9 cm. broad; surface 
nearly smooth, dry, glabrous, white, slightly cremeous at the 
center, margin entire, concolorous, strongly inflexed on drying; 
context thick, white, with the odor and taste of the ordinary 
field mushroom ; lamellae distinctly decurrent, rather broad and 
close, several times inserted, plane or arcuate ; spores globose, 
smooth, hyaline, 2-3 /u,; stipe cylindric to ventricose, tapering 
upward at times, white, solid, slightly fibrillose below, finely 
tomentose above, 9-16 cm. long, 1-2.5 thick. 

Type collected in humus under redwoods near Searsville Lake, 
California, January 6, 1903, James McMurphy j. This species 

206 



Murrill: Agaricaceae of Pacific Coast 



207 



strongly suggests Tricholoma album, hence the specific name se- 
lected for it. 

Clitocybe atrialba sp. nov. 

Pileus convex to slightly depressed and at length infundibuli- 
form, regular in outline, solitary or gregarious, reaching 6 cm. 
broad ; surface at first smooth, glabrous, dry, fuliginous-ater, be- 
coming finely imbricate from the breaking up of the cuticle; mar- 
gin entire, concolorous, strongly inflexed on drying; context thin, 
white, tough, with mild flavor; lamellae decurrent, not crowded, 
white, becoming grayish-discolored ; spores globose to subglo- 
bose, smooth, hyaline, granular, 8.5-10 X 7-8 ; stipe equal or 
slightly tapering upward, flattened or twisted at times, dry, 
furfuraceous or finely scabrous, avellaneous, hollow, with rather 
tough rind, 5-10 cm. long, 6-10 mm. thick. 

Type collected on decayed buried wood in the woods near 
Seattle, Washington, October 20-November i, 1911, W. A. Mur- 
rill Also collected in the same locality, W. A. Murrill 24P, 

and on decayed buried wood at La Honda, near Palo Alto, Cali- 
fornia, November 25, 1911, IV. A. Murrill & L. R. Abrams 126^. 
This species is rather tough for Clitocybe, somewhat resembling 
Collybia platyphylla. It is characterized by its dark-brown cap, 
white gills, and concolorous, furfuraceous stipe. The spores are 
also very characteristic in size and appearance. 

Clitocybe avellaneialba sp. nov. 

Pileus large, thin, slightly umbonate, becoming infundibuliform, 
gregarious to cespitose, reaching 10 cm. or more broad ; surface 
hygrophanous, avellaneous to dark-fuliginous, subzonate, innate- 
radiate-fibrillose, hispid-fibrillose in the center, margin entire, 
concolorous ; context thin, white, of mild flavor ; lamellae short- 
decurrent, rather close and narrow, white ; spores globose, smooth 
hyaline, 7-8 X 5 ; stipe tapering upward, whitish-mycelioid at the 
base, avellaneous, finely fibrillose to glabrous, solid or hollow with 
a tough rind, reaching 10 or more cm. long and i cm. thick. 

Type collected in humus on the ground in woods near Seattle, 
Washington, October 20-November i, 1911, W. A. Murrill 526. 
Also collected in humus uwder a log in woods near Seattle, Wash- 
ington, October 20-November i, 1911, IV. A. Murrill 2 Qj; and 
among leaves and sticks under redwoods near Searsville Lake, 
California, January 6, 1903, James McMurphy 2. This species 



208 



Mycologia 



resembles C. atrialba and, like that species, reminds one of Colly- 
bia platyphylla. It is characterized by its innate-fibrillose, avel- 
laneous cap and glabrous or finely fibrillose stem. 

Clitocybe brunnescens sp. nov. 

Pileus rather thin, slightly depressed, rarely infundibuliform, 
reaching 4 cm. broad ; surface slightly viscid when moist, smooth, 
glabrous, dull-avellaneous, margin entire, concolorous ; context 
thin, whitish, with strongly farinaceous odor ; lamellae decurrent, 
subcrowded, narrow, dull-avellaneous, becoming dark-fuliginous, 
especially on the edges ; spores globose, smooth, hyaline, 3-3.5 ja ; 
stipe subequal, smooth, glabrous, concolorous above, whitish-to- 
mentose below, stuffed or hollow, 3-4 cm. long, 4-7 mm. thick. 

Type collected among sticks in woods near Seattle, Washing- 
ton, October 20-November i, 1911, IV. A. Miirrill dpp. This 
species is similar in form and color to C. cyathiformis, but differs 
decidedly in its spore characters, as well as in other important 
ways. 

Clitocybe cuticolor sp. nov. 

Pileus convex to subplane, thin, 3 cm. broad; surface smooth, 
glabrous, hygrophanous, dull-rosy-isabelline with a fulvous tint, 
margin entire, concolorous, incurved on drying; lamellae adnate, 
close, nearly plane, narrow, dull-rosy-isabelline ; spores broadly 
ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline, about 4.5 X 3-5 stipe eccentric, taper- 
ing upward from a bulbous base, fleshy, solid or stuffed, smooth, 
glabrous, rosy-isabelline, 4 cm. long, 7 mm. thick. 

Type collected on the ground in woods near Seattle, Washing- 
ton, October 20-November i, 1911, JV. A. Murrill 552. This 
species is colored throughout very much like the skin on the back 
of a man’s hand. Its affinities are with Tricholoma, reminding 
one of Tricholoma nudum, but the gills are distinctly adnate, not 
at all sinuate. 

Clitocybe griseifolia sp. nov. 

Pileus large, fleshy, convex to expanded or slightly depressed, 
usually solitary, reaching 9 cm. broad; surface slightly viscid 
when moist, smooth, glabrous, grayish-white, avellaneous, tinted 
with brownish-avellaneous at the center, margin thin, somewhat 
lobed, slightly paler, strongly incurved on drying; context white, 
fragrant; lamellae rather broad and close, short-decurrent or 



iMuRRiLL: Agaricaceae of Pacific Coast 



209 



rarely adnate, grayish to dirty-white ; spores ellipsoid, smooth, 
hyaline, 5-6 X 3-3-5 M 5 stipe bulbous, tapering upward, smooth, 
glabrous, stufifed, white, 6-9 cm. long, about i cm. thick, 2 cm. or 
more thick at the base. 

Type collected in humus in the woods near Seattle, Washing- 
ton, October i, 1911, W. A. Murrill 2j6. Also collected in 
humus in woods at Newport, Oregon, November 13, 1911, W. A. 
Murrill 1088, and on the ground at Mill Valley, Marin County, 
California, December 28, 1902, Alice Eastivood 24. 

Clitocybe Harperi sp. nov. 

Pileus convex to plane, subcespitose, reaching 8-10 cm. broad ; 
surface dry, smooth, glabrous, cinereous to pale-murinous, mar- 
gin entire, concolorous, inrolled ; context white, taste mild ; lamel- 
lae short-decurrent, of medium distance, narrow, slightly arcuate 
or plane, several times inserted, cinereous, sometimes with a 
greenish tint; spores ovoid, smooth, hyaline, 3.5-5 X 2-3.5/14; stipe 
bulbous, whitish-mycelioid at the base, concolorous, pruinose, 
hollow, 3-7 cm. long, 1-3 cm. thick. 

Type collected in Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California, 
February 22, 1911, R. A. Harper 57. Young specimens with 
undeveloped spores collected in the Santa Cruz Mountains, De- 
cember, 1895, W. R. Dudley 102, appear to belong to this category. 
What appears to be the same species was collected on the ground 
in woods near Seattle, Washington, October 20-November i, 
1911, W. A. Murrill d?7, but the cap is avellaneous and the gills 
crowded and without a greenish tint. The species is similar to 
specimens of T. maculatescens Peck collected in Ohio by JMorgan, 
but the gills are decidedly sinuate in that species and become 
spotted with age. 

Clitocybe hondensis sp. nov. 

Pileus convex, gibbous, solitary, 3 cm. broad; surface dry or 
moist, smooth, glabrous, subfulvous, minutely radiate-lineate, 
margin thin, entire, paler; lamellae decurrent, arcuate, many 
times inserted, close, pallid; spores ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline, 
5-5 X 3-5 m: stipe equal, crooked, whitish, smooth, glabrous, hol- 
low, 6 cm. long, 6 mm. thick. 

Type collected in rich soil under redwoods at La Honda, near 



210 



Mycologia 



Palo Alto, California, November 25, 1911, U'\ A. Murrill & L. R. 
Abrams 12^4. 

Clitocybe murinifolia sp. nov. 

Pileus convex to slightly depressed, rather thin, solitary, about 
2 cm. broad ; surface smooth, glabrous, smoky-brown, margin thin, 
slightly lobed, concolorous, inflexed on drying, pruinose when 
young; lamellae short-decurrent, not crowded, rather narrow, 
murinous; spores globose, smooth, hyaline, 2-^fi; stipe fleshy, 
slightly tapering upward, smooth, glabrous, murinous. solid, whit- 
ish-tomentose at the base, 2 cm. long, 7-9 mm. thick. 

Type collected on humus in the woods near Seattle, Washing- 
ton, October 20-November i, 1911, IV. A. Murrill jocf. 

Clitocybe oculata sp. nov. 

Pileus convex to plane, slightly depressed at the center, thin, 
solitary, reaching 4.5 cm. broad ; surface dry, smooth, finely fur- 
furaceous, avellaneous, fuliginous at the center, margin very thin, 
entire, even, concolorous ; lamellae short-decurrent, distant, white ; 
spores broadly ovoid, smooth, hyaline, granular, 9-12 X 7-8 
stipe equal, twisted, hollow, with a tough rind, furfuraceous, 
whitish with a pale-avellaneous tint, 6 cm. long, 5 mm. thick. 

Type collected in low woods, probably attached to buried wood, 
at Mill City, Oregon, November 9, 1911, W. A. Murrill The 
stipe of this species is rather tough for Clitocybe. The species is 
characterized by its coloring, its furfuraceous surface, and its 
unusually large spores. 

Clitocybe oreades sp. nov. 

Pileus large, fleshy, convex, becoming plane or slightly de- 
pressed with age, usually growing in circles, 6-10 cm. broad, very 
thick at the center; surface smooth, somewhat viscid when moist, 
glabrous, shining, cinereous to murinous, sometimes covered with 
a whitish mold, margin entire, concolorous, deflexed when young, 
at times becoming upturned and more or less split with age ; con- 
text thick, white, with an agreeable but not characteristic taste and 
odor ; lamellae short-decurrent, varying to adnate, especially when 
young, close, narrow, arcuate, white or pale-yellowish-white ; 
spores ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline, 6-8X2-4ju; stipe very large, 
enlarged or bulbous below, fleshy, white or slightly cinereous, 
smooth, minutely tomentose or fibrillose above, solid, 10-15 
long, 1. 5-2. 5 cm. thick, reaching 4 cm. or more at the base. 



Murrill; Agaricaceae of Pacific Coast 



211 



Type collected in humus under redwoods near Searsville Lake, 
California, December ii, 1911, James McMiirphy pi. Also col- 
lected in a similar habitat near Seattle, Washington, October 20- 
Novembcr i, 1911, JV. A. Murrill 280; near Seattle, Washington, 
1912, S'. M. Zeller pp, near Salem, Oregon, January, 1911, 
Morton E. Peck; in Marin County, California, December 21, 
1902, Alice Eastzvood jd; at La Honda, California, November 22, 
1902, L. R. Abrams i. This large and handsome species grows in 
conspicuous fairy rings. As the above collections indicate, it is 
quite widely distributed on the Pacific Coast. 

Clitocybe oregonensis sp. nov. 

Pileus umbilicate to infundibuliform, rather thin, solitary, 
reaching 4 cm. broad ; surface smooth, glabrous, hygrophanous, 
pale-isabelline, margin thin, entire, concolorous ; lamellae short- 
decurrent, subdistant, narrow, arcuate, discolored on drying; 
spores ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline, 8.5 X 7/^; stipe fleshy, tapering 
upward, smooth, glabrous, concolorous, 5 cm. long, 5 mm. thick. 

Type collected on the ground in mixed woods at Mill City, 
Oregon, November 9, 1911, W . A. Murrill 86p. Also collected 
in mixed woods near Corvallis, Oregon, November 6-1 1, 1911, 
IV. A. Murrill p8p. 

Clitocybe Peckii sp. nov. 

Pileus irregular in outline, umbilicate to depressed, rather 
deeply depressed on drying, gregarious, reaching 5 cm. broad ; 
surface hygrophanous, smooth, glabrous, grayish-stramineous, 
faintly radiate-striate on drying, margin thin, somewhat lobed, 
concolorous, becoming upturned ; lamellae discolored, rather close, 
short-decurrent ; spores ovoid, smooth, hyaline, 5-6 X 2-3 /x stipe 
slightly tapering upward, concolorous, smooth, glabrous, hollow 
or stuffed, reaching 4 cm. long and 7 mm. thick. 

Type collected in soil near Salem, Oregon, January, 1911, 
Morton E. Peck 20. 

Clitocybe stipitata sp. nov. 

Pileus large, fleshy, convex to nearly plane, gregarious, 8-10 
cm. broad; surface smooth, glabrous, slightly viscid when moist, 
white, becoming cream-colored on drying, margin entire or slightly 



212 



Mycologia 



lobed, rather thick and tleshy, concolorous ; lamellae broad, 
crowded, decurrent, white; spores globose, smooth, hyaline, 4-6 n; 
stipe equal, very long, crooked, smooth, suhglabrous, whitish- 
mycelioid below, white, becoming reddish-brown in some speci- 
mens on drying, solid or spongy within, 15 or more cm. long, 
about 1.5 cm. thick. 

Type collected among leaves in woods at Stanford University, 
California, in 1907, Miss A. M. Patterson. There are no notes 
accompanying this collection and the above description is drawn 
from the dried specimens. 

Clitocybe subcandicans sp. nov. 

Pileus convex to plane, rather thin, solitary, reaching 6 cm. 
broad ; surface stramineous, smooth, glabrous, hygrophanous, 
margin white ; lamellae decurrent, arcuate, close ; spores globose 
or suhglobose, smooth, hyaline, 6-y fj.] stipe cylindric, equal, con- 
colorous, suhfleshy, hollow, 6 cm. long, 5-7 mm. thick. 

Type collected on the ground among fallen twigs in woods near 
Seattle, Washington, October 20-Novemher i, 1911, W . A. 
Miirrill 2jo. 

Clitocybe subinversa sp. nov. 

Pileus convex, slightly depressed, rather thin, gregarious, 3-5 
cm. broad ; surface smooth, moist, glabrous, very light-brown, 
fulvous when dry, margin thin, incurved, entire, somewhat irreg- 
ular, concolorous ; context cream-colored, without characteristic 
taste or odor ; lamellae decurrent, close, narrow, arcuate, many 
times inserted, rather firm, white ; spores globose or suhglobose, 
smooth, hyaline, 3-4.5 /a; stipe cylindric, equal, somewhat crooked, 
tomentose or fihrillose, suhglabrous, paler than the pileus, hollow, 
3-7 cm. long, 3-6 mm. thick. 

Type collected in humus under redwoods at Portola, California, 
January 4, 1903, James McMurphy 50. Specimens collected at 
Salem, Oregon, January, 1911, by Morton E. Peck agree fairly 
well with this species hut also closely resemble C. sinopica. No 
notes acconq^any the specimens. 

Clitocybe subfumosipes sp. nov. 

Pileus small, rather thin, convex to plane, gregarious to suh- 
cespitose, 2.5 cm. broad; surface white, smooth, glabrous, shin- 



]\Iurrill: Agaricaceae of Pacific Coast 



• 213 



ing, avellaneons on the small umbo, margin entire, concolorous, 
inflexed on drying; lamellae decurrent, rather broad and distant, 
white, becoming discolored on drying; spores ellipsoid, smooth, 
hyaline, 5-6 X 2. 5-3. 5 /a ; stipe equal, smooth, pruinose, especially 
above, white changing to pale-fumosus on drying, hollow, 3-4 
cm. long, 2-3 mm. thick. 

Type collected in humus in woods near Seattle, Washington, 
October 20-November i, 1911, W. A. Murrill ^16. 



Clitocybe variabilis sp. nov. 

Pileus fleshy but rather thin, plane or slightly depressed, rarely 
umbonate when young, gregarious, reaching 6 cm. broad ; sur- 
face dry, smooth, glabrous, white, margin thin, usually entire, 
concolorous ; lamellae narrow, usually more or less crowded, de- 
current, white ; spores ovoid, smooth, hyaline, uninucleate, about 
6X4 /a; stipe tapering upward from a thickened base, smooth, 
glabrous, white, whitish-mycelioid at the base, hollow, reaching 
6 cm. broad and 8 mm. thick, scarcely 3 cm. long in one collection. 

Type collected in humus in woods, near Mill City, Oregon, 
November 9, 1911, W. A. Murrill 797. Also collected on the 
ground in fir forests near Corvallis, Oregon, November 6-1 1, 
1911, IV. A. Murrill 8<^y, and in a similar locality near Salem, 
Oregon, January, 1911, Morton E. Peck. This species varies 
greatly in the length of the stipe and the closeness of the gills. 
The specimens collected near Corvallis differ so greatly from the 
types in these two characters as to constitute a distinct variety, 
which may be called Clitocybe variabilis brevipes. 



Clitocybe violaceifolia sp. nov. 

Pileus convex, somewhat gibbous, solitary, 3 cm. broad; sur- 
face slightly viscid when moist, smooth, glabrous, grayish-violet 
tinted with brown at the center, margin entire, slightly paler ; 
lamellae very narrow, adnexed to slightly decurrent, rather 
crowded, arcuate, pale-violet; spores ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline, 
X 3 - 5 “ 4 - 5 j stipe equal, fleshy, solid, smooth, glabrous, 
grayish-violet, mycelioid at the base, 3 cm. long, 6 mm. thick. 

Type collected on decaying wood near Salem, Oregon, January, 
1911, Morton E. Peck. 



214 



Mycologia 



Clitocybe washingtonensis sp. nov. 

Pileus fleshy, convex to plane or very slightly depressed, usu- 
ally gibbous, gregarious, reaching 5-6 cm. broad ; surface white, 
smooth, glabrous, dry, somewhat shining, margin entire, concol- 
orous; lamellae decurrent, distant, rather narrow, white to 
slightly discolored; spores ovoid, smooth, hyaline, 7-8 X 3-4 
stipe subeciual, fleshy, solid or stuffed, smooth, glabrous, whitish- 
mycelioid at the base, 3.5-5 cm. long, 5-8 mm. thick. 

Type collected in humus in woods near Seattle, Washington, 
October 20-Xovember i, 1911, IP. A. Mnrrill 61^'^. 

Melanoleuca anomala sp. nov. 

Pileus very small, plane, solitary, 2 cm. broad ; surface ferru- 
ginous, dry, decorated with dense, minute fascicles of hairs, mar- 
gin entire, concolorous or slightly paler; lamellae adnate to 
slightly sinuate, broad, not crowded, ventricose, white, becoming 
latericious when bruised ; spores ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline, 5-6 X 
3-4/4; stipe cylindric, equal, fragile, smooth, glabrous above, 
fibrillose below, isabelline, solid or stuffed, 3.5 cm. long, 3 mm. 
thick. 

Type collected in soil under redwoods at Preston’s Ravine, 
near Palo Alto, California, November 25, 1911, \V. A. Murrill & 
L. R. Abrams iip8. This species is quite different from other 
members of this group, its appearance indicating ferruginous 
rather than hyaline spores. 

Melanoleuca arenicola sp. nov. 

Pileus convex to subexpanded, umbonate, terraced, reaching 
10-12 cm. broad; surface smooth, glabrous, ferruginous, appar- 
ently viscid when fresh, bringing up adhering particles of sand ; 
context mild to the taste, but with a strong, unpleasant odor ; 
lamellae sinuate, ventricose, crowded, pallid, becoming discolored 
with subferruginous blotches ; spores globose or subglobose, 
smooth, hyaline, with granular contents, about 4/4; stipe long, 
slightly attenuate downward, fleshy, white, glabrous, except for 
a few fibrils where the margin of the pileus rested against the 
stipe, reaching 10 cm. long, and 2 cm. thick. 

Type collected in deep, pure sand in pine barrens at Newport, 
Oregon, November 13, 1911, flC A. Murrill /035. 



Murrill: Agaricaceae of Pacific Coast 



215 



Melanoleuca avellanea sp. nov. 

Pileus convex, becoming plane, thick, fleshy, solitary, reaching 
8 cm. broad; surface dry, smooth, glabrous, avellaneous, margin 
entire, concolorous, indexed on drying; lamellae slightly sinuate 
varying to adnate, close, narrow, arcuate, pure-white changing 
to yellowish on drying; spores ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline, about 
7X3/^; stipe much enlarged at the base, rather short, fleshy, 
solid, white, smooth, slightly scabrous above, about 7 cm. long and 
2 cm. thick, reaching 4 cm. thick at the base. 

Type collected in sandy soil mixed with humus, in woods near 
Seattle, Washington, October 20-November i, 1911, IF. A. Mtir- 
rill 26’j. Also collected on decayed wood in the same locality, W. 
A. Murrill 274. 

Melanoleuca avellaneifolia sp. nov. 

Pileus fleshy, rather thick, convex to expanded, gibbous, sub- 
cespitose, reaching 9 cm. broad ; surface polished, smooth, some- 
what viscid, dull-blackish-fuliginous, margin entire, concolorous, 
indexed on drying; lamellae sinuate, ventricose, several times in- 
serted, not crowded, pale-avellaneous ; spores subglobose, smooth, 
hyaline, granular, about 5. 5-6.5 /a; stipe equal, fleshy, solid, 
smooth, glabrous, pure-white, about 8 cm. long, 1.5 cm. thick. 

Type collected in soil in woods at Mill City, Oregon, 
November 9, 1911, IV. A. Murrill 841. Several plants were 
found, but only one was saved, owing to the bad weather. 

Melanoleuca bicolor sp. nov. 

Pileus very firm, convex to nearly plane, somewhat gibbous, 
about 6 cm. broad ; surface dry, smooth, glabrous, avellaneous 
with a rosy tint, margin concolorous or slightly paler, often split- 
ting ; lamellae broad, rather close, emarginate with a slight decur- 
rent tooth, firm, drying readily, white ;, spores subglobose, smooth, 
hyaline, 6-y fi.; stipe equal or somewhat enlarged below, white, 
smooth, minutely tomentose to glabrous, solid, 5-6 cm. long, 
about I cm. thick. 

Type collected in humus in woods at Glen Brook, Oregon, 
November 7, 1911, W. A. Murrill 745. What appears to be the 
same species was collected on the ground under an oak at ^Mission 
Canon, California, spring of 1913, O. M. Oleson //j"'. These 



216 



Mycologia 



latter specimens are very much larger than the types, measuring 
in the dry state as much as lo cm. broad with a bulbous stipe 
reaching 6 cm. long and 3.5 cm. thick. The color is also much 
darker and is recorded by the collector as brown. The margin 
in the dried specimens is cjuite conspicuously striate. The typical 
specimens are very closely related to Melanoleiica roseibrunnea, 
but dififer in color and in the shape and closeness of the gills. 

Melanoleuca californica sp. nov. 

Pileus convex to subplane, rather thick at the center, grega- 
rious, reaching 15 cm. broad; surface smooth, glabrous, evidently 
viscid when fresh, bringing up adhering particles of soil, reddish- 
brown at the center, much lighter-colored at the margin, which is 
thin, entire and indexed on drying; context white, rather thick at 
the center, thinning out toward the margin, slightly bitter to the 
taste, odor musty; lamellae quite narrow, less than the thickness 
of the context, sinuate to adnexed, plane, cro-wded, white, scarcely 
changing color on drying; spores broadly ellipsoid, smooth, hy- 
aline, 5-7 X 4-5 ft - ; stipe very long, subequal, smooth, glabrous, 
white, solid, 10-15 reaching 3 cm. thick. 

Type collected under oaks on Jasper Ridge near Stanford 
University, January ii, 1911, James McMurphy 12^. This large 
and handsome species resembles specimens determined as Armil- 
laria subannulata Peck sent to Albany from Claremont, Cali- 
fornia, by Baker. Specimens collected by Oleson at Santa Bar- 
bara, California, apparently belong to this category, but they are 
rather poorly preserved and are not accompanied by notes. 

Melanoleuca collybiiformis sp. nov. 

Pileus broad, thin, convex to plane, drying easily like species 
of Collybia, gibbous, reaching 10 cm. broad; surface dry, smooth, 
glabrous, fulvous at the center, pale-fulvous near the entire, 
smooth margin ; lamellae rather crowded, white, sinuate, the 
edges undulate or somewhat notched ; spores globose or sub- 
globose, smooth, hyaline, conspicuously granular within, about 
3.5^; stipe eccentric, bulbous, rather broad, fleshy, hollow, white, 
radicate, 6 cm. long, 1-2 cm. thick. 

Type collected in humus in a grove at Woodland Park, Seattle. 
Washington, October 20-November i, 1911, JI\ A. Murrill ^22. 



Murrill: Agaricaceae of Pacific Coast 



217 



This species is closely related to some species of Collybia. The 
eccentric position of the stipe was doubtless due to the peculiar 
situation in which the plant grew. 

Melanoleuca dryophila sp. nov. 

Pileus convex, gibbous, becoming almost expanded, scattered, 
3-10 cm. broad; surface glabrous, viscid when fresh, subshining, 
nearly smooth, whitish, stained with rusty-<brown, margin paler, 
somewhat lobed or irregular ; context white, with farinaceous 
taste and odor ; lamellae deeply sinuate to adnexed, close, narrow, 
plane, white, scarcely changing on drying; spores globose, smooth, 
hyaline, 5-8 /t; stipe cylindric or slightly flattened, scarcely en- 
larged below, glabrous, nearly smooth, whitish or brownish, solid, 

6- 8 cm. long, 1-3 cm. thick. 

Type collected in soil under live oaks at Stanford University, 
California, January 21, 1903, James McMurphy 27. This species 
somewhat resembles M. subpessundata, but differs in several 
important characters. 

Melanoleuca farinacea sp. nov. 

Pileus rather thin but fleshy, convex to expanded, umbonate, 
gregarious to subcespitose, reaching 8 cm. broad; surface white, 
smooth, glabrous, margin entire, concolorous ; context white, with 
strong farinaceous odor ; lamellae sinuate, broad, several times in- 
serted, not crowded, ventricose, white ; spores globose, smooth, 
hyaline, 4.5-6.5/x; stipe bulbous and whitish-mycelioid at the base, 
white, subglabrous, smooth, stuffed or hollow, fleshy, 5-6 cm. 
long, 5-10 mm. thick. 

Type collected in humus in woods near Seattle, Washington, 
October 20-November i, 1911, JV. A. Murrill 644. 

Melanoleuca Harper! sp. nov. 

Pileus broad, rather thin, becoming plane or depressed, grega- 
rious or growing in circles, reaching 10-15 cm. broad; surface 
umbrinous, hygrophanous, not viscid, smooth, glabrous, margin 
entire or slightly lobed, concolorous ; lamellae sinuate, white, not 
spotted, crowded, rather broad, ventricose, usually separating 
from the stipe with age ; spores broadly ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline, 

7- 8 X 4 /A ; stipe very short and thick, bulbous, solid, smooth, 
glabrous, white, about 3-4 cm. long, and 2-3.5 cm. thick. 



218 



Mycologia 



Type collected in rich soil at Berkeley, California, January 31, 
1911, R. A. Harper 12. Also collected by Harper in the same 
locality on February 6, 1911, and February 14, 1911. The species 
was found on one occasion growing in a fairy ring. 

Melanoleuca nuciolens sp. nov. 

Pileus convex to nearly plane, often becoming depressed and 
irregular with age, gregarious, subcespitose, reaching 6 cm. 
broad ; surface glabrous, rather uneven, hygrophanous, pale-rosy- 
isabelline, margin concolorous, undulate to conspicuously lobed 
and upturned with age; context white, thin, having the odor of 
walnuts in dried specimens ; lamellae sinuate varying to adnate, 
narrow, arcuate, rather distant, pale-rosy-isabelline, becoming 
slightly purplish-spotted when bruised or on drying; spores ellip- 
soid, smooth, hyaline, 6 X 3-5 m ; stipe equal or slightly tapering 
upward, sometimes distorted in old specimens, smooth, glabrous, 
pallid, hollow, almost cartilaginous, about 5-6 cm. long, 1-1.5 cm. 
thick. 

Type collected in sandy soil in woods near Seattle, Washing- 
ton, October 20-November i, 1911, W . A. Murrill 658. 

Melanoleuca Olesonii sp. nov. 

Pileus convex to plane, large, rather thick at the center, fleshy, 
gregarious, reaching about 14 cm. broad; surface pure-white, 
smooth, glabrous, moist, margin thin, entire or slightly lobed, con- 
colorous, not indexed on drying; lamellae broad, ventricose, 
crowded, sinuate, white becoming discolored on drying; spores 
ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline, 7-9 X 4-5 .w ; stipe short, thick, equal or 
slightly bulbous, smooth, glabrous, white, solid, about 4-5 cm. 
long and 2-3 cm. thick. 

Type collected on the ground under an oak at IMission Canon 
near Santa Barbara, California, spring of 1913, O. M. Oleson 
100. Also collected February 17, 1894, M. T. Cook 8. The 
above description is drawn from dried specimens. 

Melanoleuca oreades sp. nov. 

Pileus becoming broadly convex or plane to somewhat de- 
pressed, large, fleshy, growing in circles, subcespitose at times, 
reaching 15 cm. broad; surface dry, smooth, slightly silky-striate, 
pale-avellaneous ; context with an agreeable, nutty flavor and an 



Murrill: Agaricaceae of Pacific Coast 



219 



odor somewhat suggestive of skunk cabbage; lamellae slightly 
sinuate, crowded, narrow, white, discolored on drying; spores 
globose, smooth, hyaline, 4-6/4; stipe cylindric, solid, fleshy, 
white or pale-avellaneous, 5-8 cm. long, 1-1.5 cm. thick. 

Type collected in the edge of woods on the border of a lake 
near Tacoma, Washington, October 26, 1911, IV. A. Murrill 752. 
Seventy-seven plants of this species were found growing there in 
a perfect circle thirty feet in diameter. 

Melanoleuca pinicola sp. nov. 

Pileus rather thin, convex, umbonate, becoming nearly plane, 
gregarious, reaching 5 cm. broad ; surface smooth, glabrous, sub- 
shining, dry or slightly moist, milk-white, margin entire, con- 
colorous, strongly indexed on drying; lamellae sinuate, not 
crowded, rather broad, plane or slightly ventricose, white or 
slightly discolored; spores ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline, 5-6 X 3-4^1 
stipe slightly tapering upward, fleshy, solid or stuffed, milk-white, 
smooth, glabrous, whitish-mycelioid at the base, 5-7 cm. long, 4-9 
mm. thick. 

Type collected on much decayed, coniferous wood near Ta- 
coma, Washington, October 20-November i, 1911, IV. A. Murrill 

730. 

Melanoleuca platyphylla sp. nov. 

Pileus convex to slightly depressed, rather thick, solitary, 3.5 
cm. broad ; surface smooth, subglabrous, white with a cremeous 
tint, margin entire, concolorous ; lamellae white, subdistant, ven- 
tricose, very broad; spores ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline, granular, 
8.5 X 6/4; stipe tapering upward from a swollen base, pure-white, 
smooth, glabrous, 8 cm. long, 5-9 mm. thick. 

Type collected in humus in woods near Seattle, Washington, 
October 20-November i, 1911, W. A. Murrill ^ip. 

Melanoleuca portolensis sp. nov. 

Pileus rather thick, convex with a prominent umbo, becoming 
nearly plane, scattered, 6-1 1 cm. broad; surface smooth, moist, 
glabrous, brownish-gray, darker toward the center, margin entire, 
concolorous ; context white, with a slightly nutty taste but without 
characteristic odor; lamellae rather narrow, slightly sinuate, 
plane, several times inserted, crowded, white ; spores ovotd 



220 



]\IyCOLOGIA 



smooth, hyaline, 5“7 X 2.5-3-5 /a; stipe tapering upward from an 
enlarged base, nearly white, smooth above, somewhat roughened 
below, glabrous, solid, 6-8 cm. long, 1.5-2 cm. thick; veil rudi- 
mentary, leaving a trace upon the stipe. 

Type collected on the ground under redwoods at Portola, Cali- 
fornia, January 4, 1903, James McMurphy This species re- 
sembles M. dryophila, but differs in habitat, coloring, and spore 
characters. 

Melanoleuca roseibrunnea sp. nov. 

Pileus convex to somewhat depressed, gregarious, reaching 
8-10 cm. broad; surface smooth, dry, glabrous, brownish-pink 
with browner circular spots, margin paler with a cremeous tint, 
somewhat irregular, and often upturned with age ; context white, 
odor farinaceous, taste farinaceous with a faint bitter flavor 
which gradually becomes stronger, eaten by slugs ; lamellae sinu- 
ate with a decurrent tooth, very close, several times inserted, 
white; spores subglobose to ovoid, smooth, hyaline, S~7 y~ 4~5 f*-> 
stipe cylindric, equal or at times enlarged at the base, smooth, 
finely tomentose to subglabrous, white or whitish, solid, 6-8 cm. 
long, 1-1.5 cm. thick, usually thicker at the base. 

Type collected among humus on the ground in woods near 
Seattle, Washington, October 20-November i, 1911, W. A. Mur- 
rill S75- Also collected in a similar habitat near Seattle, Wash- 
ington, October 20-November i, 1911, W. A. Murrill 257, N. M. 
Zeller 81; near Corvallis, Oregon, November 6-1 1, 1911, W. A. 
Murrill 8g'4; near Stanford University, California, January 4, 
1903, James McMurphy 24; and at Pasadena, California, Decem- 
ber 22, 1895, A. J. McClatchie 1018. This species is closely 
allied to Tricholoma album, but differs decidedly in color. 

Melanoleuca rudericola sp. nov. 

Pileus rather thin, broad, somewhat irregular, convex to plane, 
scattered, 10-14 cm. broad; surface smooth, glabrous, slightly 
moist light-buff, margin thin, entire to lobed, concolorous ; con- 
text white, without characteristic odor or taste; lamellae sinuate, 
narrow, subcrowded, many times inserted, white ; spores ellipsoid, 
smooth, hyaline, 5-7X2.5-4.54; stipe cylindric, equal, scarcely 
enlarged at the base, grayish-white with a tinge of purple, smooth, 
glabrous, solid, 5-10 cm. long, 1-1.5 cm. thick. 

Type collected in rich ground by a heap of rubbish at Madera 
Creek, California, December 21, 1902, James McMurphy 18. 



Murrill: Agaricaceae of Pacific Coast 



221 



Melanoleuca secedifolia sp. nov. 

Pileus thick, fleshy, convex, not fully expanding, solitary, 
reaching 9 cm. broad; surface smooth, glabrous, somewhat viscid 
when young, pure-white, subshining, margin entire, concolorous, 
indexed on drying; lamellae broad, crowded, slightly sinuate, ven- 
tricose, becoming widely separated from the stipe, white changing 
to dull-brownish on drying; spores subglobose, smooth, hyaline, 
5-6 ft; stipe equal, much enlarged at the base, white, smooth, 
glabrous, solid or stuffed, 8 cm. long, 2.5 cm. thick, about 4 cm. 
at the base. 

Type collected on the ground near Salem, Oregon, January, 
1911, Morton E. Peck 54. 

Melanoleuca striatella sp. nov. 

Pileus convex and gibbous when young, becoming depressed 
with age, firm, fleshy, scattered, 5-7.5 cm. broad ; surface smooth, 
subglabrous, pale-mouse-gray, very minutely striate except at the 
center, margin quite thick, entire, concolorous ; context grayish- 
white with farinaceous taste, quite thick at the center, but very 
thin toward the margin ; lamellae sinuate to adnexed, broad, plane 
or ventricose, close, white ; spores globose, smooth, hyaline, 5-7 ju. ; 
stipe cylindric or slightly compressed, equal, longitudinally striate, 
whitish, solid, 3-6 cm. long, 1-2 cm. thick. 

Type collected on the ground under live oaks at Stanford Uni- 
versity, California, January, 1903, James Mcl\Inrphy 2p'. 

Melanoleuca sublurida sp. nov. 

Pileus firm, conic to convex with prominent umbo, solitary, 7 
cm. broad; surface smooth, minutely squamulose, whitish with a 
caesious tint, the center' black, smooth, and shining, margin entire 
or slightly undulate, white, deflexed on drying;, lamellae sinuate, 
plane, broad, whitish, distant ; spores subglobose, smooth, hyaline, 
3-4 /x; stipe subequal, dry, white with grayish, farinaceous scales, 
solid, about 6 cm. long, and 1.5 cm. thick. 

Type collected in soil in woods at Glen Brook, Oregon, No- 
vember 7, 1911, W. A. Murrill 75/. This species is very similar 
to specimens of T. luridnm sent from Sweden by Romell. 

Melanoleuca submulticeps sp. nov. 

Pileus large, fleshy, convex to plane, becoming depressed with 
age, densely cespitose, reaching 10-12 cm. broad; surface smooth. 



222 



Mycologia 



glabrous, hygrophanous, white, margin entire, concolorous ; lamel- 
lae sinuate, rather crowded, plane, pure-white ; spores globose, 
smooth, hyaline, granular, 7-8 /x, rarely reaching 10 /x; stipe white, 
hygrophanous, smooth, glabrous, hollow, ventricose or enlarged 
below, 6-10 cm. long, reaching 3 cm. thick. 

Type collected on the ground in woods near Seattle, Washing- 
ton, October 20-November i, 1911, W. A. Murrill 6jp. 

Melanoleuca subpessundata sp. nov. 

Pileus becoming plane or slightly depressed, usually with a 
conic or rounded umbo, gregarious, reaching 6.5 cm. broad ; sur- 
face dry or slightly viscid, subglabrous, latericious, bay on the 
umbo, usually smooth, varying at times to radiate-rimose and 
imbricate-squamulose except on the umbo; context with a farina- 
ceous odor and taste ; lamellae sinuate, usually with a decurrent 
tooth, ventricose, broad, not crowded, pale-rosy-isabelline, the 
edges often notched ; spores globose, smooth, hyaline, with gran- 
ular contents, 6-7 /x ; stipe slender, equal or enlarged below, 
smooth, pale-rosy-isabelline, glabrous above, decorated below with 
scattered, latericious fibrils, fleshy, solid or hollow, 7-9 cm. long, 
7-10 mm. thick. 

Type collected in soil in woods at Glen Brook, Oregon, Novem- 
ber 7, 1911, W. A. Murrill 755. Also collected in similar situa- 
tions at Mill City, Oregon, November 9, 1911, IV. A. Murrill 810; 
near Corvallis, Oregon, November 6-1 1, 1911, W. A. Murrill 
1002; and near Searsville*Lake, California, December ii, 1911, 
James McMurphy 122. This species suggests T. pessundatum in 
its coloring, but the stipe is much longer and the spores are wholly 
different. 

Melanoleuca subvelata sp. nov. 

Pileus convex-conic when young, not fully expanding, loosely 
clustered ; surface smooth, glabrous, moist but not viscid, lateri- 
cious, leaving a stain on paper, margin entire, strongly inflexed, 
concolorous or somewhat paler; lamellae sinuate-adnate to ad- 
nexed, not crowded, broad, ventricose, pallid; spores ovoid, 
smooth, hyaline, uninucleate, 5-7 X 2. 5-4.5 /x ; stipe subequal to 
slightly ventricose, rosy, smooth and glabrous at the apex, fibril- 
lose-shaggy near the center, fleshy, solid, 7 cm. long, about i cm. 
thick ; veil scanty, fibrillose, rosy, evanescent, persisting as fibrils 
on the margin and stipe. 



Murrill: Agaricaceae of Pacific Coast 



223 



Type collected among humus under a log in woods near Seattle, 
Washington, October 20-November i, 1911, IV. A. Murrill 56J. 
This species has a slight, rosy, fibrillose veil in young stages. 



Melanoleuca tenuipes sp. nov. 

Pileus small, thin, convex, not expanding, becoming very 
slightly depressed at the center, 2 cm. broad; surface pallid, with 
a stramineous or avellaneous tint, smooth, glabrous, margin en- 
tire, concolorous, incurved; lamellae sinuate-adnexed, distant, 
broad, several times inserted, white, more or less notched on the 
edge; spores ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline, 5-7 X 3-5-4-5 /a; stipe 
slender, equal, solid, concolorous, white at the apex, smooth, dry, 
glabrous, 4 cm. long, 2 mm. thick. 

Type collected on the ground in woods near Seattle, Washing- 
ton, October 20-November i, 1911, IV. A. Murrill 5J<5. Also 
collected in the same locality, W. A. Murrill joi. 



Melanoleuca 

Melanoleuca 

Melanoleuca 

Melanoleuca 

Melanoleuca 

Melanoleuca 

Melanoleuca 

Melanoleuca 

Melanoleuca 

Melanoleuca 

Melanoleuca 

Melanoleuca 

Melanoleuca 

Melanoleuca 

Melanoleuca 

Melanoleuca 

Melanoleuca 

Melanoleuca 

Melanoleuca 

Melanoleuca 

Melanoleuca 

Melanoleuca 

Melanoleuca 

Melanoleuca 

Melanoleuca 



New Combinations 



ANOMALA 

akenicola 

AVELLANEA 

AVELLANEIFOLIA : 

BICOLOR 

CALIFORNICA 

COLLYBIIFORMIS : 

DRYOPHILA 

FARINACEA 

Harperi : 

NUCIOLENS 

Olesonii 

OREADES 

PINICOLA 

PLATYPHYLLA 

PORTOLENSIS 

RUDERICOLA 

ROSEIBRUNNEA 

SECEDIFOLIA 

STRIATELLA 

SUBLURIDA 

SUBMULTICEPS : 

SUBPESSUNDATA : 

SUBVELATA 

TENUIPES : 



: Tricholoma 
: Tricholoma 
: Tricholoma 
: Tricholoma 
: Tricholoma 
: Tricholoma 
: Tricholoma 
: Tricholoma 
: Tricholoma 
: Tricholoma 
: Tricholoma 
: Tricholoma 
: Tricholoma 
: Tricholoma 
: Tricholoma 
: Tricholoma 
: Tricholoma 
: Tricholoma 
: Tricholoma 
: Tricholoma 
: Tricholoma 
: Tricholoma 
: Tricholoma 
: Tricholoma 
: Tricholoma 



anomalum 

arenicola 

avellaneum 

avellaneifolium 

bicolor 

californicum 

collybiiforme 

dryophilum 

farinaceum 

Harxieri 

nuciolens 

Olesonii 

oreades 

pinicola 

platyphyllum 

portolense 

rudericola 

roseibrunneum 

secedifolium 

striatellum 

subluridum 

submulticeps 

subpessundatum 

subvelatum 

tenuipes 



New York Botanical Garden. 



TOXICOLOGICAL STUDIES ON THE MUSH- 
ROOMS CLITOCYBE ILLUDENS AND 
INOCYBE INFIDA 



Ernest D. Clark and Clayton S. Smith 
With Plate 91 



Introduction 

It had already become evident from our earlier observations 
that Inocybe infida must be considered a poisonous mushroom, 
both when judged by its efifects on man after ingestion^ and 
also from its action when injected into frogs. ^ Both the clin- 
ical data from the reported cases of poisoning and our own expe- 
rimental results indicated a poison of the general type repre- 
sented by the muscarin of the fatal Amanita muscaria. How- 
ever, the usual symptoms were not produced in frogs receiving 
injections of the poison in Inocybe infida. As is the case with 
muscarin, the Inocybe poison acted more particularly upon the 
nervous system and seemed to be similar to the narcotic poison 
found by Ford® in the closely related Inocybe infelix. A 
more detailed study of the action of Inocybe infida and certain 
other fungi upon the exposed heart appeared to be desirable and 
in this paper we present the results of such experiments. 

Increased interest in this work was stimulated by the very 
many fatalities, in the fall of 1911, which were caused by eating 
poisonous mushrooms. After the autumn rains in September of 
that year, the newspapers of the temperate zone of this continent 
and Europe contained many notices of death from this cause. In 
one period of ten days there were tzuenty-two such deaths in the 
vicinity of New York City. In scarcely a single fatal case was 

* Murrill. A New Poisonous Mushroom. Mycologia i: 21 1. 1909. 

^ Clark and Kantor. Toxicological Experiments With Some of the Higher 
Fungi. Mycologia 3 ; 175-88. 1911. 

® Ford. Distribution of Haemolysins, Agglutinins and Poisons in Fungi, 
etc. Jour. Pharmacol, and Exp. Therapeutics 2; 285-318. 1911. 

224 



Clark and Smith : Toxicological Studies 



225 



the identity of the fungi definitely established by a mycologist but 
usually the cause seemed to be either Amanita phalloides or A. 
muscaria; twin sisters of death, known and feared from antiquity. 
Many newspaper clippings from several states and countries in- 
dicate that the accidents often resulted from mistaking Amanita 
phalloides for Agariciis campestris, the common cultivated 
“mushroom,” and Amanita muscaria for A. caesaria, much ap- 
preciated by a Caesar and later by somewhat reckless epicures. 
We have been concerned only with the less common and striking 
species such as Inocybe and Clitocybc but it is very desirable that 
all fungi having poisonous properties should be so designated and 
always treated with caution. With the exception of the pioneer 
work of Ford very little chemical and toxicological study has 
been given to American mushrooms. 

Previous Toxicological Studies on Clitocybe and Inocybe 

These two groups of fungi had not usually been regarded with 
suspicion as to their poisonous nature until various observers 
began to report unpleasant results following their consumption. 
Recently, specific charges of being poisonous have been brought 
against Inocybe infida by MurrilF and ourselves,^ against Inocybe 
infelix by Ford,® against Clitocybe dealbata sudorifica by Ford 
and Sherrick,* and also against Inocybe decipiens by the 
same observers.® In Clitocybe illudens Ford® found a poison 
that was fatal to guinea-pigs but not to rabbits. As an edible 
fungus this plant has never been popular, possibly because its 
phosphorescent glow at night is not reassuring. Injection ex- 
periments with frogs showed that extracts of Clitocybe multiceps 
were harmless, as was expected. In the Inocybe infida we sepa- 
rated, by muscarin isolation methods, a water-soluble substance 
which, after injection into frogs, caused a prolonged state of 
paralysis often followed by complete recovery in a day or two. 
The aqueous extracts of Inocybe infelix prepared by Ford exerted 

* Ford and Sherrick. On the Properties of Several Species of the Poly- 
poraceae and of a New Clitocybe, etc. Jour. Pharmacol, and Exp. Thera- 
peutics 2: 549-58. 1911. 

' Ford and Sherrick. Further Obser\-ations on Fungi, etc. Jour. 
Pharmacol, and Exp. Therapeutics 4: 321-32. 1913. 



226 



Mycologia 



a powerful narcotic effect on the nervous system of rabbits and 
guinea-pigs, described as a profound depression lasting for hours, 
sometimes with complete recovery. It is evident that these two 
Inocybes contain poisonous material acting as a strong narcotic 
agent but not necessarily causing death. Muscarin itself does 
not produce the symptoms already described and the mixed 
poisons of Amanita muscaria give still another series of effects 
upon the organism. It is believed by many investigators that 
muscarin alone is not responsible for all of the fatal effects fol- 
lowing ingestion of Amanita muscaria. Both in clinical work 
and in animal experiments one finds that although atropin is an 
antidote for pure muscarin it does not wholly neutralize the 
toxic action of A. muscaria. Some of our experiments indicate 
that muscarin may be present in other fungi like Inocybe and 
Clitocybe whose effects are neutralized by atropin while this was 
not wholly true of our extracts of Amanita muscaria. 

Experimental Part 

Description of Botanical Material. — All of the fungi used by 
us were identified and labelled for us by Dr. Murrill. Our large 
lot of Clitocybe illudens was collected near the New York Botan- 
ical Garden in the summer of 1911. The Inocybe infida material 
was also collected during the summer of 1911 on the lawns of the 
New York Botanical Garden. We used Amanita muscaria that 
came from Rochdale, Massachusetts, in August, 1911. Dried 
plants of species of Clitocybe and Amanita are large and easily 
handled while those of Inocybe are very small after desicca- 
tion and usually five or more did not weigh more than one gram. 
The dry fungi were ground repeatedly in a coffee-mill until a very 
fine powder was obtained. This powder was weighed and ex- 
tracted as described below. 

Description of Chemical Methods Employed. — The powdered 
fungi were extracted twice for twenty-four hour periods, at room 
temperature, with ten times their weight of 95 per cent, alcohol. 
The alcoholic extracts were carefully evaporated to a thick syrup 
which was in turn extracted with several 10 c.c. portions of alco- 
hol. These repeated alcohol extractions and subsequent evapora- 
tions were continued until practically all of the fats, sugars and 



Clark and Smith : Toxicological Studies 227 

gums had been eliminated. A final extract of the last thick syrup 
was made with absolute alcohol and, after this had been evaporated, 
the syrupy residue was mixed with powdered glass and dried in a 
vacuum desiccator until a yellowish, friable mass resulted. This 
powder was extracted with a small volume of absolute alcohol, 
the latter was removed from the extract by evaporation, and the 
small amount of yellowish waxy residue was taken up in 
physiological saline solution after which the traces of insoluble 
matter were removed by filtration. Unless otherwise noted 
this solution of the toxic material was used for injection or 
for experiments with the exposed hearts. In order to separate 
and purify any toxic alkaloidal material we took up the last resi- 
due from absolute alcohol with water, added a little dilute sul- 
phuric acid and finally a solution of potassio-mercuric iodid until 
no more of the yellow granular precipitate formed. The details 
of the chemical treatment of this substance, precipitated by the 
potassio-mercuric iodid, may be found in our earlier paper.® 
At the final stage of this treatment the small amount of poisonous 
water-soluble material was dissolved in physiological salt solution 
and then used for the toxicological experiments. This process 
of alcohol extraction and alkaloidal purification was originally 
planned to isolate muscarin from Amanita muscaria; we found it 
to be adequate for this purpose. We also found that this same 
process would separate and concentrate the toxic material in Ino- 
cybe infida and Clitocybe illudens. Chemically, then, the poison 
in the latter forms seemed to belong to the muscarin type but that 
question could finally be decided only by experiments on animals. 

Toxicological Experiments with Exposed Hearts 

The hearts of medium-sized pithed frogs were exposed and 
connected in the usual way for the preparation of graphic records 
on a kymograph drum. In several cases the exposed hearts of 
turtles were used but with no appreciable difference in the type 
of records obtained. Solutions of the toxic material in physio- 
logical salt solution were always used on the hearts and in no 
case was the effect of an extract tested until we first obtained a 



“ Loc. cit. 



228 



]\Iycologia 



normal tracing from the heart. The exposed hearts were kept 
moist with physiological saline solution and all traces of a pre- 
vious test solution were washed away before adding an atropin 
solution, etc. To test the neutralizing effects of atropin we used 
a 0.5 per cent, solution of the sulphate salt of this alkaloid. Many 
tracings from different mushroom preparations were obtained but 
we shall only describe briefly and illustrate a few of the typical 
ones. 

Experiments zmth Inocybe infida Extracts before Alkaloidal 

Purification 

Experiment 6. — April 20, 1912. Weight of frog was 32 gm. 
After placing this solution on the heart the frequency and ampli- 
tude of the beats both decreased until a complete standstill was 
produced. This was overcome in a few seconds by flushing the 
heart with atropin solution. 

Experiment 10. — May 22. The heart of a decerebrated turtle 
(weight 583 gm.) was exposed, treated with an Inocybe extract, 
and the effect studied. The extract in this case was much more 
concentrated than that used in Experiment 6 and with the turtle 
heart it caused a complete standstill in 5 seconds. This effect 
was neutralized by atropin in 10 seconds. 

Experiment 4. — April 16. Weight of frog was 28 gm. The 
Inocybe extract used was the same as that in Experiment 6 and 
it showed the same characteristic action on this heart. See Plate 
91, fig. I. 

Experiments zvith Inocybe infida Extracts after Alkaloidal 
Purification. 

Some of the mushroom extracts were purified by the chemical 
process described and when these extracts were tested on frogs 
they were found to have retained their toxic properties unchanged 
or, more often, to have had them augmented. This would indi- 
cate that the toxic material is precipitated and purified by 
methods used for alkaloids and muscarin. 

Experiment 24. — June 6. The frog weighed 36 gm. This 
purified extract was very active in causing a complete standstill 



Clark axd Smith : Toxicological Studies 



229 



which was relieved in a few seconds by atropin. See Plate 91, 
fig. 2. 

Experiments zcith the Ash of an Active Unpurified Inocybe 

Extract 

Experiment 21. — i\Iay 29. About 15 c.c. of the extract used 
in Exp. 10 were evaporated to dryness and carefully ashed at low 
red heat, the ash was dissolved in water and tested on the heart 
of a frog weighing 29 gm. This solution did not produce the 
slightest flutter in the nonnal tracing and so it is evident that the 
inorganic or ash constituents of the fungus are not responsible 
for its toxic action. 

Experiments zoith Unpurified Extracts of Amanita muscaria 

Experiment p. — i\Iay 22. The action of an Amanita extract 
was tested upon the heart of a frog weighing 33 gm. In this 
case a standstill of the heart was not caused although the usual 
retarding effect was noticed. This effect was partially neutralized 
by atropin. 

Experiment ii. — INIay 23. Experiment 9 was repeated with a 
frog weighing 29 gm. The same slight muscarin effect appeared. 

Experiments zvith Purified Extracts of Amanita muscaria 

Experiment 26. — June 3. The action of a purified extract of 
this Amanita on a frog (weight 31 gm.) was similar to that re- 
corded in Experiments 9 and ll and it did not prove to be nearly 
as toxic as extracts of Inocybe infida or Clitocybe illudens. 

Experiments zvith Unpurified Extracts of Clitocybe illudens 

Experiment 5. — April 16. Frog weighed 35 gm. The heart 
was soon brought to a standstill but was started at once by 
atropin. The action was exactly the same as that of Inocybe 
infida but it did not take place as rapidly. See Plate 91, fig. 3. 

Experiment 14. — May 23. Turtle weighed 633 gm. The tur- 
tle’s isolated heart reacted to Clitocybe extract in a way difficult 
to distinguish from the response to the Inocybe extract. 



230 



^Mycologia 



Experiments zvith Purified Clitocybe illudens Extracts 

Experiment jj. — ^June 6. Frog weighed 28 gm. The action 
of this purified Clitocybe preparation was the same as that of the 
unpurified extracts. 

» Experiments zvitli the Harmless Clitocybe multiceps Extracts 

Experiment 20. — May 29. As a control on our processes we 
tested the unpurified extract of this fungus on the heart of a 
frog (weight 33 gm.). It was found to be entirely without 
action. Evidently we had not been producing toxic effects 
through our procedures. 

Toxicological Experiments on Frogs 

In order to study the effect of the various fungi upon animal 
organisms as a whole we made injections of the different prepara- 
tions into the dorsal lymph-sacs of frogs. The extracts were por- 
tions of those that were used in the exposed heart experiments ; 
their preparation has already been described. Typical experi- 
ments with the different mushroom extracts will be given in order 
to show the characteristic action of each species. 

Experiments with Purified and Unpurified Extracts of 
Amanita muse aria 

Experiment 50. June 3, 1912. Frog ii weighed 24 gm. Re- 
ceived an injection of i c.c. of purified extract at 5.47 P.M. 

5.49 P.M. Partly paralyzed. 

5.52 P.M. Wholly paralyzed. 

5.56 P.M. Heart stopped. 

5.58 P.M. Received injection of i c.c. atropin solution. 

6.03 P.M. Heart begins to beat weakly and irregularly. 

June 4, 9.15 A.M. Frog ii found dead. 

The results of parallel experiments with unpurified Amanita 
extracts differed in no way from those indicated above. 

Experiments zvith Purified Extracts of Inocybe infida 

Experiment 28. — ^June 3. Frog 8 weighed 23 gm. Received 
injection of i c.c. of this extract at 3.46 P.M. 

3.48 P.M. Partly paralyzed. 



Clark and Smith : Toxicological Studies 



231 



349 P.M. Wholly paralyzed. 

3.51 P.M. Heart at a standstill. 

3.53 P.M. Received injection of i c.c. atropin solution. 

3.56 P.M. Heart begins to beat slowly and it gradually re- 
sumes its normal action. 

5.45 P.M. Frog 8 appears normal. 

While this frog was wholly paralyzed we bared the sciatic 
nerve and, upon stimulation with an induced current, we obtained 
a normal response, thus indicating that no curare effect was pres- 
ent. Other experiments with Inocybe material gave similar re- 
sults. In some cases the frogs died before the next morning ; 
and in others, recovery seemed to be complete. 

Experiments unth Purified and Unpurified Extracts of Clito- 

cybe illudens 

Experiment 13. May 23. Frog 3 weighed 28 gm. Received 
injection of 1.5 c.c. of unpurified extract at 5.24 P.M. 

5.28 P.M. Paralyzed. 

5.33 P.M. Heart at standstill. 

5.38 P.M. Tested as above indicated ; there was no curare 
effect. 

Experiment 27. May 27. Frog 9 weighed 36 gm. Received 
injection of 1.5 c.c. of purified Clitocybe extract at 12.25 P-M. 

12.30 P.M. Lethargic. 

12.40 P.M. Paralyzed; heart at standstill. 

12.42 P.M. Received injection of i c.c. atropin solution. 

12.50 P.M. Heart beats irregularly. 

5.30 P.M. Frog 9 found dead. 

Conclusions 

It is evident that both Clitocybe illudens and Inocybe infida 
contain material exerting a characteristic muscarin effect when 
tested upon the exposed hearts of frogs and turtles. Further- 
more, this toxic action on the exposed heart is completely over- 
come by the application of atropin sulphate solutions ; an action 
analogous to that with a pure muscarin preparation. For some 
reason, parallel experiments with extracts of Amanita muscaria 



232 



i\lYCOLOGIA 



extracts did not show the expected toxic effects nor were the 
latter wholly neutralized by atropin. This may be explained by 
assuming that this Amanita contains another toxic substance as 
well as muscarin. In fact, this theory has been advanced by 
other investigators to account for the results of their clinical ob- 
servations and animal experiments. The lot of Amanita mnscaria 
used in this work did not cause the acute muscarin symptoms 
which were expected from the experiments in our earlier paper. 
It is interesting to note that this last lot of the Amanita was col- 
lected in a different state and at a different time, thus giving an 
opportunity for both the seasonal and local variations in toxicity 
reported by others. 

Injection experiments with Clitocybe illudens and Inocybe in- 
fida confirmed the results obtained with the isolated hearts. The 
toxicological evidence of all our experiments points toward mus- 
carin as the poison in Inocybe infida and Clitocybe illudens, and 
this idea gains further confirmation from the fact that our meth- 
ods of extraction and purification were those originally suggested 
for the isolation of muscarin and alkaloidal substances from 
fungi. Parallel experiments with the edible Clitocybe multiceps 
revealed no toxicity of any sort. The ash constituents of Clito- 
cybe illudens are not responsible for its toxicity. It was neces- 
sary to test this point because it has been stated that salts of 
potassium produce a muscarin-like effect on the heart.'^ From 
our studies on Clitocybe illudens and Inocybe infida it is plain 
that these plants should not be eaten, since all of them contain 
material having a dangerous action upon the nervous system. 

We wish to thank Prof. Wm. J. Gies and Prof. F. S. Lee, of 
the College of Physicians and Surgeons, for much helpful advice. 
Dr. W. A. Murrill suggested this study of poisonous fungi and 
our thanks are also due him for providing and identifying most 
of the material used. 

Laboratories of Biological Chemistry and Physiology of 

Columbia University, College of Physicians and Surgeons, 

Nevy York City. 

’ Fiihner. Nachweis und Bestimmung von Giften auf biologischen Wege. 
Abderhalden’s Handbuch d. Biochem. Arbeitsmethoden, V, (I), p. 77. 1912. 




Graphic records of effect of mushroom extracts on frog hearts. The arrows indicate time when the various mushroom extracts and 

atropin solution were applied to the exposed heart 



FURTHER CULTURES OF HETEROECIOUS 

RUSTS^ 



W. P. Fraser 

Field observations extending over several years, and culture 
experiments during the spring of 1911, furnished evidence that 
the fern rusts of the genus Uredinopsis are heteroecious, and 
have their aecia on Abies balsamea; these aecia being the white- 
spored forms that have passed as Peridermium balsameum Peck. 
The infection experiments during 1911 were inconclusive, so fur- 
ther experiments which are described in the following pages were 
undertaken in 1912 to establish if possible the connection of these 
forms. 

The teliosporic material used in all the experiments was col- 
lected near Pictou, N. S., and was wintered in the open in small 
cheese-cloth bags ; but the culture experiments with this material 
were carried on in the greenhouse of Macdonald College. The 
plants of Tsiiga and Abies used in the experiments were obtained 
not far distant from the college. They were taken into the 
greenhouse in early spring, as soon as the frost was out of the 
ground, and kept in the greenhouse till the young leaves appeared 
and the plants were in the proper stage for infection. As Peri- 
dermium balsameum was never collected in the field within sev- 
eral miles of where the plants used in these experiments were ob- 
tained, and as a number of trees of Tsuga and Abies obtained at 
the same time and place were kept as checks, and all remained 
free from infection, there seems to be no reasonable doubt that 
the trees used in the experiments were free from outside in- 
fection. 

The writer returned to Nova Scotia about the middle of June, 
and the experiments with aeciosporic material were carried on in 
the laboratories of Pictou Academy. The ferns used in these ex- 
periments at Pictou were obtained a week or two before the ex- 

* Read before the American Phytopathological Society at the Cleveland 
meeting, Dec. 31, 1912. 



233 



234 



Mycologia 



periments were performed. They were selected from a place re- 
mote from any known or suspected source of infection and in all 
cases, as described in the experiments, a number of checks were 
kept. The writer was thoroughly familiar with the locality, and 
no fern rust appeared until some weeks after the ferns were 
obtained, nor did any appear later on the plants surrounding 
those that had been selected for the experiments. 

The aeciosporic material was all collected near Pictou. At 
the time of collection no uredinia had developed on the ferns 
near the trees from which it was collected or anywhere in the 
vicinity. 

The ferns used in the experiments with the aeciosporic mate- 
rial were sprayed with water by means of an atomizer. The 
aeciospores were then shaken from the shoots on the under side 
of the leaves of the ferns. The shoots bearing aecia were also 
‘suspended above the ferns, and the whole was covered with a 
belljar for a day or two. This was done in a room separate 
from where the cultures and checks were kept. 

The writer is indebted to Mr. E. M. Duporte and Mr. P. I. 
Bryce, assistants in the department, for the care of the cultures at 
Macdonald College during his absence, also to the Commissioners 
and Dr. R. Maclellan, of Pictou Academy, who in their generous 
way freely placed the laboratories of that institution at his 
disposal. 



Uredinopsis Struthiopteridts Stormer 

Teliosporic material of this rust on Onoclea Struthiopteris (L.) 
Hoffm. was suspended above a small plant of Abies balsamea 
(L.) Mill, on May 13. Pycnia were noticed on May 27 which 
probably appeared earlier, and aecia began to appear on June i, 
both in great abundance, practically every leaf of the young 
shoots being infected. Another sowing in a similar manner on 
May 28 gave pycnia on June 9, with aecia showing by June 18. 

Fresh aeciospores of Peridermium balsameum on Abies bal- 
samea (L.) Mill., which were collected beside ferns of Onoclea 
Struthiopteris that were badly rusted the previous season, were 
sown on Onoclea Struthiopteris, O. sensibilis L., Phegopteris 
Dryoptcris (L.) Fee and Osmunda Claytoniana L. on June 27. 



Fraser: Further Cultures of Heteroecious Rusts 235 



Uredinia of Uredinopsis Stnithiopferidis appeared on Onoclea 
Struthiopteris in abundance on June 6. The spores were oozing 
out on June 8. The other ferns remained free from infection. 
Another sowing of a collection also believed from field observa- 
tion to be connected with Uredinopsis Struthiopteridis was made 
on Onoclea Struthiopteris and Phegopteris Dryopteris on June 29, 
with uredinia rather abundant on July 8 on the former and no 
infection on the latter. A third sowing of a collection similar to 
the others on Onoclea Struthiopteris and Osmunda Claytoniana 
on July 2 produced very abundant infection on Onoclea Stric- 
thiopteris, the uredinia appearing on July 8. Teliospores were 
present on July 30. Osmunda Claytoniana was not infected. 
Five pots of Onoclea Struthiopteris obtained at the same place 
and at the same time as those used in the experiments were kept 
as checks and remained entirely free from infection. 

The place where the aeciosporic material was collected was 
kept under observation, and about a fortnight after the spores of 
Peridermium balsameum were being shed, the ferns of Onoclea 
Struthiopteris which grew immediately beside showed the ure- 
dinia of the rust in abundance. The distribution of the ure- 
dinia was such that it indicated the Peridermium on Abies as 
the source of infection. 

Uredinopsis Osmundae Magn. 

Teliosporic material of this rust on Osmunda Claytoniana L. 
was placed in a moist chamber, and the teliospores germinated 
freely in a few days. The leaves bearing the germinating telia 
were then suspended above plants of Abies balsamea on May 26. 
Pycnia were observed on June 10, and aecia on June 18. Five 
more sowings were made and in all cases the pycnia and aecia of 
Peridermium balsameum followed. In several cases the ger- 
minating teliosporic material was placed immediately above the 
young shoots of Abies and these showed marked infection, while 
the other shoots remained practically free. 

Observations in the field strengthened the results of the cul- 
tures. Whenever the writer found a very abundant development 
of the uredinia of this rust on Osmunda in early summer it was 
beneath, or close by, trees of Abies balsamea that showed a rich 



236 



]\Iycologia 



infection of Pcridermium balsamenm. The distribution of the 
aecia on the trees indicated that infection had come from the 
rusted ferns of the previous season. These observations were 
made in a number of places. 

Uredinopsis Atkinsonii Magn. 

Aeciospores of P eridcrmium balsameum from Abies balsamea 
which seemed from field evidence to be connected with this rust 
on Aspidiiim Thelyptcris Sw. were sown on a pot of these ferns 
on July I, but without infection. Another sowing on July 3 of 
similar material gave uredinia which appeared on July 10, but not 
in great abundance. Three pots of Aspidiiim Thelypteris were 
kept as checks and remained free from infection. There was 
some field evidence of the connection of these forms but it was 
not very pronounced. 

Uredinopsis Phegopteridis Arthur 

Teliosporic material of this rust on Phegopteris Dryopteris 
(L.) Fee was suspended in the usual way above Abies balsamea 
on May 27. Pycnia appeared on June 12 followed by aecia. In- 
fection was not marked, only about twenty of the young leaves 
bearing aecia. Observations in the field also indicated the con- 
nection of these forms. 

Uredinopsis mir.\bilis i\Iagn. 

Teliosporic material of this rust on Onoclea sensibilis L. was 
suspended above Abies balsamea (L) ]\Iill. on Alay 13. Pycnia 
and aecia followed, the latter being first noticed on June 6, 
about a dozen leaves showing aecia. 

Aeciospores {Peridermium balsameum) from Abies balsamea 
were sown on two pots of Onoclea sensibilis on June 28. 
Abundant uredinia followed, being first noticed on July 5, the 
urediniospores were oozing out by July 8. 

Another sowing of aeciospores was made on Onoclea sensibilis, 
Onoclea Strnthiopteris and Aspidiiim Thelypteris on July i. 
Abundant infection of the pot of Onoclea sensibilis followed, the 
uredinia being present on July 8. None of the other ferns 
showed infection. 



Fraser: Further Cultures of Heteroecious Rusts 237 



Another sowing on Onoclea sensibilis on July 3 also gave 
abundant infection, the uredinia appearing by July 10. Five 
pots of plants from the same place as those used in the experi- 
ments and obtained at the same time were kept as checks and 
showed no infection. 

Observations in the field strengthened the evidence of connec- 
tion furnished by the cultures. It was noticed for several years 
that wherever this rust was common on Onoclea in the following 
spring the firs near were abundantly infected with Pcridermium 
balsameum, but the sequence of spore forms was not carefully 
observed. This season several places, where this rust was known 
to be common on Onoclea sensibilis in 1911, were kept under ob- 
servation. It was found that Periderminni balsameum appeared 
abundantly on the trees of Abies balsamea that grew near about 
June 25. In about ten days uredinia appeared on the ferns of 
Onoclea sensibilis growing immediately beneath, and soon became 
common. 

The experiments and field observations here described seem to 
the writer to establish the connection of the five species of Ure- 
dinopsis used in the experiments with the white-spored aecia on 
Abies balsamea which have passed as Periderminni balsameum. 
The question whether these are distinct species with similar aecia 
or whether they should be included under one species needs fur- 
ther study. It will be noticed that the evidence of cultures, as far 
as it goes, indicates that the species established are good. 

The examination of the cultures and collections of the fern 
rusts of the genus Uredinopsis convinced the writer that the first 
spore form to appear is the urediniospore. The spores which 
have been regarded as aeciospores were rarely present in the col- 
lections and never appeared first. 

In the genus Hyalopsora the aeciospores were found to be the 
first to appear. 

PucciNiASTRUM ]\Iyrtilli (Schum.) Arthur 

Teliosporic material of this rust on the leaves of Vaccinium 
canadense Kalm. was suspended on May 28 above a young tree 
of Tsuga canadensis (L.) Carr. Pycnia were observed on a 
number of leaves on June 10, and aecia began to appear on June 



238 



Mycologia 



14. The aecia developed rapidly on about fifty of the leaves, 
and were mature in a few days. The aecia were the deep red- 
dish-yellow form collected abundantly in Nova Scotia in several 
regions beside Pucciniastrum Myrtilli on Vaccininm canadense 
and V. pcnnsylvanicum Lam. which has passed as Peridermium 
Pcckii Thiim. but which Arthur regards as distinct. - 

This confirms the life history of this species as established by 
Clinton (Report Conn. Agric. Exper. Sta. 1909-1910, p. 719 and 
MS.) who sowed aeciospores from Tsiiga catiadeusis on Gaylus- 
sacia baccata (Wang) C. Koch, and produced the uredinia of 
Pucciniastriiin Myrtilli. 

]\Iel.\mpsora Medusae Thiim. 

Leaves of Popnlus grandidentata Michx. bearing abundant 
telia of this rust were placed in a moist chamber and the telio- 
spores gave excellent germination in a few days. A sowing on 
two plants of Tsuga canadensis (L.) Carr, was followed on both 
plants by pycnia in about a week, and later by aecia. 

On July 18, 1912, the cones of a considerable area near Pictou 
were found to be infected by Caeonia Abietis-canadensis Far!., 
about one half of the cones showing infection. The place was 
visited about ten days later and the uredinia of Melampsora Me- 
dusae were abundant on the leaves of Popnlus grandidentata 
which grew near and beneath the infected trees. These experi- 
ments and observations confirm the cultures of last year.® 

Melampsora arctic.\ Rostr. 

Teliosporic material from Salix (species undetermined) was 
placed in a moist chamber until the teliospores germinated when 
it was suspended above Abies balsamea on June 10. Pycnia were 
noticed on June 24 followed by aecia. This experiment confirms 
the cultures of the previous season.^ 

"See Mycologia 4: 184. 1912. 

* See Mycologia 4: 188. :gi2. 

‘See Mycologia 4; 187. 1912. 



Fraser: Further Cultures of Heteroecious Rusts 239 

Summary of Cultures Described in this Article 

1. Life histories established for the first time. 

Urediiiopsis Striithioptcridis Stormer. Two successful sow- 
ings of teliospores from Onoclea Struthiopteris (L.) Hoffm. 
on Abies balsamea (L.) Mill. Three successful sowings of 
aeciospores from Abies balsamea on Onoclea Struthiopteris. 

Uredinopsis Osmundae Magn. Six successful sowings of telio- 
spores from Osmnnda Claytoniana L. on Abies balsamea. 

Uredinopsis Atkinsonii Magn. Aeciospores from Abies bal- 
samea infected Aspidinm Thelypteris Sw. 

Uredinopsis Phegoteridis Arthur. Teliospores from Phegop- 
teris Dryopteris (L.) Fee infected Abies balsamea. 

Uredinopsis mirabilis ]\Iagn. Teliospores from Onoclea sen- 
sibilis L. infected Abies balsamea. Three successful sowings 
of aeciospores from Abies balsamea on Onoclea sensibilis. 

2. Life histories supplementing previous work. 

Pucciniastrum Myrtilli (Schum.) Arthur. Teliospores from 

Vaccinium canadense Kalm. infected Tsuga canadense 
(L.) Carr. 

Melampsora Medusae Thiim. Teliospores from Populits gran- 
didentata Michx. infected Tsuga canadensis (L.) Carr. 

Melampsora arctica Rostr. Teliospores from Salix infected 
Abies balsamea (L.) Mill. 



Macdonald College, 

Province of Quebec, Canada. 



UREDINALES ON CAREX IN NORTH 
AMERICA 



J. C. Arthur 

In the systematic work on Uredinales in the North American 
Flora, a monographic treatise, every entry is based upon a col- 
lection in the author’s herbarium, either an original one, or some 
data to represent a collection in another herbarium. Whatever 
advantage in fundamental accuracy is secured in this work prob- 
ably depends largely upon the application of four tests which are 
the foremost guides used in systematically placing every collec- 
tion : ( I ) life cycle, so far as direct or collateral evidence can be 
found; (2) name and systematic position of host; (3) micro- 
scopic characters of sorus and spores; (4) the limitation of a 
species in view of the influence of host and possible occurrence of 
races. 

It has not been many years since most collections of Carex 
rusts were largely labelled “ Puccinia Caricis” or “P. caricina’’ 
and said to be on “ some species of sedge,” or on ^ Carex sp.,” 
and with such material the work on the North American Flora 
began. 

As to the first test to be applied to each collection, regarding 
the life cycle, Carex rusts may be assumed to be uniform in hav- 
ing their spore forms of the general character of those of Puc- 
cinia graminis and in being heteroecious. 

As to the second test, regarding the host, slow but steadily in- 
creasing progress has been made in securing authentic 'determina- 
tion of the hosts. All Carex rusts belong either to the genus 
Nigredo (having i-celled teliospores) or Dicaeoma (having 
2-celled teliospores). The material for the species under Ni- 
gredo, published about a year ago, consisted of 21 collections with 
leaves and stems only, and 35 other collections accompanied by 
more or less perfect fruiting parts. The determinations of the 
latter had been verified or completed by comparison with the 

240 



Arthur: Uredinales on Carex in North America 241 



author’s phanerogamic herbarium, although a few collections had 
been submitted to experts. 

The Carex material for the genus Dicaeorna is now being 
studied. A few specimens from time to time have been sent to 
Dr. Theo. Holm, of Washington, D. C., for critical decision re- 
garding the host. Feeling the great advantage in accuracy that 
would accrue from having all the material examined and com- 
pared under the most favorable conditions, the very generous 
permission of Dr. Holm to submit the full set to him was ac- 
cepted, and in June, 1912, all the material being used as the basis 
for the study of the genus Dicaeorna, together with that previ- 
ously used for the genus Nigredo, was sent, to which was added 
the phanerogamic set of Carex. 

The phanerogamic collection is used as a basis of comparison, 
in order to detect any lapses from a probably correct naming of 
the host. It contains a total of 321 sheets and 133 species, wholly 
from North America, and includes the Olney and Bailey exsic- 
catae. Some of the specimens were determined by Wm. Boott 
and L. H. Bailey, and the Iowa material was once examined by 
R. I. Cratty. It is gratifying to note that Dr. Holm found occa- 
sion to change the names of only five species (nine specimens) 
of this phanerogamic set, all being changes to closely allied spe- 
cies which some authors consider segregates. 

The examination and study of the mycological material was a 
far greater tax upon Dr. Holm’s time and patience, not only be- 
cause of its fragmentary condition but because the opening of 
mycological packets in large numbers is burdensome. 

Of the material submitted, now being used for the genus 
Dicaeorna, there were 645 packets which contained no fruiting 
parts of the host, and such names as collectors have attached to 
them cannot be verified. Of these, however. Dr. Holm questions 
the correctness of 32, either because of the appearance of the 
leaves, or because the locality is outside the known range of the 
species. 

Of the 405 packets submitted, which contained some fruiting 
parts of the host, the larger portion had the specific name of the 
host attached. From a study of this material Dr. Holm found it 



242 



Mycologia 



necessary to change the names on 29 packets. Out of the 52 
packets on which the species of the host had not been given, Dr. 
Holm was able to supply 34 determinations. 

Altogether Dr. Holm examined 1050 packets now being used 
for the systematic work under the genus Dicaeoma, and 56 
packets for that previously used under Nigredo, or a total of 
1106. For this important and authoritative assistance in trying 
to render the North American Flor.\ as accurate as possible the 
writer desires to publicly extend to Dr. Holm most hearty thanks. 

In the preliminary manuscript for the next rust number of the 
North American Flora at the present writing (February i, 1913) 
there are recognized 24 species of Dicaeoma occurring upon 106 
species of Carex. These 24 species are represented by 1200 
North American collections, 150 collections having been added 
since the material was returned by Dr. Holm in November last. 
Although this seems like a vast array of material for the rusts 
on a single genus of hosts, yet one half of the 24 species are 
represented by 13 or less collections each, and four by only one 
or two collections each, these four species being from readily ac- 
cessible localities in Delaware, West Virginia, Wisconsin and 
South Dakota, except one which is from Guatemala. Some 
stress should be laid upon this situation as indicating the desira- 
bility that collectors search for Carex rusts more assiduously, 
especially for such as appear to be associated in the field with 
definite heteroecious aecia, and not follow the practice of a 
famous mycologist of a prominent university who once confessed 
that he usually threw away Carex rusts — they were so trouble- 
some to name. 

It is to be hoped that no one will be discouraged by the fact 
that the chances are not many for picking up one of these rarer 
species, taking the comparative number of collections under each 
species as an indication. The three most commonly collected spe- 
cies are one with aecia on Aster, Solidago, Erigeron and similar 
genera, now passing under several names, which is represented 
by 208 collections, one with aecia on I/rtica represented by 152 col- 
lections, and one with aecia on Ribes represented by 146 collec- 
tions. The remaining seven large species range from 86 to 18 
collections each. 



Arthur: Uredinales on Carex in North America 243 



As this paper is intended to deal chiefly with the Carex hosts, 
nothing has been said about aecial hosts of the 24 species involved, 
but incidentally it may be stated that aecia belonging to il of 
these species are known, and are represented by 676 collections 
at the present time, for which it is hoped to secure ecpial accuracy 
in determinations by enlisting the aid of specialists. 

So much as to the second test used in the rust work for the 
North American Flora, the one regarding hosts, and we now 
turn to the third test, the one relating to microscopic characters 
of the fungus. It being difficult to carry in mind the minute 
appearance of the spores for purposes of critical comparison, as 
many of the collections as possible have been illustrated by 
camera lucida drawings made with a uniform amplification of 
625 diameters. There have been 693 of the Dicaeoma collec- 
tions on Carex illustrated in this way, giving >1029 individual 
teliospores, 937 urediniospores and 69 amphispores ; while of their 
aecial connections 174 collections have been similarly illustrated, 
showing 135 individual aeciospores and 86 peridial cells, with 17 
sections of pycnia more or less completely drawn. 

Many of the collections have had sets of data taken regarding 
length and breadth of a number of spores, usually six to eight, 
thickness of apex, side wall and pedicel, the color, sculpturing of 
surface, and number and position of pores. With the Carex 
collections for Dicaeoma are 355 such sets of data, and with the 
associated aecial collections 90 similar sets of data, extended to 
include peridial cells and pycnia. 

Regarding the fourth test applied to each collection, that of the 
limital characters for the species, nothing need be given in this 
connection, as the purpose of this article is especially to call 
attention to the material being used for study. It may be inter- 
jected, however, that the term species in the manuscript for the 
final work is generally made to include such varieties, races or 
physiological species as many authors prefer to distinguish by 
separate names. 

The presentation of the above statistics will illustrate some 
features of the method employed in preparing the manuscript 
for the rust part of the North American Flora, as other codec- 



244 



Mycologia 



tions are treated in essentially the same way as those on Carex. 
It may also indicate to collectors the desirability of including in 
rust collections such parts of the hosts as best serve to permit of 
their independent verification or determination. Possibly some 
idea may be gleaned of the labor and time which such a work 
entails. As the completeness of the work rests upon the avail- 
ability of material, it is hoped that in the interests of mycologists 
in general those who possess either recent or old collections of 
rusts may contribute duplicate sets when convenient to do so. 

Purdue University, 

Lafayette, Ind. 



NOTES ON NEW SPECIES OF FUNGI FROM 
VARIOUS LOCALITIES 



Charles E. Fairman 



I. Pestalotia truncata septoriana var. nov. 

Supposed to be the foliicolous form of a fungus generally found 
on wood {Fagus, Corda), branches {Populus fastigiata, Leveille) 
or on stems {Rubus, as var. Rubi Karst. Regarding the spelling 
of the generic name it may be noted that the genus was published 
by DeXotaris" as Pestalotia. I do not know who first varied the 
spelling nor for what reason the change was made. I suggested 
to Dr. Barnhart, librarian of the New York Botanical Garden, 
that it might have been for euphony but he gave it as his opinion, 
in a verbal communication, that Pestalotia was equally euphonious 
and to be preferred. Taking up the matter with Prof. Henry F. 
Burton, of the department of Latin in Rochester University, 
I obtained the following information; “ Pestalotius is undoubt- 
edly the correct Latin form for Pestalozzi. Classical Latin has 
no ‘ z ’ sound or ‘ z ’ character except in a few words borrowed 
from the Greek. The Italian ‘ z ’ or ‘ zz ’ often stands for 
Latin ‘ t ’ or ‘ ti.’ For example in Palazzo (palatium), Arezzo 
(Arretium), Firenze (Florentia), Venezia (Venetia).” 

Spots circular, 1-4 mm. in diam., or irregular and i-io mm. in 
length, light-brown, surrounded by a narrow brown line, becoming 
paler and deciduous with age ; acervuli epiphyllous, minute, punc- 
tiform, scattered and sparse, arranged like the pycnidia of some 
Septoria; spores oblong-clavate, 2-4 septate, as a rule not guttu- 
late, not much constricted, intermediate cells dark, end cells hya- 
line, the upper cell broad and rounded from which protrude 2-3 
cilia simple or branched, the lower cell more acute and ending in 
a filiform pedicel, 20-22 X 7-8 /x. 

On leaves of a small shrub probably belonging to the Rubiaceae, 
Pueblo Viejo, Mexico, June, 1911, Rev. H. Q. Morton. 

’ Hedwigia. 1896, p. 48. 

■ Micr. Ital. Dec. II, p. 80. 

245 



246 



Mycologia 



2. Septoria Carricerae sp. nov. 

Spots white above, brownish on the lower surface of the leaves; 
pycnidia minute, epiphyllous on oblong spots, scattered, black, 
smooth, centrally ostiolate, immersed then erumpent ; spores fili- 
form, straight or curved, acute at apices, about 3-septate, hya- 
line, 30-35 X 1-5-2 A*. 

On leaves of Oplismenus hirtellus (L.) Roem. & Schult, a 
]\Iexican grass called Carricera, Pueblo Viejo, IMexico, June, 
1911, Rev. H. Q. Morton. 

3. Sphaeropsis Coccolobae sp. nov. 

Pycnidia hypophyllous, on the midrib of the leaves, scattered, 
immersed then erumpent, causing round pustular elevations, 
through which protrude the minute black ostiola, surrounded by a 
few simple, straight, hyaline then purplish hairs or mycelial 
threads; spores hyaline at first then yellowish, on cylindric hyaline 
basidia, mostly obovate, at times rounded or ellipsoid, with rather 
thick walls and granular contents, 12-30 X 12-15 

On leaves of “ Uvas de la Playa,” Beach Grapes, Coccoloba 
nvifera, Pueblo Viejo, Mexico, June, 1911, Rev. H. Q. Morton. 

4. Sphaeropsis rhodocarpa sp. nov. 

Pycnidia black, numerous, closely aggregated but not in a 
stroma, globose, immersed then erumpent, 150-180 //, in diam. ; 
spores rounded, oblong or ellipsoid, rounded, at times with one 
end subacute, hence becoming somewhat ovate, often inaequila- 
teral, with two large guttulae, hyaline then brown, 10-17 X 7 “ 
10 IX ; basidia hyaline, cylindric, from 20 to 23 /a in length. 

On fruits of Persian Yellow Rose, Lyndonville, N. Y., autumn 
of 1911, C. E. Fairman. Phoma rhodocarpa Sacc. is found on 
same habitat. 



5. ’Hendersonia hypocarpa sp. nov. 

Pycnidia minute, immersed then erumpent, with minute, slen- 
der, punctiform ostiola ; spores oblong-ellipsoid to oblong-clavate, 
3-septate, strongly constricted at the septa, light-brown, with 
conspicuous dark-brown lateral walls and septa, 10-17 X 5~7 A<- 

On fiower stems of Persian Yellow Rose, Lyndonville, N. Y., 
autumn, 1910, C. E. Fairman. 



Fairman: New Species of Fungi 



247 



Differs from Hendersonia Rosae Kickx,® in smaller pycniclia, 
and in larger, more constricted spores, as compared with ^lyc. 
Germanica no. 420 on branches of Rosa villosa. Kickx, loc. cit. 
says “peritheces immerges, eparpilles autours des noeuds, soule- 
vant I’epiderme qui devient bulbeux, blanc, ou noirci, par trans- 
parence et qui se dechire longitudinalement pour livrer passage a 
I’ostiole.” 

6. Hendersonia coccolobina sp. nov. 

Leaf spots irregular, whitened; pycnidia minute, black, sit- 
uated just beneath the whitened epidermis which is easily de- 
tached and through which the minute ostiola protrude ; spores 
oblong-ellipsoid, subtruncate at apices, 2 to 4 septate not con- 
stricted, brown, 10-12 X 4-6 /*, on short, hyaline, subcylindj*ical 
basidia. 

On leaves of Coccoloba uvifera, Pueblo Viejo, IMexico, June, 
1911, Rev. H. Q. Morton. 

7. Phyllosticta Mortoni sp. nov. 

Spots srnall, 1-3 mm. in diam., circular, at first black and sur- 
rounded by indefinite red or purple discoloration of the leaf sur- 
face, then becoming whitish in the center, and in age with the dis- 
appearance of the purplish spots running into brown, discolored 
areas ; pycnidia black, sparse, covered then erumpent, amphi- 
genous, about 100 /a in diam.; spores oblong-ellipsoid, continuous, 
hyaline, 4.5-7 X 2.5-3 M- 

On leaves of Mango, Mangifera Indica, Pueblo Viejo, Vera 
Cruz, Mexico, June, 1911, Rev. H. Q. Morton p. 

8. Pyrenochaeta fraxinina sp. nov. 

Pycnidia 220-330 /a diam., immersed then erumpent, globose, 
centrally ostiolate, with the ostiola surrounded by continuous, 
acute-tipped setae which are 175-350 /u. long; spores basillar or al- 
lantoid, straight or curved, hyaline, granular, or at times minutely 
nucleolate, 7-10 X 0.5-1 /a; sporophores hyaline, rather long. 

On petioles of Fraxinus, Lyndonville, N. Y., October, 1910, 
C. E. Fairman. 

® Fl. Crypt. Flandr. i: 389, Sacc. Syll. 10: 318. 



248 



Mycologia 



9. Coniothyrium Chionanthi sp. nov. 

Pycnidia immersed, then erumpent, superficial among the fibers 
of the wood, minute, dull-black ; spores numerous, oblong or 
ellipsoid, ends obtusely rounded, simple, continuous, hyaline at 
first, becoming smoky or brownish, 4-7 X3-4^t; basidia not seen. 

On a decorticated branch of Chionanthus z'irginica L., Lyndon- 
ville, X. Y., !May, 1911, C. E. F airman. 

10. Diplodia Akebiae sp. nov. 

Pycnidia minute, black, buried then erumpent, elevating the 
bark in small pustules through which the ostiola protrude, scat- 
tered, simple ; spores yellowish-hyaline at first, continuous, then 
brown, ellipsoid and uniseptate, slightly constricted at the sep- 
tum, 13-20 X 10 JU. 

On small branches of Akebia quinata, cult., Lyndonville, X. Y., 
July, 1911, C. E. Fairman. 

Basidia not satisfactorily made out as the spores were em- 
bedded in a gelatinous substance. Asci not seen. 

Valsaria Akebiae Ellis & Ellis has smaller spores and occurs in 
clusters. 



II. Cryptodiscus araneo-cinctus sp. nov. 

Apothecia scattered, gregarious or confluent, punctiform to 
0.5 mm. in diam., sunk in the wood and opening by a minute round 
pore, then semi-erumpent with larger, round, or irregularly ob- 
long mouths, surrounded by radiating or arachnoid filaments, 
sometimes becoming bare with age, brown or the same color as 
the wood externally, disc pale straw-colored surrounded by a 
yellow or brown irregular margin, rounded or oblong in form ; 
asci cylindric, straight, 8-spored, 80 X 4-4-5 A*-, surrounded by 
filiform nucleated paraphyses; sporidia uniseriate, oblong fusoid, 
straight or curved, granular or 2-4 nucleate, appearing faintly 
1-3 septate, not constricted, hyaline to greenish-hyaline, 9-12 X 
1.5-2 fj.. 

On a fallen decorticated limb in the woods, Lyndonville, X. Y. 
April, 1911, C. E. Fairman. 

Lyndonville, N. Y. 



NEWS AND NOTES 



Dr. W. A. Mur rill sailed for Europe May 31, where he will 
spend several weeks studying in various European herbaria. 



Mr. W. H. Long, forest pathologist in the United States Depart- 
ment of Agriculture, spent several days at the Garden in June, 
looking over certain collections of fungi causing heart rot of 
forest trees. 



Professors L. H. Pennington and Guy West Wilson have been 
awarded scholarships at the Garden to assist them in their work 
on the fungi. Mr. Pennington will continue his work on Maras- 
mitis and Mr. Wilson on the Peronosporales. 



Dr. Chas. H. Thom recently spent several days at the Garden 
consulting mycological literature. 



The following new species of ascomycetes are described from 
North American material by Dr. H. Rehm d Naevia canadica, 
Diatrype patella, Ombrophila limosa, Pecicula e.vimia and Myco- 
sphaerella lageniformis. The last named is from California and 
the remainder from Ontario, Canada. 



Doctor W. C. Sturgis has recently published a second paper on 
The Myxomycetes of Colorado.^ This paper contains the record 
of 39 species, of which 33 are reported for the first time from 
Colorado. Three of these are new to America and three are 

‘Colorado College Publications, science series 12: 435-454. 1913. 

“Ann. Myc. ii : 154-155- i9J3- 



249 



250 



Mycologia 



described as new species. The new species are ; Fuligo mega- 
spora, Didymiiini anomalum and Encrthencma syncarpon. 

The total number of species reported in tbe two papers is 127. 
Previous to the publication of this work, few species had been 
recorded for the Rocky ^Mountain region. During a part of the 
time Doctor Sturgis was assisted by Professor Ellsworth Bethel 
who is an excellent collector and thoroughly familiar with the 
state. 



INDEX TO AMERICAN MYCOLOGICAL 
LITERATURE 



Alsberg, C L., & Black, 0 . F. Contributions to the study of 
maize deterioration. U. S. Dept. Agr. Plant Ind. Bull. 270: 
5-48. pi. I. II Mr 1913. 

Biochemical and toxicological investigations of Penicillium puberuhtm and 
PeniciUium stoloniferum. 

Ames, A. A new wood-destroying fungus. Bot. Gaz. 55 : 397- 
399. /. 1-6. 15 My 1913. 

Poria atrosporia sp. nov. 

Amundsen, E. 0 . Black rot of the naval orange. {Altcrnaria 
Citri Pierce and Ellis.) Monthly Bull. State Comm. Hort. 
Calif. 2: 527-537. /. 324-330. My 1913. 

Ashby, S. F. Banana diseases in Jamaica. Jamaica Dept. Agr. 
Bull. II. 2; 95-128. pi. 21-28. Ja 1913. 

Ashby, S. F. Diseases of cocoes and other crops. Jamaica Dept. 
Agr. Bull. II. 2: 150-155. Ja 1913. 

Beardslee, H. C. An acre of Lysunis. In Lloyd, C. G., Mycolog- 
ical Notes 38: 515, 516. N 1912. 

Beardslee, H. C. A much named agaric. In Lloyd, C. G., My- 
cological Notes 38: 524. /. 5/p. N 1912. 

Brown, H. B. Studies in the development of Xylaria. Ann. 
Myc. II : 1-13. pi. 1,2. 15 Mr 1913. 

Brown, W. H., & Graff/'P* W. Factors influencing fungus suc- 
cession on dung cultures. Philip. Jour. Sci. 8: (Bot.) 21-29. 
F 1913. 

Claassen, E. Caloplaca pyracea (Ach.) Th. Fr., a crustaceous 
lichen on the sandstone sidewalks of east Cleveland, Ohio. 
Ohio Nat. 13: 99, loo. 25 Mr 1913. 

Cook, M. T., & Martin, G. W. The Jonathan spot rot. Phyto- 
pathology 3: 1 19, 120. Ap 1913. 

251 



252 



IMycologia 



Drost, A. W. The Surinam Panama disease of the Gros Michel 
banana. Jamaica Dept. Agr. Bull. II. 2: 128-149. pi. ^p-jp. 

Ja 1913- 

Dutton, D. L. Additions to the lichen flora of Vermont. Bull. 
Vermont Bot. Club 8: 16, 17. Ap 1913. 

Edgerton, C. W. The stem rot or Hawaiian “ iliau ” disease of 
sugar cane. Phytopathology 3; 93-98. pi. 8. Ap 1913. 

Gnomonia Iliau. 

Estee, L. M. Fungus galls on Cystoseira and Halidrys. Univ. 
Calif. Publ. Bot. 4: 305-316. pi. 35. 31 Mr 1913. 

Includes Guignardia irritans Setchell & Estee sp. nov. 

Fink, B. The nature and classification of lichens — II. The 
lichen and its algal host. Mycologia 5: 97-166. My 1913. 

Fitzpatrick, H. M. A comparative study of the development of 
the fruit body in Phallogaster, Hysteranginm and Gautieria. 
Ann. Myc. ii: 119-149. pi. 4-7 -\-f. 1-7. 30 Ap 1913. 

Goodrich, L, L. H, Flora of Onondaga County as collected by the 
members of the Syracuse Botanical Club. 1-210. Syracuse. 
1912. [Illust.] 

Includes a list of fungi chiefly Agaricaceae. 

Graves, A. H. Notes on diseases of trees in the southern Appa- 
lachians — I. Phytopathology 3: 129-139. /. i-io. Ap 1913. 

Harper, E.. T. The probable identity of Stropharia epimyces 
(Peck) Atk. with Pilosace algeriensis Fries. Mycologia 5: 
167-169. My 1913. 

Hawkins, L. A. Experiments in the control of grape anthrac- 
nose. U. S. Dept. Agr. Plant Ind. Circ. 105 : 3-8. pi. i, 2. 
10 F 1913. 

Hedgcock, G. G. Notes on some diseases of trees in our national 
forests — III. Phytopathology 3: 111-114. Ap 1913. 

Herre, A. W. C. T. The lichens of Mount Rose, Nevada. Bot. 
Gaz. 55: 392-396- 15 My 1913. 

Includes Acrospora thermophUa sp. nov. 

Higgins, B. B. The perfect stage of Cylindrosporium on Primus 
avium. Science II. 37: 637, 638. 25 Ap 1913. 

The perfect stage has been named Coccomyces hiemalis sp. nov. 



Index to American Mycological Literature 



253 



Howe, R. H. An additional note on Nantucket lichens. Rhodora 
15:93.94- My 1913. 

Jehle, R. A. The brown rot canker of the peach. Phytopathol- 
ogy 3: 105-110. pi. 10. Ap 1913. 

Kellerman, K. F. The excretion of cytase by Pcnicillium pino- 
phihim. U. S. Dept. Agr. Plant Ind. Circ. 118: 29-31. /. i, 2. 

Kellerman, K. F. Soil bacteriology as a factor in crop produc- 
tion. U. S. Dept. Agr. Plant Ind. Circ. 113: 3-10. /. i. 15 
F 1913. 

Kellerman, K. F. Testing cultures of nodule-forming bacteria. 
U. S. Dept. Agr. Plant Ind. Circ. 120: 3-5. /. i. 5 Ap 1913. 

Lawrence, W. H. Bluestem of the black raspberry. Washing- 
ton Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 108: 3-30. /. 1-49. O 1912. 

Caused by Acrostolaginus caulophagus sp. nov. 

Lawrence, W. H. Plant diseases induced by Sclerotinia perplcxa 
nov. sp. Washington Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 107: 3-22. /. i-p. 
O 1912. 

Levine, M. Studies in the cytology of the Hymcnomycctcs 
especially the Boleti. Bull. Torrey Club 40: 137-181. pi. 4-8. 
My 1913. 

Lloyd, C. G. Mycological notes. 38: 510-524. /. 5/0-579. N 
1912. [Illust.] 

Lyon, T. L., & Bizzel, J. A. The influence of alfalfa and of tim- 
othy on the production of nitrates in soils. Centralb. Bakt. 
Zweite Abt. 37: 161-167. 29 Mr 1913. 

Maublanc, A, Sur une maladie des feuilles du papayer “ Carica 
Papaya.” A Lavoura 16: 208-212. 1913. [Illust.] 

Caused by Sphaerella Caricae (Speg.) Maublanc, the ascigerous stage of 
Cercospora Caricae Speg. The same paper is published also in Portuguese 
under the title “ Sobre uma molestia do mamoeiro (Caryca Papayal, L.) 
204-208. 

McBeth, I. G., & Scales, F. M, The destruction of cellulose by 
bacteria and filamentous fungi. U. S. Dept. Agr. Plant Ind. 
Bull. 266; 9-52. pi. 1-4. 21 F 1913. 

Melhus, I. E. Silver scurf, a disease of the potato. U. S. Dept. 
Agr. Plant Ind. Circ. 127; 15-24. /. 1-4. 17 My 1913. 



254 



Mycologia 



Murrill, W. A. Illustrations of fungi — XIV. ^lycologia 5 : 
93-96. pi. 87. My 1913. 

Includes illustrations of six species of Venenarins. 

Northup, Z. The influence of certain acid-destroying yeasts 
upon lactic bacteria. iNIichigan Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 15 : 3-35. 
Je 1912. 

Norton, J. B. S. Jonathan fruit spot. Phytopathology 3 ; 99, 
100. Ap 1913. 

O’Gara, P. J. Studies on the water core of apple. Phytopa- 
thology 3: 121-128. /. I, 2. Ap 1913. 

Orton, W. A. Powdery dry-rot of the potato. Ei. S. Dept. Agr. 
Plant Ind. Circ. no: 13-15. 18 Ja 1913. 

Pool, V. W,, & McKay, M. B. The control of the sugar-beet leaf- 
spot. U. S. Dept. Agr. Plant Ind. Circ. 121 : 13-17. 12 Ap 

1913. 

Rehm, H. Ascomycetes exs. Ease. 52. Ann. Myc. ii : 166-171. 
30 Ap 1913. 

Plants distributed as Tympanis Fraxini, Phaleoderris Heliopsidis, Pecisella 
ontariensis, Botryosphaeria Hamametidis, Pseudotfhia Symphoricarpi and 
Uncinula necator were collected in North America. 

Rehm, H. Ascomycetes novi. Ann. Myc. ii: 149-155. 30 Ap 

1913- 

Includes Naevia canadica, Ombrophila limosa, Pesicula examina, Diatrype 
patella, and Mycosphaerella lageniformis, spp. nov. from North America. 

Rorer, J. B. The use of the green muscardine in the control 
of some sugar cane pests. Phytopathology 3 : 88-92. pi. 7. 
Ap 1913. 

Roberts, J, W. The “ rough bark ” disease of the yellow Newton 
apple. U. S. Dept. Agr. Plant Ind. Bull. 280: 5-16. pi. 1-3 -\- 
f. I, 2. 12 Ap 1913. 

A disease caused by Plwmopsis Mali. 

Saccardo, P. A. Notae mycologicae. Ann. Myc. ii: 14-21. 
15 Mr 1913. 

Includes Aecidium sonatum, A. Thevetiae, Phyllachora uberata, Macro- 
phoma mexicana and Didymopsis phyllogena, spp. nov. from Mexico. 

Setchell, W. A. Mushrooms and toadstools. Univ. Calif. Agr. 
Exp. Sta. Circ. 84: 1-4. Ja 1913. 



Index to American IVIycological Literature 



255 



Shear, C. L. Some observations on phytopatliological problems 
in Europe and America. Phytopathology 3: 77 ~^ 7 - 19 ^ 3 - 

Shear, C. L., & Wood, A. K. Studies of fungous parasites be- 
longing to the genus GlomcreUa. U. S. Dept. Agr. Plant Ind. 
Bull. 252: 5-1 10. pi. 1-4. 25 Ja 1913. 

Spegazzini, C. Contribucion al estudio de las Laboulbeniomi- 
cetas argentinas. An. Mus. Nac. Hist. Nat. Buenos Aires 23; 
167-244. /. 1-71. 1912. 

Describes three new genera and twenty-five new species. 

Spegazzini, C. Mycetes argentinenses — VI. An. Mus. Nac. Hist. 
Nat. Buenos Aires 23: 1-146. /. 76-gg. 2 Ap 1912. 

Describes a large number of new species. 

Stewart, A. Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences 
to the Galapagos Islands, 1905-1906. VII. Notes on the 
lichens of the Galapagos Islands. Proc. California Acad. Sci. 
I ; 431-446. 17 D 1912. 

Sturgis, W. C. On Stcmoiiitis nigresccns and related forms. 
Bot. Gaz. 55: 400, 401. 15 My 1913. 

Sturgis, W. C. The Myxomycctes of Colorado — II. Colorado 
Col. Publ. Sci. 12: 435-454. pi. 2. Ap 1913. 

Includes Fuligo megaspora, Didymium anomahim and Enerthencma syn- 
carpon, spp. nov. 

Wilcox, E. M., Link, G. K.'K., & Pool, V. W. A dry rot of the 
Irish potato tuber. Nebraska Agr. Exp. Sta. Research Bull, 
i: 5-88. pi. 1-28 -\-f. 1-15. I Mr 1913. 






I • » 

f 



V 





\ 



/■<' • 




f[»t 



JOURNAL OF MYCOLOGY AND REPRINTS 

Journal of Mycology, Vols. 8-13, per volume I3.00 

Index to North American Mycology, 1900-1908, 13 parts issued, 
per part 

25 

Index to Uredineous Infection Experiments 30 

Portraits of Eminent Mycologists, each 

New Genera of Fungi published since 1900 j original descrip- 
tions with full citation. 



First and Second Supplements to New Genera of Fungi, each .50 

Index to Journal of Mycology, Vols. i-io 

Mycological Glossary 

North American Species of Marasmius, Lepiota, Agaricaceae 
by A. P. Morgan, each ’ 

Cortinarius; Key to Species, by C. H. Kauffman 25 

Saccardo's Arrangement and Nomenclature of Fungi (Orders 
and Families) 

Address MISS MAUDE KELLERMAN, 

175 West Eleventh Ave., Columbus Ohio. 

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NEW YORK 
BOTANICAL GARDEN 

Price, 25 cents each. See next page for recent numbers 

No. 17. The Tylostomaceae of North America, by V. S. White. 

No. 34. The Nidulariaceae of North America, by V. S. White. 

No. 27. Some Mt. Desert Fungi, by V. S. White. 

of North America, I-XIII, by W. A. Murrill. 

K American Peronosporales— I. The Genus Albugo, 

by Guy West Wilson. ® 

No 95. Studiesin North American Peronosporales— II. Phytophthoreae and 
Rhysotheceae, by Guy West Wilson. 

No. 99. Some Philippine Polyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill. 

No. no. Additional Philippine Polyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill. 

No. III. Boleti from Western North Carolina, by W. A. Murrill. 

No. X14. The Boleti of the Frost Herbarium, by W. A. Murrill. 

No. 1 15. Some North Dakota Hypocreales, by F. J. Searer. 

r' American Peronosporales-IV. Host Index, by 

u. W. Wilson, ' 

No. 1 1 9. North Dakota Slime-Moulds, by F. J. Seaver. 

No. 122. Notes on North American Hypocreales— II. Nectria Peziza, by 
F. J. Seaver. * ^ 

No 133. Iowa Discomycetes, by F. J. Seaver (special price 50 cents). 

Address NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN, 

Bronx Park, New York City 



5 



PUBLICAXIOIVS 

OF 

The New York Botanical Garden 



Journal of the New 7ork Botanical Garden, monthly, illustrated, con- 
taining notes, news, and non-technical articles of general interest. Free to all mem- 
bers of the Garden. To others, lo cents a copy ; f i.oo a year. (Not offered in ex- 
change.] Now in its fourteenth volume. 

Mycologla, bimonthly, illustrated in color and otherwise; devoted to fungi, 
including lichens ; containing technical articles and news and notes of general in- 
terest, and an index to current American mycological literature. $3 .00 a year ; 
single copies not for sale. [Not offered in exchange.] Now in its fifth volume. 

Bulletin of the New 7'ork Botanical Garden, containing the annual reports 
of the Director-in-Chief and other official documents, and technical articles embodying 
results of investigations carried out in the Garden. Free to all members of the 
Garden ; to others, JS3.00 per volume. Now in its eighth volume. 

North American Flora. Descriptions of the wild plants of North America> 
including Greenland, the West Indies and Central America. Planned to be com- 
pleted in 32 volumes. Roy. 8vo. Each volume to consist of four or more parts. 
Subscription price, $1.50 per part ; a limited number of separate parts will be sold 
for 82.00 each. [Not offered in exchange.] 

Vol. 3, part I, 1910. Nectriaceae — Fimetariaceae. 

Vol. 7, part I, 1906; part 2, 1907; part 3, 1912. Ustilaginaceae — Aecidiaceae 
(pars). 

Vol. 9, parts I and 2, 1907; part 3, 1910. Polyporaceae — Agaricaceae (pars). 
( Parts I and 2 no longer sold separately. ) 

Vol. 16, part I, 1909. Ophioglossaceae — Cyatheaceae (pars). 

Vol. 17, part I, 1909; part 2, 1912. Typhaceae — Poaceae (pars). 

Vol. 22, parts I and 2, 1905; parts 3 and 4, 1908. Podostemonaceae — Rosaceae 
(pars). 

Vol. 25, part I, 1907; part 2, 1910; part 3, 1911. Geraniaceae — Burseraceae. 
Memoirs of the New 7ork Botanical Garden. Price to members of the 
Garden, 81 -oo p>er volume. To others, 82.00. [Not offered in exchange.] 

Vol. I. An Annotated Catalogue of the Flora of Montana and the Yellowstone 
Park, by Per Axel Rydberg, ix -J-492 pp., with detailed map. 1900. 

Vol. II. The Influence of Light and Darkness upon Growth and Development, 
by D. T. MacDougal. xvi -f- 320 pp., with 176 figures. 1903. 

Vol. Ill Studies of Cretaceous Coniferous Remains from Kreischerville, New 
York, by Anhur Hollick and Eldward Charles Jeffrey, viii 4-138 pp., with 29 
plates. 19C9. 

Vol. IV. Effects of the Rays of Radium on Plants, by Charles Stuart Gager, 
viii -f- 278 pp., with 73 figures and 14 plates. 1908. 

Contributions from the New York Botanical Garden. A series of tech- 
nical papers written by students or members of the stuff, and reprinted from journals 
other than the above. Price, 25 cents each. $5.00 per volume. In its seventh volmne. 

RECENT NUMBERS 25 CENTS EACH 

152. The genus Strutkiopteris and its Representatives in North America, by Jean 

Broadhurst. 

153. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora — XXVII, by P. A. Rydberg. 

154. Biochemical Studies of Soils Subjected to Dry Heat, by F. J. Seaver and 

E. D. Clark. 

155. Poly c odium, by C. B. Robinson. 

156. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora — XXVIII, by P. A. Rydberg, 

New York Botanical Garden 

Buonx Pakk, Raw Yoiik Oitv 



4 



MYCOLOGIA 

IN CONTINUATION OF THE JOURNAL OF MYCOLOGY 
Pounded by W. A. Kellerman, J. B. Ellis,and B. M. Everhart in 1885 



EDITOR 

WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL 



Vol. V— SEPTEMBER, 1913— No. 6 




JOSEPH C. ARTHUR 
HOWARD J. BAHKER 
GIACOMO BRESADOLA 
FREDERIC E. CLEMENTS 
JOHN DEARNESS 



ASSOCIATE EDITORS 

FRANKLIN S. EARLE 
BRUCE FINK 
ROBERT A. HARPER 
THOMAS H. MACBRIDE 
PAUL MAGNUS 



GEORGE MASSEE 
NARCISSE PATOUILLARD 
LARS ROMELL 
FRED J. SEAVER 
CORNELIUS L. SHEAR 




PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY FOR 
THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN 
By THB NEW ERA PRINTING COMPANY 
LANCASTER. PA. 



CONTENTS 



PACK 



Illustrations of Fungi — XV - William A. Murrill 257 
The Identity of Cantharellus brevipes and Cantharellus 
clavatus . - . - Edward T. Harper 261 

The Structure of Simblum sphaerocephalum 

Henry S. Conard 264 

A Method of Determining in Analytic Work Whether 
Colonies of the Chestnut Blight Fungus Originate 
from Pycnospores or Ascospores - F. D. Heald 274 
News and Notes 278 

Index to American Mycological Literature - - - 284 




The New Era Printing Company makes the following charges to authors for 
articles reprinted from Mycologia, if ordered with proof : 



Without Cover — 


4 PP- 


8 pp. 


12 pp. 


16 pp. 


20 pp. 


24 pp. 


28 pp. 


32 pp. 


25-50 Copies — 


^*•37 


81.87 


82.12 


82.50 


83.50 


8405 


84- 82 


85-20 


too " 


ISS 


2.15 


2.65 


3-»5 


4.05 


5.00 


6.10 


6.50 


200 “ 


2.00 


3.05 


4.00 


4.30 


5.60 


6.90 


8.30 


8.90 



Coven — First 50 — |i.oo. Additional, ic each. 
Plates — 40c per 100. 



M a 



I'l.AIK Xt.'Il 




ILLUSTRATIONS OF FUNOI 



MYCOLOGIA 



VoL. V September, 1913 



No. 5 



ILLUSTRATIONS OF FUNGI— XV 

William A. Murrill 

The specimens used for the accompanying figures were all col- 
lected in the vicinity of New York City. None of the species 
represented are known to be dangerously poisonous, and at least 
one of them is recognized as an excellent edible mushroom. 



Hu • A N 



Chanterel minor Peck 
Small Chanterel 

Plate 92. Figure i. X i 

Pileus thin, fleshy, convex to expanded, irregular or depressed 
at times, gregarious, 1-2.5 cm. broad ; surface glabrous, sub- 
rugose, ochraceous to orange ; margin inrolled at first, entire or 
repand ; context thin, pallid, mild, at length faintly peppery ; 
lamellae decurrent, distant, very narrow, often forking, but 
seldom anastomosing, concolorous or somewhat paler ; spores 
ovoid, somewhat one-sided, smooth, hyaline with a faint yellowish 
tinge, 8-9 X 4-5 ; stipe slender, cylindric, equal, glabrous, shin- 
ing, slightly striate at times, concolorous, usually solid, 2-5 cm. 
long, 2-4 mm. thick. 

This tiny bright-colored species is known to occur on the ground 
in deciduous woods from Massachusetts to Alabama in the east- 
ern United States and is reported from a few localities in the 
middle west. 

Lepiota procera (Scop.) Quel. 

Parasol jMushroom 



Plate 92. Figure 2. X i 

Pileus soft, fleshy, ovoid to expanded, umbonate, solitary or 

[Mycologia for July, 1913 (5: 185-256), was issued July 10, 1913.] 

257 



I ■ 

O 



258 



Mycologia 



gregarious, 8-i6 cm. broad; surface radiate-fibrillose and rufes- 
cent beneath the cuticle, the cuticle thick, at first smooth and con- 
tinuous, rufous to umber in color, at length torn asunder, except 
upon the umbo, into large irregular scales which become scattered 
and gradually fall away, margin deflexed, silky-fibrillose ; context 
thick, soft, white ; lamellae broad, close, white, at times yellowish 
or pinkish, tapering slightly behind, free, remote ; spores ellipsoid • 
or obovoid, apiculate, 1-2-guttulate, 12-18X8 — 12 /a; stipe tall, 
tapering upward from the bulbous base, hollow or fibrous-stuffed, 
the cuticle thin, flocculose, rufous or brownish, at length drawn 
apart into minute scales, 15-25 cm. long, 8-16 mm. thick, the base 
2-3 cm. thick; annulus thick, soft, subcoriaceous, movable, apical. 

This handsome edible species is found in thin soil in meadows, 
pastures, and open woods from New England to Alabama and 
west to Nebraska. It is also widely distributed in Europe and 
Asia, where it is highly esteemed as an article of food, in some 
places being dried in quantity for winter use. On account of its 
scaly cap and bulbous stem, it must be carefully distinguished from 
species of Venenarius. 

Chanterel cinnabarinus Schw. 

Cinnabar Chanterel 

Plate 92. Figure 3. X i 

Pileus firm, thin, fleshy, convex to depressed or somewhat in- 
fundibuliform, often irregular in the larger specimens, gregarious 
or scattered, 1.5-3 cm. broad; surface smooth or slightly rugose, 
of soft compacted fibers, opaque, cinnabar-red, fading somewhat 
in the field and entirely in the herbarium ; margin at first indexed, 
undulate to lobed, concolorous ; context whitish, tinged externally 
with red, thin, taste varying from mild to slightly acrid; lamellae 
long-decurrent, forked, interveined, distant, narrow, concolorous 
or slightly paler than the surface ; spores ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline, 
8-9 X 5 ; stipe cylindric or tapering downward, terete, glabrous, 
smooth or slightly striate, concolorous, solid, 2-5 cm. long, 4-7 
mm. thick. 

This small species is conspicuous because of its brilliant color- 
ing and occurs in abundance on the ground in deciduous or conif- 
erous woods from New England to Alabama and west to Indiana 
and Ohio, as well as sparingly in certain parts of tropical America. 



Murrill: Illustrations of Fungi 



259 



Entoloma Grayanum Peck 
Gray’s Entoloma 

Plate 92. Figure 4. X i 

Pileus convex to plane, gregarious, 5-8 cm. or more broad ; sur- 
face smooth, glabrous, hygrophanous, dark-avellaneous to subum- 
brinous, margin entire, concolorous ; context white, odor and taste 
farinaceous; lamellae adnate or slightly sinuate, subdistant, ven- 
tricose, white to rosy, the edges undulate ; spores subglobose, angu- 
lar, rose-colored, 7-9/x.; stipe equal or tapering downward, shin- 
ing-white, longitudinally striate, glabrous, solid, white within, 6-10 
cm. long and i cm. thick. 

This species is quite common in woods in eastern North Amer- 
ica during late summer and autumn. It is well to avoid species of 
Entoloma when gathering mushrooms for the table. Two Euro- 
pean species, E. lividum and E. sinuatum, are recognized as 
poisonous. 

Ceriomyces fumosipes (Peck) Murrill 

Smoky-stemmed Ceriomyces 
P late 92. Figure 5. X i 

Pileus convex, 4-7 cm. broad, about 1-1.5 cm. thick; surface 
tomentose, avellaneous with light-bay spots to umbrinous or dark 
olive-brown, very distinctly reticulate-rimose, the cracks becoming 
wider and whitish in color in older plants, while the areoles be- 
tween contract almost into tufts, especially toward the margin ; 
margin entire, fertile ; context firm, fleshy, white, changing slowly 
and slightly to pale-blue, taste sweet ; tubes plane in mass, some- 
what depressed at maturity, equaling the thickness of the context, 
greenish-white to avellaneous ; spores ellipsoid, smooth, deep 
ochraceous-brown, 14-16X7-8 /a; stipe somewhat ventricose, 
solid, white within, changing slightly to bluish beneath the cuticle. 
3-4 cm. long, 0.7-1 cm. thick, finely scabrous or scurfy, 
avellaneous-umbrinous to fulvous, paler above, distinctly pale 
bluish-green at the apex. 

This species occurs sparingly in woods, especially on roadside 
banks, from New York to the mountains of North Carolina and 
west to Kentucky. It may be readily recognized by the pale- 
bluish-green band at the apex of the stipe. 



260 



Mycologia 



Ceriomyces communis (Bull.) Murrill 
Common Ceriomyces 

Plate 92. Figure 6. X i 

The usual form of this very abundant and widely distributed 
species was figured and described in Mycologia for March, 1910. 
The form here represented is peculiar in having a bright-red, very 
finely tomentose cap which does not become rimose-areolate, and 
considerably smaller tubes than in the usual form. 

Ceriomyces illudens (Peck) IMurrill 
Deceiving Ceriomyces 

Plate 92. Figure 7. X i 

Pileus convex, 3-7 cm. broad ; surface dry, finely tomentose, 
olivaceous, yellowish-brown or grayish-brown, sometimes slightly 
tinged with red, especially in the center; context whitish or yel- 
lowish, unchanging, rather spongy ; tubes plane or convex in mass, 
adnate to adnexed, bright yellow to melleous without and within, 
mouths large, angular or subcircular, usually larger near the stipe ; 
spores oblong or subfusiform, olive-green fading to yellowish- 
brown tinged with green, 11-13 X4-5 ai; stipe nearly equal, usu- 
ally tapering at the base, glabrous, whitish or yellowish to light- 
bay above, pale-yellow below, 3-7 cm. long, mm. thick, 

coarsely reticulate entirely to the base in fully developed speci- 
mens, but only at the top in small plants. 

This species occurs in woods and copses from Vermont to 
Alabama in the eastern United States. The stipe is coarsely 
reticulate, the tubes bright-yellow, and the cap usually olivaceous 
to yellowish-brown. 

New York Botanical Garden. 



THE IDENTITY OF CANTHARELLUS BREVIPES 
AND CANTHARELLUS CLAVATUS 



Edward T. Harper 
(With Plates 93, 94 and 95) 

The plants illustrated in plates 93 and 94, accompanying this 
article, are frequently met with at Neebish, Michigan. They 
grow on the ground in damp mossy places or among needles in 
’ coniferous woods. We referred them at first to Cantharellus 
brcvipes Peck, but the illustration of Craterelliis clavatus by 
Fries^ suggested that Peck’s species is the same as Craterelliis or 
better Cantharellus clavatus of Europe, and further study of 
other illustrations and descriptions of that species appears to 
prove the identity beyond doubt. Cantharellus clavatus has been 
figured many times in European works on mycology. One of the 
latest illustrations is that in Rolland’s Atlas Champignons (pi. 
52). The plant is really a Cantharellus and has been so called by 
Corda, Bresadola and others. The description in Saccardo’s* Syl- 
loge fits our plant except that the hymenium becomes pale ochra- 
ceous pruinate rather than “ whitish pruinate from the spores,” 
which is necessarily the case since the spores are ochraceous. In 
dried specimens the spore pruina appears whitish over the dark 
background of the hymenium unless special attention is paid to the 
color. The pruinate surface is very noticeable. The spore meas- 
urements, 4-5 X 10-12 /j,, agree with those of our plants exactly 
and also with those of Cantharellus brevipes. 

Cantharellus clavatus has been reported from IMaine by 
Sprague, according to Saccardo ( 1 . c.) and Lloyd® has recog- 
nized it among plants sent to him from Montana, but he thought 
the spores of the Montana plant appeared hyaline under the micro- 
scope. The spores'in our plants are pale-ochraceous. 

1 Fries, Sverige Svamp. pi. gi. 1836. 

2 Saccardo, Syll. Fung. 6: 519. 1888. 

3 Lloyd, letter 44, note 56. 



261 



262 



Mycologia 



Peck^ described and illustrated Cantharellas brevipes in 1880. 
He has also recorded two other collections.® The fact that it is so 
rare in New York State and that it is really a Cantharellus ac- 
counts for its not being recognized as Persoon’s species. 

The illustrations in plates 93 and 94 show the appearance of 
the Neebish plants. The plants are usually quite regularly 
obconic or turbinate with the pileus truncate or slightly depressed 
and the acute margin even or slightly wavy as in plate 93. This 
is the form illustrated by Peck. The hymenium is a network of 
folds and wrinkles. The wrinkle-like lamellae are more nearly 
parallel toward the top and more reticulate below, the reverse of 
the condition in Cantharellus floccosus. Under favorable weather 
conditions the plant becomes broader and the margin is thin and 
lobed as in plate 94 /i. Sometimes these luxuriant forms grow in 
dense clusters as in B. Sometimes the plants appear branched 
from a common stem. Sometimes they are irregular and the 
lobes on the pileus very long as in Britzelmayr’s illustration (tab. 
698). The flesh of our plants is whitish. The colors vary con- 
siderably. The pileus is yellowish or umber with tinges of purple 
or violet. It becomes faded, scaly and pitted when old. The 
hymenium is usually deep violet with flesh-colored tints. A whole 
series of variously colored forms have been noted in Europe. 

It has been recognized already that the plants referred to as 
Craterellus clavatns, by Peck,® are Craterellus pistillaris Fries. 
Peck speaks of their close resemblance to Clavaria pistillaris and 
describes the margin of the pileus as obtuse and crenate. Cra- 
terellns pistillaris has been taken in this country for a form of 
Clavaria pistillaris by Atkinson^ and Lloyd ( 1 . c.). Fries said 
Craterellus pistillaris was frequently found in pine woods about 
Upsala where true Clavaria pistillaris was never found. It 
is interesting that our plants illustrated in plate 95 are found 
in coniferous woods at Neebish, Michigan, and we have never 
seen Clavaria pistillaris there. Only once has the plant been 
collected at Neebish, and then not in coniferous woods. It is 

4 Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 33: 21. pi. i, f. 18-20. 1880. 

5 Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 51 : 298. 1897. 

® Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 32: 35, 1880, and Bull. N. Y. State 
Mus. 2: 48. 1887. 

r Atkinson, Mushrooms, 203. 1903. 




Plate 93.. 



0Y 



TH6 



Cantharellus Clavatus (Pers) 

WYANOAK PUBLISHING COMPANY, NEW YORK 



> I EXECUTED 



* w. 




Plate 94 




Cantharellus Clavatus (Pers) 



THE WYANOAK PUBLISHING COMPANY, NEW YORK 



4 



ST' 



I I V ^ 









■s . 



4* urv»/m^* ' |K.r ... *> ' • * ;• ■“' f • / ' 



■;.iUt"-\' , 









** .-.1^( f ^ , ,' jj_ V ■■-‘S' .. .1 . W 

])^.V,'^ ''V? 'V^'iCV ■ ' '■* ■ 









#>^ 7 - - • 

"4 



'f- B^'^’ ^ ' 



• A’ 



^•V 






1 . " .. 4 ' '* 



<► ■ " .!.• • 



i? 



m 



, I ■->>, ■• 












1 ? 7 i; 






iiiir ‘^■irr u. 



i>? . 4 i 



§ 




?‘ 5 ? 



■rr»* I •. ¥V S’ ■-' «' '' 

^',|l/\v «. ■> 



■ -♦/ 
•> k- 



4 






V 



SR.’ •' '■-:" 




rt .- •• f - - 

SP'V ■' ’ ■ ,• V,'::::'. ' ", ‘ 



V.- 






/ 



V 

•rt “ 



■ 

i' 



•r 



• a 4 

■■ i: 



' - *r • r 



jC > 
u- * 

a( 



.. 

,K* ’ ■ - ^ 






iai' 



Plate 95 




1 



Craterellus Pistillaris, Fr. 



Harper: Identity of Cantharellus 



263 



very common in frondose woods elsewhere in Michigan and 
Wisconsin. Other collectors may not have this experience 
however. 

Atkinson and others are undoubtedly right in considering Fries’ 
plant a variety of Clavaria pistillaris and it should be placed in 
a group with that species. Fries recognized the similarity of the 
two but probably placed the plant in the genus Craterellus because 
of the depressed pileus. The hymenium is usually continuous 
to the apex. Schaeffer’s figures (290), are supposed to represent 
this form but they appear to us more like small forms of Cantha- 
rellus clavatus. 

Plate 95 shows the common forms of the plant as found at 
Neebish: (A) a form with the hymenium nearly smooth and the 
margin obtuse and even; (E) a form with a wrinkled hymenium 
and margin of the pileus crenate; (B) a very small plant; (C) the 
extreme form in old plants with the hymenium very rugose and 
pitted; (D) a wrinkled pileus with slight umbo in the center. 
The plants are spongy and soon become hollow. The base of the 
stem is often bulbous. The colors are reddish-brown like Clavaria 
pistillaris, but the hymenium is often dull violet with yellowish 
tints above and on the pileus. The spores are 6-7 X 10-12 /a; 
basids club-shaped, I2X6 o/a; sterigmata io/a long. The spores 
of Clavaria pistillaris are in our specimens ovate, 4-5 X 8-1 1 /a. 
The flesh of our plants is not nearly as solid as that of Clavaria 
pistillaris. The two forms, however, run together. Hard’s® illus- 
tration of Clavaria pistillaris (fig. 396), appears like an inter- 
mediate form, and Craterellus corrugis Peck,® must be something 
similar. Forms of Clavaria pistillaris with the apex pinched in 
are well known. 

A letter from Mr. C. G. Lloyd confirms both of the above iden- 
tifications. Mr. Lloyd has examined Persoon’s type of Merulius 
clavatus at Leiden and a co-type specimen of Fries’ Craterellus 
clavatus at Kew. He has also seen a type specimen of Fries’ 
Craterellus pistillaris at Kew and Peck’s specimens at Albany. 

8 Hard, Mushrooms, f. 396. 1908. 

9 Peck, Bull. Torrey Club 26: 69. 1899. 



THE STRUCTURE OF SIMBLUM SPHAERO- 
CEPHALUM 



Henry S. Conard 
(With Plates 96 and 97) 

In October, 1911, Miss Winnie Gilbert, a student at Grinnell 
College, Iowa, brought in a specimen of the pink stink-horn, 
Simblum sphaerocephalum Schlecht. It was found on the north 
side of a deep railroad cut one mile west of Grinnell. Further 
search in this place resulted in the collection of several mature 
specimens and a number of “ eggs.” They grew about half way 
up the slope, facing south, on Marshall silt loam that had slid 
down the bank many years ago, and at about the level of the 
boundary between the loess and the glacial drift. Perhaps there 
are special moisture conditions at this level, though other vegeta- 
tion does not suggest this. With them was Poa pratensis as domi- 
nant plant, as well as seedlings of Acer negundo, Physalis spp.. 
Aster spp., etc. Two or three weeks later my colleague. Professor 
H. W. Norris, found specimens on a hillside above Skunk River, 
three miles southwest of Turner Station (southeast corner of 
section 5, Richland Township, Jasper County, Iowa). Some of 
the smaller “ eggs ” were cut open and killed in chromacetic fluid 
and later sectioned on the serial microtome. The rest of the 
material was preserved in alcohol. The following studies were 
made of the preserved material. My best alcoholic specimens 
have since been deposited with Professor Macbride at the State 
University of Iowa, Iowa City. A brief account of this find was 
presented to the Iowa Academy of Science in April, 1912.^ 

Simblum sphaerocephalum was originally described by Schlecht- 
endal (1861) from Argentina, where it is common. Similar 
plants have been collected in southern Brazil and in Venezuela, 
and described under different names. In North America it is 
known from Astoria and Cold Spring Harbor, Long Island ; 
1 Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci., 19: 103. 1912. 

264 



Conard: Structure of Simblum Sphaerocephalum 265 

Nebraska; Kansas; Washington, D. C. ; Talbot County, Md. ; 
and Texas (Lloyd, 1909, p. 67; Long, 1907). We follow Fischer 
(1890, p. 59) in reducing to synonymy the names S', riibescens, 
S. australe, S. Lorentsii, and S. pilidiatum. In view of the rarity 
of this plant in the United States, we offer the following detailed 
observations. 

The white volva, flesh-pink stalk and receptaculum, and umber- 
brown spore-mass make this fungus a curious and striking object 
(fig. 5). Its odor is somewhat nauseous, but not strong. The 
size of our plants is shown by the following tables of measure- 
ments : 

Measurement of Mature Plants, in cm. 



Total Height 


Length of Stalk 


Length of Head 


Diameter of 


Head 


Stalk 


Volva 








s' 


3 


I 


1-75 


1.2 


2.3 


7 


6.3 


0.7 


1.8 


1-3 




S-S 




0.7 


1-3 


I.O 




8.5 


6.S 


1.5 


2-5 


2.1 


3 


10 (?) 


8.0 


1-5 


2 (?) 


1.8 


3 


7 


S-8(?) 


I.O 


1-5 


1-3 




5-5 


4.3 (?) 






I (?) 


2 . 5 ' 



Measurements of “ Eggs,” in cm. 



Height. 


Diameter. 


Rhizomorph. 


2,2 


I-S 




2.6 


1-7 


1-9 


2.9 






2.3 


2.15 


3.0 


1.9 


1.6 






1-5 





When lifted carefully each plant was found to have a stout white 
rhizomorph running into the ground (figs. 1,5). These strands are 
smooth, solid, and gently tapering. The longest we have is 3 
cm. with a diameter of 2 mm. The egg-stage is obconical in 
shape (fig. i), white, rather firm to the touch, but not turgid. 
When cut in half lengthwise the “ egg ” shows first a tough, white 
peridium (fig. i), then a thick layer of firm, translucent, gela- 
tinous matter traversed by strands or trabeculae of denser white 
tissue. On comparing cross-sections (fig. 2) it is seen that these 



2 Including rhizomorph. 

3 Has also a rhizomorph 2 cm. long. 



2G6 



Mycologia 



strands are really anastomosing partitions, connecting with the 
peridium externally and with the bars of the receptaculum within. 
The gelatinous layer is therefore divided up into many irregular 
longitudinal chambers. A similar arrangement of partitions in 
the volva jelly is described by Fischer (1901) in Simbhini peri- 
phragmoides, and by Long (1907) in this species. 

So far as is shown by the rather advanced stages at our dis- 
posal, Simhlum sphaerocephalum agrees precisely in structure 
with other Clathraceae as described by Fischer (1890-1910). 
The stalk of the receptaculum is traversed by a central strand, 
{S) of gelatinous hyphae, which is continuous with the gelatinous 
filling of the chambers of the stalk (figs, i, 3). The pseudo- 
parenchymatous tissue is composed of small spherical cells, 
arranged in a network of anastomosing plates which form the 
walls of the chambers (figs. 3, 7, 8). These walls are much 
folded in the egg stages. Though the chambers seem to be all 
connected with one another and with the central cavity of the 
stalk, they do not connect definitely with the tissues surrounding 
the stalk. Elongation of the stalk is manifestly due to a great 
increase in size of the pseudoparenchyma cells, as shown by 
figures 7 and 8. Though these are not taken from the same 
plant, their evidence seems conclusive. Coupled with this enlarge- 
ment is a general expansion of the stalk in all directions, a 
straightening of the folds of the chamber walls, and liquefying 
of everything except the pseudoparenchyma. 

In the head region, the bars of the receptaculum {Rp) are 
found on the surface of the gleba, in full view when the volva- 
jelly is removed. From each bar a plate of permanent hyphal 
tissue {PI) extends to the peridium. Since the receptaculum is 
net-like, these plates enclose prismatic spaces {G) which corre- 
spond in position and number to the meshes of the network. It 
is in these spaces that the volva-jelly is contained. In our speci- 
mens (and also in S', periphragmoides, according to Fischer, 
1901) these spaces bend downward parallel to the stalk, and end 
near the base of the “egg.” Doubtless they originate when the 
“egg” is very young, and before the stalk is formed (Cf. text 
fig. I, G). As growth proceeds, the volva extends by enlarge- 
ment of its upper parts (above text fig. i), and the stalk is 



Conard: Structure of Simblum Sphaerocephalum 267 

intercalated beneath the head. Meanwhile the plates elongate pari 
passu, resulting in the condition shown in text fig. 3. If this be 
true, as seems almost certain, the stalk would seem to be an organ 
of much more recent origin than the head of the receptaculum. 
It may be regarded as an extreme development of the basal ring 
of the receptaculum of Clathrus (text figs, i, 2, a). This agrees 
with the generally accepted view that Clathrus is one of the most 
primitive of the Clathraceae. 

Fischer (1890, p. ii) supposes that the difference between the 
early stages of development of Simblum and Clathrus would be 
that in the former the branches of the central strand come off 



Fig. I. — I. Vertical section of very young egg of Clathrus cancellatus, from 
Fischer 1890, pi. i, f. 3. — 2. The same, mature egg; 1 . c. f. 6. — 3. Diagram of 
vertical section of mature egg of Simblum sphaerocephahun, a lowest ring of 
receptaculum ; other letters as in plate. 

higher up than in the latter (“ Der Unterschied der ersten Frucht- 
korperanlage von Simblum gegeniiber derjenigen von Clathrus 
besteht also darin, dass vom Centralstrang hier erst weiter oben 
als dort Zweige abgehen”). But if the central strand branches 
higher up, there should be no volva- jelly around the stalk — unless 
the branches force themselves down between the layers of the 
peridium and the plates, parallel to the stalk. It seems much 




268 



]\Iycologia 



more reasonable to say that the branching of the central strand 
takes place when as yet there is no stalk, exactly as in Clathrus 
(text fig. i). The branches are then fixed to the peridium, as it 
were, at their outer ends. When their inner ends are raised up 
by the intercalation of a stalk, the outer parts of the branches are 
drawn out into vertical columns, parallel with the stalk. Thus 
the stalk of Simhlmn, originating as a sterilized basal portion of 
the receptaculum, becomes an independent organ, bearing the 
fertile receptaculum at its upper end. The usefulness of such a 
stalk for the better distribution of the spores, as Moeller (1895) 
suggests, cannot be doubted. 

From a study of Burt’s (1894) description of Anthurus borealis 
and Fischer’s (1910) of Aseroe, it appears that in these forms 
also the stalk develops in the manner outlined above, rather than 
by a branching of the rudiment of the central strand higher up, 
and a forcing of the tips of the branches downward between the 
layers of the peridium. Indeed this view was mentioned as prob- 
able by Burt (1894, p. 495). It is indicated also by Moeller’s 
description of the development of Coins Garciae (1895, p. 39). 
A study of the plates in the volva-jelly of Coins hirudinosus, 
Kalchbrennera, and Latcrnea would be helpful in this connection. 
Tulasne’s (1846) figure of the egg of Coins hirudinosus shows the 
plates from the fertile parts of the receptaculum to the volva, but 
shows no plates in the region of the stalk. His figure 16 is a 
transverse section of the fertile portion and figure 15 an outside 
view of the entire egg. The matter is therefore not settled for 
this species. 

In Lysurus, Anthurus and Aseroe it is possible to consider the 
stalk as a fusion of the lower vertical bars of a clathrate receptac- 
ulum. Clathrclla chrysomycelina and Latcrnea apparently lead 
to such a view. In Simblum there is no indication whatever of 
such an origin. Now, in all stalked Clathraceae, the stalk is sur- 
rounded by a sheath of gelatinizing hyphae, to which the plates 
attach, as in Simblum. But in the fertile portion the plates attach 
directly to a line or furrow along the arms or branches of the 
receptaculum. It seems reasonable therefore to believe that the 
stalks are homologous structures throughout the family, and of 
the same nature as described for Simblum. The sheath of the 



Conard: Structure of Simblum Sphaerocephalum 269 



stalk is then the place of attachment of the plate tissue to the 
lowest horizontal bars of the receptaculnm, which has become 
extended into a sheath as the bars elongated to form the stalk. 

The superficial position of the bars of the receptaculnm in the 
head of Simblum sphaerocephalum has already been remarked 
(fig. i). In this it differs markedly from S', periphragmoides 
(Fischer, 1893, 1900, 1901) whose bars are deeply embedded in 
the gleba. On critically examining the relation of gleba to recep- 
taculum, we find in many cases gleba-chambers bounded on one 
side by fertile hymenium and on the other by pseudoparenchyma 
of the receptaculum-arm (figs. 9, 12). The transition from 
hymenium to pseudoparenchyma, however, is not gradual, but 
abrupt. Sometimes a narrow strip of tramal tissue lies between 
them. In many cases it is evident, so far as sections can prove, 
that the tramal hyphae are continuous with the pseudoparenchyma 
(fig. 10). Thus the pseudoparenchyma has a double origin. In- 
deed one frequently finds cavities separating the portions of differ- 
ent origins (fig. 10). These facts support Fischer’s view, pro- 
posed in 1890, and proven for Dictyophora irpicina in 1910 (b), 
that the pseudoparenchyma represents sterile hymenial tissue, or 
a hymenium of paraphyses without basidia. In this case the 
cavities in the pseudoparenchyma of Simblum may be considered 
to be rudimentary gleba-chambers (fig. 10, /). Burt (1894) 
maintained that the pseudoparenchyma of Anthurus borealis is 
of strictly “ cortical ” nature, and has no connection with the 
surrounding gelatinizing hyphae. This idea was apparently 
drawn chiefly from sections in the stalk region, where the tissues 
are much more sharply separated. After the first rudiments of 
the stalk are formed as the lowest mesh of a net-like receptac- 
ulum, according to our theory, the further development of the 
stalk tissues may be quite independent of one another. Thus 
Burt’s observations would be entirely right, and in no contradic- 
tion with Fischer’s (1900) and my own. In one of my plants of 
Simblum two bars of receptaculnm tissue were found near the 
center of the head, completely embedded in the gleba (fig. 6). 
Following these upward, they joined one of the upper bars of 
tbe receptaculnm. Another specimen showed bars of tbe receptac- 
ulum extending deep into the gleba. These irregularities might 



270 



Mycologia 



easily occur if hymenium and pseudoparenchyma are homologous 
tissues. Certain patches in the midst of the branches of the cen- 
tral strand in some of my sections give an appearance, in texture 
and staining, of a tissue intermediate between hymenium and 
pseudoparenchyma. Unfortunately gelatinization is so far ad- 
vanced that no details are available. The center of each patch 
is occupied by numerous globular bodies of about the size and 
color of spores. 

Fischer’s (1890, p. 7) suggestion that the hymenium is fertile 
wherever it lines a cavity and sterile when two layers are ap- 
pressed without a space between, is untenable. Not only is pseudo- 
parenchyma developed adjacent to gleba-chambers (fig. 9), but 
basidia are borne in such narrow chambers that the space is 
literally obliterated (fig. 12). Moeller (1895, p. 31) has already 
emphasized these objections to Fis(|her’s view. The stimuli which 
guide the development of an embryonic tissue must be much more 
profound than this. 

The gleba of Simblum sphaerocephalum is traversed by stouter 
strands of tissue similar to that of the trania, constituting the 
“branches of the central strand (P)” of Fischer. Each such 
branch (figs, i, ii) runs radially outward from the central gela- 
tinous tissue of stalk and head, to merge into the volva-jelly at 
the middle of one of the meshes of the receptaculum. Each 
mesh is traversed by one such branch. Some branches are rod- 
like and reach the surface of the gleba in a circumscribed spot. 
Others are ribbon-like, and form a line on the surface of the 
gleba. Tangential sections of the surface of the gleba show the 
gleba-chambers as narrow branching slits radiating from the 
branch of the central strand and nearly at right angles to the bars 
of the receptaculum. This indicates an origin such as Eischer 
has described in other Clathraceae. The chambers probably 
result from the growth of trama-plates from the branch of the 
central strand toward the bars of the receptaculum. But no order 
was found elsewhere in the arrangement of the trama-plates or 
gleba-chambers. 

la all of our material the dense mass of spores hides the 
basidia. Probably these had already begun to gelatinize. We 
found one basidium, apparently in normal condition. It was 



Conard: Structure of Simblum Sphaerocephalum 271 



nearly globular (fig. 4), with a short constricted base, and two 
short sterigmata at the apex. The basidium is about 2.5 in 
diameter and 4.5 tall, with sterigmata about 0.5 tall. The 
spores are ellipsoidal, with a single large nucleus, and measure 
3/x, by 1.5 /X. These dimensions, so characteristic of Phalloids, 
are of the same order of magnitude as those of bacteria — a fact 
which coincides with the idea that both of these groups of plants 
are distributed by flies. 



Summary 

1. Simblum sphaerocephalum Schlecht., a common fungus in 
parts of South America, is now known from New York, Mary- 
land, District of Columbia, Iowa, Nebraska, Kansas, and Texas. 
It shows every essential character of the Clathraceae. 

2. The stalk elongates by enlargement of the cells of the pseudo- 
parenchyma. 

3. The bars of the fertile receptaculum are superficial on the 
gleba. 

4. The plates which divide the volva- jelly are vertical in the 
region of the stalk, enclosing a mass of jelly for every mesh of 
the receptaculum. Their position is believed to be due to the late 
development of the stalk in a rudiment which would be identical 
in early structure with that of a Clathrus. The stalk of Simblum 
is therefore a highly developed basal ring of a clathrate receptac- 
ulum, *and not a fusion of vertical columns. 

5. Pseudoparenchyma of the receptaculum may be regarded 
as sterile hymenium. 

6. In the superficial portions of the gleba, at least, the cham- 
bers originate by growth of trama-plates from the branches of 
the central strand toward the receptaculum-arms. 

For use of the literature which has made this paper possible, 
I am indebted to the generous loan-system of the Missouri 
Botanical Garden. To the officers of the Garden I wish to extend 
hearty thanks. The photomicrographs are by Mr. Paul M. Smith. 



272 



Mycologia 



Bibliography 

1. Burt, Edw. A. A North American Anthurus — its Structure and 

Development. Memoirs of the Boston Society of Natural His- 
tory 3: 487 ff. 1894. 

2. Fischer, Ed. Untersuchungen zur vergleichenden Entwicklungs- 

geschichte und Systematik der Phalloideen. Denkschrift der 
Schweizerischen naturforschenden Gesellschaft 32; 13 ff. 1890. 

3. Fischer, Ed. Neue Untersuchungen, etc., 1. c. 33: 10 ff. 1893. 

4. Fischer, Ed. Untersuchungen, etc., Ill Serie, 1. c. 36: 71 ff. 1900. 

5. Fischer, Ed. Einige Bemerkungen iiber der von Herrn Prof. 

Schroter aus Java mitgebrachten Phalloideen. Vierteljahr- 
schrift der naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Zurich 46: 122- 
127. 1901. 

6. Fischer, Ed. Die Eruchtkorper-Entwicklung von Aseroe. An- 

nales du Jardin Botanique de Buitenzorg, II Ser., supplem. 3, 

p. 595-614- 1910 («)• 

7. Fischer, Ed. Beitrage zur Morphologic und Systematik der Phalloi- 

deen. Annales Mycologici 8; 316-321. 1910 (b). 

8. Lloyd, C. G. Synopsis of the known Phalloids. Bulletin of the 

Lloyd Library No. 13, Mycological Series No. 4, Sept., 1909. 

9. Long, W. H. The Phalloideae of Texas. Journal of Mycology 

13; 102-114. 1907. 

10. Moeller, Alf. Brasilische Pilzblumen. Botanische Mittheilungen 

aus den Tropen, herausgegeben von A. E. W. Schimper, Heft 7. 

1895- 

11. Schlechtendal, D. F. L. von. Eine neue Phalloidee, nebst Be- 

merkungen ueber die ganze Eamilie derselben. Linnaea 31 : 
101-194. 1861-62. 

12. Spegazzini, C. Eungi Argentini novi vel critici. Annales del 

Museo nacional de Buenos Aires 6: 184. 1899. 

13. Tulasne, in Bory de St. Vincent, Cosson et Durieu de Maison- 

neuve. Exploration scientifique de I’Algerie. Sciences naturelles, 
Botanique, Acotyledones. Paris, 1846-49; pp. 435-439> P^- ^ 3 - 

Explanation of Plates 

Key to index letters, the signs being mostly those used by Fischer. The 
figures are all of Simhhim sphaerocephalum. 
a, gleba. 

/, rudimentary gleba-chambers in pseudoparenchyma of receptaculum. 

G, gelatinous part of volva. 

g, gleba-chamber bounded partly by basidial layer and partly by pseudoparen- 
chyma of receptaculum. 



Mycologia 



Plate XC\"I 




SiMBLUM SPHAEROCEPHALUM SCHLECT. 



Mycologia 



Plate XCVII 




SlMBLUM SPHAEROCEPHALUM SCHLECT. 





Conard: Structure of Simblum Sphaerocephalum 273 



Km, gleba-chamber. 

PI, plate-like partition in volva-jelly. 

Pi, branches of central strand. 

P, cavity of arm of receptaculum (gelatinous). 

P/>, receptaculum. 

S, central strand of gelatinizing hyphae. 

Tr, trama-plates. 

X, peridium. 
y, rhizomorph. 

a, lowest ring of receptaculum. 
tp, basidial layer (hymenium). 

Plate XCVI 

1. Longitudinal section of nearly mature egg, measuring 2.35' cm. X 2.15 
cm. Camera sketch. 

2. Transverse section of egg through stalk, showing the partitions in the 
volva-jelly. Camera sketch. 

3. Folded pseudoparenchyma tissues in longitudinal section of stalk in egg 
stage. The cavity of the stalk is on the right. S', and the volva-jelly (G) on 
the left. Camera sketch. 

4. Basidium, from a microtome section. Camera drawing. 

5. Mature Simblum 5 cm. tall. Camera sketch of alcoholic specimen. 

6. Transverse section of halved egg, through middle of head. Camera 
sketch. 

7. Cells of pseudoparenchyma of stalk from egg stage ; camera drawing. 

8. Cells of pseudoparenchyma of stalk teased out from a fully elongated 
specimen ; camera drawing with same magnification as fig. 7. 

9. Section of receptaculum arm and gleba ; semi-diagrammatic camera 
sketch. From (g) in fig. 12. 

10. Transverse section of pseudoparenchyma of arm of receptaculum, 
showing rudimentary gleba-chamber (/). Tramal tissue below (Tr) and cavity 
of arm (R) above. Camera drawing. 

Plate XCVII. Photomicrographs 

11. Transverse section of head of egg stage. 

12. Portion of the same section, more highly magnified. 

Grinnell College, 

Grinnell, Iowa. 



A METHOD OF DETERMINING IN ANALYTIC 
WORK WHETHER COLONIES OF THE 
CHESTNUT BLIGHT FUNGUS ORIG- 
INATE FROM PYCNOSPORES 
OR ASCOSPORES^ 

F. D. Heald 
(With Plates 98-101) 

Introduction 

In studying the dissemination of the chestnut-tree blight fun- 
gus [Endothia parasitica (Murr.) x\nd. and And.] it is sometimes 
of importance to be able to determine whether the colonies of 
Endothia appearing in poured plates originate from pycnospores 
or ascospores. This is especially true in case of the analysis of 
soil for the presence of the fungus, the quantitative determination 
of viable spores retained in spore traps, and other similar 
operations. 

During the past winter thousands of cultures of the blight 
fungus have been made, especially in studying the problem of dis- 
semination, but before beginning the work the method here out- 
lined was worked out, as it appeared to the writer of fundamental 
importance. 

At first thought the possibility of differentiating ascospore and 
pycnospore colonies seemed somewhat remote, but the striking 
difference in size of pycnospores and ascospores offered the first 
clue to the problem. The approximate dimension of the spores 
(ascospores 5X10/^; pycnospores iX 3 - 5 m) gives rather an 
imperfect notion of their difference in magnitude, but calculation 
will show that the ascospore of average size has a volume about 
fifty times that of the average pycnospore. It seemed evident 
then that the greater size of the ascospore would result in a more 
rapid growth of the colonies originating from them. 

1 Work in cooperation with the Pennsylvania Chestnut-Tree Blight Com- 
mission, Philadelphia, Pa. 



274 



Heald; Chestnut Blight Fungus 



275 



The medium found most suitable for this work was 3 per cent, 
dextrose agar, plus 10, made according to the standard bac- 
teriological formula. The comparative rate of growth from asco- 
spores and pycnospores was first tested in this medium by means 
of hanging-block cultures. The pycnospores used were obtained 
from spore-horns grown in damp chambers in the laboratory. 
The ascospores were obtained by placing flamed object slides 
over moistened bark bearing perithecial pustules and collecting 
the expelled spores. In making the pycnospore cultures a drop 
of sterile bouillon was placed on a flamed slide and a small spore- 
horn added to it. One or more dilutions were made from this to 
other drops of sterile bouillon and a short streak was made from 
the final dilution upon the surface of the cover glass, after which 
the streak was covered with melted agar cooled to 42° C. In 
making the ascospore cultures a drop of sterile bouillon was 
placed over a spore print on a slide. Dilutions were made from 
this to a second slide, and the planting made directly from the 
spore dilution. 

By these methods there was never any trouble in securing pure 
cultures in the hanging drop cells. 

Germination of Pycnospores and Ascospores 

During the first part of the germination period the pycnospore 
increases in size until it is oval or oblong in form and slightly in 
excess of the diameter of the germ tube that is to be produced 
(plate 98, figs. 1-3). A hypha begins to grow out from one end 
of the spore and this is generally followed later by one from the 
opposite end so that at temperatures from 22° to 25° C., only an 
unbranched linear aggregate has been produced at the end of 24 
hours. During the next 24 hours, however, branching generally 
begins, the first branch originating a little beyond the limits of the 
spore, thus producing a distinct Y-type of growth (plate 98, 
figs. 4-6). 

Each cell of an ascospore generally gives rise directly to at 
least one vigorous hypha, but occasionally one cell fails to germi- 
nate. In many spores each cell gives rise to a lateral hypha a 
little later. In case a lateral hypha is not formed directly from 



276 



AIycologia 



the spore cell, one originates a few mikrons beyond the spore wall, 
giving in the majority of cases a growth with pronounced decus- 
sating branches (plate 99, figs. 1-5). 

Tests of the comparative rate of growth of pycnospores and 
ascospores were first made at 22° C., but it was found by later 
work that 25° C. gave a more pronounced difference. Camera 
lucida drawings were made at hourly intervals for the ascospores 
after the first eight hours and at intervals of two hours for the 
pycnospores. At the end of eight hours the ascospores produced 
a strong hypha from each cell, while the pycnospore had not yet 
swollen to its full size ; after 22 hours the pycnospore had pro- 
duced a short unbranched hypha with little or no septation, while 
the ascospore had produced a much branched linear aggregate of 
cells (plate 100). The series of drawings shown will serve to 
emphasize the pronounced difference in the growth from the 
pycnospores and ascospores. 

Plate Cultures 

The marked difference in the rate of growth from pycnospores 
and ascospores suggested the strong probability of being able to 
differentiate the two types of colonies in plate cultures by the 
size of the colonies at the end of a certain time. Various culture 
media were tried but 3 per cent, dextrose agar, plus 10, again 
appeared to be the most suitable. The poured plates were made 
in the usual manner from spores obtained in the same way as for 
the hanging-block cultures, and practically pure cultures of the 
blight fungus were always obtained. The cultures were held at 
a constant temperature of 25° C. All of the tests made showed 
that ascospore colonies became visible and conspicuous when the 
pycnospore colonies were still minute and invisible to the naked 
eye. At the end of three days’ time, colonies originating from 
ascospores were 0.5-3 •'“'‘ri''- diameter, the size depending upon 
the crowding in the plate, while those originating from pycno- 
spores were not visible to the naked eye (plate loi) ; after four 
days of growth the ascospore colonies were 1-4 mm. in diameter 
while the pycnospore colonies showed an average diameter of 
400^. The time of appearance of the yellow centers in the colo- 



Mycologia 



Plate XCVIII 




Germination of Pycnospores 



Mycologia 



Plate XCIX 




Germination of Ascospores 



MYroi.ociA 



Plate C 




Series Showing Comparative Growth in Hanging Drop Ci'ltires 



Mycologia Plate CI 






Heald: Chestnut Blight Fungus 



277 



nies does not appear to be of importance since this varies accord- 
ing to crowding, depth of medium and origin. The reliability of 
this method for differentiating pycnospore and ascospore colonies 
has been substantiated by numerous cultures, but the importance 
of holding the cultures at a constant temperature must not be 
overlooked. 

Forest Pathology Laboratory, 

United States Department of Agriculture, 

Philadelphia, Penna. 



Explanation of Plates 
Plate XCVIII 

Germination of pycnospores in 3 per cent, dextrose agar, plus 10, at 22° C: 
I, after 12 hours; 2, after 16 hours; 3, after 22 hours; 4, s, 6, after 36 hours. 
These illustrate the linear and the Y-types of germination. 

Plate XCIX 

Germination of ascospores in 3 per cent, dextrose agar, plus 10, at 22° C. 
1-4, a series showing stages in the growth from a single spore: i, at 11:45 
A.M. ; 2, at 2:45 P.M. ; 3, at 4:45 P.M. ; 4, at 7:45 P.M. ; 5, 6, 7, after 24 
hours. In 4 each cell has produced two hyphae ; in 5 one cell has produced 
two hyphae, while a strong lateral has grown out from the main axis just 
beyond the other cell of the spore ; in 6 one cell has produced a short lateral 
but no terminal hypha ; in 7 one cell of the ascospore failed to produce a 
germ tube. 



Plate C 

A series of drawings showing the comparative growth from an ascospore 
and a pycnospore in 3 per cent, dextrose agar, plus 10, at a temperature of 
25° C. After eight hours drawings were made at hourly intervals for the 
ascospore series and every two hours for the pycnospore series. 

Plate CI 

Poured plate cultures of ascospores and pycnospores to show comparative 
growth in 3 per cent, dextrose agar, plus 10, at a temperature of 25° C. Pho- 
tograph taken after three days of growth. Pycnospore colonies not yet visible 
to the naked eye. 



NEWS AND NOTES 



‘ r 



Dr. Frank D. Kern has been appointed professor of botany in 
the Pennsylvania State College. 



Professor E. J. Durand of Missouri State University was a 
recent visitor at the New York Botanical Garden. 



Professor Mel. T. Cook delivered a lecture in the museum 
building of the New York Botanical Garden on June 14. The 
subject of the lecture was “Diseases of Fruit Trees.” 



Mr. Guy West Wilson, graduate student in Columbia Univer- 
sity during the past year, has been appointed special agent by the 
United States Bureau of Plant Industry for the investigation of 
the chestnut blight fungus and its relation to tannin and other 
plant products. He is associated in this work with Professor 
Mel. T. Cook at Rutgers College, New Brunswick, New Jersey. 



The New York Botanical Garden received in July a collection 
of 213 specimens of fungi and slime moulds from Porto Rico, 
collected by J. R. Johnston. 



Tht Botanical Gazette for June contains an article by Howard S. 
Reed and J. S. Cooley on the transpiration of apple leaves infested 
with Gymnosporanginm. A retardation of transpiration in the 
diseased leaves has been shown. Since it is known that trans- 
piration and growth are intimately associated it is believed that 
the decrease in transpiration in the diseased leaves may be one 
of the factors in determining the bad physiological condition of 
such trees. 



278 



News and Notes 



279 



Bulletin No. 281 of the Bureau of Plant Industry of the United 
States Department of Agriculture contains a discussion by L. L. 
Harter and Ethel C. Field on a dry rot of sweet potatoes caused 
by a fungus which has been named by them DiaportJic Batatatis. 
The fungus is thought to represent the perfect stage of Phoma 
Batatae Ellis and Halsted. The fungus is not a vigorous parasite 
and the disease is principally a storage trouble and is characterized 
by a drying and shriveling of the potatoes with the pycnidia form- 
ing on the surface. In the greenhouse the pycnidia also occur on 
the leaves and stems as well as the roots of the infected plants. 

It is suggested, in order to prevent the spread of the trouble, 
that diseased potatoes should be cooked before being fed to stock. 
Diseased potatoes should not be used for fertilizer. Steriliza- 
tion of seed bed is also suggested. No experiments were con- 
ducted in controlling the disease. 



In farmers’ bulletin No. 544, W. A. Orton summarizes the 
principal potato-tuber diseases and discusses the best means of 
eliminating or controlling them and thereby materially increasing 
the potato yield. It is claimed that the potato yield is only about 
one half what it might reasonably be expected to be per acre. 



In Science for July ii an article appears by Professor H. L. 
Bolley, of the North Dakota Agricultural College, on the com- 
plexity of the microorganic population of the soil. The article is 
in part an answer to one by E. J. Russell of Rothamsted Experi- 
ment Station which appeared in Science for April 4. 

Professor Bolley agrees with Russell in many of his statements 
but takes exception to assuming that protozoa are the principal 
crop-limiting factor in deteriorated soils. Bolley claims that if 
we have purified seedlings placed in a purified soil they show no 
tendency to deteriorate. He also claims that species of fungi such 
as Fnsariiim, Alternaria, H elminthosporium, etc., in the soil are 
the real crop-limiting factors, aside from mineral elements and 
atmosphere, and that crop deterioration is probably a problem of 
crop sanitation as involved in infectious diseases. According to 
this theory sterilization is beneficial in that it destroys harmful 
fungi, the chief crop-limiting factors. 



280 



Mycologia 



Circular No. 13 1 of the Bureau of Plant Industr}’ contains a 
paper by Dr. C. L. Shear and Neil E. Stevens on the culture char- 
acters of the chestnut blight fungus and its near relatives. 
Endothia parasitica (Murrill) Anderson & Anderson has as its 
near relatives, Endothis gyrosa, Endothis radicalis and a variety of 
the latter species. 

More than two thousand cultures of these fungi were made in 
order to study the behavior of the various species on different 
kinds of culture media. The results of these studies indicate that 
the different species have constant and easily recognized culture 
characters. Endothia parasitica can be distinguished by the pecu- 
liar orange-colored surface growth produced at the bottom of the 
potato agar slants. The early appearance of the orange color of 
the mycelium is also characteristic and ordinarily sufficient for 
identification. 

On corn meal, Endothis parasitica is characterized by numerous 
small pycnidia and the absence of color changes in the medium. 
As compared with Endothis parasitica, Endothis radicalis is char- 
acterized by fewer and larger pycnidia which also appear at a 
later stage and by the perilla purple reaction of the medium ; 
Endothia radicalis mississippiensis by the larger pycnidia and the 
orange chrome color of the mycelium appearing at the end of the 
week ; and Endothia gyrosa by its tardy spore production and the 
formation of elevated or subcolumnar pycnidial stromata. 



In order to make our herbarium records more complete, the 
New York Botanical Garden desires fresh specimens of any of 
the fleshy cup- fungi (Discomycetes) either large or small which 
are suitable for colored drawings or photographs. Do not hesi- 
tate to send specimens because they are “ common.” The term 
common as applied to these things is purely a relative term. 
Species which are common with you may be very uncommon in 
neighboring localities. 



Circular No. 216 of the Forest Service of the United States 
Department of Agriculture, by W. H. Long, forest pathologist, 
calls attention to the effect of forest fires on standing hardwood 



News and Notes 



281 



timber. Scars caused by comparatively insignificant fires furnish 
gateways through which insects and rot-producing fungi enter 
the tree. In spite of this fact, it is often claimed that small fires 
do not injure the forests and the claim is sometimes made that 
they are even beneficial. Studies made by the author of the article 
in Arkansas show that the continuous burning of the forests is 
causing annual losses of thousands of dollars. Most of this loss 
is caused by the indirect effect of the fire in paving the way for 
heart rot fungi and harmful insects. Most of these evil effects 
might be eliminated by cooperation of the people in preventing 
all fires, both large and small. 



A short paper on “ The production of a promycelium by the 
aecidiospores of Caeoma nitens” by Otto Kunkel in the July 
number of the Torrey Bulletin is of especial interest to students 
of the rusts. Caeoma nitens, the common orange leaf rust of the 
blackberry, has been considered the aecidial stage of Puccinia 
Peckiana Howe, both Tranzschel and Clinton having claimed to 
establish the connection through infection experiments. Kunkel, 
however, finds that these aecidiospores are functionally teleuto- 
spores. On germination they regularly give rise to a septate pro- 
mycelium and sporidia. The normal promycelium consists of five 
cells four of which are uninucleated while the basal cell lacks a 
nucleus. Each nucleated cell produces a sporidium on a sterigma. 
The sporidia germinate immediately producing either secondary 
sporidia or germ tubes. Cytological studies of Caeoma nitens by 
Olive and Kurssanow have shown that a uninucleated mycelium 
precedes the formation of the aecidium and that the binucleated 
condition is brought about by cell fusions. The aecidiospores are 
binucleated. Kunkel’s further observation on the germination 
of these aecidiospores suggests that nuclear fusion occurs in the 
aecidiospore and is followed by the reduction divisions in the pro- 
mycelium. If this should prove to be the case the mycelium pro- 
duced by infection with sporidia would be uninucleated and the 
life cycle of the fungus would be complete. Caeoma nitens would 
thus be a complete rust with a single spore form. This condition 
would be quite comparable to that found in several species of 
Endophylhim the only essential difference being that in species of 



282 



IMycologia 



Endophyllum the aecidium is of the cup type. The determination 
of the complete life history of Cacoma nitens must await further 
infection experiments. It is of interest that this method of ger- 
mination should have so long escaped detection in such a widely 
distributed and well known rust. — F. D. Fromme. 



Phytopathology^ for June contains a paper by Doctor W. C. 
Sturgis on Herpotrichia and Keopcckia. In this paper Doctor 
Sturgis calls attention to the similarity of Neopeckia Coulteri 
(Peck) Sacc. and Herpotrichia nigra Hartig. He mentions hav- 
ing seen only one reference- to Herpotricha nigra in American 
literature. In this connection it might not be out of place to call 
attention to a preliminary note on these two species in a report 
of the conference of the scientific staff and students of the New 
York Botanical Garden two years ago, as follows;® 

“ Mr. Fred J. Seaver showed specimens of two fungi (Neopeckia 
Coulteri and Herpotrichia nigra?) which occur as parasites on 
various coniferous trees at high altitudes in the Rocky Mountains. 
The two fungi are so much alike that they can be distinguished 
only by microscopic examination of the spores and for this reason 
the species have been hopelessly confused and most of the speci- 
mens in our collections are incorrectly named. So far as our 
observations have gone the one species (Neopeckia Coulteri) 
occurs only on species of pine, while the other (Herpotrichia 
nigra?) occurs on spruces and firs but never, so far as observed, 
in America on pine. 

“Herpotrichia nigra was originally described in Europe and has 
been reported on both spruces and pines as well as on other 
coniferous trees. Examination of various European specimens 
of this species shows the spores to be much smaller than those 
examined in American specimens. Whether this difference in 
size which is very marked is due to the fact that the spores are 
immature is uncertain. Attempts to secure specimens of type 
material in order to determine the identity of the European 
species have so far been unsuccessful. 

1 Phytopathology 3; 152-158. pi. iz, 13. 1913. 

2 F. S. Earl in Green’s Plantae Bakerianae i : 27. 1900. 

3 Jour. New York Botanical Garden 12: 159. 1911. 



News and Notes 



283 



“ The fact that this European species occurs on both spruces 
and pines while the American specimens which are thought to be 
identical does not occur on pine and that this difference in habitat 
is accompanied by a difference in the size of the spores suggests 
the possibility that the American specimens may constitute a 
species distinct from the European. 

“ The pine inhabiting species of America {Neopeckia Coiilteri) 
which is very different from the preceding species in spore char- 
acters is unknown to Europe. The results of these studies will 
appear more in detail in a paper to be published later>!’ 

Notes were in hand for the publication of a more extended 
paper on this subject with illustrations, but since this has been 
very well done by Doctor Sturgis it is no longer necessary. The 
paper covers the ground thorough!}' and is accompanied by two 
plates showing both the gross and microscopic characters of the 
two species. 

In the work on Herpotrichia nigra at the Garden some attempts 
were made to grow the species on culture media. The spores 
were found to germinate very readily and considerable mycelial 
growth was produced but no fruiting bodies were formed. — 
F. J. Seaver. 



INDEX TO AMERICAN MYCOLOGICAL 
LITERATURE 



Arthur, J. C. Uredinales on Carex in North America. Mycologia 
5:240-244. J1 1913. 

Banker, H. J. Type studies in the Hydnaceae — V. The genus 
Hydncllum. INIycologia 5 : 194-205. 10 J1 1913. 

Includes descriptions of 5 new species. 

Blakeslee, A. F. A possible means of identifying the sex of (-[-) 
and ( — ) races in the mucors. Science II. 37; 880, 881. 
6 Je 1913. [Illust.] 

Brown, P. E. A study of bacteria at different depths in some 
typical Iowa soils. Centralb. Bakt. Zweite Abt. 37: 497-521. 
22 My 1913. 

Clark, E. D., & Smith, C. S. Toxicological studies on the mush- 
rooms Clitocybe illudens and Inocybe infida. Mycologia 5: 
224-232. pi. pi. 10 J1 1913. 

Fairman, C. E. Notes on new species of fungi from various 
localities. Mycologia 5 : 245-248. 10 J1 1913. 

Includes descriptions of 10 new species: in Septoria (i), Sphaeropsis (2), 
Hendersonia (2), Phyllosticta (i), Pyrenochaeta (i), Coniothyrium (i), Di- 
plodia (1), and Cryptodiscus (i). 

Field, E. C. Fungous diseases liable to be disseminated in ship- 
ments of sugar cane. U. S. Dept. Agr. Plant Ind. Circ. 126; 
3-13- /• ^- 7 - 10 My 1913. 

Fraser, W. P. Further cultures of heteroecious rusts. Myco- 
logia 5 : 233-239. 10 J1 1913. 

Hasse, H. E. The lichen flora of southern California. Contr. U. 
S. Nat. Flerb. 17: 1-132 -|- vii-xii. 9 Je 1913. 

Heald, F. D. The dissemination of fungi causing disease. Trans. 
Am. Micr. Soc. 32 : 5-29. Ja 1913. 

284 



Index to American ^Iycological Literature 285 



Heald, F. D., & Gardner, M. W. Preliminary note on the relative 
prevalence of pycnospores and ascospores of the chestnut-blight 
fungus during the winter. Science II. 37 : 916, 917. 13 Je 1913. 

Holway, E. W. D. North American Uredineae 1:81-95. pi. 
37-44. II Je 1913. 

Includes Puccinia poromera, P. Pseiidocymopferi and P. Cynomarathri, 
spp. nov. 

Howe, R. H. Lichens of Mount Katahdin, iNIaine. Bryologist 
16:33-36. My 1913. 

Jones, D. H. A morphological and cultural study of some Azoto- 
bacter. Centralb. Bakt. Zweite Abt. 38: 14-25. pi. 1-4. 21 Je 
1913- 

Kaiser, G. B. Slime mould growing on a moss. Bryologist 16 : 
45. My 1913. 

Keith, S. C. Factors influencing the survival of bacteria at tem- 
peratures in the vicinity of the freezing point of water. Sci- 
ence II. 37 : 877-879. 6 Je 1913. 

Kellerman, K. F., & Leonard, L. T. The prevalence of Bacillus 
radicicola in soil. Science II. 38 : 95-98. 18 J1 1913. 

Kunkle, 0. The production of a promycelium by the aecidio- 
spores of Caeoma nitens Burrill. Bull. Torrey Club 40: 361- 
366. /. /. J1 1913. 

Melchers, L. E. The mosaic disease of the tomato and related 
plants. Ohio Nat. 13: 149-173. pi. 7, i. Je 1913. 

Merrill, G. K. Florida lichens. Bryologist 16: 39-41. /. i. 
]\Iy 1913. 

Merrill, G. K. Lichens from Java. Torreya 13: 133-137. 
9jei9i3. 

Millspaugh, C. F. The living flora of West Virginia. West Vir- 
ginia Geol. Surv. 5 (A) : 1-389, 454-486. 1913. [Illust.] 

Includes a list of fungi. 

Morse, W. J. Powdery scab of potatoes in the United States. 
Science II. 38 : 61, 62. ii J1 1913. 



286 



Mycologia 



Murrill, W. A. The of the Pacific Coast — IV. New 

species of Clitocybe and Melanolcuca. My/:ologia 5: 206-223. 
10 J1 1913. 

Includes 21 new species in Clitocybe and 25 in Melanoleuca. 

Orton, W. A. Potato-tuber diseases. U. S. Dept. Agr. Farmers’ 
Bull. 544: 3-16. /. 1-1(5. 25 Je 1913. 

Reddick, D. The diseases of the violet. Trans. Massachusetts 
Hort. Soc. 1913: 85-102. pi. I, 2. 1913. 

Reed, H. S., & Cooley, J. S. The transpiration of apple leaves 
infected with Gymnosporangiuin. Bot. Gaz. 55: 421-430. /. i. 
16 Je 1913. 

Rogers, S. S. The culture of tomatoes in California, with special 
reference to their diseases. Univ. Calif. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 
239: 591-617. /. 1-13. Je 1913. 

Seaver, F. J. Some tropical cup-fungi. Mycologia 5 : 185-193. 
pi. 88-po. 10 J1 1913. 

Shear, C. L., & Stevens, N. E. Cultural characters of the chestnut- 
blight and its near relatives. U. S. Dept. Agr. Plant Ind. Circ. 
131:3-18. 5J1I9I3- 

Spaulding, P. The present status of the white-pine blister rust. 
IJ. S. Dept. Agr. Plant Ind. Circ. 129: 9-20. /. 1-6. 7 Je 1913. 

Weir, J. R. Destructive effects of Tramctcs Pini and Echino- 
dontiiim tinctonim. Phytopathology 3: 142. Ap 1913. 

Weir, J. R. Some observations on Polyporus Berkeleyi. Phyto- 
pathology 3: 101-104. pi. p. Ap 1913. 



9 

\ 



, T 

!: 

ft 

4 



I 



! 



JOURNAL OF MYCOLOGY AND REPRINTS 



Journal of Mycology, Vols. 8-13, per volume #3.00 

Index to North American Mycology, 1900-1908, 13 parts issued, 

per part 25 

Index to Uredineous Infection Experiments 50 

Portraits of Eminent Mycologists, each ro 

New Genera of Fungi published since 1900 j original descrip- 
tions with full citation 75 

First and Second Supplements to New Genera of Fungi, each .50 

Index to Journal of Mycology, Vols. 1-10 75 

Mycological Glossary 25 

North American Species of Marasmius, Lepiota, Agaricaceae, 

by A. P. Morgan, each 50 

Cortinarius; Key to Species, by C. H. Kauffman 25 

Saccardo’s Arrangement and Nomenclature of Fungi (Orders 

and Families) 51 

Address MISS MAUDE KELLERMAN, 

175 West Eleventh Ave., Columbus Ohio. 

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NEW YORK 
BOTANICAL GARDEN 

Price, 25 cents each. See next page for recent numbers 

No. 17. The Tylostomaceac of North America, by V, S. White. 

No. 24. The Nidulariaceae of North America, by V. S. White. 

No. 27. Some Mt. Desert Fungi, by V. S. White. 

Nos. 29, 32, 35, 38, 41, 49, 52, 56, 60, 65, 69, 70 and 74. The Polyporaceae 
of North America, I-XIII, by W. A. Murrill. 

No. 90. Studies in North American Peronosponles — I. The Genus Albugo, 
by Guy West Wilson. 

No. 95. Studies in North American Peronosporales — II. Pbytophthoreae and 
Rhysotheceae, by Guy West Wilson. 

No. 99. Some Philippine Polyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill. 

No. no. Additional Philippine Polyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill. 

No. III. Boleti from Western North Carolina, by W. A. Murrill. 

No. 114. The Boleti of the Frost Herbarium, by W. A. Murrill. 

No. 115. Some North Dakota Hypocreales, by F. J. Seaver. 

No. 1 1 7. Studies in North American Peronosporales — IV. Host Index, by 
G. W. Wilson. 

No. 119. North Dakota Slime-Moulds, by F. J. Seaver. 

No. 122. Notes on North American Hypocreales — II. Nectria Feziza, by 
F. J. Seaver. 

No 133. Iowa Discomycetes, by F. J. Seaver (special price 50 cents). 

Address NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN, 

Bronx Park, New York City 



PUBLIC JlXIOIVS 



OF 

The New York Botanical Garden 



Journal of the New Tork Botanical Garden, monthly, illustrated, con- 
taining notes, news, and non-technical articles of general interest. Free to all mem- 
bers of the Garden. To others, lo cents a copy ; ^i.oo a year. [Not offered in ex- 
change.] Now in its fourteenth volume. 

Mycologla, bimonthly, illustrated in color and otherwise; devoted to fungi, 
including lichens ; containing technical articles and news and notes of general in- 
terest, and an index to current American mycological literature. $3.00 a year; 
single copies not for sale. [Not offered in exchange.] Now in its fifth volume. 

Bulletin of the New Tork Botanical Garden, containing the annual reports 
of the Director-in-Chief and other official documents, and technical articles embodjring 
results of investigations carried out in the Garden. Free to all members of the 
Garden ; to others, I3.00 per volume. Now in its eighth volume. 

North American Flora. Descriptions of the wild plants of North Amencai 
including Greenland, the West Indies and Central America. Planned to be com- 
pleted in 32 volumes. Roy. 8vo. Each volume to consist of four or more parts- 
Subscription price, I1.50 per part; a limited number of separate parts will be sold 
for $2.00 each. [Not offered in exchange.] 

Vol. 3, part I, 1910. Nectriaceae — Fimetariaceae. 

Vol. 7, parti, 1906; part 2, 1907; part 3, 1912. Ustilaginaceae — Aecidiaceae 
(pars). 

Vol. 9, parts I and 2, 1907; part 3, 1910. Polyporaceae — Agaricaceae (pars). 
( Parts I and 2 no longer sold separately. ) 

Vol. 15, parts I and 2, 1913. Sphagnaceae — Leucobryaceae. 

Vol. 16, part I, 1909. Ophioglossaceae — Cyatheaceae (pars), 

Vol. 17, part I, 1909 ; part 2, 1912. Typhaceae — Poaceae (pars). 

Vol. 22, parts I and 2, 1905; parts 3 and 4, 1908. Podostemonaceae — Rosaceae 
(pars). 

Vol. 25, part I, 1907; part 2, 191C; part 3, 1911. Geraniaceae — Burseraceae. 
Memoirs of the New ‘Vork Botanical Garden. Price to members of the 
Garden, $i.ooper volume. To others, $2.00. [Not offered in exchange.] 

Vol. I. An Annotated Catalogue of the Flora of Montana and the Yellowstone 
Park, by Per Axel Rydberg, ix +492 pp., with detailed map. 1900. 

Vol. II. The Influence of Light and Elarkness upon Growth and Development, 
by D. T. MacDougal. xvi -f- 320 pp., with 176 figures. 1903. 

Vol. Ill Studies of Cretaceous Coniferous Remains from Kreischerville, New 
York, by Arthur Hollick and Edward Charles Jeffrey, viii-f-138 pp., with 29 
plates. 19C9. 

Vol. IV. Effects of the Rays of Radium on Plants, by Charles Stuart Gager, 
viii -f- 278 pp., with 73 figures and 14 plates. 1908. 

Contributlona from the New York Botanical Garden. A series of tech- 
nical papers written by students or members of the staff, and reprinted from journals 
other than the above. Price, 25 cents each. P*’’ In its seventh volume 

RECENT NUMBERS 25 CENTS EACH 

155. Polycodium, by C. B. Robinson. 

156. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora — XXVIII, by P. A. Rydberg, 

157. New Ferns from Tropical America — II, by Margaret Slosson. 

158. Studies on the West Indian Vernonieae, with One New Species from Mexico, 

by Henry Allan Gleason. 

159. A Case of Bud- Variation in Pelargonium, by A. B. Stout. 

New YORK Botanical Garokn 

BwoNx Park, Raw York Orrv 



MYCOLOGIA 

IN CONTINUATION OF THE JOURNAL OF MYCOLOGY 
Founded by W. A. Kellennan, J. B. Bllis,and B. M. Everhart in 1885 



EDITOR 

WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL 




f . 

Vol. V— NOVEMBER, 1913— No. ,5 




ASSOCIATE EDITORS 




JOSEPH C. ARTHUR 
HOWARD J. BARKER 
GIACOMO BRESADOLA 
FREDERIC E. CLEMENTS 
JOHN DEARNESS 



FRANKLIN S. EARLE 
BRUCE FINK 
ROBERT A. HARPER 
THOMAS H. MACBRIDE 
PAUL MAGNUS 



GEORGE MASSEE 
NARCISSE PATOUILLARD 
LARS ROMELL 
FRED J. SEAVER 
CORNELIUS L. SHEAR 



PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY FOR 
THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN 
By THE NEW ERA PRINTING COMPANY 
LANCASTER. PA. 



CONTENTS 



PACB 



Illustrations of Fungi — XVI - William A. Murrill 287 

Type Studies in the Hydnaceae — VI. The Genera Creo- 
lophus, Echinodontium, Gloiodon, and Hydnodon 

Howard J. Banker 293 

The Genus Pseudoplectania - - F. J. Seaver 299 

Internal Aecia . . . Frederick A. Wolf 303 

The Lactarieae of the Pacific Coast 

Gertrude S. Burlingham 305 

News and Notes - - - . - - - -312 

Index to American Mycological Literature - - -317 



The New Era Printing Company makes the following charges to authors for 
articles reprinted from Mycologia, if ordered with proof: 



Without Cover — 


4 PP- 


8 pp. 


12 pp. 


16 pp. 


20 pp. 


24 pp. 


28 pp. 


32 pp. 


25-50 Copies — 


l »-37 


11.87 


I2.12 


#2.50 




$4.05 


#4-82 


#5.20 


too “ 


>55 


2.15 


2.65 


3 >S 


4.05 


5.00 


6.10 


6.50 


200 “ 


2.00 


3.05 


4.00 


4 - 3 ° 


5.60 


6.90 


8.30 


8.90 



Covers — First 50 — |i.oo. Additional, ic each. 
Plates— 40c per 100. 



Mycologia 



Plate CII 




CORIOLUS VERSICOLOR (L.) Qucl, 





MYCOLOGIA 

VoL, V November, 1913 No. 6 



ILLUSTRATIONS OF FUNGI— XVI 



William A. Murrill 
(With Plates 102-108) 

The accompanying figures represent some of the tough and 
woody fungi known as polypores. Most of the species of this 
group grow on dead wood in brackets of various sizes and shapes, 
the fruiting surface being composed of tubes or furrows. Some- 
times the walls of these tubes split with age and the hymenium 
appears spiny, resembling the hydnums ; sometimes the furrows 
change with age to appear like gills. When the fruit-body is per- 
ennial, the tubes are often arranged in layers. The family may be 
divided into four groups, the resupinates, the annual poroid species, 
the perennial poroid species, and the agaric-like species. The 
resupinate species are difficult for the beginner ; some of the larger 
species of the other groups are comparatively easy. Polypores as 
a class are very destructive to trees and timber. On the other 
hand, one species possesses medicinal properties, some of the 
encrusted species supply tinder, and several of the more juicy ones 
are excellent for food if collected when young. The only species 
recognized as poisonous is the medicinal one. Fames Laricis, and 
it is so tough and bitter that no one would think of eating it. 

Coriolus versicolor (L.) Quel. 

Many-Colored Coriolus 

Plate 102 

Pileus densely imbricate, very thin, sessile, dimidiate, conchate, 
2-4 X 3-7 X o. 1-0.2 cm. ; surface smooth, velvety, shining, marked 

[Mycologia for September, 1913 (5: 257-286), was issued Oct. 4, 1913.] 

287 



288 



Mycologia 



with conspicuous, glabrous zones of various colors, mostly later- 
iceous, bay or black ; margin thin, sterile, entire ; context thin, 
membranous, fibrous, white ; tubes punctiform, less than i mm. 
long, white to isabelline within, mouths circular to angular, regular, 
even, 4-5 to a mm., edges thick and entire, becoming thin and 
dentate, white, glistening, at length opaque-isabelline or slightly 
umbrinous ; spores allantoid, smooth, hyaline, 4-6 X 1-2 /t. 

Abundant everywhere on dead wood, both in temperate and 
tropical regions, causing decay in tree trunks and often producing 
root-rot in trees when they are weakened by lack of food or other 
unfavorable conditions. The photograph is from a young black 
birch attacked by the fungus. 

Coriolus prolificans (Fries) Murrill 
Lacerate Coriolus 

Plate 103 

Pileus exceedingly variable, sessile or affixed by a short tubercle, 
dimidiate to flabelliform, broadly or narrowly attached, 2-5 X 2-6 
X 0.1-0.3 cm.; surface finely villose-tomentose, smooth, white or 
slightly yellowish, marked with a few narrow, indistinct, latericeous 
or bay zones ; margin thin, sterile, entire to lobed ; context very 
thin, white, fibrous ; tubes 1-3 mm. long, white to discolored within, 
mouths angular, somewhat irregular, 3-4 to a mm., usually becom- 
ing irpiciform at an early stage, edges acute, dentate, becoming 
lacerate, white to yellowish or umbrinous ; spores smooth, hyaline. 

Exceedingly abundant at times on dead deciduous trunks from 
Canada to Florida and west to Wisconsin and Mexico. I have 
seen oak trunks nearly a hundred feet long entirely covered with 
the fruit-bodies of this species. The walls of the tubes usually 
split at an early stage, causing beginners to mistake it for an Irpex 
or a Hydnum. 

Irpiciporus mollis (Berk. & Curt.) Murrill 
Soft Irpiciporus 

Plate 104 

Pileus sessile, dimidiate, imbricate, decurrent, 3-4 X 4“^ X 1-3 
cm. ; surface white, finely pubescent, azonate, sulcate at times. 



Murrill: Illustrations of Fungi 



289 



often aculeate behind with age ; context white, coriaceous, 1-5 mm. 
thick ; tubes soon splitting into teeth, which are 1-2 cm. long, 
compressed to subulate, slender, more or less pointed, dentate or 
incised, puberulent to glabrous, white to pale-flesh-colored, about 
I mm. apart at the base ; spores globose, smooth, hyaline, 5-7 (i. 

This species occurs rather sparingly on dead deciduous wood in 
temperate North America. It is interesting because of its close 
resemblance to the Hydnaceae. The specimens figured were col- 
lected on the Garden grounds in August, 1911, growing on the 
dead top of a red maple fifty feet above the ground. 

Poronidulus conchifer (Schw.) Murrill 
Shell-Bearing Polypore 

Plate 105. Upper Figure 

Pileus thin, coriaceous, dimidiate to flabelliform, usually nar- 
rowly attached, conchate, springing from a sterile, cup-like struc- 
ture, which usually appears on the mature sporophore near the 
base, 1.5-2 X 2-4 X o. 1-0.2 cm. ; surface white to isabelline, with 
pale-latericeous zones, finely tomentose to glabrous, the sterile 
portion avellaneous, with narrow, black, concentric lines ; margin 
thin, concolorous, undulate ; context very thin, membranous, 
white, less than i mm. in thickness ; tubes short, about i mm. 
long, thin-walled, white, mouths angular, irregular, 3 to a mm., 
edges thin, uneven, dentate ; spores ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline. 

Very common on fallen branches and dead limbs of elm through- 
out eastern North America as far west as Kansas. The genus is 
monotypic and is peculiar in having the fertile portion of the fruit- 
body develop from a sterile, cup-like growth, which is often found 
on the back of the mature pileus. 

Scutiger griseus (Peck) Murrill 
Gray Scutiger 

Plate 105. Lower Figure 

Pileus circular, often irregular, convex, 7-12 cm. broad, i cm. 
or less thick ; surface glabrous or minutely tomentose, cinereous, 
slightly darker toward the center ; margin thin, concolorous, often 



290 



Mycologia 



incurved on drying, irregular, undulate to lobed ; context soft- 
fleshy, rosy-gray, about 5 mm. thick; tubes slightly decurrent, 1-2 
mm. long, whitish-stuffed when young, white to pale-umbrinous 
within, mouths subangular, unequal, 2-4 to a mm., edges thin, 
entire to fimbriate, lacerate with age, white when young, becom- 
ing gray or umbrinous; spores subglobose, hyaline, echinulate, 
5-6 X 4-5~5 i *- ; stipe central, thick, short, bulbous at the base, with 
surface and substance resembling that of the pileus, but darker 
in color, 4-5 cm. long, 1-1.5 cm. thick. 

Found sparingly on the ground in open woods in New York, 
New Jersey, and Alabama. The specimens here figured were 
collected by Dr. F. M. Bauer near Amityville, Long Island, in 
September, 1911. The genus Scutiger approaches very near the 
Boletaceae, but the species are somewhat tougher and dry more 
easily. Of the dozen or more members of the genus in this 
country, all except two are very rare and local. 



Grifola frondosa (Dicks.) S. F. Gray 
Frondose Polypore 

Plate 106. Upper Figure 

Pileus imbricate-multiplex, 15-40 cm. in diameter; pileoli very 
numerous, branching from a common trunk, imbricate or con- 
fluent, variable in size and shape, dimidiate to flabelliform, 1.5-6 
cm. broad ; surface smoky-gray, fibrillose, radiate-striate ; margin 
thin, undulate or lobed, strongly indexed when dry ; context white, 
very thin, tough, fragile, having the odor of mice; tubes white, 
2-3 mm. long, mouths circular and regular when young, 3 to a 
mm., often large and angular with age, edges white, thin, entire 
to lacerate ; spores subglobose to ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline ; stipe 
tubercular, white, connate-rimose. 

This large, branched species grows commonly in Europe and 
North America at the base of oak trees or arises from their 
roots, on which it feeds. It also attacks the roots of chestnut 
trees, and in the Italian chestnut orchards it is often allowed to 
destroy its host because it is much esteemed in that region for 
food. It must be eaten when young or it will become too tough. 



Murrill; Illustrations of Fungi 



291 



Daedalea quercina Pers. 

Oak-Loving Bracket-Fungus 

Plate io6. Lower Figure 

Pileus corky, rigid, dimidiate, sessile, imbricate, applanate, 
convex below, triangular in section, 6-12X9-20X2-4 cm.; 
surface isabelline-avellaneous to cinereous or smoky-black with 
age, slightly sulcate, zonate at times, tuberculose to colliculose in 
the older portions ; margin usually thin, pallid, glabrous ; context 
isabelline, soft-corky, homogeneous, 5-7 mm. thick; tubes laby- 
rinthiform, becoming nearly lamellate with age in some specimens, 
1-2 cm. long, 1-2 mm. broad, chalk-white or discolored within, 
edges obtuse, entire, ochraceous to avellaneous. 

This species is common on oak stumps and timbers throughout 
Europe and temperate North America, and is conspicuous by 
reason of its size and peculiar labyrinthiform fruiting surface, 
which becomes almost agaric-like with age. 

Elfvingia megaloma (Lev.) Murrill 
Artists’ Bracket-Fungus 

Plate 107 

Plate 108. Upper Figure 

Pileus hard, woody, dimidiate, applanate, 6-15X8-30X1-4 
cm. ; surface milk-white to gray or umbrinous, glabrous, concen- 
trically sulcate, encrusted, fasciate with obscure lines, conidia- 
bearing, usually brownish during the growing season from the 
covering of conidia ; margin obtuse, broadly sterile, white or slightly 
cremeous, entire to undulate ; context corky, usually rather hard, 
zonate, fulvous to bay, 5-10 mm. thick, thinner with age; tubes 
very evenly stratified, separated by thin layers of context, 5-^0 
mm. long each season, avellaneous to umbrinous within, mouths 
circular, 5 to a mm., whitish-stuffed when young, edges obtuse, 
entire, white or slightly yellowish to umbrinous, quickly changing 
color when bruised ; spores ovoid, smooth or very slightly 
roughened, pale-yellowish-brown, truncate at the base, 7-8 X 5 -^ 1 ^- 

Originally described from specimens collected by Menand in 
New York City. Found in great abundance throughout temperate 
North America on dead or diseased trunks or timber of most 



292 



Mycologia 



deciduous trees, and on conifers in some sections. The tulip-tree 
here figured bore a number of new brackets each season for 
several years, while the older ones increased in size. Within the 
trunk of the tree, the delicate branching threads of the fungus 
permeated the wood in all directions seeking food and causing 
decay. In 1912, the tree was found to be so weakened that it 
had to be cut. 

The brackets of this fungus are often collected by amateur 
artists and used for etching. The accompanying figure is from a 
specimen recently presented to the Garden by ]Mr. George E. 
Pollock. It grew near Lake Placid over one hundred years ago 
and was etched by a friend of the late James Ten Eyck to repre- 
sent a view near the latter’s camp in the Adirondacks. 

Fomes ungulatus (Schaeflf.) Sacc. 

Hoof-Shaped Fomes. Pine-Loving Fomes 

Plate 108. Lower Figure 

Pileus corky to woody, ungulate, 8-15 X 12-40 X 6-10 cm. ; 
surface glabrous, sulcate, reddish-brown to gray or black, often 
resinous ; margin at first acute to tumid, pallid, becoming yellow- 
ish or reddish-chestnut ; context woody, pallid, 0.5-1 cm. thick ; 
tubes distinctly stratified, 3-5 mm. long each season, white to 
isabelline, mouths circular, 3-5 to a mm., edges obtuse, white to 
cream-colored ; spores ovoid, smooth, hyaline, 6 fi. 

A large species widely distributed in temperate regions on 
coniferous trees, such as pine and hemlock, and found more rarely 
on certain deciduous trees growing near its usual hosts. 

New York Botanical Garden. 



Mycologia 



Plate CIII 




View of upper surface 




\'iew of lower surface 



CORiOLUS PROLIFICANS (Fries) Murrill 




Mycologia 



Plate CIV 




Irpiciporus mollis (^Berk. & Curt.) Murrill 




Mycologia 



Plate CV 





PORONIDULUS CONCHIFER (Schw.) MuniH 




ScuTiGER GRISEUS (Peek) Murrill 







4 



Mycclogia 



Plate CVI 




Grifola frondosa (Dicks.) S. F. Gray 




Daedalea quercina Pers. 





Mycologia 



Plate CVII 




Elfvingia megaloma (Lev.) Murrill 



Mycologia 



Plate CVIII 





Pomes ungulatus (Schaeff.) Sacc. 





TYPE STUDIES IN THE HYDNACEAE— VI. 
THE GENERA CREOLOPHUS, ECHINO- 
DONTIUM, GLOIODON, AND 
HYDNODON^ 



Howard J. Banker 

Creolophus P. Karsten, Medd. Soc. Faun, et FI. Fenn. 

5: (28). 1879 

Climacodon P. Karsten, Rev. Myc. 3^: 20. 1881. 

The genus Creolophus Karst, was established on Hydnum cor- 
rugatum Fr. as the type. No type specimen of this species was 
found at Upsala but several specimens in the herbarium collected 
by P. A. Karsten, E. Th. Fries, and Fr. Kjellman in Sweden and 
Finland were referred to this species. All of these agree perfectly 
with Fries’s description and may be regarded as authentic repre- 
sentatives of the species. 

They do not appear to be generically different from H. septen- 
trionale Fr., having much the same form, color, and fleshy or sub- 
fleshy substance. The species has not yet been positively recog- 
nized as an American form. 

Climacodon Karst, was established on Hydnum septentrionale 
Fr. and is, therefore, a metonym of Creolophus. 

We have hitherto included the species of this genus in the genus 
Steccherinum. The peculiar fleshy or subfleshy character of the 
substance of these plants, so strikingly different from the dry and 
tough fibrous character of typical Steccherrinum, has convinced us 
that they should be maintained in a separate genus for which a 
name has already been provided by Prof. Karsten. 

Creolophus septentrionalis (Fries) 

Hydnum septentrionale Fries, Sys. Myc. i : 414. 1821. 

There is no type of this species preserved at Upsala, but forms 
of the plant often found on beech in Indiana conform perfectly 

1 Investigation prosecuted with the aid of a grant from the Esther Herr- 
man Research Fund of the New York Academy of Science. 

293 



294 



Mycologia 



in every respect to the figure given by Fries, Icon. pi. p, lo. A 
fine, large specimen was found at Upsala that had grown on Tilia 
in the Botanical Garden. It differs from what appears to be the 
typical form of the plant in that the whole mass is much more 
elongated vertically, probably from its having emerged from a 
crack, and the pilei are smaller, thinner, and more numerous. 
Specimens reported in this country as growing on maple differ in 
some respects from the typical form on beech. 

Creolophus agaricoides (Swartz) 

Hydnum agaricoides Swartz, Prodr. 149. 1788. 

Hydnum discolor Fries, Sys. Myc. i ; 411. 1821. 

Swartz’s type of H. agaricoides could not be located in Europe 
nor could a specimen oi H. discolor Fr. be found in Fries’s her- 
barium at Upsala; the species did not appear to be known there. 
Strangest of all, nothing was found in Berkeley’s herbarium at 
Kew that in any way answered to his elaborate discussion with 
figures of this species in the Annals and Magazine of Natural 
History 10: 380. pi. lO. f. p. 

In 1909, Murrill and Harris discovered in the remarkable Cock- 
pit country of Jamaica a plant that appears to answer in every 
essential feature the descriptions of Swartz and of Berkeley. As 
this region is the type locality of Swartz’s species and as the speci- 
men, Murrill and Harris lopg, conforms so well to Swartz’s 
species and to no other, there seems to be the best of reasons for 
regarding it as representing the Swartzian species. It is the only 
specimen of the species that I know of and is preserved in the 
herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden. 

Creolophus pulcherrimus (Berk. & Curt.) 

Hydnum pulcherrimum Berkeley and Curtis, Hooker’s Jour. Bot. 

and Kew Garden Misc. i : 235. 1849. 

Hydnum friabile Fries, Nov. Symb. Myc. 106. 1855. 

The type of Hydnum pulcherrimum B. & C. is preserved in the 
Berkeley herbarium at Kew and is marked “Hydnum pulcher- 
rimum B. & C. No. 1648. Santee River.” The specimen is in 



Banker: Type Studies in the Hydnaceae 



295 



good condition and shows clearly that the species is our common 
American form. 

At Upsala a specimen was found marked ” Hydnum pulcherri- 
mum Berk. & Curt. H. f Habile Fr. ad Liquidambar dejecit. 
Carol, austr. M. A. Curtis.” The handwriting was that of 
Curtis. Is this specimen the type of H. friabile Fr.? There was 
no other specimen found at Upsala named H. friabile. This 
specimen was certainly a good example of H. pulcherrimum 
B. & C. As Fries himself expressed doubt as to the species being 
distinct we are justified in regarding them as the same species. 

Echinodontium Ellis and Everhart, Bull. Torrey 
Bot. Club 27 : 49. Feb. 1900 

Hydnofomes Hennings, Engler’s Bot. Jahrb. 28 : 267. Mar. 1900. 
Hydnophysa Clements, Genera of Fung. 108. 1909. 

The genus Echinodontium Ell. & Everh. was established on 
Pomes tinctorius Ell. & Everh. Bull. Torrey Club 22 : 362. 1895. 
This species was originally described from a specimen received 
from Alaska and known as “Swan 20851.” The type specimen 
is now preserved in the herbarium of the New York Botanical 
Garden. It has the teeth broken off even with the pileus and 
hence was described as a Pomes. Later, on obtaining more per- 
fect specimens and discovering the hydnaceous character of the 
plant, Ellis established the genus Echinodontium for the species. 

Hydnofomes Henn. was established on H. tsngicola Henn. & 
Shir., Engler’s Bot. Jahrb. 28 : 268. Mar. 1900. The species and 
genus were described from specimens collected at Nikko in Japan 
by Prof. Shirai and now preserved in the herbarium at Berlin. 
These specimens are smaller than the type of Echinodontium 
tinctorium Ell. & Everh. and appear to have a somewhat pendant 
habit; otherwise they do not appear to differ from our American 
species. It seems possible that the specimens are not typical of 
the species. The difficulties of transportation might readily 
account for the sending of undersized and perhaps poorly devel- 
oped specimens. Until further collections in Japan show con- 
clusively that the species is distinct from the American form, it 
seems necessary to regard the Japanese plant as the same species 



296 



Mycologia 



as the American. The habitat and distribution of the plants give 
confirmation to this view. Hydnofomes Henn. must then be 
regarded as a synonym of Echinodontiiim Ell. & Everh. 

Hydnophysa Clements is an unwarranted and a careless attempt 
to improve upon the name Hydnofomes Henn. It may be claimed 
that the change is in the interests of literary taste in dispensing 
with a hybrid name. If such be the ground for the proposed 
change, it seems rather far-fetched and pedantic ; for while such 
considerations doubtless should have weight and be heeded by an 
author in the coining of a new name, it is by no means a sufficient 
reason for disturbing an established system of nomenclature. 
The proposed change is further unwarranted since the name 
Hydnophysa does not have the same significance as Hydnofomes 
and the change does violence to the purpose of the author of the 
genus. It is evident that Hennings intended to express by his 
name a relationship between Hydnum and Pomes, and, under the 
circumstances, such relationship could not be better expressed by 
the name. Since Hydnophysa suggests no such connection, the 
change defeats Hennings’s purpose. A biologist ought to be the 
last to object to hybridism when it throws any light on the prob- 
lems of the relationship of living things. The mistake that Ellis 
made in referring the Swan specimen to Pomes confirms the 
appropriateness of Hennings’s name. 

The proposal of the name Hydnophysa was also made care- 
lessly and without sufficient investigation of the problem involved ; 
for, although on the same page the name Pchinodontium was 
noted by Clements and especially mentioned as included in 
Hydnum, there was a complete failure to perceive that it was 
generically identical with Hydnofomes. From which it is evident 
that a work claiming not to be critically taxonomic is no place for 
proposing important changes in nomenclature. 

Gloiodon P. a. Karsten, Medd. Soc. Faun, et El. 

Fenn. 5 : 28. 1879 

Sclerodon P. A. Karsten, Finlands Basidsv. 360. 1889. 

Leaia Banker, Mem. Torrey Club 12 : 175. 1906. 

A study of the European types concerned with this genus con- 
firms the conclusions of a former paper on the nomenclature of 



Banker: Type Studies in the Hydnaceae 



297 



the group.^ There need onl)' be added here a brief account of the 
types still available in European herbaria. In Persoon’s her- 
barium at Leyden were found two specimens, one marked 
‘‘Hydmim parasiticum Pers. Syn.” and the other marked “ Hydnum 
strigosum Swartz. parasiticum Pers. Syn.,” both appar- 

ently in Persoon’s hand. The latter was much the better specimen 
and showed clearly the peculiar characters which distinguish this 
genus. In Berkele}'’s herbarium, at Kew, there was found an 
abundant supply of material under the label “Hydnum stratosum 
Berk. Ohio No. 279,” showing that the plant is precisely as we 
have previously treated it. 

A reexamination of Schweinitz’s specimen in his herbarium in 
the Philadelphia Academy of Science shows it to be a distinct 
form from the type of this genus. Schweinitz referred it to 
Hydnum strigosum Swartz, but the hymenium appears to be dis- 
tinctly poroid and I am inclined to think it should be referred to 
Inonotus hirsutus (Scop.) Murr. 

Hydnodon gen. nov. 

Hymenophore pileate, expanded, irregular ; surface plane, 
orange to red; substance fleshy, thin, drying hard and brittle; 
stipe deformed ; teeth short, stout, deformed, tuberculoid, reddish ; 
spores minute, whitish, clouded, echinulate. 

Hydnodon thelephorum (Lev.) 

Hydnum thelephorum Leveille, Ann. Sci. Nat. III. 2 : 204. 1844. 
Thelephora padinaeformis Montagne, Syll. Crypt. 175. 1856. 

Hydnum lateritium Massee, Kew Bull. 1907: 124. 1907. 

In the herbarium at Paris is a specimen marked “Hydnum 
thelephorum Lev. Ann. Sc. Nat. 3 ser. tom. II. p. 204. Cayenne. 
Lev.” It seems probable that this specimen is the type specimen 
of the species. It agrees perfectly with specimens in the New 
York Botanical Garden collected in Jamaica, Murrill 6gi, and in 
the Bahamas, Brace 48^3. The species is very distinct and well 
marked, not at all likely to be confused with anjihing else. In 
fact, so peculiar are its characters that it has seemed necessary to 

2 Banker, Mycologia 2: 7. 1910. 



298 



Mycologia 



treat it as the type of a new genus. The spore characters show a 
relationship to Phellodon, Auriscalpium and Gloiodon, but the 
substance and structure of the pileus show more of an affiliation 
with Hydniini. 

Thelephora padinaeformis Mont, is represented in the her- 
barium of the Paris Museum by a specimen marked “ Thelephora 
padinaeformis Mont. Crypt. Guy. No. 401. Guyane Francaise. 
Legonier No. 914 (1850).” It seems altogether probable that this 
is the type specimen. It is precisely the same form as Leveille’s 
specimen. There are with this several other specimens of the 
same species also collected in Guyane Francaise which are much 
larger and show the characters of the plant remarkably well. It 
it a unique species, sui generis. 

I have not seen the type of H. lateritium Mass., but his descrip- 
tion appears to indicate the above species in every particular. 
Massee’s specimens were from the “ Gold Coast,” Africa, and 
give an interesting extension of the distribution of this species. 

De Pauw University, 

Greencastle, Ind. 



THE GENUS PSEUDOPLECTANIA 



F. J. Seaver 

(With Plates 109 and iio) 

The genus Pseudoplectania was founded by Fuckel and orig- 
inally included the two species, P. nigrella and P. fulgens. The 
latter species was later removed from the genus by Saccardo and 
made the type of a new genus Otidella. Two additional species, 
P. melania and P. stygia, were, however, added to the genus at 
this time. One of these, P. stygia, is probably a synonym of the 
older species, P. nigrella. If we retain P. fidgens in the genus, it 
then contains three valid species all of which are known from 
North America. The following is a synopsis of our present knowl- 
edge of the genus in North America. 



Pseudoplectania Fuckel, Symb. Myc. 324. 1869 

Caloscypha Boud. Bull. Soc. Myc. Fr. i : 103. 1885. 

Otidella Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 99. 1889. 

Melascypha Boud. Hist. Class. Discom. Eu. 56. 1907. 

Plants gregarious or scattered, sessile or stipitate, large, fleshy, 
externally clothed with short, slender, flexuous and often coiled 
or twisted hairs, sometimes giving to the exterior of the cup a 
tomentose appearance ; asci cylindric-clavate, 8-spored ; spores 
perfectly globose, smooth, hyaline ; paraphyses straight or curved. 

Type species, Peziza nigrella Pers. 

Key to the Species 

Plants entirely black or brownish black. 

Plants long-stipitate, sparingly clothed with straight or 

slightly flexuous hairs. P. vogesiaca. 

Plants short-stipitate or sessile and densely clothed with 

coiled hairs. P. nigrella. 

Plants orange or occasionally with a greenish tint about the 

outer margin. P. fulgens. 



299 



300 



Mycologia 



Pseudoplectania vogesiaca (Pers.) 

1 Peziza fuscocana Alb. & Schw. Conspect. Fung. 312. 1805. 
Peziza vogesiaca Pers.; Moug. & Nest. Stirpes Crypt. 584. 1818. 
Peziza melania Pers. Myc. Eu. i ; 239. 1822. 

Peziza melaena Fries, Syst. Myc. 2 : 60. 1822. 

Peziza spongiosa Peck, Bot. Gaz. 5 : 35. 1880. 

Pseudoplectania melaena Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 165. 1889. 

Pulparia spongiosa Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8 : 612. 1889. 

Melascypha melaena Bond. Hist. Class. Discom. Eu. 56. 1907. 

Plants large, attaining a diameter of 2-3 cm., cup-shaped or 
occasionally nearly plane, margin more or less wavy, externally 
black and very sparingly clothed with short, brown, flexuous hairs, 
stipitate, hymenium dark olivaceous-brown ; stem variable in 
length, often 2-3 cm. and about 3 mm. thick, rooting below by a 
dense mass of dark brown, coarse hairs, 5-7 /x in diameter, both 
stem and exterior of the cup often longitudinally wrinkled, giving 
rise to vein-like markings, the whole plant often resembling a gill 
fungus ; asci cylindric with a very long stem-like base, entire ascus 
200-275 X 16-18 /x; spores i-seriate, globose with one large oil- 
drop, at first hyaline, becoming very pale brown, smooth ; paraph- 
yses slender, brown and coiled or hooked at their apices, about 
3-4 (X in diameter. 

On decaying wood among moss, especially Sphagnum, in con- 
iferous woods. 

Type locality: Europe. 

Distribution : Vermont to Minnesota ; also in Europe. 

Illustrations: Bond. Ic. Myc. pi. 34s; Cooke, Mycogr. pi. 4p, 
f. ip 3 ; Rabenh. Krypt. El. : 1030, /. i. 

Cotype material of Peziza spongiosa Peck {Pidparia spongiosa 
Sacc.) has been examined and this agrees in every detail with 
cotype material of Peziza vogesiaca Pers. as shown in the accom- 
panying plates. The only other American specimens of this 
species examined were collected by Macoun in British Columbia, 
June 4, 1889, and referred to Peziza spongiosa Peck. The species 
has been reported from Minnesota by Miss Daisy Hone^ as P. 
melaena Fr. It has also been reported from Wisconsin by Dr. B. 
O. Dodge in a paper now in press. 

1 Minnesota Botanical Studies 4: 70. 1909. 



Seaver: The Genus Pseudo plectani a 



301 



Pezisa fuscocana Alb. & Schw. is claimed to be the same, and, 
if so, the name has priority. No authentic material of this species 
has been seen. 

PsEUDOPLECTANiA NiGRELLA (Pers.) Fuckel, Symb. 
iVIyc. 324. 1869 

Peziza nigrella Pers. Syn. Fung. 648. 1801. 

?Peziza stygia Berk. & Curt. Grevillea 3 : 153. 1875. 

Plectania nigrella Karst. Act. Soc. Fauna FI. Fenn. 2 : 119. 1885. 
1 Pseudo pie ctania stygia Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 166. 1889. 

Otidella nigrella Schr. in Cohn Schles. Kryptfl. 3- : 48. 1893. 
Lachnea nigrella Gill. Discom. 78. (1874?) 

Plants gregarious or occasionally closely crowded, sessile or sub- 
stipitate, at first closed and subglobose, becoming expanded and 
cup-shaped or nearl)'^ plane, hymenium brownish-black, margin 
often wavy and slightly incurved, externally clothed with very 
fine hairs, 5 mm. to 1.5 cm. in diameter; hairs very long but usu- 
ally closely coiled and twisted giving to the exterior of the cup a 
slightly tomentose appearance, of nearly uniform thickness 
throughout their entire length, sparingly septate and pale brown, 
4-6 ju, in diameter; asci cylindric or subcylindric with a long stem- 
like base, entire ascus often as long as 300-325 /a and about 15/x 
in diameter at the thickest point; spores with a large oil-drop or 
often with several smaller ones, 12-14 iri diameter; paraphyses 
enlarged at their apices and filled with brown coloring matter, 
about 4 /X thick. 

On the ground in coniferous woods, among moss, especially 
Sphagnum. 

Type locality: Europe. 

Distribution : New Jersey to Wisconsin, Alabama and Ja- 
maica ; also in Europe. 

Illustrations : Boud. Ic. Myc. pi. 344; Cooke, Mycogr. pi. 31, 
f. 120; Gill. Discom. pi. 65. 

Peziza stygia Berk. & Curt, differs only in its smaller size and 
longer stem. A fragment of the Carolina specimen has been ex- 
amined and it seems doubtful if the species is distinct. Later col- 
lections may, however, prove it to be so. 



302 



IMycologia 



PsEUDOPLECTANiA FULGENS (Pers.) Fuckcl, Symb. 

Myc. 324. 1869 

Peziaa fttlgens Pers. Myc. Eu. i : 241. 1822. 

Peziza cyanoderma deBary in Rabenh. Fungi Eur. 516. 1863. 
Aleuria fidgens Gill. Champ. 41. 1879. 

OtidcUa fulgens Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8 : 99. 1889. 

Barlaea fulgens Rehm in Rabenh. Kfypt. FI. i® : 930. 1896. 
Calossypha fulgens Bond. Ic. Myc. 1908. 

Plants cup-shaped, regular or irregular, often unequal sided, 
substipitate below and attached to the substratum by a dense mass 
of coarse mycelium which penetrates into the substratum and 
binds it together ; cup 1-2 cm. broad and of about the same depth, 
hymenium orange, externally paler and usually with a greenish 
tinge especially about the margin, clothed with poorly developed 
golden-yellow hairs or hair-like structures ; asci cylindric, gradu- 
ally tapering below; spores i-seriate, hyaline, smooth, 6-8 in 
diameter ; paraphyses rather stout, filled with golden-yellow oil- 
drops. 

On soil in coniferous woods. 

Type locality: Europe. 

Distribution : New York to Wisconsin. 

Illustrations: Boud. Ic. Myc. pi. 319; Cooke, Mycogr. pi. 55, 
/. 20p; E. & P. Nat. Pfl. : 179, /. 146, C, D.; Gill. Champ, pi. 38. 

New York Botanical Garden. 



Explanation of Plates CIX and CX 

Plate 109 (upper figure). Cotype material of Pezisa spongiosa Peck, which 
is identical with Pseudoplectania vogesiaca (Pers.) Seaver. Photographed in 
dried condition. Natural size. 

Plate 109 (lower figure). Pseudoplectania nigrella (Pers.) Fuckel. Pho- 
tographed from fresh specimens collected in a Sphagnum bog in New Jersey by 
Dr. B. O. Dodge. Natural size. 

Plate no. Cotype material of Peziza vogesiaca Pers., which was later 
described as the type variety of Peziza melania Pers. Photographed from 
herbarium specimen. Natural size. 



Mycologia 



Plate CIX 




PsEUDOPLECTANiA VOGESIACA (Pers.) Scavcr 




PSEUDOPLECTANIA NIGRELLA (PerS.) Fuckel 





Mycologia Plate CX 









n 

o 

:c 

o 



f3 



i) 

C- 







S 



o> 

•5 



X 

o 



3 



3 

X 



3 

O. 

3 

U 

c:. 




.5; 



N 




< 



3 

Cl, 





z 

Ui 

o 

d 

<f 

o 



< 

o 

z 

< 

h- 

o 

CO 

X 

o 

>- 

UJ 

z 



u 
< 
z 
< 
z 

UI 
I 
QC 

6 
(0 
UJ 

o 
o 
> ^ 

N h 



U 00 UJ 




oc 

O Q 



CO 

u 

0. 

GC 

»- 

w 



cc 

UJ 

_l 

H 

(0 

w 

z 

d 




o 

o 



n 

s 






Peziza vogesiaca Pers. (cotype) 




INTERNAL AECIA 



Frederick A. Wolf 
(With Plate hi) 

Among the heteroecious rusts whose hosts grow in swampy 
situations is a form whose telial stage appears on species of 
Scirpus and whose aecial stage is developed upon one of the mints, 
Lycopiis virginicus L. This rust, Piiccinia angustata Peck,^ is 
very abundant, during the month of May, in the vicinity of 
Auburn, Ala. The aecial sori may appear upon the stems, petioles 
and leaves, resulting in the hypertrophy of affected tissues. The 
enlargements upon the stems and petioles seem always to be more 
prominent than those upon the leaves. It was found upon sec- 
tioning the sori, which occurred upon both stems and petioles, that 
many of them not only possessed aecia which, upon dehiscence, 
liberate their spores to the exterior of the host, but also those 
which were entirely internal. In case the affected portions of the 
host are quite mature the pith cells will have disintegrated, causing 
the stem to be hollow, and the aecia then open into this cavity. If 
petioles or younger portions of the stem are affected, certain of 
the pith cells are broken down and the cluster cups open into the 
surrounding parenchyma tissue. As far as can be observed these 
internal cluster cups are similar in origin, structure, size and form 
to those which are erumpent at maturity. Masses of fungous 
tissue are present in certain places in which the aecia occur and 
the mycelium more or less densely ramifies throughout adjacent 
host tissues. These internal aecia may be so numerous that three 
or four will be present in a section ten micromillimeters in 
thickness. 

The formation of aecia is usually subepidermal and when they 
are ready for anthesis they break through the epidermis. In the 

1 For this determination thanks are due Dr. J. C. Arthur, of Purdue 
University. 



303 



304 



Mycologia 



genus Uredinopsis, however, the aecia are indehiscent. It seems 
quite probable, moreover, that in genera which typically open to 
the exterior the occurrence of internal aecia is not at all uncommon 
and that this phenomenon has been previously observed by those 
who have studied rusts. Their occurrence in Lycopus virginicus, 
however, has not previously been recorded. Neither are there 
published accounts of their presence in other hosts so far as can 
be learned from the available literature relative to rusts. Uromyces 
Caladii (Schw.) Farl. is known^ to form internal cluster cups in 
Peltandra virginica (L.) Kunth., and Reddick has observed them 
too in the fruits of the barberry. Not only it is probable that aecia 
quite commonly open within affected host tissues but also other 
stages of rusts as well. Puccinia graminis Pers. on rye bears 
uredinia, some of which liberate the uredospores into the interior 
of the hollow sterns.^ 

A satisfactory explanation of the causes for the production of 
internal aecia cannot be given at this time further than to state 
that they must be the same as those which bring about the pro- 
duction of external aecia. In case the cluster cups of P. angustata 
originate near the center of the stem they must of necessity open 
within the stem. Those more deeply seated might push inward 
and open toward the center of the stem because there was less 
mechanical resistance than toward the outside. Rusts, whose 
spore forms are typically internal, depend upon the weathering 
away of overlying tissues for the liberation of the spores. The 
internal aecia of P. angustata are to be regarded, however, as the 
abnormal rather than as the typical condition and the surrounding 
host tissue cannot then serve this protective function. 

Alabama Polytechnic Institute, 

Auburn, Ala. 

2 This observation was made by Prof. G. F. Atkinson, Cornell University, 
Dr. C. W. Edgerton, La. Exp. Station, and Dr. Donald Reddick, Cornell Uni- 
versity, from material collected at Ithaca, N. Y. Thanks are due the above 
gentlemen for this information so kindly given in letters. 

3 A preparation showing internal uredinia was loaned through the courtesy 
of Dr. Donald Reddick, Cornell University. 



Mycologia 



Plate CXI 




Aecia of Puccinia angustata within the stem of Lycopus virginicus 






THE LACTARIEAE OF THE PACIFIC COAST 



Gertrude S. Burlingham 

At the request of Dr. W. A. Murrill, I have undertaken to list 
the species of Lactaria and Russula found on the Pacific Coast, 
as they are represented by specimens in the herbarium of the New 
York Botanical Garden. 

Context lactiferous. i. Lactaria. 

Context not lactiferous. 2. Russuia. 

I. L.A.CTARIA Pers. Tent. Disp. Meth. Fung. 63-65. 1797 

1. Lactaria deliciosa (L.) Fries, Epicr. 341. 1838 
Agaricus deliciosus L. Sp. PL 1172. 1753. 

Seattle, Washington, Murrill Newport, Oregon, Murrill 

1130; Mill City, Oregon, Murrill 848; Corvallis, Oregon, Murrill 
1010; La Honda, California, Murrill. 

The specimens from Seattle were collected during the last of 
October in a peat bog, in holes with skunk cabbage. In Oregon, 
they were found during the month of November, in fir and pine 
barrens near the coast and also in the foothills of the Cascade 
Mountains at an elevation of from 800 to 1,200 ft. 

2. Lactaria Chelidonium Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. 

State Mus. 24: 74. 1872 

Corvallis, Oregon, Murrill g86, in fir forest with scattered 
specimens of oak, birch, willow and maple, November 6-1 1. 

3. Lactaria scrobiculata (Scop.) Fries, Epicr. 334. 1838 
Agaricus scrobiculatus Scop. El. Cam. 2 : 450. 1772. 

Fair Oaks, California, Harper 48, in February. 

4. Lactaria torminosa (Schaeff.) Pers. Tent. Disp. 

Meth. Fung. 64. 1797 

Agaricus torminosus Schaeff. Fung. Bav. Icon. 4 : 7 (Index). 1774. 
Lactarius villosus Clements, Bot. Surv. Neb. 4: 20. 1896. 

305 



30(5 



Mycologia 



La Honda, California, Murrill S' Abrams 1281. These speci- 
mens were collected in November on the western slope of the 
Santa Cruz Mountains, in a dense redwood forest below 1,000 
feet elevation. 

5. Lactaria insulsa (Fries) Epicr. 336. 1838 
Agaricus insulstis Fries, Myc. 1 : 68. 1821. 

Santa Cruz Peninsula, California, near Searsville Lake, 
McMurphy 26; Mission Canon, California, Oleson 84. 

6. Lactaria zonaria (Lamarck) Fries, Epicr. 336. 1838 
Agaricus sonarius Lamarck, FI. Fr. I (108). 1778. 

Fair Oaks, California, Harper 46, in February. 

7. Lactaria trivialis (Fries) Fries, Epicr. 337. 1838 

Agaricus trivialis Fries, Obs. Myc. i: 61. 1815. 

Lactarius defle.rus Lindblad, Monogr. Lact. Suec. 8. 1855. 

Mill City, Oregon, Murrill 828; Searsville Lake, Santa Cruz 
Peninsula, California, McMurphy 2pi. The specimens from Mill 
City may be faded specimens of Lactaria circellata. 

8. Lactaria circellata (Fries) Fries, Epicr. 338. 1838 
Agaricus circellatus Fries, Hym. Eur. 426. 1821. 

Mill City, Oregon, Murrill 'jg8; Glen Brook, Oregon, Murrill 
7J(5. These specimens were collected in coniferous woods con- 
taining some hardwoods, at an elevation of from 400 to 1,200 ft. 

9. Lactaria mucida Burl. Mem. Torrey Club 14: 56. 1908 
Seattle, Washington, Murrill 5jp; Mill City, Oregon, Murrill 86'/. 

10. Lactaria theiogala (Bull.) Fries, Epicr. 342. 1838 

Agaricus theiogalus, Bull. Herb. Fr. pi. ^6/, f. 2, 1793; Hist, i: 
495. 1809. 

Lactarius brevipes Longyear, Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. 3: 59. 1901. 
Lactarius brevix Peck, Bull. N. Y. State Mus. 94: 33. 1905. 



Burlingham : Lactarieae of Pacific Coast 



307 



Lactarius xanthogalactus Peck, Bull. Torrey Club 34: 346. 1907. 
Salem, Oregon, M. E. Peck; California, Patterson. 

II. Lact ARIA CAM PHORATA (Bull.) Fries, Epicr. 346. 1838 

Agaricus camphor atus, Bull. Herb. Fries, pi. g6/, f. i; Hist. 
Champ. 493. 1809. 

Santa Cruz Peninsula, California, Miss Patterson (5j; Pasa- 
dena, California, McClatchie. 

12. Lactaria subdulcis (Pers.) Fries, Epicr. 345. 1838 
Agaricus lactifluus dulcis^ Bull. Herb. Fr. pi. 224, A, B. 1784. 
Agaricus subdulcis Pers. Syn. Meth. Fung. 433, 434. 1801. 
Lactarius subserifluus Longyear, Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. 1901 : 57. 
1902. 

Corvallis, Oregon, Murrill 1016; Marin Co., California, East- 
wood; in November and December. 

13. Lactaria mitissima Fries, Epicr. 345. 1838 
Agaricus mitissimus Fries, Syst. Myc. 1 : 69. 1821. 

Seattle, Washington, Murrill 4^0; Mill City, Oregon, Mur- 
rill 8og. 

14. Lactaria grisea Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State 
Mus. 23 : 1 19. 1873 
Seattle, Washington, Murrill 607. 

15. Lactaria piperata (L.) Pers. Tent. Disp. Meth. 

Fung. 64. 1797 

Agaricus piperatus L. Sp. PI. 1173. I753- 

Agaricus Listeri Withering, Nat. Arr. Brit. PI. 4: 156. 1801 

(Ed. 4). 

Mission Canon, Santa Barbara, California, Oleson 12^. 

16. Lactaria VELLEREA (Fries) Fries, Epicr. 340. 1838 
Agaricus vellereus Fries, Syst. Myc. 1 : 76. 1821. 

Mission Canon, Santa Barbara, California, Oleson 12^. 

The collection numbered 12^ contains both specimens of Lac- 
taria piperata and Lactaria vellerea. 



308 



Mycologia 



2. Russula (Pers.) Fries, Epicr. Myc. 349. 1838 
I. Russula delica Fries, Epicr. Myc. 350. 1838 
Hypophyllum album, Paulet & Lev. Ic. Champ. 33. 1855. 
Russula deliciosa Schrot. in Cohn, Krypt. FI. Schles. 549. 1889. 
Russula hrevipes Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 54; 178. 

1901. 

Seattle, Washington, Murrill 372, j Corvallis, Oregon, Mur- 
rill PP4; Preston’s Ravine, near Palo Alto, California, Murrill & 
Abrams 1204; La Honda, California, Murrill & Abrams I2’j(); 
Santa Barbara, California, Oleson iii. 

There has been more or less uncertainty regarding the identity 
of Russula delica Fries, arising from the fact that in his earlier 
descriptions he refers to the pileus as “ nitidus,” shining; but in 
a later work^ he does not mention this characteristic. The gills 
do not always impress one as distant, but it is noticeable that in 
the dried specimens the gills are really set far apart. Fries also 
did not mention the occurrence of a greenish tinge on the gills, 
but Kauffman^ notes that the specimens which he has seen grow- 
ing around Stockholm, and which Romell refers to Russula 
delica, often have this characteristic. The greenish tint on the 
edges of the gills in the American plants is not generally noticeable 
until the mushroom is fully mature, and gills which show no sign 
of the color when gathered often become greenish-gray during 
the process of drying; the color, however, vanishes before the 
plant is dry. Fries says that Russula delica is similar to Lactaria 
vellerea and often confused with it, which would seem to indicate 
that Russula delica sometimes might give the impression of being 
tomentose. Our specimens do occasionally appear obscurely 
fibrillose in places as though the surface fibers had pulled apart 
from each other. Lactarius exsuccus Smith probably should be 
referred to Russula delica. 

The Seattle number, 572, is noted as having greenish gills. 

2. Russula nigricans (Bull.) Fries, Syst. Myc. 1 : 60. 1821 
Agaricus nigricans. Bull. Herb. Fr. pi. 212. 1784. 

Russula nigrescens Krombh. pt. 9. 27. 1831. 

1 Monogr. Hymen. Suec. 2: 185. 1863. 

2 Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. ii: 65. 1909. 



Burlingham : Lactarieae of Pacific Coast 



309 



Corvallis, Oregon, Murrill 1012; Newport, Oregon, Murrill 
iop8. These specimens were collected in mixed forests of fir, 
oak, willow and maple, in November, 1911. Number 1012 
reached 15 cm. in diameter. 

3. Russula drimeja Cooke, Grevillea 10 ; 46. 1881 

Seattle, Washington, Murrill 654, collected late in October. 

t 

4. Russula granulata Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State 
Mus. 53: 843. 1900 

Presidio, California, Harper 68, March 12, 1911. 

5. Russula emetica Fries, Epicr. Myc. 357. 1838 

Newport, Oregon, Murrill 106^; California, Harper. 

6. Russula veternosa Fries, Epicr. Myc. 354. 1838 

Mission Canon, Santa Barbara, California, Oleson 8y, under 
oaks, April 15, 1913. 

7. Russula Turci Bres. Fungi Trid. 22. 1881 

Seattle, Washington, Murrill 640; Corvallis, Oregon, Murrill 
looj. These were found in fir forests mixed with maple and 
birch. In 640, the pileus reached the diameter of 9 cm. 

8. Russula chameleontina Fries, Epicr. Myc. 363. 1838 

Seattle, Washington, Murrill 686; La Honda, California, Mur- 
rill & Abrams I2fi. 

The La Honda specimens* were found growing in a dense red- 
wood forest, November 25, 1911, below an elevation of 1,000 ft. 

9. Russula abietina Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State 
Mus. 54:160. 1901 

Seattle, Washington, Murrill 275, in deep coniferous woods. 

10. Russula obscura Rom. Ofvers. k. Vetensk.-Akad. 
Forhandl. 179. 1891 

Seattle, Washington, Murrill 602, under fir, hemlock, maple, 
late in October. 



310 



Mycologia 



II. Russula alutacea Fries, Epicr. Myc. 362. 1838 
Agaricus alutaceus Fries, Syst. Myc. I: 55. 1821. 

Tacoma, Washington, Murrill ysi. 

These specimens which I am referring to Russula alutacea 
differ from the description in two respects ; the pruinose gills and 
the unfading pileus. Upon comparison with better foreign mate- 
rial than I have yet been able to obtain, it may be possible to clear 
away any doubt. They were abundant along the border of a lake 
in deciduous and evergreen forests. The pileus is broad, de- 
pressed, slimy, with separable pellicle, very dark purple-black, up 
to 15 or more cm. broad, with an even margin; the gills are cream- 
colored, avellaneous when dry and dusted with spores, sinuate; 
stipe equal, rose-colored, 10 cm. long, 2.5-3 cm. thick; spores 
yellow, broadly ellipsoid, echinate ; taste mild, odor none. 

12. Russula flaviceps Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. 

State Mus. 53 : 843. 1900 

Near Searsville Lake, California, McMurphy 20, December 
28, 1902. 

14. Russula crenulata sp. nov. 

Pileus broadly convex, then plane to depressed, up to 9 cm. 
broad ; surface milk-white or slightly yellow, viscid when moist, 
pellicle easily separable, glabrous; margin thin, slightly tubercu- 
late-striate with age; context fragile, white, taste very acrid; 
lamellae white, equal, adnate, plane, edges appearing under the 
lens finely notched or crenate, not forking, rounded at the outer 
end, narrowed at the inner, pruinose, close; stipe white, spongy, 
nearly equal or enlarged below, glabrous, 10 cm. long, 2 cm. thick ; 
spores white, mostly globose, echinulate, 10 1*. in diameter. 

Type collected at Glen Brook, Oregon, in a dense fir forest 
with a few oaks, November, 1911, W. A. Murrill ^62. This 
species differs from Russula albidula Peck in its larger size; 
crenulate gills, which are broader and adnate rather than decur- 
rent ; in the absence of forking gills ; and in the slightly tubercu- 
late-striate margin. 

15. Russula Murrillii sp. nov. 

Pileus convex, becoming plane then depressed, up to 5 cm. 
broad ; surface violaceous or darker in the center or entirely 



Burlingham : Lactarieae of Pacific Coast 



311 



darker, pruinose, becoming floccose-pruinose, evidently viscid 
when wet but soon dry; margin even; context white, thin, taste 
not noted; lamellae ochroleucous when fresh, becoming deeper 
yellow, equal, venose connected, rarely forking next to the stipe, 
rounded at the outer end, narrowly adnate at the inner end, sub- 
distant, rather broad; stipe chalk-white, unchanging in drying, 
nearly equal, firm, stuffed, then tending to become hollow, gla- 
brous ; spores pale-yellow, echinulate, some globose, but many 
ellipsoid, lo X 

Type collected in fir forests with scattered specimens of oak, 
birch, willow, and maple, November 6, 1911, Corvallis, Oregon, 
JV. A. Murrill p6^. This species resembles Russula asurea Bres., 
but differs in the color of the pileus and the lamellae, which in 
R. azurea are white and remain white. It is a beautiful plant, 
characterized by its violet cap and pure-white stem. It is to be 
hoped that other collections of this species will soon be made and 
the taste recorded. 



15. Russula bicolor sp. nov. 

Pileus broadly convex, soon nearly plane, up to 8 cm. broad ; 
surface coppery-red intermixed with pale-yellow or ocher, viscid 
when moist, pellicle separable on the margin, glabrous ; margin 
even, becoming striate when mature; context white, subfragile, 
acrid to the taste; lamellae white, drying yellowish, equal, broad 
at the outer end, narrowed at the inner end but not free, inter- 
veined, subclose; stipe white, spongy, becoming hollow, 4.5 cm. 
long, 1.5 cm. thick or smaller ; spores white, subglobose, echinulate. 

Type collected under yellow birch in mixed woods. New fane, 
Vermont, Burlingham Number 8oy, Murrill, Oregon, 

seems to be the same. 

16. Russula pectinata (Bull.) Fries, Epicr. 

Myc. 358. 1838 

Seattle, Washington, Murrill 40/. 

New York Botanical Garden. 



NEWS AND NOTES 



The autumn meeting of the New York State Forestry Associa- 
tion was held at the Garden on October 17. 



Dr. Ralph Jones has resigned from the Bureau of Plant In- 
dustry at Washington to become professor of botany at Emory 
College, Oxford, Georgia. 



Professor W. C. Sturgis, formerly of the Connecticut Agri- 
cultural Experiment Station and now connected with Colorado 
College, visited the Garden October 15. 



Mr. S. R. Winston, formerly assistant in plant pathology at the 
North Carolina Agricultural Experiment Station, has been ap- 
pointed plant pathologist at the Hood River Branch Experiment 
Station in Oregon. 



Mr. H. L. Rees has moved to the Western Washington Experi- 
ment Station, and Mr. G. H. Godfrey now fills the position vacated 
by Mr. Rees at the Oregon Agricultural Experiment Station. 



Professor Adolf Engler, director of the Berlin Botanic Garden 
and senior author of the well-known systematic work on natural 
plant families, spent October 17 at the Garden, and met most of 
the local botanists socially in the evening at a dinner given in 
his honor. 



Dr. E. D. Clark, known to the readers of Mycologia for his 
chemical investigations of the poisonous properties of certain 
fungi, has resigned his position in the Cornell Medical College 
to accept one in the Bureau of Chemistry at Washington. 

312 



Mycologia 




Sterile Form of Pholiota candicans (Bull.) Schroet. 





News and Notes 



313 



Mr. L. O. Overholts, who holds a Lackland research fellowship 
at the Missouri Botanical Garden, spent six weeks during the past 
summer at Tolland, Colorado, collecting flowering plants and 
fungi. He expects to publish some account of his fungous col- 
lections in a few months. 



A paper on the species of Synchytrium in the vicinity of Stan- 
ford University, by James McMurphy, appeared in the Dudley 
Memorial Volume of the Leland Stanford Junior University 
Publications for March, 1913. The following species are re- 
ported : S', papillatum Farlow, S. innominatum Farlow, S. 
andinum Lagh., and S. Amsinckiae; the last, occurring on 
Amsinckia intermedia, being described as new. Urophlyctis 
pluriannulatus Farlow is also reported. 



A comparative study of the development of the fruit body in 
Phallogaster, Hysterangiiim, and Gautieria has been made by Mr. 
H. M. Fitzpatrick at Cornell University, and the results published 
in a recent number of Annales Mycologici with copious illustra- 
tions. The author discusses rather fully some of the latest opin- 
ions regarding the relationship and origin of the different large 
groups of gastromycetes and suggests that a careful develop- 
mental study be made also of Dendrogaster, Protoglossnm, Gym- 
noglossum, and Clathrogaster, with a view to solving problems 
connected with the evolution of the gastromycetes. He outlines 
the following series as illustrating the origin of the Clathraceae : 
Gautieria — Chamonixia — Hysterangium — Protubera — Phallo- 
gaster — Clathraceae (Clathrella Clathrus). 



Miss Adeline Ames has recently published in the Annales 
Mycologici an excellent paper on structure as related to genera in 
the Polyporaceae, illustrated with 4 plates, containing 76 figures. 
The genera recognized are Polyporus, Bjerkandera, Ischnoderma, 
Cryptoporus, Piptoporus, Favolus, Porodisculus, Phaeolus, 
Corioliis, Trametes, Daedalea, Polystictiis, Phellinus, Pomes, and 
Ganoderma. Four of these are monotypic, and four others con- 



314 



Mycologia 



tain very few species ; so that most of the polypores are dis- 
tributed among seven genera, according to this classification. The 
genus Polyporus is divided into four sections on the presence or 
absence of a stipe and the simple or duplex character of the trama. 
This will appeal to those who are accustomed to the old cumber- 
some arrangement adopted by Saccardo and who look upon a 
generic name as something sacred. Others, perhaps, who con- 
sider a genus simply as a group 'of species more closely related 
to each other than to any other group, will prefer a simpler and 
more modern system. 



Sterility in Pholiota candicans (Bull.) Schroet. 

A very interesting sterile form of this species, ordinarily known 
as Pholiota praecox, appeared in 1910, 1911, and 1912 under a 
large white oak on the grounds of the New York Botanical 
Garden. The lamellae were exceedingly thin and remained white, 
as shown in the accompanying illustration. The sterility was 
absolute and without apparent cause. A few fertile sporophores 
were found scattered among the sterile ones as though arising 
from the same mycelium. It occurred to the writer that this 
subject might be a good one for investigation by some graduate 
student. In this particular case, also, there might be a chance to 
cultivate an early “ seedless ” variety of mushroom for the market 
which would not be discolored by spores nor expend its energies 
on producing spores instead of edible substance. 

Other cases of sterility in gill-fungi have been noted rarely by 
mycologists. Dr. Peck mentions a case of sterility in Psilocybe 
uda; and Dr. B. O. Dodge tells me that he once collected two 
baskets full of a sterile species of Clitopilus. The abortions of 
Clitopilus abortivus and Armillaria mellea before the gills are 
formed are generally well-known, but the reason for them may 
not be so clear. Another class of abortions not accompanied by 
sterility is represented by Abortiporus distortus and various 
species of Ptychogaster. 



W. A. Murrill. 



News and Notes 



315 



The Genus Synch ytrium^ 

This monograph represents several years of careful and pains- 
taking work on the genus, which was founded by De Bary and 
Woronin in 1863 for two species, N. Taraxaci and S. Succsiae. 
The morphology, cytology, biology, and relation of the fungus to 
its host are treated in detail both by a review of the extensive 
literature and from original studies. The taxonomic portion of 
the paper shows marked conservatism, both by the retention of 
species such as S. pluriannulatum, which recently have been trans- 
ferred to other genera, and by following the older systems of 
classification. The genus is divided into two subgenera, Eusynchy- 
trium, to which 9 species are assigned, and Haplochytrinm (the 
genus Pycnochytrium Schroter) with 17 species. Of the remain- 
ing species, 25 are not distributed and 12 are classed as doubtful. 
No further comment is necessary concerning the need of addi- 
tional life history studies on species of the genus. Of the 63 
species included, 3 are new. While N. aureum possesses an array 
of 130 hosts and numerous named forms, no member of the genus 
can be called cosmopolitan, at least from the data given. The 
geographical distribution is as follows : North America 21 species. 
South America 7, Europe 35, Asia 5, Africa 3, Australia 2, and 
New Zealand i. Of the North American species, 12 are endemic, 
8 are also found in Europe, 2 in Africa, and i in Australia. The 
excellent plates, the indexes, and the careful treatment of the 
subject matter will make this work of great value to all students 
of the lower fungi. 

Guy West Wilson. 

A Bad Year For Fleshy Fungi 

The past season has been peculiarly unfavorable for the growth 
of fleshy fungi in the region about New York. The heavy rains 
late in September and October brought out certain species in great 
numbers, but they came too late for most of the summer and early 
autumn forms. 

The shaggy-mane, Coprinus comatus, occurred again this year 

1 Die Synchytrien. Studien zu einer Monographie der Gattung. Von Dr. 
Gertrud Tobler geb. Wolff. Archiv fu Protistenkunde 28: 141-238, pi. 10—13, 
1913. Also issued as a repaged separate, 8°. pp. 98, pi. 4. 1913. 



316 



Mycologia 



as it did last year in the greatest abundance on a new street east 
of the New York Botanical Garden which was heavily surfaced 
with topsoil and allowed to grow up in weeds. Under similar 
conditions, Mr. George E. Pollock found great quantities of this 
species at Holmesdale, Massachusetts, growing in tufts almost as 
close as those of Coprinus atramentarins. 

The giant puffball, Calvatia maxima, also appears to have been 
unusually abundant this year. One specimen was found on the 
grounds of the Garden, and a very attractive group developed in 
Mr. Boeder’s yard in Williamsbridge, just north of the Garden 
reservation. Photographs of this group made by Mrs. Boeder 
have been added to the mycological collection. Another recent 
addition is a photograph of a giant puffball from Sendai, Japan, 
taken by Professor A. Yasuda. 

The common field puffball, Calvatia cyathiformis, about the 
size of one’s fist and very safe for the amateur mycophagist, was 
abundant early in October. 

Plcurotus ulmarius has been more abundant than usual, grow- 
ing from knotholes and wounds in elm trees. The white elm has 
suffered greatly in this vicinity from the attacks of the leaf-beetle, 
borer, and other causes. In its weakened condition, it cannot 
easily withstand the invasion of fungi. 

The fly agaric. Amanita muscaria, appeared in greater abun- 
dance than ever before, under the white pines on the grounds of 
the Garden. Yellow forms prevailed, while many specimens were 
almost white, and very few showed a decided orange tint. Many 
years ago, the Italian immigrants are said to have eaten this 
species by mistake for Amanita Caesarea, but there is no evidence 
that they do this now. The large number of deaths from mush- 
room eating in New York in recent years has undoubtedly been 
due to mistaking the white form of Amanita phalloides for the 
ordinary field mushroom or some other edible fungus. Armillaria 
mellea, when growing singly in soil, might at times be confused 
with a pale form of Amanita muscaria by ignorant collectors, 
who would hardly notice the cottony ring of the former and the 
patches instead of scales on the surface of the latter. 

W. A. Murrill. 



INDEX TO AMERICAN MYCOLOGICAL 
LITERATURE 



Ames, A. A consideration of structure in relation to genera of 
the Polyporaceae. Ann. Myc. ii : 21 1-253. P^- Je 1913- 

Arthur, J. C., & Kern, F. D. The rediscovery of Peridermium 
pyriforme Peck. Science II. 38: 311, 312. 29 Au 1913. 

Bachmann, F. M. The origin and development of the apothecium 
in Collema pidposum (Bernh.) Ach. Archiv Zellforschung 
10: 369-430. pl. jo-jd. 8 J1 1913. 

Bartholomew, E. T. Black heart of potatoes. Phytopathology 
3: 180-182. pl. ip. 14 Au 1913. 

Blodgett, F. M. Hop mildew. Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 
328: 281-310. /. pj-j/i. Mr 1913. 

A disease caused by Sphaerotheca hutnuli. 

Brown, P. E. Media for the quantitative determination of bac- 
teria in soils. Centralb. Bakt. Zweite Abt. 38 : 497-506. 
9 Au 1913. 

Burger, 0. F. A bacterial rot of cucumbers. Phytopathology 3 : 
169, 170. 14 Au 1913. 

Cook, M. T., & Schwarze, C. A. A Botrytis disease of Dahlias. 
Phytopathology 3 : 171-174. pl. i/. 14 Au 1913. 

Cook, M. T., & Taubenhaus, J. J. The relation of parasitic fungi 
to the contents of the cells of the host plants. (II. The toxicity 
of vegetable acids and the oxidizing enzyme.) Delaware Col- 
lege Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 97 : 3-53. /. 1-43. 1 J1 1912. 

Fairchild, D. The discovery of the chestnut bark disease in 
China. Science II. 38; 297-299. 29 Au 1913. 

Fawcett, H, S. Two fungi as casual agents in gummosis of lemon 
trees in California. Phytopathology 3: 194, 195. 14 Au 1913. 
Also published in Monthly Bull. State Comm. Hort. Calif. 2 : 
601-617. /. 340-351- Au 1913. 

Botrytis -vulgaris and Pythiacystis citrophthora. 

317 



318 



Mycologia 



Floyd, B. F., & Stevens, H. E. Melanose and stem-end rot. Univ. 
Florida Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull, iii : 3-16. /. J-p. D 1912. 

Fromme, F. D. The culture of cereal rusts in the greenhouse. 
Bull. Torrey Club 40: 501-521. 10 S 1913. 

Giissow, H. T. The barberry and its relation to black rust of 
grain. Phytopathology 3: 178, 179. 14 Au 1913. 

Harter, L. L., & Field, E. C. A dry rot of sweet potatoes caused 
by Diaporthe batatatis. U. S. Dept. Agr. Plant Ind. Bull. 281 ; 
7-38. pi. 1-4 + f. 1-4. I My 1913. 

Heald, F. D,, & Studhalter, R. A. Preliminar)'^ note on birds^ as 
carriers of the chestnut blight fungus. Science II. 38 : 278-280. 
22 Au 1913. 

Johnston, J. R. The nature of fungous diseases of plants. Porto 
Rico Sugar Producers’ Assoc. Circ. 2 : 3-25. /. J-p. My 1913. 

Kellerman, K. F. The use of congo red in culture media. U. S. 
Dept. Agr. Plant Ind. Circ. 130: 15-17. 21 Je 1913. 

Meinecke, E. P. Notes on Cronartium coleosporioides Arthur 
and Cronartium filamentosum. Phytopathology 3 : 167, 168. 
14 Au 1913. 

Melhus, I. E. The powdery scab of potato {Spongospora Solani) 
in Maine. Science II. 38: 133. 25 J1 1913. 

Merrill, G. K. New and interesting lichens from the state of 
Washington. Bryologist 16: 56-59. J1 1913. 

Includes Biatora myriocarpella sp. nov. 

Orton, W. A. The development of disease-resistant varieties of 
plants — IV®. Conference Internat. Genet, Paris 1911 : 247-265. 
/. J-p. 1913. 

Orton, W. A. International phytopathology and quarantine legis- 
lation. Phytopathology 3 : 143-15 1. 14 Au 1913. 

Selby, A. D. Disease susceptibility of apple varieties in Ohio. 
Ohio Agr. Exp. Sta. Circ. 113 : 53-56. 15 Ap 1913. 

Shear, C. L. The type of Sphaeria radicalis Schw. Phytopathol- 
ogy 3:191.192. 14 Au 1913. 



Index to American Mycological Literature 319 



Shear, C. L., & Stevens, N. E. The chestnut-blight parasite 
(Endothia parasitica) from China. Science II. 38: 295-297. 
29 Au 1913. 

Stewart, V. B. The fire blight disease in nursery stock. Cornell 
Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull 329: 317-371. /. 112-126. Ap 1913. 

Sturgis, W. C. Herpotrichia and Neopeckia on conifers. Phyto- 
pathology 3 : 152-158. pi. 12, 13. 14 Au 1913. 

Sydow, H. & P. Novae fungorum species — X. Ann. Myc. 1 1 : 

254-271. 30 Je 1913. 

Includes Sphaerulina salicina from North Dakota, Phyllachora atro- 
maculans and Dothidella Picramniae, spp. nov. from Costa Rica. 

Taubenhaus, J. J. The black rots of the sweet potato. Phyto- 
pathology 3: 159-166. pi. 14-16. 14 Au 1913. 

Includes Sclerotium bataticola sp. nov. 

Weir, J. R. Auricularia mesenterica (Dicks.) Pers. Phyto- 
pathology 3 : 192. 14 Au 1913. 

Wilson, G. W. Fusarium or V erticillium on okra in North Caro- 
lina? Phytopathology 3 : 183-185. 14 Au 1913. 



INDEX TO VOLUME V 



New names, and the final members of new combinations, are in bold face type 



Abies, 233, 23s; balsamea, 233-239; 

pectinata, 151, 152 
Abortiporus distortus, 314 
Acer Negundo, 264 
Acrosporium, 57, 58, 61 ; compactum, 
58; Euonymi-japonici, 58; Gos- 
sypii, 59, 61 ; byalina, 58 ; leuco- 
conium, 58; monilioides, 57, 58; 
obductum, 58; pirinum, 58; 
Tuckeri, 58 
Aecia, Internal, 303 
Agaricaceae of the Pacific Coast, The 
— IV. New species of Clitocybe 
and Melanoleuca, 206 
Agaricaceae of tropical North Amer- 
ica, The — VI, 18 

Agaricus, 81 ; agglutinatus, 83 ; alu- 
taceus, 310; asper, 75; baccatus, 
84 ; badius, 82 ; bulbosus, 74 ; bul- 
bosus vernus, 74 ; cacaophyllus, 27 ; 
Caesareus, 73 ; campestris, 72, 169, 
225 ; camphoratus, 307 ; Ceciliae, 
86 ; chlorinosmus, 78 ; chrysopellus, 
23; chrysotrichus, 21; circellatus, 
306; citrinus, 74; daucipes, 84; 
deliciosus, 305 ; echinocephalus, 77 ; 
excelsus, 80; flocculentus, 36; 
Frostianus, 76; fulvus, 82; hel- 
voliceps, 20 ; hyalinus, 82 ; inaura- 
tus, 86 ; insulsus, 306 ; lactifluus 
dulcis, 307; Listeri, 307; macro- 
mastes, 36; maculatus, 80; magnifi- 
cus, 75 ; martianus, 36 ; mitissimus, 

307 ; monticulosus, 77 ; musaecola, 
27 ; muscarius major, 77 ; muscarius 
minor, 76; myodes, 75; nigricans, 

308 ; nitidus, 80 ; nivalis, 84 ; onus- 
tus, 77 ; pantherinus, 80 ; peregrinus, 
26; phalloides, 74; piperatus, 307; 
plumbeus, 82 ; polypyramis, 77 ; 
porphyrins, 81 ; praetorius, 85 ; 
pustulatus, 75 ; pyrrhus, 28 ; pyrrhus 
leiosporus, 28 ; Ravenelii, 77 ; recu- 
titus, 81; ricensis, 26; rubens, 75; 
rubescens, 75 ; russuloides, 77 ; 
scobifer, 35 ; scrobiculatus, 305 ; 
soleatus, 83 ; solitarius, 77 ; spissus, 
81; spretus, 73; stramineus, 74; 
strangulatus, 85 ; strobiliformis, 77, 
80; subdulcis, 307; theiogalus, 306; 
torminosus, 305 ; trivialis, 306 ; 
vaginatus, 82 ; vellereus, 307 ; ver- 



rucosus, 75 ; virosus, 81 ; volvatus, 
83 ; zonarius, 306 
Akebia quinata, 248 
Aleuria fulgens, 302 
Algal host. The lichen and its. The 
nature and classification of lichens 
—II, 97 
Alternaria, 279 
Alysidium, 47 ; fulvum, 47, 48 
Amanita, 72, 226, 229, 230, 232 ; 

abrupta, 79 ; Amici, 77 ; ampla, 
80; aspera, 75; bisporigera, 74; 
Caesarea, 73, 225, 316; Candida, 
78 ; cinereoconia, 78 ; citrina alba, 
80 ; cothurnata, 74, 96 ; crenulata, 
77; elliptosperma, 79; elongata, 79; 
farinosa, 84 ; flavoconia, 76 ; flavo- 
rribens, 79 ; flavorubescens, 76, 95 ; 
floccocephala, 74 ; Frostiana, 96 ; 
glabriceps, 79; junquillea, 77, 80; 
lignophila, 74 ; livida, 82 ; magni- 
velaris, 80; Mappa, 74; Morrisii, 
75 ; multisquamosa, 78 ; muscaria, 
75, 93, 94, 224-227, 229-232, 316; 
muscaria coccinea, 83 ; pantherina, 
74, 75 ; Peckiana, 67 ; pellucida, 
73; phalloides, 93, 225, 316; 

prairiicola, 78 ; pubescens, 85 ; radi- 
cata, 78 ; recutita, 74 ; rubescens, 
75 ; spadicea, 82 ; submaculata, 80 ; 
umbrina, 81 ; velatipes, 75 ; verna, 
74, 79, 80 ; vernalis, 77 ; virosa, 74 
Amanitas of eastern North America, 
The, 72 

Amanitopsis, 81, 84; adnata, 84; ag- 
glutinata, 83 ; albocreata, 84 ; bac- 
cata, 83 ; farinosa, 84 ; hyperborea, 
85 ; parcivolvata, 83 ; pubescens, 
85 ; pulverulenta, 85 ; pusilla, 83 ; 
strangulata, 85, 86; vaginata, 82; 
volvata, 83, 94 

American mycological literature, In- 
dex to, 41, 91, 182, 251, 284, 317 
Amerosporium Vanillae, 40 
Amsinckia intermedia, 313 
Anabena, 131 

Analytic work whether colonies of 
tile chestnut blight fungus originate 
from pycnospores or ascospores, A 
method of determining in, 274 
Anthurus, 268, 272 ; borealis, 268, 269 



320 



Index to Volume V 



321 



Armillaria mellea, 38, 314, 316; mu- 
cida, 38; subannulata, 216 
Arnoldia, 124, 137 

Arthonia dispersa, 139; punctiformis, 
139; radiata, 109, 138; vulgaris, 122 
Arthopyrenia, no; cerasi, 139; punc- 
tiformis, no; rhyponta, 139 
Arthur, J. C., Uredinales on Carex in 
North America, 240 
Ascospores, A method of determining 
in analytic work whether colonies 
of the chestnut blight fungus origi- 
nate from pycnospores or, 274 
Aseroe, 268 
Aspergillus, 46, 47 
Aspidium Thelypteris, 236, 239 
Aster, 242, 264 
Auriscalpium, 298 

Bad year for fleshy fungi, A, 315 
Banker, H. J., Type studies in the 
Hydnaceae — III. The genus Sar- 
codon, 12 ; IV. The genus Phello- 
don, 62 ; V. The genus Hydnellum, 
194; VI. The genera Creolophus, 
Echinodontium, Gloiodon, and Hyd- 
nodon, 293 
Barlaea fulgens, 302 
Barya, in 
Basidia, 105 
Betula odorata, 89 

Biatorina Bouteillii, 151; synthea, 150 
Bilimbia, 105 
Bjerkandera, 313 

Blight fungus originate from pycno- 
spores or ascospores, A method of 
determining in analytic work 
whether colonies of the chestnut, 
274 

Boletus, 176; americanus, 3 ; flavidus, 4 
Botrydina vulgaris, 114 
Botrytis, 46 

Buellia parasema, 148; punctiformis, 
122, 123 

Burlingham, G. S., The Lactarieae of 
the Pacific Coast, 305 
Byssonectria, 177 

Caeoma Abietis-canadensis, 238 ; ni- 
tens, 281, 282 

Calicium, 105; curtum, 123; parieti- 
num, 123; trachelinum, 123 
Caloscypha, 299 
Calospora Vanillae, 39 
Calossypha fulgens, 302 
Calvatia cyathiformis, 316; maxima, 
316 

Cantharellus, 261, 262; brevipes, 261, 
262; clavatus, 261, 263; floccosus, 
262 

Cantharellus brevipes and Cantharel- 
lus clavatus. The identity of, 261 



Cantharellus clavatus. The identity of 
Cantharellus brevipes and, 261 
Carex, 240-244 

Carex in North America, Uredinales 
on, 240 

Catillaria denigrata, 123; prasina, 123 
Cephaleuros Henningsii, 40 
Ceriomyces auriporus, 2 ; bicolor, 4 ; 
communis, 260; fumosipes, 259; 
illudens, 260 ; Peckii, s ; speciosus, 
5 ; subglabripes, 4 

Chaenotheca, 113; chrysocephala, 113 
Chalara mycoderma, 45 
Chamonixia, 313 

Chanterel cinnabarinus, 258 ; minor, 

257 

Chestnut blight fungus originate from 
pycnospores or ascospores, A 
method of determining in analytic 
work whether colonies of the, 274 
Chionanthus virginica, 248 
Chlorella, 129; viridis, 131 
Chlorococcum, 119, 125, 127, 145, 146; 
humicola, 109, 115, 117, 118, 124, 
I2S, 129-131 

Chondromyces aurantiacum, 60 
Chromocrea, 179 
Chromocreopsis, 179 
Chroococcus, 126, 131 
Cladonia, 131, 150; pyxidata, 137 
Cladothrix, 125 

Clark, E. D., & Smith, C. S., Toxi- 
cological studies on the mushrooms 
Clitocybe illudens and Inocybe in- 
fida, 224 

Classification of lichens, The nature 
and — II. The lichen and its algal 
host, 97 

Clathrella chrysomycelina, 268 ; Clath- 
rus, 313 

Clathrogaster, 313 

Clathrus, 267, 268, 271 ; cancellatus, 
267 

Clavaria mucida, 115; pistillaris, 262, 
263 

Claviceps, 178 
Climacodon, 293 

Clitocybe, 207, 210, 225, 226, 229-231 ; 
albicastanea, 206 ; albiformis, 
206 ; atrialba, 207, 208 ; avel- 
laneialba, 207 ; brunnescens, 
208 ; cuticolor, 208 ; cyathiformis, 
208 ; dealbata sudorifica, 225 ; 
griseifolia, 208 ; Harperi, 209 ; 
hondensis, 209 ; illudens, 225-227, 
229-232 ; multiceps, 225, 230, 232 ; 
murinifolia, 210; oculata, 210; 
oreades, 210; oregonensis, 211; 
Peckii, 211; sinopica, 212; stipi- 
tata, 21 1 ; subcandicans, 212; 
subfumosipes, 212; subinversa, 
212; variabilis, 213; variabilis 



322 



Mycologia 



brevipes, 213 ; violaceifolia, 213 ; 
washingtonensis, 214 
Clitocybe and Melanoleuca, New 
species of. The Agaricaceae of the 
Pacific Coast — IV, 206 
Clitocybe illudens and Inocybe infida, 
Toxicological studies on the mush- 
rooms, 224 

Clitopilus, 314; abortivus, 314 
Coast, The Agaricaceae of the Pacific 
— IV. New species of Clitocybe and 
Melanoleuca, 206 

Coast, The Lactarieae of the Pacific, 

305 

Coccoloba uvifera, 246, 247 
Coccomyxa subellipsoidea, 114 
Collema, 112, 115, 119, 120, 124; 

microphyllum, 123; pulposum, 107, 

130 

Colletotrichum, 171 
Collybia, 216, 217; platyphylla, 207, 
208 ; subdecumbens, 68 ; trun- 
cata, 68 

Colonies of the chestnut blight fun- 
gus originate from pycnospores or 
ascospores, A method of determin- 
ing in analytic work whether, 274 
Color guide, Ridgway’s new, 172 
Coins Garciae, 268 ; hirudinosus, 268 
Conrad, H. S., The structure of Sim- 
blum sphaerocephalum, 264 
Conida, 114; punctatella, 114; ru- 
bescens, 114 

Coniothyrium Chionantbi, 248 
Conocybe tener, 36 
Cookeina, 185-187; Afzelii, 189; 
Colensoi, 185, 187, 191, 193; 

Hindsii, 189; insititia, 185, 187, 190, 
193; sulcipes, 187, 189, 190, 192, 
193; Tricholoma, 186-188, 193 
Coprinus, 168; atramentarius, 168, 
316; comatus, 168, 315 
Cora, IIS, 125, 126 
Cordyceps, 178, 179; Cockerellii, 179 
Coriolus, 313; prolificans, 288; versi- 
color, 287 

Corticium salmonicolor, 39 
Craterellus, 261, 263; clavatus, 261- 
263 ; corrugis, 263 ; pistillaris, 262, 
263 

Creolophus, 293 ; agaricoides, 294 ; 
pulcherrimus, 294 ; septentrio- 
nalis, 293 

Creolophus, Echinodontium, Gloio- 
don, and Hydnodon, The genera. 
Type studies in the Hydnaceae — 
VI. 293 

Crepidotus, 18, 26; alveolus, 27, 31, 
32 ; aquosus, 30 ; bicolor, 28 ; 
cacaophyllus, 27 ; calolepidoides, 
30; calolepis, 31; cinchonensis, 
30; Citri, 27, 30; croceosanguineus. 



28; cuneiformis, 29; Dussii, 28; 
fumosifolius, 31; laceratus, 29; 
mollis, 32 ; musaecola, 27, 32 ; 

parvulus, 27 ; Psychotriae, 27 ; 
Pyrrhus, 28, 29 ; subcuneiformis, 
29 ; substipitatus, 3 1 ; sulcatus, 
29. 30 

Cryptodiscus araneo-cinctus, 248 
Cryptoporus, 313 

Cultures of heteroecious rusts. Fur- 
ther, 233 

Cup-fungi, Some tropical, 185 
Cylindrium, 45, 46, 55 
Cyphelium, 118 

Cystococcus, 129, 130, 145; humicola, 

14s, 146 

Cytology of the Laboulbeniales, Faull’s, 

174 

Dactylococcus, 125; infusionum, 118 
Daedalea, 313; quercina, 115, 291 
Dendrogaster, 313 

Diaporthe Batatatis, 279 ; parasitica, 
90 

Diatrype patella, 249 
Dicaeoma, 240-243 
Dictyonema, 115, 118, 126 
Dictyophora irpicina, 269 
Didymascella, 7, 8 ; Oxycedri, 8, 9 
Didymium anomalum, 250 
Diplodia Akebiae, 248 
Diploschistes, 129 

Dodge, B. O., Faull’s cytology of the 
Laboulbeniales, 174 
Durand, E. J., The genus Keithia, 6 

Eastern North America, The Amanitas 
of, 72 

Echinodontium, 295, 296 ; tinctorium, 

295 

Echinodontium, Gloiodon, and Hyd- 
nodon, The genera Creolophus. 
Type studies in the Hydnaceae — ^VI, 

293 

Elfvingia megaloma, 291 
Endocarpon pusillum, 122, 123 
Endomyces scytonematum, 113 
Endophyllum, 281, 282 
Endothia, 274 ; gyrosa, 280 ; para- 
sitica, 90, 274, 280 ; radicalis, 90, 
280 ; radicalis mississippiensis, 280 
Enerthenema syncarpon, 250 
Entoloma, 259; Grayanum, 259; livi- 
dum, 259; mirabile, 68; sinuatum, 

259 

Ephebe, 112, 116, 124; Heget- 

schweileri, 113; pubescens, 109, 119 
Epigloea bactrospora, iii, 118, 120 
Erigeron, 242 
Erysiphe graminis, 58 
Eucalyptus, 35 
Euglena viridis, 131 



Index to Volume V 



323 



Eusynchytrium, 315 
Evernia furfuracea, 130; prunastri, 
149 

Exobasidium, 88, 89 
Exosporium Ulmi, 40 

Fagus, 245 

Fairman, C. E., Notes on new species 
of fungi from various localities, 245 
Faull’s cytology of the Laboulbeniales, 

174 

Favolus, 313 

Fink, Bruce, The nature and classifi- 
cation of lichens — II. The lichen 
and its algal host, 97 
Flammula, 18; areolata, 36; aureo- 
brunnea, 19; aureoviridis, 19; 
bryophila, 36 ; cbrysotrichoides, 
36 ; depressa, 36 ; Earlei, 36 ; 
hispida, 24 ; hispidella, 36 ; hy- 
pholomoides, 36 ; jalapensis, 36 ; 
lateritia, 19; Nashii, 36; olivacea, 
18; palmicola, 36; parvula, 36; 
pboliotoides, 36 ; subpenetrans, 
36; tenuis, 36; vinicolor, 18 
Fleshy fungi, A bad year for, 315 
Fomes, 295, 296, 313; Laricis, 287; 
semitostus, 39 ; tinctorius, 295 ; 
ungulatus, 291 

Fraser, W. P., Further cultures of 
heteroecious rusts, 233 
Fraxinus, 247 
Fuligo megaspora, 250 
Fungi, A bad year for fleshy, 315 
Fungi from various localities. Notes 
on new species of, 245 
Fungi, Illustrations of — XIII, i ; XIV, 
93; XV, 257; XVI. 287 
Fungi, New species of, 67 
Fungi, Some tropical cup-, 185 
Fungus originate from pycnospores or 
ascospores, A method of determin- 
ing in analytic work whether col- 
onies of the chestnut blight, 274 
Further cultures of heteroecious 
rusts, 233 

Fusarium, 178, 180, 181, 279; Solani, 
1 81 ; vasinfectum, 181 
Fusarium problem, Wollenweber’s 
studies on the, 178 
Fusicladium Vanillae, 40 
Fusidium, 45, 46 

Galera frustulenta, 36 
Ganoderma, 313 
Gautieria, 313 
Gaylussacia baccata, 238 
Genera Creolophus, Echinodontium, 
Gloiodon, and Hydnodon. Type 
studies in the Hydnaceae — VI, 293 
Genus Hydnellum, The. Type studies 
in the Hydnaceae — V, 194 



Genus Keithia, The, 6 
Genus Phellodon, The. Type studies 
in the Hydnaceae — IV, 62 
Genus Pseudoplectania, The, 299 
Genus Sarcodon, The. Type studies 
in the Hydnaceae — HI, 12 
Genus Synchytrium, The, 315 
Geopyxis aluticolor, 191 ; elata, 189, 
190; Molderiana, 192 
Geotrichum, 45, 56; candidum, 56, 61 ; 

cuboideum, 56, 61 
Gloeocapsa, iii, 124, 134; polyder- 
matica, 118 
Gloeocystis, 112 
Gloeopeziza Rehmii, 112 
Gloeosporium, 171 ; Caryae, 88 
Gloiodon, 296, 298 

Gloiodon, and Hydnodon, The genera 
Creolophus, Echinodontium. Type 
studies in the Hydnaceae — VI, 293 
Glomerella, 17 1 ; cingulata, 171 ; Gos- 
sypii, 1 71; lindemuthianum, 171 
Glomerella, Shear’s studies of para- 
sitic species of, 171 
Glycophila, 45, 46, 57 
Gnomonia Caryae, 88 ; setacea macro- 
spora, 88 
Gossypium, S9 

Graphis, 105 ; scripta, 122, 123, 139 
Grifola frondosa, 290 
Guide, Ridgway’s new color, 172 
Gymnoglossum, 313 
Gymnophilus, 18, 21, 35, 36; areo- 
latus, 24, 36 ; aureobrunneus, 
19 ; aureoviridis, 19 ; bryophi- 
lus, 22, 36 ; carbonarius, 25 ; chry- 
sopellus, 20,23 : cbrysotrichoides, 
21, 36; chrysotrichus, 21; de- 
pressus, 20, 36 ; Earlei, 22, 36 ; 
helvoliceps, 20; hispidellus, 24, 
36 ; hispidus, 24 ; hypholo- 
moides, 26, 36 ; jalapensis, 25, 
36 ; lateritius, 19, 23 ; Nashii, 23, 
36; olivaceus, 18; palmicola, 23, 
36; parvulus, 19, 36; penetrans, 
20, 26, 36 ; pboliotoides, 24, 36 ; 
sapineus, 26 ; subpenetrans, 20, 
36 ; tenuis, 22, 36 ; vinicolor, 18 
Gymnosporangium, 278 
Gyroporus castaneus, i 

Haematococcus pluvialis, 131 
Haematomma ventosum, 143 
Halobyssus, 45, 46 
Haplochytrium, 315 
Harper, E. T., The identity of Can- 
tharellus brevipes and Cantharellus 
clavatus, 261 ; The probable iden- 
tity of Stropharia epimyces (Peck) 
Atk. with Pilosace algeriensis Fries, 
167 



324 



JMycologia 



Heald, F. D., A method of determin- 
ing in analytic work whether col- 
onies of the chestnut blight fungus 
originate from pycnospores or asco- 
spores, 274 

Helicocephalum, 45, 46 
Helminthosporium, 279 
Helotium purpuratum, 192 
Hendersonia coccolobina, 247 ; hy- 
pocarpa, 246 ; Opuntiae, 38; Rosae, 
247 

Heppia urceolata, 124 
Herpotrichia, 282 ; nigra, 282, 283 
Heteroecious rusts, Further cultures 
of, 233 

Heuchera cylindrica, 71 
Host, The lichen and its algal. The 
nature and classification of lichens 
—II, 97 

Hyalopsora, 237 

Hydnaceae, Type studies in the — III. 
The genus Sarcodon, 12; IV. The 
genus Phellodon, 62 ; V. The genus 
Hydnellum, 194; VI. The genera 
Creolophus, Echinodontium, Gloio- 
don, and Hydnodon, 293 
Hydnellum, 65, 198, 199, 204; Dia- 
bolus, 194; geogenium, 204; 
hybridum, 198 ; inquinatum, 
202 ; parvum, 200 ; Peckii, 203 ; 
Rickerii, 201 ; sanguinarium 196, 
198; scrobiculatum, 196 ; suaveolens, 
201, 202; velutinum, 196; Ves- 
pertilio, 198; zonatum, 199, 201 
Hydnellum, The genus. Type studies 
in the Hydnaceae — V, 194 
Hydnodon, 297 ; thelephorum, 297 
Hydnodon, The genera Creolophus, 
Echinodontium, Gloiodon and. Type 
studies in the Hydnaceae — VI, 293 
Hydnofomes, 295, 296; tsugicola, 295 
Hydnophysa, 295, 296 
Hydnum, 288, 296, 298; acre, 13; 
agaricoides, 294 ; amicum, 62 ; 
boreale, 201; bubalinum, 14; car- 
bunculus, 194, 19s ; cervinum, 14, 
15; compactum, 201; concrescens, 
199, 200; corrugatum, 293; crista- 
tum, 13; cyathiforme, 64, 65, 199, 
200 ; discolor, 294 ; ferrugineum, 
195-198; fragile, 12; fragrans, 64; 
friabile, 294, 295 ; fuligineo-viola- 
ceum, 14; geogenium, 204, 205; 
graveolens, 62-64; hybridum, 197- 
199; imbricatum, 12, 14, 15; laevi- 
gatum, 14; leptopus, 62,63 ; leptopus 
graveolens, 64 ; lateritium, 297, 298 ; 
melaleucum, 62-65 ; nigrum, 62, 198 ; 
Queletii, 198; parasiticum, 297; 
pulcherrimum, 294, 295 ; pullum, 62, 
63; scrobiculatum, 196-198; sep- 
tentrionale, 293; spongiosipes, 196; 



stratosum, 297 ; strigosum, 297 ; 
suaveolens, 201 ; sulphureum, 204, 
205 ; thelephorum, 297 ; tomento- 
sum, 64, 65 ; vellereum, 62 ; velu- 
tinum, 196, 197; Vespertilio, 198; 
zonatum, 62, 198—200 
Hymenochaete noxia, 39 
Hypheothrix Zenkeri, 112 
Hypholoma, 3 1 ; sublateritium, 26 
Hyphomycetes, Studies in North Amer- 
ican — II, 45 
Hypocrea, 179 

Hypocreaceae, Maire’s remarks on 
some, 176 

Hypodendrum, 18, 35; scobifer, 35 
Hypomyces, 176, 179, 180; armeniacus, 
177; aureo-nitens, 177; boletinus, 
176; chrysospermus, 176; hyalinus, 
177; inaequalis, 177; macrosporus, 
177; ochraceus, 177; papyraceus, 
177; Solani, 181 ; tegillum, 177; 
violaceus, 177 
Hypophyllum album, 308 
Hysterangium, 313 
Hysterium, 105 

Identity of Cantharellus brevipes and 
Cantharellus clavatus. The, 261 
Identity of Stropharia epimyces 
(Peck) Atk. with Pilosace algerien- 
sis Fries. The probable, 167 
Illustrations of fungi — XIII, i ; XIV, 
93; XV, 257; XVI, 287 
Index to American mycological litera- 
ture, 41, 91, 182, 251, 284, 317 
Inocybe, 224-226, 228, 229, 231 ; 

decipiens, 225 ; infelix, 224, 225 ; 
infida, 224—232 ; minima, 69 
Inocybe infida. Toxicological studies 
on the mushrooms Clitocybe illu- 
dens and, 224 
Inonotus hirsutus, 297 
Internal aecia, 303 
Irpex, 288 

Irpiciporus mollis, 288 
Ischnoderma, 313 

Jungermannia, in; triophylla, 112 
Juniperus, 6-8, ii; communis, 8; 
Oxycedrus, 9 

Kalchbrennera, 268 
Karschia, 113, 114; destructans, 113 
Keithia, 6-8; tetraspora, 6-1 1; thu- 
jina, 6-9, II ; Tsugae, 7, 8, 10, ii 
Keithia, The genus, 6 

Laboulbenia chaetophora, 174 ; Gyrini- 
darum, 174 

Laboulbeniales, Faull’s cytology of 
the, 174 

Lachnea crispata, 192; nigrella, 301 



Index to Volume V 



325 



Lactaria, 305 ; camphorata, 307 ; Cheli- 
donium, 305 ; circellata, 307 ; deli- 
ciosa, 305 ; grisea, 306 ; insulsa, 306 ; 
mitissima, 307 ; mucida, 306 ; piper- 
ata, 307 ; scrobiculata, 305 ; subdul- 
cis, 307 ; theiogala, 306 ; torminosa, 
305; trivialis, 306; vellerea, 307, 
308 ; zonaria, 306 

Lactarieae of the Pacific Coast, The, 

30s 

Lactarius brevipes, 306 ; brevix, 306 ; 
deflexus, 306 ; exsuccus, 308 ; sub- 
serifluus, 307 ; villosus, 305 ; xan- 
thogalactus, 307 
Laternea, 268 
Laudatea, 115, 126 
Leaia, 296 

Lecanora atrorufa, 127 ; caesiorufa, 
127; coilocarpa, 127; ferruginea, 
127; granatina, 118; pallida, 140; 
subfusca, 122, 125, 127 
Lecidea, 105; atrobrunnea, 140; en- 
teroleuca, 122 

Lepiota, 94: cretacea, 85 ; procera, 257 
Leptogonium subtile, 119 
Leptonia gracilipes, 69, 70; vali- 
dipes, 70 

Leptospora Musae, 89 
Lichen and its algal host. The. The 
nature and classification of lichens 
—II. 97 

Lichens, The nature and classification 
of — II. The lichen and its algal 
host, 97 

Lichina, 138; confinis, 124; pygmaea, 
119 

Liquidambar, 295 
Liriodendron, 54 

Literature, Index to American myco- 
logical, 41, 91, 182, 251, 284, 317 
Lycoperdon giganteum, 52 
Lycopus virginicus, 303, 304 
Lysurus, 268 

Maire’s remarks on some Hypocrea- 
ceae, 176 

Malbranchea, 45, 57 ; pulchella, 57 ; 

pulveracea, 57, 61 
Mangifera indica, 247 
Marasmius, 249 

Melampsora arctica, 238, 239 ; Me- 
dusae, 238, 239 

Melanoleuca, 206 ; anomala, 214, 223 ; 
arenicola, 214, 223; avellanea, 
215, 223 ; avellaneifolia, 215, 223 ; 
bicolor, 215, 223 ; calif ornica, 216, 
223; collybiiformis, 216, 223; 
dryophila, 217, 220, 223; fari- 
nacea, 217, 223; Harperi, 217, 
223 ; nuciolens, 218,223 : Olesonii, 
218, 223; oreades, 218, 223; pini- 
cola, 219, 223; platyphylla, 219, 



223; portolensis, 219, 223; rosei- 
brunnea, 216, 220, 223; ruderi- 
cola, 220, 223 : secedifolia, 221, 
223: striatella, 221, 223; sub- 
lurida, 221, 223; submulticeps, 

221, 223; subpessundata, 217, 

222, 223 ; subvelata, 222, 223 ; 
tenuipes, 223 

Melanoleuca, New species of Clito- 
cybe and. The Agaricaceae of the 
Pacific Coast — IV, 206 
Melascypha, 299 ; melaena, 300 
Merulius clavatus, 263 ; lacrymans, 89 
Method of determining in analytic 
work whether colonies of the chest- 
nut blight fungus originate from 
pycnospores or ascospores. A, 274 
Michelia fuscata, 120 
Microsphaera Platani, 58 
Monilia, 45-47 ! Aspergillus, 47 ; au- 
rantiaca, 48 ; aurea, 47 ; aureofulva, 
48; Avenae, 59; Candida, 47, 52, 60; 
capitata, 47; Cerasi, 51; cespitosa, 
47 ; cespitosa aurea, 47 ; cinerea, 
50 ; Crustacea, 47 ; diffusa, 60 ; di- 
varicata, 47 ; effusa, 48 ; fructigena, 
50; fungicola, 51; fusconigra, 60; 
glauca, 47 ; globosa, 60 ; Harknessii, 
59; hyalina, 57, 58; Linhartiana, 51, 
60; Martinii, 52; megalospora, 49; 
mycophila, 60; nidulans, 47; Peck- 
iana, 52, 60; pencillata, 60; pul- 
veracea, 57; punctans, 60; racemosa, 
47 ; ramosa, 47 ; rosea, 47 ; rubigi- 
nosa, 60; simplex, 47; sitophila, 52; 
urediniformis, 60 ; viridi-flava, 60 
Mucor Aspergillus, 47 ; crustaceus, 47 
Murrill, W. A., A bad year for fleshy 
fungi, 316; Illustrations of fungi — 
XIII, i; XIV, 93; XV, 257; XVI, 
287 ; Sterility in Pholiota candicans 
(Bull.) Schroet., 314: The Agarica- 
ceae of the Pacific Coast — IV. New 
species of Clitocybe and Melano- 
leuca, 206 ; The Agaricaceae of trop- 
ical North America — IV, 18; The 
Amanitas of eastern North Amer- 
ica, 72 

Mushrooms Clitocybe iiludens and 
Inocybe infida. Toxicological studies 
on the, 224 
Mycena, 36 
Mycobacidia, 105 
Mycobilimbia, 105 
Mycocalicium, 105 

Mycological literature. Index to Amer- 
ican, 41, 91, 182, 251, 284, 317 
Mycosphaerella lageniformis, 249 

Naevia canadica, 249 



326 



Mycologia 



Nature and classification of lichens, 
The — II. The lichen and its algal 
host, 97 
Nectandra, 22 

Nectria, 112, 179, 180; Ipomoeae, 180; 
phycophila, 112; Solani, 181; Va- 
nillae, 40 

Nectriopsis, 176, 177, 179 
Neocosmospora, 181 ; vasinfecta, 181 
Neopeckia, 282; Coulteri, 282, 283 
New color guide, Ridgway’s, 172 
New species of Clitocybe and Melano- 
leuca. The Agaricaceae of the Pa- 
cific Coast — IV, 206 
New species of fungi, 67 
New species of fungi from various 
localities, Notes on, 245 
News and notes, 37, 87, 249, 278, 312; 

and reviews, 170 
Nigredo, 240-242 

North America, The Agaricaceae of 
tropical — IV, 18 

North America, The Amanitas of 
eastern, 72 

North America, Uredinales on Carex 
in, 240 

North American Hyphomycetes, Stud- 
ies in — II, 45 

Nostoc, 115, 119, 120, 124, 125, 130, 
134. 136-138: lichenoides, 118 
Notes, News and, 37, 87, 249, 278, 
312; and reviews, 170 
Notes on new species of fungi from 
various localities, 245 

Ocellaria Vanillae, 40 
Oidium, 45, 47, 48; albipes, 59; 

Asteris-punicei, 59; aureum, 48, 61 ; 
candidum,S9; compactum,s8 ; corti- 
cale, 60 ; erysiphoides, 59 ; Euonymi- 
japonici, 58; fructigenum, 50 ; inqui- 
nans, 60; irregulare, 60; Lactis, 52, 
53; leucoconium, 58; leucogonium, 
58 ; leuconium, 58 ; megalosporum, 
48, 49, 61 ; Murrilliae, 48, 49, 61 ; 
obductum, 58; pirinum, 58; simile, 
48, 61 ; Tuckeri, 58 
Ombrophila limosa, 249 
Omphalaria, 124 

Onoclea, 237 ; sensibilis, 234, 236, 237, 
239 ; Struthiopteris, 234-236, 239 
Oospora, 45, 49, 53, 61 ; Arthur!, 50, 
52, 61; Candida, 50, 52; candidula, 
5S ; Cerasi, 50, 51, 61 ; cinerea, 50, 
61; Crustacea, 45; cuboidea, 56; 
cucumeris, 60; fructigena, 50, 61; 
fungicola, 50, 51, 61 ; heterospora, 
60; hyalinula, 55; Lactis, 45, 53; 
Linhartiana, 50-52, 61 ; Martini!, 
50, 52, 61; Nicotianae, 54; pallida, 
60; scabies, 61; similis, 48; Tulipi- 
ferae, 54 



Oosporoidea, 52; Lactis, 53 
Opegrapha, 120, 124; filicina, 124; 
subsiderella, 122, 123; varia, 119, 
120, 124; vulgata, 127 
Ophionectria, 179 
Oplismenus hirtellus, 246 
Oscillatoria, 125 

Osmunda, 235 ; Claytoniana, 234, 235, 
239 

Otidea domingensis, 192 
Otidella, 299; fulgens, 302; nigrella, 
301 

Ovularia, 61 ; isarioides, 61 

Pacific Coast, The Agaricaceae of the 
— IV. New species of Clitocybe 
and Melanoleuca, 206 
Pacific Coast, The Lactarieae of the, 
30s 

Paepalopsis, 45, 46 

Palmella, iii, 112; botryoides, iii, 
117, 118, 120 

Panaeolus epimyces, 167, 168 
Pannaria brunnea, 138; muscorum, 
124; nigra, 120; tryptophylla, 118, 
124 

Parasitic species of Glomerella, 
Shear’s studies of, 171 
Parmelia acetabulum, 127, 129; aspi- 
dota, 133; olivacea, 152; physodes, 
148 

Pariiphradria, iii; Heimerlii, in 
Patinella, 105 

Peck, C. H., New species of fungi, 67 
Peckiella, 176 
Peltandra virginica, 304 
Peltigera, 13 1 ; canina, 130 
Penicillium, 47 

Peridermium, 235 ; balsameum, 233- 
237 ; Peckii, II, 238 
Perisporium Wrightii, 38 
Pertusaria, 129; communis, 122, 125, 
129 

Pestalotia, 245; truncata Rubi, 2457 
truncata septoriana, 245 
Pezicula eximia, 249 
Peziza, 187; Afzelii, 189; aluticolor, 
191; Colensoi, 191 ; crispata, 192; 
cyanoderma, 302; domingensis, 186, 
192; fulgens, 302; fuscocana, 300, 
301; Harmoge, 192; Hindsii, 186, 
i88,_i 89| Hystrix, 186, 188; insiti- 
tia, 190; melaena, 300; melania, 
300,302 ; nigrella, 299, 301 ; onotica, 
186; spongiosa, 300, 302; striispora, 
186, 188, 189; stygia, 301; sulcipes, 
188-190; Tricholoma, 187-189; vo- 
gesiaca, 300, 302 
Phacidium tetrasporum, 6, 8 
Phaeolus, 313 
Phallogaster, 313 

Phegopteris Dryopteris, 234-236, 23^ 



Index to Volume V 



327 



Phellinus, 313 

Phellodon, 65, 66, 298; amicus, 62- 
64 ; carnosus, 65 ; niger, 62 ; pul- 
lus, 62-64 ; tomentosus, 64 
Phellodon, The genus. Type studies 
in the Hydnaceae — IV, 62 
Phillipsia, 186, 192; domingensis, 192, 
193; kermesina, 192; subpurpurea, 
192 

Pholiota, 18, 21, 25, 32, 35, 39; 

avellanea, 32 ; Brittoniae, 35 ; 
Broadwayi, 32; bryophila, 33; 
cinchonensis, 33 ; cubensis, 34 ; 
martinicensis, 34 ; Musae, 34 ; 
praecox, 314; unicolor, 33; ventri- 
cosa, 35 

Pholiota candicans (Bull.) Schroet., 
Sterility in, 314 
Pholiotina Musae, 34 
Phoma Batatae, 279 ; pigmentivora, 
40 ; rhodocarpa, 246 
Phyllactidium, 124, 125, 136 
Phyllosticta Mortoni, 247 ; Vanillae, 
40 

Physalis, 264 

Physcia, 130; apiolia, 137; ciliaris, 
125; pulverulenta, 125, 131 ; stel- 
laris, 127, 148, 152 
Physma, 137; chalazanum, 124 
Pilocratera, 185, 187; Engleriana, 189, 
190; Hindsii, 189; Tricholoma, 188 
Pilosace algeriensis, 167-169 
Pilosace algeriensis Fries, The prob- 
able identity of Stropharia epimyces 
(Peck) Atk. with, 167 
Pinus Strobus, 67 
Piptoporus, 313 
Pirus coronaria, 58 
Placodium murorum, 129, 132 
Placynthium, 119 
Platanus orientalis, 59, 61 
Plectania nigrella, 301 
Pleurococcus, 125, 127, 129, 130, 145; 

vulgaris, 118, 130, 131 
Pleurotus ulmarius, 316 
Poa pratensis, 264 
Podostroma, 179 
Polyblastia rugulosa, 122, 123 . 
Polychidium muscicolum, 138 
Polycoccus punctiformis, 118, 138 
Polyporus, 88, 313, 314; albo-sordes- 
cens, 88; lucidus, 115; rufopodex, 
88 

Polyscytalum, 45, 46, 55 ; cylindroides, 
55; fecundissimum, 55; sericeum, 
S 3 . S6 

Polystictus, 313 

Populus fastigiata, 245 ; grandiden- 
tata, 238, 239 
Porodisculus, 313 
Poronidulus conchifer, 289 
Probable identity of Stropharia epi- 



myces (Peck) Atk. with Pilosace 
algeriensis Fries, The, 167 
Propolidium, 7; Tsugae, 10 
Propolis faginea, 7 
Protococcus, 127 
Protoglossum, 313 
Protubera, 313 
Prunus, 51 
Psathyra, 36 

Pseudoplectania, 299 ; fulgens, 299, 
302; melaena, 300; melania, 299; 
nigrella, 299, 301, 302; stygia, 299, 
301 ; vogesiaca, 299, 300, 302 
Pseudoplectania, The genus, 299 
Psidium, 19 
Psilocybe uda, 314 
Psora ostreata, 150 
Psychotria glabrata, 27 
Ptychogaster, 314 

Puccinia, 9 ; angustata, 303, 304 ; cari- 
cina, 240 ; Caricis, 240 ; graminis, 
240, 304; Peckiana, 281; striato- 
spora, 71 

Pucciniastrum Myrtilli, 237-239 
Pulparia spongiosa, 300 
Pycnochytrium, 315 
Pycnospores or ascospores, A method 
of determining in analytic work 
whether colonies of the chestnut 
blight fungus originate from, 274 
Pyrenochaeta fraxinina, 247 
Pyrenula nitida, 120, 124 
Pyxidiophora, 176 

Quercus, 58 ; alba, 58 

Racoblenna, 119 
Ramalina, 133; calicaris, 125 
Ramularia, 180 

Raphidium polymorphum, 13 1 
Remarks on some Hypocreaceae, 
Maire’s, 176 

Reviews, News, notes and, 170 
Rhinotrichum, 48; Curtisii, 48; pul- 
veraceum, 57 

Rhizocarpon, 114; alboatrum, 114; 
geographicum, 114 

Rhymbocarpus, 114; punctiformis, 114 
Ribes, 242 

Ricker, P. L.,' Ridgway’s new color 
guide, 172 

Ridgway’s new color guide, 172 
Rinodina sophodes, 127, 148 
Rivularia, 119, 138; nitida, 1:8, 119 
Roccella, 124, 140; phycopsis, 124 
Rosa villosa, 247 

Rostkovites granulatus, 3 ; subaureus, 3 
Rubus, 24s 

Russula, 305, 308; abietina, 309; albi- 
dula, 310; alutacea, 310; azurea, 
31 1 ; bicolor, 31 1; brevipes, 308; 
chameleontina, 309 ; crenulata, 



328 



Mycologia 



310; delica, 308; deliciosa, 308; 
drimeja, 309; emetica, 76, 309; 
flaviceps, 310; granulata, 309; 
Murrillii, 310; nigrescens, 308; 
nigricans, 308 ; obscura, 309 ; pec- 
tinata, 31 1; Turci, 309; veternosa, 

309 

Rusts, Further cultures of heteroe- 
cious, 233 

Salix, 238, 239 

Sarcodon, 12; acre, 13; fuligineo- 
violaceus, 13; fumosus, 16; imbri- 
catus, 14; laevigatus, 14; Mur- 
rillii, is; radicatus, 13; reticu- 
latus, 12; roseolus, 16 
Sarcodon, The genus. Type studies 
in the Hydnaceae — III, 12 
Sarcoscypha, 185, 186; coccinea, 186; 

Colensoi, 19 1; striispora, 188 
Scenedesmus obtusus, 13 1 
Scirpus, 303 
Sclerodon, 296 

Sclerotina, 109; fructigena, 50; tuber- 
osa, 109 

Scutiger, 290 ; griseus, 289 
Scytonema, 113, 118, 124-126, 136, 
138; myochrous, 109 
Seaver, F. J., Maire’s remarks on 
some Hypocreaceae, 176; Shear’s 
studies of parasitic species of 
Glomerella, 171 ; Some tropical cup- 
fungi, 185; The genus Pseudoplec- 
tania, 299 ; Wollenweber’s studies 
on the Fusarium problem, 178 
Septoria, 245 ; Carricerae, 246 
Seuratia Coffeicola, 40; Vanillae, 40 
Shear’s studies of parasitic species of 
Glomerella, 171 

Simblum, 267-269, 271, 273; australe, 
265 ; Lorentzii, 265 ; periphrag- 
moides, 266, 269 ; pilidiatum, 265 ; 
rubescens, 265 ; sphaerocephalum, 
264, 266, 267, 269-272 
Simblum sphaerocephalum. The struc- 
ture of, 264 

Sirosiphon, 116, 119, 124, 136, 138; 

alpinus, 109; pulvinatus, 109, 118 
Smith, C. S., Clark, E. D., &, Toxi- 
cological studies on the mushrooms 
Clitocybe illudens and Inocybe in- 
fida, 224 
Solidago, 242 
Solorina crocea, 118 
Some tropical cup-fungi, 185 
Species of Clitocybe and Melanoleuca, 
New. The Agaricaceae of the Pa- 
cific Coast — IV, 206 
Species of fungi from various locali- 
ties, Notes on new, 24's 
Species of fungi. New, 67 



Species of Glomerella, Shear’s studies 
of parasitic, 171 
Sphaerella Opuntiae, 38 
Sphaeria Lactifluorum, 179 
Sphaeropsis Coccolobae, 246 ; rbo- 
docarpa, 246 
Sphaerotheca pannosa, 58 
Sphagnum, 300-302 
Spilonema paradoxum, 119 
Sporendonema, 45 : Casei, 45 ; myo- 
philum, 46 ; terrestre, 45 
Steccherinum, 293 
Stereocaulon, 118 

Sterility in Pholiota candicans (Bull.) 
Schroet., 314 

Stichococcus bacillaris, 115, 131, 132; 

bacillaris fungicola, 115 
Stictis, 7; Tsugae, 7, 10, ii 
Stigeoclonium tenue, 131 
Stigmatomma cataleptum, 121 
Stigonema mamillosum, 109 
Strigula, 120, 151; complanata, 120 
Stropharia, 167, 168; coprinophila, 

167, 168; epimyces, 168 
Stropharia epimyces (Peck) Atk. with 
Pilosace algeriensis Fries, The prob- 
able identity of, 167 
Structure of Simblum sphaerocepha- 
lum, The, 264 

Studies in North American Hyphomy- 
cetes — II, 45 

Studies in the Hydnaceae, Type — III. 
The genus Sarcodon, 12; IV. The 
genus Phellodon, 62 ; V. The genus 
Hydnellum, 194; VI. The genera 
Creolophus, Echinodontium, Gloio- 
don, and Hydnodon, 293 
Studies of parasitic species of Glom- 
erella, Shear’s, 171 

Studies on the Fusarium problem, 
Wollenweber’s, 178 
Studies on the mushrooms Clitocybe 
illudens and Inocybe infida. Toxi- 
cological, 224 

Sumstine, D. R., Studies in North 
American Hyphomycetes — II, 45 
Synalissa, 124 

Synchytrium, 313; Amsinckiae, 313: 
andinum, 313; aureum, 315; in- 
nominatum, 313; papillatum, 313; 
pluriannulatum, 315 ; Succsiae, 31S J 
Taraxaci, 315 

Synchytrium, The genus, 315 

Taphrina, 88; lapponica, 89 
Thelephora, 105; padinaeformis, 297, 
298 

Thelotrema lepadinum, 122 
Thuja, 6-8, ii; occidentalis, 10 
Thyridaria tarda, 39 
Tilia, 294 



Index to Volume V 



329 



Torula, 45, 53, 60; aurea, 48; fructi- 
gena, 49, 50; pallida, 60 
Toruloidea, 53, 60; candidula, 53, 
55, 61 ; efEusa, 53, 6i ; Nicotianae, 
53, 54; Tulipiferae, 53, 54, 6i; 
Unangstii, 53, 54, 61 
Toxicological studies on the mush- 
rooms Clitocybe illudens and Ino- 
cybe infida, 224 
Trametes, 313; Pini, 115 
Trentepohlia, no, 116, 120, 124, 125, 
127, 132, 136, 138-140, 147; aurea, 
115, 116; umbrina, 109, 118, 119 
Trichoderma aureum, 47 
Tricholoma, 206, 208; album, 207, 
220 ; anomalum, 223 ; arenicola, 
223 ; avellaneifolium, 223 ; avel- 
laneum, 223 ; bicolor, 223 ; cali- 
fornicum, 223 ; collybiiforine, 
223 ; dryophilum, 223 ; farina- 
ceum, 223 ; Harperi, 223 ; luri- 
dum, 221 ; maculatescens, 209 ; 
nuciolens, 223 ; nudum, 208 ; 
Olesonii, 223 ; oreades, 223 ; pes- 
sundatum, 222 ; pinicola, 223 ; 
platyphyllum, 223 ; portolense, 
223 ; roseibrunneum, 223 ; ru- 
dericola, 223 ; secedifolium, 223 ; 
striatellum, 223 ; subluridum, 
223 ; submulticeps, 223 ; sub- 
pessundatum, 223 ; subvelatum, 
223 ; tenuipes, 223 
Trichoscypha, 185, 187; Afzelii, 189; 
Hindsii, 189; insititia, 190; sul- 
cipes, 189; Tricholoma, 188 
Tropical cup-fungi. Some, 185 
Tropical North America, The Agari- 
caceae of — IV, 18 

Tsuga, 6-8, II, 233; canadensis, 10, 
237-239 

Type studies in the Hydnaceae — III. 
The genus Sarcodon, 12; IV. The 
genus Phellodon, 62 ; V. The genus 
Hydnellum, 194; VI. The genera 
Creolophus, Echinodontium, Gloio- 
don, and Hydnodon, 293 

Ulothrix, 125 
Uncinula necator, 38 
Uredinales on Carex in North Amer- 
ica, 240 



Uredinopsis, 223, 237, 304; Atkin- 
sonii, 236, 239 ; mirabilis, 236, 239 ; 
Osmundae, 235, 239; Phegopteridis, 
236, 239 ; Struthiopteridis, 234, 235, 

239 

Uredo Scabies, 40 
Uromyces Caladii, 304 
Urophlyctis pluriannulatus, 313 
Urtica, 242 

Vaccinium canadense, 237-239; penn- 
sylvanicum, 52, 238 
Vaginata, 81, 94; agglutinata, 82-85, 
94; albocreata, 79, 82, 84; fari- 
nosa, 82-85 ; livida, 82 ; parcivol- 
vata, 82, 83 ; plumbea, 82, 83, 85, 
86 ; plumbea alba, 84 ; plumbea 
strangulata, 82 ; pusilla, 82, 83 ; 
vaginata, 82 
Valsaria Akebiae, 248 
Vaucheria sessilis, 127 
Venenarius, 72, 81, 94, 258; Caesar- 
eus, 72, 73, 85 ; crenulatus, 73, 
77 ; cothurnatus, 72, 74, 77, 79, 
81, 96; flavorubescens, 73, 76, 
95 ; Frostianus, 73, 76, 79, 96 ; 
junquilleus, 80 ; Morrisii, 73, 
75 : muscarius, 73, 75 - 77 . 94 . 96 ; 
pantberinus, 80, 81, 84; phal- 
loides, 72, 74, 79-81, 93; por- 
phyrius, 81 ; recutitus, 81 ; 
rubens, 73, 75, 76, 79, 95 ; rus- 
suloides, 73, 76, 77, 80; solitarius, 
73 , 77 , 79 . 85; spissus, 81; 

spretus, 72, 73, 81 ; velatipes, 
73 . 7 S 

Verrucaria, 124; muralis, 123, 127 
Verticillium, 180 

Wilson, G. W., The genus Synchy- 
trium, 315 

Wolf, F. A., Internal aecia, 303 
Wollenweber’s studies on the Fu- 
sarium Problem, 178 
Wynnea, 186 

Xanthoria, 128; parietina, 125, 127- 
132, 151 
Xylaria, 178 

Zea Mays, 52 
Zygodesmus, 60 




i 



i 

■ 



JOURNAL OF MYCOLOGY AND REPRINTS 



Journal of Mycology, Vols. 8-13, per volume $3-oc 

Index to North American Mycology, 1900-1908, 13 parts issued, 

per part 25 

Index to Uredineous Infection Experiments 50 

Portraits of Eminent Mycologists, each 10 

New Genera of Fungi published since 1900 j original descrip- 
tions with full citation 75 

First and Second Supplements to New Genera of Fungi, each .50 

Index to Journal of Mycology, Vols. i-io 75 

Mycological Glossary 25 

North American Species of Marasmius, Lepiota, Agaricaceae, 

by A. P. Morgan, each 50 

Cortinarius; Key to Species, by C. H. Kauffman 25 

Saccardo’s Arrangement and Nomenclature of Fungi (Orders 

and Families) 51 

Address MISS MAUDE KELLERMAN, 

175 West Eleventh Ave., Columbus Ohio. 

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NEW YORK 
BOTANICAL GARDEN 

Price, 25 cents each. See next page for recent numbers 

No. 17. The Tylostomaceae of North .America, by V. S. White. 

No. 24. The Nidulariaceae of North America, by V. S. White. 

No. 27. Some Mt. Desert Fungi, by V. S. White. 

Nos. 29, 32, 35, 38, 41, 49, 52, 56, 60, 65, 69, 70 and 74. The Polyporaceae 
of North America, I-XIII, by W. A. Murrill. 

No. 90. Studies in North American Peronosporales — 1 . The Genus Albugo, 
by Guy West Wilson. 

No. 95. Studies in North American Peronosporales — II. Phytophthoreae and 
Rhysotheceae, by Guy West Wilson. 

No. 99. Some Philippine Polyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill. 

No. 110. Additional Philippine Polyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill. 

No. III. Boleti from Western North Carolina, by W. A. Murrill. 

No. 114. The Boleti of the Frost Herbarium, by W. A. Murrill. 

No. 1 15. Some North Dakota H3rpocreales, by F. J. Seaver. 

No. 117. Studies in North American Peronosporales — IV. Host Index, bj 
G. W. Wilson. 

No. 119. North Dakota Slime-Moulds, by F. J. Seaver. 

No. 122. Notes on North American Hypocreales — II. Nectria Peziza, by 
F. J. Seaver. 

No 133. Iowa Discomycetes, by F. J. Seaver (special price 50 cents). 

Address NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN, 

Bronx Park, New York City 



PUBLIC ACTIONS 



OF 

The New York Botanical Garden 



Tournal of the New 7ork Botanical Garden, monthly, illustrated, con- 
taining notes, news, and non-technical articles of general interest. Free to all mem- 
bers of the Garden. To others, lo cents a copy ; JSi.oo a year. [Not offered in ex- 
change.] Now in its fourteenth volume. 

Mycologla, bimonthly, illustrated in color and otherwise; devoted to fungi, 
including lichens ; containing technical articles and news and notes of general in- 
terest, and an index to current American mycological literature. J>3.oo a year; 
single copies not for sale. [Not offered in exchange.] Now in its fifth volume. 

Bulletin of the New Vork Botanical Garden, containing the annual reports 
of the Director-in-Chief and other official documents, and technical articles embodying 
results of investigations carried out in the Garden. Free to all members of the 
Garden ; to others, ^3-00 per volume. Now in its eighth volume. 

North American Flora. Descriptions of the wild plants of North Amenca> 
including Greenland, the West Indies and Central America. Planned to be com" 
pleted in 32 volumes. Roy. 8vo. Each volume to consist of four or more parts 
Subscription price, $i.$o per part ; a limited number of separate parts will be sold 
for ^2.00 each. [Not offered in exchange.] 

Vol. 3, part I, 1910. Nectriaceae — Fimetariaceae. 

Vol. 7, part I, 1906; part 2, 1907; part 3, 1912. Ustilaginaceae — Aecidiaceae 
(pars). 

Vol. 9, parts I and 2, 1907; part 3, 1910. Polyporaceae — Agaricaceae (pars). 
( Parts I and 2 no ''Onger sold separately. ) 

Vol. 15, parts l and 2, 1913. Sphagnaceae — Leucobryaceae. 

Vol. 16, part I, 1909. Ophioglossaceae — Cyatheaceae (pars). 

Vol. 17, part l, 1909 ; part 2, 1912. Typhaceae — Poaceae (pars). 

Vol. 22, parts I and 2, 1905; parts 3 and 4. 1908. Podostemonaceae — Rosaceae 
(pars). 

Vol. 25, part I, 1907; part 2, 1910; part 3, 1911. Geraniaceae — Burseraceae. 
Memoirs of the New York Botanical Garden. Price to members of the 
Garden, Ji.oo per volume. To others, $2.00. [Not offered in exchange.] 

Vol. I. An Annotated Catalogue of the Flora of Montana and the Yellowstone 
Park, by Per Axel Rydberg, ix +-492 pp., with detailed map. 1900. 

Vol. II. The Influence of Light and Darkness upon Growth and Development, 
by D. T. MacDougal. xvi 320 pp., with 176 figures. 1903. 

Vol. Ill, Studies of Cretaceous Coniferous Remains from Kreischerville, New 
York, by Arthur Hollick and Edward Charles Jeffrey. viii-(-t38 pp., with 29 
plates. 19C9. 

Vol. IV. Effects of the Rays of Radium on Plants, by Charles Stuart Gager, 
viii 278 pp., with 73 figures and 14 plates. 1908. 

ContrlbutionB from the New York Botanical Garden. A series of tech- 
nical papers written by students or members of the staff, and reprinted from journals 
other than the above. Price, 25 cents each. JI5.00 per volume. In its seventh volume 

RECBNT NUMBERS 25 CENTS BACH 

[155. Polycodium, by C. B. Robinson. 

156. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora — XXVIII, by P. A. Rydberg. 

157. New Ferns from Tropical America — II, by Margaret Slosson. 

15k Studies on the West Indian Vemonieae, with One New Species from Mexico, 
by Henry Allan Gleason. 

159. A Case of Bud-Variation in Pelargonium, by A. B. Stout. 

160. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora — XXIX, by P. A. Rydberg. 

Nkw York Botanical Garden 

Bronx Park, New York Oitv 



0